Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Nyew Testament
Matthew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Luke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Acts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Romans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
1 Corinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
2 Corinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Galatians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Ephesians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Philippians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Colossians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
1 Thessalonians . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
2 thessalonians . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
1 Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
2 Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Titus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Philemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Hebrews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
James. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
1 Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
2 Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
1 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
2 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
2 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
Jude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
Revelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
iii
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
iv
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Preface
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Words in Gullah that are pronounced more or less the same as
in English are written with the English spelling. Gullah words
that are derived from English but are pronounced differently are
written in such a way as to represent the distinctive
pronunciation. Words of origin other than English are written
according to spelling rules that are familiar to those already
literate in English. The vast majority of those who will read the
Gullah New Testament are already literate in English. The
writing system used here makes it relatively easy for such
people to adapt to reading Gullah, and it follows the expressed
preference of the Gullah community.
This presentation of the Gullah New Testament translation
has the King James (Authorized) Version in the margin for
reference, alongside the Gullah text. This too was the preference
of the Gullah community. That is not to say that the Gullah text
is a translation of the King James. This translation should not be
seen as a Gullah version of any specific English translation, but
rather is based on the original Greek manuscripts. Several
English Bible translations were used for reference in the
translation process, but the foundation of this translation is the
Greek text, according to our best understanding today as to its
original form. The goal has been to make a translation from the
original language into Gullah that is clear in meaning, accurate,
and natural in its expression.
The Sea Island Translation Team
vi
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Good Nyews Bout
Jedus Christ
Wa Matthew Write Matthew
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Matthew 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 1 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
4 Matthew 1, 2
25 And knew her not marry Mary. 25 Bot Joseph neba tetch
till she had brought forth
her firstborn son: and he
Mary til e done hab e son. An Joseph name
called his name JESUS. de chile Jedus.
2
,1
De Man Dem Fom de East
Come fa Woshup Jedus
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 2 5
wen dey fus see dat staa. 8 E tell um say, 8 And he sent them to
Bethlehem, and said, Go
Oona mus go ta Betlem an look roun good and search diligently for
fa de chile. Wen oona find um, mus come the young child; and
when ye have found him,
back an leh me know, so dat A kin go bring me word again,
mesef fa woshup um op too. that I may come and wor-
9 Atta dem man yeh wa de king say, dey ship him also.
gone on, an dey see de same staa dat dey 9 When they had heard
beena see wen dey been back een de east. the king, they departed;
and, lo, the star, which
Dey folla dat staa til dey git ta de place they saw in the east, went
weh de chile been, an den dat staa ain before them, till it came
and stood over where the
gone no foda. 10 Wen de man dem fom de young child was.
east see dat staa dey, dey been too glad.
10 When they saw the
Dey been glad til dey ain know wa fa do. star, they rejoiced with
11 Dey gone eenta de house, an dey see de exceeding great joy.
chile dey wid e modda, Mary. Den dey 11 And when they
kneel down fo de chile an woshup um op. were come into the
An dey open op dey bag an tek out de rich house, they saw the
young child with Mary
ting dey beena cyaa long wid um fa gii de his mother, and fell
chile. Dey gim gole, frankincense, an down, and worshipped
him: and when they had
myrrh. opened their treasures,
12 Now den, de Lawd come ta dem man they presented unto him
gifts; gold, and frankin-
een a dream an waan um, tell um say, cense, and myrrh.
Mus dohn go back fa tell King Herod 12 And being warned
nottin. So dey gone noda way back ta of God in a dream that
weh dey come fom. they should not return to
Herod, they departed
into their own country
Joseph Cyaa Jedus an Mary ta Egypt another way.
13 Atta de man dem fom de east done 13 And when they
were departed, behold,
gone, de Lawd sen one angel een a dream the angel of the Lord
fa waan Joseph. De angel tell um say, appeareth to Joseph in a
King Herod gwine come look fa de chile, dream, saying, Arise, and
take the young child and
fa kill um. Ya mus git op, tek de chile an e his mother, and flee into
modda an ron way right now ta Egypt lan. Egypt, and be thou there
until I bring thee word:
Stay dey til A tell oona fa come back fom for Herod will seek the
dey. young child to destroy
14 So Joseph git op, e tek de chile an e him.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
6 Matthew 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 2, 3 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
8 Matthew 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 3, 4 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
10 Matthew 4
9 And saith unto him, Jedus say, A gwine gii ya all dem ting ef
All these things will I give
thee, if thou wilt fall ya bow down an woshup me op.
down and worship me. 10 Jedus tell um say, Git way fom yah,
Satan! Cause dey done write down een
10 Then saith Jesus
unto him, Get thee hence, God Book say, Mus woshup de Lawd ya
Satan: for it is written, God an mus dohn saab nobody cep um.
Thou shalt worship the 11 Den de Debil lef Jedus, an de angel
Lord thy God, and him
only shalt thou serve. dem come fa tek cyah ob um.
11 Then the devil
leaveth him, and, behold,
Jedus Staat E Wok een Galilee
angels came and minis- Mark 1:14-15; Luke 4:14-15
tered unto him.
Wen Jedus yeh dat dey done pit John
12
12 Now when Jesus eenta de jailhouse, e gone back ta Galilee.
had heard that John was 13 Bot e ain gone ta Nazareth. E gone fa lib
cast into prison, he de-
parted into Galilee;
een Capernaum, one willage close ta Lake
Galilee, een de arie ob Zebulun an
13 And leaving Naza- Naphtali. 14 Dis happen fa mek come true
reth, he came and dwelt
in Capernaum, which is
wa de prophet Isaiah done been say,
upon the sea coast, in the 15 Een Zebulun an Naphtali lan,
borders of Zabulon and pon de oda side ob de
Nephthalim:
Jerden Riba,
14 That it might be ful- an pon de way ta de great sea,
filled which was spoken
by Esaias the prophet, een Galilee,
saying, weh dey plenty people
wa ain Jew,
15 The land of 16 dem people beena lib
Zabulon, and the land of
Nephthalim, by the way een de daak.
of the sea, beyond Jor- Dey ain know God,
dan, Galilee of the
Gentiles; bot now dey see
a great light.
16 The people which Dey beena lib een de
sat in darkness saw great daak lan full ob det,
light; and to them which
sat in the region and bot now de light
shadow of death light is da shine pon um.
sprung up.
17 Fom dat time dey, Jedus staat fa tell
17 From that time Je- all de people say, Oona mus change oona
sus began to preach, and sinful way an dohn do um no mo. Cause de
to say, Repent: for the
kingdom of heaven is at time mos yah wen God gwine rule oba
hand. oona!
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 4 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
12 Matthew 4, 5
5
,4
Jedus Teach Bout Dem wa Bless fa True
Luke 6:20-23
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
14 Matthew 5
19 Whosoever there- nottin een God Law gwine be git rid ob,
fore shall break one of
these least command- not eben de leeleetles pen maak needa de
ments, and shall teach leeleetles pint, til all dat de law taak bout
men so, he shall be called
the least in the kingdom done happen fa true. 19 Ef somebody ain
of heaven: but whosoever do wa eben de leeleetles one ob dem Law
shall do and teach them,
the same shall be called
dat God gii we say, an ef e laan oda people,
great in the kingdom of say dey ain got fa do um needa, God gwine
heaven. mek dat poson hab de mos low place weh
20 For I say unto you, God da rule. Bot dem wa da do wa de Law
That except your righ-
teousness shall exceed dat God gii we say, an da laan oda people
the righteousness of the fa do um too, God gwine gii dem a place
scribes and Pharisees, ye
shall in no case enter into
high op weh God da rule. 20 So den, A tell
the kingdom of heaven. oona say, ya ain gwine go ta heaben weh
21 Ye have heard that God da rule ef ya ain scraight wid God mo
it was said by them of old
time, Thou shalt not kill;
den de Jew Law teacha dem an de
and whosoever shall kill Pharisee dem.
shall be in danger of the
judgment:
Wa fa Do Wen People Git Bex
22 But I say unto you,
That whosoever is angry Oona done yeh dat dey beena laan
21
with his brother without de Jew people way back dey, say, Ya mus
a cause shall be in danger
of the judgment: and dohn kill nobody. Dey gwine cyaa de
whosoever shall say to poson ta court wa kill somebody. 22 Bot A
his brother, Raca, shall
be in danger of the coun-
tell oona say, whosoneba git mad op wid e
cil: but whosoever shall neighba, dey gwine cyaa um ta court.
say, Thou fool, shall be in Whosoneba shrow slam pon e neighba say,
danger of hell fire.
Ya ain good fa nottin, dey gwine cyaa um
23 Therefore if thou ta de Jew High Court fa jedge um. An
bring thy gift to the altar,
and there rememberest whosoneba tell e neighba say, Ya fool!
that thy brother hath dat bad nuff fa mek um go suffa een de fire
ought against thee;
ob hell. 23 So den, ef ya staat fa gii ya gif ta
24 Leave there thy gift God dey fo de alta een God House, an ya
before the altar, and go
thy way; first be recon-
memba dat ya neighba got sompin ginst
ciled to thy brother, and ya, 24 ya mus lef ya gif dey een front de
then come and offer thy alta an go scraight ta ya neighba. Fus ya
gift.
mus mek peace wid um. Den ya kin come
25 Agree with thine ad- back ta God House an gii ya gif ta God.
versary quickly, whiles 25 Ef anybody aagy wid one ob oona
thou art in the way with
him; lest at any time the an e da cyaa ya ta courthouse, den ya mus
adversary deliver thee to try fa settle wid um fo ya git dey. Cause ef
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
16 Matthew 5
thyself, but shalt perform people way back, say, Wen ya gii ya wod
unto the Lord thine
oaths: an sweah ya gwine do sompin fa true, ya
mus do wa ya promise fo de Lawd fa do.
34 But I say unto you,
34 Bot A da tell oona say, Mus dohn sweah
Swear not at all; neither
by heaven; for it is God's tall, say A sweah ta heaben, cause een
throne: heaben God da seddown an rule. 35 Mus
35 Nor by the earth; for dohn say, A sweah ta de wol, cause God da
it is his footstool: neither res e foot pon de wol. Mus dohn say needa,
by Jerusalem; for it is the
city of the great King. A sweah ta Jerusalem, cause Jerusalem de
city ob God de great King. 36 An ya mus
36 Neither shalt thou
swear by thy head, be- dohn say, A sweah ta me head, cause ya
cause thou canst not ain able fa mek eben one dem hair een ya
make one hair white or
black.
head ton white or ton black. 37 Mus jes say
yeah or no, cause any oda wod come
37 But let your com-
munication be, Yea, yea;
scraight fom de Debil.
Nay, nay: for whatsoever
is more than these com- Jedus Say We Mus Dohn
eth of evil.
Git Back at People
38 Ye have heard that Luke 6:29-30
it hath been said, An eye
for an eye, and a tooth for
38Oona yeh too dat dey beena laan de
a tooth: people say, Ef somebody buss ya eye out,
39 But I say unto you, ya kin buss out dat poson eye, an Ef
That ye resist not evil: somebody knock ya teet out, ya kin knock
but whosoever shall out dat poson teet. 39 Bot A da tell oona
smite thee on thy right
cheek, turn to him the say, Ya mus dohn git back at de poson wa
other also. da do ya bad. Ef somebody knock de right
40 And if any man will side ob ya face, ya mus ton an leh um knock
sue thee at the law, and de lef side too. 40 An ef somebody tek ya ta
take away thy coat, let
him have thy cloke also. court fa mek ya gim ya shat, ya mus leh um
hab ya coat too. 41 Ef somebody mek ya
41 And whosoever
shall compel thee to go a
tote e load one mile, ya mus tote e load two
mile, go with him twain. mile. 42 Ef somebody beg ya fa sompin, ya
42 Give to him that
mus gim. An ef somebody wahn fa borry
asketh thee, and from sompin fom ya, ya mus lend um ta um.
him that would borrow of
thee turn not thou away.
Ya Mus Lob Ya Enemy
43 Ye have heard that Luke 6:27-28, 32-36
it hath been said, Thou 43 Oona yeh dat dey beena laan de
shalt love thy neighbour,
and hate thine enemy. people say, Ya mus lob ya neighba dem an
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5, 6 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
18 Matthew 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 6 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
20 Matthew 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 6, 7 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
22 Matthew 7
trample them under their ton an teah ya op. Mus dohn shrow ya fine
feet, and turn again and
rend you. bead dem ta de hog dem. Ef ya do dat, dey
gwine mash um onda dey foot, an den ton
7 Ask, and it shall be
given you; seek, and ye
roun an teah ya op.
shall find; knock, and it
shall be opened unto you: God Gii Good Ting ta Dem wa Aks
Luke 11:9-13
8 For every one that
asketh receiveth; and he 7 Aks God, an e gwine gii ya wa ya aks
that seeketh findeth; and
to him that knocketh it
fa. Look ta God, an ya gwine find
shall be opened. wasoneba ya da look fa. Knock ta God
door, an e gwine open um op ta ya.
9 Or what man is there
8 Cause de one wa da aks, God gwine gim.
of you, whom if his son
ask bread, will he give De one wa da look ta God, e gwine find
him a stone? wasoneba e da look fa. An de one wa da
10 Or if he ask a fish,
knock ta God door, God gwine open op de
will he give him a door ta um. 9 Ef ya hab a son, an ef e aks
serpent? ya fa a piece ob bread, ya ain gwine gim no
11 If ye then, being
rock, ainty? 10 An ef ya son aks ya fa a
evil, know how to give piece ob fish, ya ain gwine gim no snake,
good gifts unto your chil- ainty? 11 Ef oona wa ebil know how fa gii
dren, how much more
shall your Father which oona chullun good ting, oona Fada een
is in heaven give good heaben know how fa gii a heap mo good
things to them that ask
him ting ta dem wa aks um!
12 Een all wa ya do, ya mus do ta
12 Therefore all things ebrybody jes like ya wahn dem fa do ta
whatsoever ye would
that men should do to oona. Dat wa de Law God gii Moses an wa
you, do ye even so to de prophet dem laan we.
them: for this is the law
and the prophets.
De Way ta True Life
Luke 13:24
13 Enter ye in at the
strait gate: for wide is the 13Ya mus go een shru de leeleetle
gate, and broad is the
way, that leadeth to de-
door. Cause de door weh people da go een
struction, and many weh dey gwine be stroy een hell, dat door
there be which go in big fa true, an dat way easy fa folla. Plenty
thereat:
people da waak een dat way dey. 14 Bot de
14 Because strait is the door weh people da go een fa git ebalastin
gate, and narrow is the life, dat a leeleetle door, an dat way haad
way, which leadeth unto
life, and few there be that fa folla. Ain a whole heapa people wa find
find it. dat way.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 7 23
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
24 Matthew 7, 8
25 And the rain de- poson wa got sense. Wen e build e house, e
scended, and the floods
came, and the winds lay de foundation pon de rock. 25 De rain
blew, and beat upon that come, an de riba flood oba. De haad wind
house; and it fell not: for
it was founded upon a
blow an beat ginst dat house. Stillyet, de
rock. house ain faddown, cause de man done lay
26 And every one that
de foundation pon de rock. 26 Bot de
heareth these sayings of poson wa yeh me wod an ain do wa A tell
mine, and doeth them um, dat poson dey same like a fool man wa
not, shall be likened unto
a foolish man, which build e house pontop de sand. 27 De rain
built his house upon the come, an de riba flood all oba. De haad
sand:
wind blow an beat ginst dat fool man
27 And the rain de- house. An de house faddown, bam! E
scended, and the floods
came, and the winds
smash op!
blew, and beat upon that
house; and it fell: and Jedus Got Tority
great was the fall of it.
fa Laan People
28 And it came to pass,
28 Atta Jedus done tell de people all dis,
when Jesus had ended
these sayings, the people dey been stonish how Jedus da laan um.
were astonished at his 29 Cause e ain laan um like de Jew Law
doctrine:
teacha dem. E laan um like e hab tority fa
29 For he taught them laan people dem ting yah.
as one having authority,
and not as the scribes.
Jedus Heal a Man wa
8
,7
Hab Leposy
Mark 1:40-45; Luke 5:12-16
Chapter 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 8 25
gwine mek ebrybody know ya all well now and offer the gift that Mo-
ses commanded, for a tes-
fa sho. timony unto them.
De Roman Offisa wa Bleebe 5 And when Jesus was
Luke 7:1-10 entered into Capernaum,
there came unto him a
5 Wen Jedus git ta Capernaum, one centurion, beseeching
Roman offisa gone meet um. E beg Jedus him,
6 And saying, Lord, my
fa hep um. 6 E beg um say, Lawd, me servant lieth at home sick
saabant bad off sick. E da leddown een de of the palsy, grievously
tormented.
house, an e cyahn moob. E da suffa too 7 And Jesus saith unto
bad. him, I will come and heal
7 Jedus tell de offisa say, A gwine ta ya him.
8 The centurion an-
house an mek um well. swered and said, Lord, I
8 Bot de offisa say, No, Lawd! A ain fit am not worthy that thou
shouldest come under my
fa hab ya come eenta me house. Bot jes say roof: but speak the word
de wod, an me saabant gwine git heal. 9 A only, and my servant
shall be healed.
mesef a man onda tority ob offisa wa oba 9 For I am a man under
me, an A hab tority oba oda sodja dem wa authority, having sol-
diers under me: and I say
onda me. A tell one say, Mus go! an e to this man, Go, and he
gone. An A tell noda one say, Mus come! goeth; and to another,
Come, and he cometh;
an e come. An A tell me saabant say, Mus and to my servant, Do
do dis wok! an e do um. this, and he doeth it.
10 When Jesus heard
10 Wen Jedus yeh wa de offisa say, e
it, he marvelled, and said
been scruck. E tell de people wa beena to them that followed,
folla um, say, A da tell oona fa true. A ain Verily I say unto you, I
have not found so great
neba see nobody yah een all ob Israel wa faith, no, not in Israel.
hab fait like dis man yah. 11 A da tell oona, 11 And I say unto you,
plenty people gwine come fom all oba de That many shall come
from the east and west,
wol, fom de east an fom de west. Dey and shall sit down with
gwine seddown wid Abraham, Isaac an Abraham, and Isaac, and
Jacob, in the kingdom of
Jacob een dey place ta de feas weh God da heaven.
rule een heaben. 12 Bot God gwine sen 12 But the children of
way dem wa ain onda e rule, out eenta de the kingdom shall be cast
out into outer darkness:
daak place weh dey gwine cry an grine dey there shall be weeping
teet. 13 Den Jedus tell de Roman offisa and gnashing of teeth.
13 And Jesus said unto
say, Ya mus go ta ya house. Jes wa ya
the centurion, Go thy
bleebe, dat wa gwine happen. way; and as thou hast be-
An de offisa saabant, e done git well dat lieved, so be it done unto
thee. And his servant was
same time wiles Jedus beena taak ta de healed in the selfsame
offisa. hour.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
26 Matthew 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 8 27
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
28 Matthew 8, 9
the whole herd of swine two man an gone eenside de hog dem. Den
ran violently down a
steep place into the sea,
all de hog ron down de side ob de steep hill
and perished in the like sompin wile. Dey ron eenta de lake an
waters. git drown.
33 And they that kept
them fled, and went their 33 De people wa beena mind de hog
ways into the city, and dem ron off an gone ta de town. Dey tell de
told every thing, and
what was befallen to the people all de nyews an wa done happen ta
possessed of the devils. de man dem wa been hab ebil sperit
34 And, behold, the
whole city came out to eenside um. 34 Den all de people een de
meet Jesus: and when town gone fa meet Jedus. Wen dey shim,
they saw him, they be-
sought him that he would
dey beg Jedus fa go way fom dey.
depart out of their coasts.
Jedus Heal a Man wa Paralyze
9
,8
Chapter 9
1 And he entered into a Mark 2:1-12; Luke 5:17-26
9
ship, and passed over, Jedus git eenta a boat an cross ta de
1
and came into his own
city. oda side de lake, an e come ta e own
2 And, behold, they
town. 2 Some man dem come long da tote
brought to him a man
sick of the palsy, lying on one man wa paralyze, pon e bed. Wen
a bed: and Jesus seeing Jedus see dat dey bleebe fa true dat e
their faith said unto the
sick of the palsy; Son, be gwine heal de man, e tell de sick man say,
of good cheer; thy sins be Me son, ya mus dohn warry. Ya sin done
forgiven thee.
3 And, behold, certain been fagib.
of the scribes said within 3 Wen dey yeh dat, some de Law teacha
themselves, This man dem say ta deysef, Dis man Jedus da hole
blasphemeth.
4 And Jesus knowing God cheap!
their thoughts said, 4 Jedus know wa de Law teacha dem
Wherefore think ye evil
in your hearts? beena tink bout, so e tell um say, Wa mek
5 For whether is eas- oona tink bad ting een oona haat? 5 Fa
ier, to say, Thy sins be
forgiven thee; or to say, sho, e mo easy fa tell dis man say, Ya sin
Arise, and walk? done been fagib den fa chaage um say,
6 But that ye may
know that the Son of man
Git op an waak ainty? 6 A gwine show
hath power on earth to oona dat de Man wa Come fom God hab
forgive sins, (then saith tority een dis wol fa fagib people sin. Den
he to the sick of the
palsy,) Arise, take up thy Jedus tell de paralyze man say, Git op,
bed, and go unto thine tek ya bed an go home!
house.
7 And he arose, and de- 7 De man git op an gone home. 8 Wen
parted to his house. de crowd see wa happen, dey been cyaa
8 But when the multi-
tudes saw it, they mar-
way. An dey praise God cause e gii a man
velled, and glorified God, dis kinda tority.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 9 29
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
30 Matthew 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 9 31
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
32 Matthew 9, 10
10
called unto him his Jedus call e tweb ciple togeda,
1
twelve disciples, he gave
them power against un- an e gim powa fa dribe out ebil
clean spirits, to cast them sperit an fa heal dem wa hab all kind ob
out, and to heal all man-
ner of sickness and all ailment. 2 Now dis yah de name ob de
manner of disease. tweb man Jedus name postle: fus, Simon
2 Now the names of the
twelve apostles are these;
wa dey da call Peter, an e broda Andrew,
The first, Simon, who is James an e broda John, wa been Zebedee
called Peter, and Andrew boy dem, 3 Philip an Bartholomew,
his brother; James the son
of Zebedee, and John his Thomas an Matthew wa beena geda tax,
brother; J ames w a b een Alphaeus boy, an
3 Philip, and Bartho-
lomew; Thomas, and Thaddaeus, 4 Simon wa been call de
Matthew the publican; Patrot, an Judas Iscariot wa ton Jedus een
James the son of Al-
phaeus, and Lebbaeus
fa money.
whose surname was
Thaddaeus; Jedus Tell de Tweb Postle wa fa Do
4 Simon the Canaan-
Mark 6:7-13; Luke 9:1-6
ite, and Judas Iscariot,
who also betrayed him. 5 Jedus sen dem tweb postle fa go out fa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 10 33
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
34 Matthew 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 10 35
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
36 Matthew 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 11 37
11
,10
11
1 Wen Jedus done tell e ciple dem end of commanding his
twelve disciples, he de-
wa dey spose fa do, e lef dey an parted thence to teach
gone ta dey town fa teach an tell de people and to preach in their
cities.
de Good Nyews.
2 Now den, wen John, wa been een de 2 Now when John had
heard in the prison the
jailhouse, yeh bout dem ting dat Jedus works of Christ, he sent
Christ beena do, e sen e ciple dem ta two of his disciples,
Jedus. 3 Dey aks Jedus say, Ya de 3 And said unto him,
Messiah wa been gwine come, or we spose Art thou he that should
fa look fa noda poson? come, or do we look for
another?
4 Jedus tell um say, Oona mus go back
an tell John wa oona da yeh an wa oona da 4 Jesus answered and
said unto them, Go and
see. 5 De people wa been bline, dey kin shew John again those
see. De cripple op people da waak. Dem things which ye do hear
and see:
wa hab leposy, dey clean now. De deef
5 The blind receive
people able fa yeh, an dem wa done dead their sight, and the lame
git op an lib gin. An de po people da yeh de walk, the lepers are
Good Nyews. 6 De one wa ain loss e fait cleansed, and the deaf
hear, the dead are raised
een me, e bless fa true. up, and the poor have the
7 Now wen dem ciple ob John beena gospel preached to them.
gwine back, Jedus tell de great crowd 6 And blessed is he,
bout John. E say, Wen oona gone ta John whosoever shall not be
offended in me.
een de wildaness, wa ya been spect fa see?
Ya spect fa see a piece ob grass wa da 7 And as they de-
parted, Jesus began to
bend down wen de breeze da blow? No, say unto the multitudes
ya ain gone fa see dat. 8 Den wa ya gone fa concerning John, What
went ye out into the wil-
see? Ya gone fa see a man dress op een derness to see? A reed
fine cloes? No, ya ain gone fa see dat. shaken with the wind?
Cause dem wa dress op een fine cloes, dey
8 But what went ye out
lib een house wa blongst ta king dem. for to see? A man clothed
9 Bot fa true, wa ya gone fa see? Ya gone in soft raiment? behold,
they that wear soft cloth-
fa see a prophet, ainty? An A da tell oona ing are in kings' houses.
de trute, oona done see de man wa mo
greata den all de oda prophet dem. 9 But what went ye out
10 John de one dey write bout een God for to see? A prophet?
yea, I say unto you, and
wod say, more than a prophet.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
38 Matthew 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 11 39
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
40 Matthew 11, 12
27 All things are deliv- 27 Jedus tell de people say, Me Fada
ered unto me of my Fa-
ther: and no man done gii me powa oba ebryting. Ain
knoweth the Son, but the nobody know de Son cep fa de Fada. An
Father; neither knoweth
any man the Father, save
ain nobody know de Fada cep fa de Son an
the Son, and he to whom- dem wa de Son pick fa mek um know de
soever the Son will reveal Fada.
him.
28 Come unto me, all 28 Come ta me, all oona wa weary an
ye that labour and are da tote hebby load. Come, an A gwine gii
heavy laden, and I will
give you rest. oona res. 29 Jes like de ox tek dey wood
29 Take my yoke upon yoke pon dey shoulda, tek me yoke pon ya.
you, and learn of me; for I
am meek and lowly in Leh me laan ya, cause A da beah wid ya an
heart: and ye shall find A hab a humble haat. Ef ya come ta me like
rest unto your souls.
30 For my yoke is easy,
dat, ya gwine git res fa ya soul. 30 De yoke
and my burden is light. wa A gii ya ain haad fa beah. An de load A
gii ya ain hebby tall.
12
,11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 41
6 A da tell oona fa true. Dey sompin yah 6 But I say unto you,
That in this place is one
wa mo greata den God House. 7 Dey write greater than the temple.
een God Book say, A wahn oona fa hab 7 But if ye had known
mussy pon oda people. A ain wahn dem what this meaneth, I will
have mercy, and not sac-
animal sacrifice dat oona da mek! Ef oona rifice, ye would not have
been know wa dem wod yah mean, oona condemned the guiltless.
ain been gwine condemn people wa ain 8 For the Son of man is
Lord even of the sabbath
done nottin bad. 8 Cause de Man wa Come day.
fom God, e de Lawd ob de Woshup Day. 9 And when he was de-
parted thence, he went
into their synagogue:
Jedus Heal de Man
10 And, behold, there
wa Hab Flicted Han was a man which had his
Mark 2:23-28; Luke 6:1-5 hand withered. And they
9 Jedus lef dey an gone ta dey Jew asked him, saying, Is it
lawful to heal on the sab-
meetin house. 10 One man been dey an e bath days? that they
might accuse him.
han been flicted. Dey been wahn fa cuse
11 And he said unto
Jedus, say e da do wrong, so dey aks Jedus them, What man shall
say, Ain e ginst we law fa heal somebody there be among you, that
shall have one sheep, and
pon de Woshup Day? if it fall into a pit on the
11 Jedus ansa um say, Sposin one ob sabbath day, will he not
oona got a sheep wa fall eenta a big hole lay hold on it, and lift it
out?
pon de Woshup Day. Ya gwine grab hole ta 12 How much then is a
dat sheep an pull um outta dat hole, ainty? man better than a sheep?
12 A man way mo walyable den a sheep! Wherefore it is lawful to
do well on the sabbath
So den we law leh we do good pon de days.
Woshup Day. 13 Den Jedus tell de man 13 Then saith he to the
wa han been flicted say, Scretch out ya man, Stretch forth thine
hand. And he stretched it
han! forth; and it was restored
De man do wa Jedus tell um, an e han whole, like as the other.
git well gin, same like de oda one. 14 Bot 14 Then the Pharisees
went out, and held a
de Pharisee dem lef dey an meet fa study council against him, how
how dey gwine kill Jedus. they might destroy him.
15 But when Jesus
De Saabant wa de Lawd Done Pick knew it, he withdrew
himself from thence: and
Jedus know dey da plan fa kill um, so
15 great multitudes fol-
e gone way fom dey. An a whole heapa lowed him, and he healed
them all;
people beena folla um, an e heal all dem
16 And charged them
wa been sick. 16 E waan de people, chaage that they should not
um say, Mus dohn tell nobody bout me. make him known:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
42 Matthew 12
18 Behold my servant,
wa A done pick
whom I have chosen; fa do me wok.
my beloved, in whom my A lob um an A sho please
soul is well pleased: I will
put my spirit upon him, wid um.
and he shall shew judg- A gwine pit me Sperit eenside um,
ment to the Gentiles.
an e gwine tell all people
19 He shall not strive, God gwine sabe um.
nor cry; neither shall any 19 E ain gwine aagy.
man hear his voice in the
streets. E ain gwine holla.
E ain gwine taak loud
20 A bruised reed shall
he not break, and smok- een de screet.
ing flax shall he not 20 E ain gwine broke off a reed
quench, till he send forth
judgment unto victory.
wa done bend oba,
an e ain gwine pit out a lamp
21 And in his name wa da flicka.
shall the Gentiles trust.
E gwine keep on til wa God say
22 Then was brought
gwine win out oba all.
21 An all people
unto him one possessed
with a devil, blind, and gwine pit dey hope een um.
dumb: and he healed
him, insomuch that the
blind and dumb both Dey Say Dat Beelzebub
spake and saw. Gii Jedus Powa
23 And all the people
Mark 3:20-30; Luke 11:14-23
were amazed, and said, Is 22 Some people bring one man ta Jedus
not this the son of David?
wa been bline an ain able fa taak cause a
24 But when the Phari- ebil sperit been dey eenside um. Jedus
sees heard it, they said,
This fellow doth not cast mek de man well so dat e able fa taak an
out devils, but by Beelze- see. 23 All de people dey been stonish, an
bub the prince of the
devils.
dey aks one noda say, Dis man yah, ya
s
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 43
tell um say, Ef de people een a country da 26 And if Satan cast out
Satan, he is divided
fight ginst one noda, dat country ain against himself; how
gwine las. Same way, ef de people ob a shall then his kingdom
stand?
town or a house da fight ginst one noda, 27 And if I by Beelze-
dey gwine soon paat. 26 An ef dem wa wok bub cast out devils, by
fa Satan da fight mongst deysef, Satan rule whom do your children
cast them out? therefore
ain gwine las, ainty? 27 An ef Beelzebub they shall be your judges.
da gii me de powa fa dribe out dem ebil 28 But if I cast out dev-
sperit, whodat gii oona people de powa fa ils by the Spirit of God,
then the kingdom of God
dribe um out? No! Dem ting wa oona is come unto you.
people deysef da do, dey show dat oona 29 Or else how can one
ain right. 28 God Sperit esef da gii me de enter into a strong man's
house, and spoil his
powa fa dribe out ebil sperit, an dat show goods, except he first
dat God done staat fa rule mongst oona. bind the strong man? and
then he will spoil his
29 Ain nobody able fa broke een a house.
scrong man house an tief wa e got, cep ef e 30 He that is not with
fus tie um op. Den e kin cyaa off all dat de me is against me; and he
that gathereth not with
scrong man got een e house. me scattereth abroad.
30 Now de poson wa ain fa me, e ginst 31 Wherefore I say
me. An e wa ain hep me fa geda people, e unto you, All manner of
sin and blasphemy shall
da scatta um. 31 So den, A da tell oona fa be forgiven unto men:
true say, God gwine fagib ebry bad ting wa but the blasphemy
against the Holy Ghost
people do an ebry bad taak wa dey da shall not be forgiven unto
taak, bot God ain gwine fagib nobody wa men.
32 And whosoever
taak bad ginst de Holy Sperit. 32 God speaketh a word against
gwine fagib people wa taak ginst de Man the Son of man, it shall be
wa Come fom God, bot God ain gwine forgiven him: but whoso-
ever speaketh against the
fagib nobody wa taak ginst de Holy Sperit. Holy Ghost, it shall not
God ain gwine fagib um now een dis wol, be forgiven him, neither
in this world, neither in
an e ain gwine fagib um een de nex wol the world to come.
needa. 33 Either make the tree
De Tree an E Fruit good, and his fruit good;
Luke 6:43-45 or else make the tree cor-
rupt, and his fruit cor-
33 Ef ya got a tree wa good, ya gwine rupt: for the tree is
known by his fruit.
git good fruit fom dat tree. Bot ef a tree ain
34 O generation of vi-
no good, ya ain gwine git no good fruit. Ya pers, how can ye, being
know de tree by de fruit e beah. 34 Oona evil, speak good things?
for out of the abundance
snake! How oona gwine taak good wen of the heart the mouth
oona bad people? Wa de haat full op wid, speaketh.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
44 Matthew 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 45
trabel haf way roun de wol fom e country, from the uttermost parts
of the earth to hear the
clean ta weh Solomon been. E gone dey fa wisdom of Solomon; and,
yeh de wise wod wa Solomon da say. An behold, a greater than
look yah, somebody way mo greata den Solomon is here.
43 When the unclean
Solomon dey yah now! spirit is gone out of a
man, he walketh through
De Ebil Sperit dat Come Back dry places, seeking rest,
and findeth none.
Wid Seben Mo
44 Then he saith, I will
Luke 11:24-26
return into my house
43 Wen ebil sperit done come outta a from whence I came out;
and when he is come, he
man, e da trabel shru place wa dry fa find a findeth it empty, swept,
place fa res, bot e ain able fa find no place. and garnished.
44 So den e say ta esef, A da gwine back 45 Then goeth he, and
taketh with himself seven
eenside de house weh A been. Wen e other spirits more wicked
come back eenside de man, e ain find than himself, and they
enter in and dwell there:
nottin dey. E find um jes like a house wa and the last state of that
clean an scraighten op. 45 Den de ebil man is worse than the
first. Even so shall it be
sperit gone an git seben oda sperit way mo also unto this wicked
ebil den esef. Dey all come fa lib eenside generation.
dat man. Now dat man een a wossa shape 46 While he yet talked
den e been. Dat how e gwine stan fa dese to the people, behold, his
mother and his brethren
wickity people wa da lib now. stood without, desiring
to speak with him.
Jedus True Fambly 47 Then one said unto
Mark 3:31-35; Luke 8:19-21 him, Behold, thy mother
and thy brethren stand
46 Jedus still beena taak ta de people without, desiring to
wen e modda an e broda dem come ta um. speak with thee.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
46 Matthew 13
13
Jesus out of the house, Dat same day dey, Jedus come
1
and sat by the sea side.
2 And great multitudes
outta de house weh e been an e
were gathered together gone seddown close ta Lake Galilee. 2 An
unto him, so that he went de crowd wa geda roun um been so big dat
into a ship, and sat; and
the whole multitude e git eenta a boat, an e seddown een de
stood on the shore. boat wiles de people dem beena stanop
3 And he spake many
pon de sho. 3 Den e tell de people paable fa
things unto them in para-
bles, saying, Behold, a laan um plenty ting. E say,
sower went forth to sow; One faama gone ta e fiel fa plant seed.
4 And when he sowed, 4 Wiles e beena scatta de seed, some fall
some seeds fell by the
way side, and the fowls long de pat, an de bod dem come an nyam
came and devoured them um op. 5 Some seed fall pontop ob groun
up:
5 Some fell upon stony
weh dey been heapa stone, an dey ain
places, where they had been bot a leetle bit ob dort. De seed
not much earth: and sprout an staat fa grow quick cause de dort
forthwith they sprung up,
because they had no ain been deep dey. 6 Bot wen de sun git
deepness of earth: hot, e bun de leaf ob de plant dem. Dey
6 And when the sun root ain grow nuff een de groun an dey
was up, they were
scorched; and because wilta. 7 Some seed fall eenta de briah. De
they had no root, they briah grow op an choke de plant dem til
withered away.
dey ain been able fa grow. 8 An some seed
7 And some fell among
thorns; and the thorns fall pontop good groun, an de plant dem
sprung up, and choked beah. Some plant beah a hundud, some
them:
beah sixty, an some beah tirty time mo den
8 But other fell into
good ground, and wa e staat wid.
brought forth fruit, some 9 An den Jedus say, Oona got yea fa
an hundredfold, some
sixtyfold, some thirty-
yeh, ainty? Den oona mus yeh wa A da
fold. say!
9 Who hath ears to Wa Mek Jedus Tell Paable
hear, let him hear. Mark 4:10-12; Luke 8:9-10
10 And the disciples
came, and said unto him, Jedus ciple dem come ta Jedus an aks
10
Why speakest thou unto um say, Wa mek ya tell paable fa laan de
them in parables?
people?
11 He answered and
said unto them, Because
11 Jedus tell um say, God gii oona de
it is given unto you to chance fa know bout dem secret bout how
know the mysteries of the
kingdom of heaven, but
e gwine rule all people, bot oda people ain
to them it is not given. got dat chance. 12 De poson wa hab
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 47
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
48 Matthew 13
20 But he that received tek way de wod wa been dey een dey haat.
the seed into stony
places, the same is he
20 De seed wa faddown pontop de groun
that heareth the word, wa full op wid rock, dat like people wa yeh
and anon with joy
receiveth it;
de wod an dey glad fa bleebe um soon as
21 Yet hath he not root dey yeh um. 21 Bot dey ain got no root. De
in himself, but dureth for wod ain down deep een dey haat fa true,
a while: for when tribula-
tion or persecution so dem people bleebe jes a leetle wile.
ariseth because of the Cause dey beena bleebe de wod, dey git
word, by and by he is
offended. trouble an people mek um suffa. So den
22 He also that re- dey lef tareckly. 22 Dem seed wa fall eenta
ceived seed among the
thorns is he that heareth de briah, dat like de people wa yeh de
the word; and the care of wod, bot dey fret bout de ting dem dey
this world, and the de-
ceitfulness of riches,
got. Dey lob plenty ting an pledja een dis
choke the word, and he wol. Dem ting choke out de wod een dey
becometh unfruitful. haat. Dem people ain do nottin fa God.
23 But he that received
seed into the good Dey crop dohn mount ta nottin. 23 Bot de
ground is he that heareth seed wa fall pon de good groun, dat like de
the word, and under-
standeth it; which also people wa yeh de wod an ondastan um een
beareth fruit, and bring- dey haat. Dey mek good crop. Some beah a
eth forth, some an hun-
dredfold, some sixty, hundud, some beah sixty, an some beah
some thirty. tirty.
24 Another parable put
he forth unto them, say-
ing, The kingdom of De Paable Bout de Grass
heaven is likened unto a 24 Jedus tell um noda paable say, Wen
man which sowed good
seed in his field: God da rule, e stan like wen one man plant
25 But while men slept, good seed een e fiel. 25 Bot one night wiles
his enemy came and
sowed tares among the
all de people beena sleep, dat man enemy
wheat, and went his way. come an plant grass mongst de good wheat
26 But when the blade seed wa de man done plant. Den e enemy
was sprung up, and
brought forth fruit, then
gone. 26 Wen de plant dem grow an staat
appeared the tares also. fa beah, people see de grass mix op wid de
27 So the servants of wheat plant. 27 Dat man wa own de fiel, e
the householder came
and said unto him, Sir,
saabant dem aks say, Sah, ya done plant
didst not thou sow good good seed een ya fiel, ainty? Weh de grass
seed in thy field? from come fom wa da grow dey? 28 De man tell
whence then hath it
tares? um say, Dat been me enemy wa done dat.
28 He said unto them, De saabant dem aks um say, Ya wahn we
An enemy hath done this.
The servants said unto
fa go pull de grass op? 29 E tell um say,
him, Wilt thou then that No, cause wen oona da pull de grass op,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 49
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
50 Matthew 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 51
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
52 Matthew 13, 14
55 Is not this the car- miracle yah? 55 Ain dis de capenta boy?
penter's son? is not his
mother called Mary? and
Ain Mary e modda an ain James, Joseph,
his brethren, James, and Simon an Judas dem e broda? 56 Ain e
Joses, and Simon, and sista dem all dey yah wid we? Weh dis
Judas?
56 And his sisters, are man git all dis sense an powa fa do miracle
they not all with us? yah? 57 So dey ain wahn fa hab nottin fa
Whence then hath this
man all these things? do wid um.
57 And they were of- Jedus tell um say, De people gii hona
fended in him. But Jesus
said unto them, A ta a prophet ebryweh cep weh e raise op
prophet is not without at. Een e own town an een e own fambly
honour, save in his own
country, and in his own
dey ain gim no hona. 58 An cause de
house. people ain bleebe een um, Jedus do jes a
58 And he did not
many mighty works there
few miracle een dat place dey.
because of their unbelief.
14
,13
Herod an Jedus
Mark 6:14-29; Luke 9:7-9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 14 53
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
54 Matthew 14
five loaves, and two nottin yah cep fibe loaf ob bread an two
fishes.
18 He said, Bring them fish.
hither to me. 18 Jedus say, Oona mus bring um ta
19 And he commanded
the multitude to sit down
me. 19 E chaage de people fa seddown
on the grass, and took the pon de grass. Den e tek de fibe loaf ob
five loaves, and the two bread an de two fish. E look op ta heaben
fishes, and looking up to
heaven, he blessed, and an e tank God fa de bread an de fish. Den e
brake, and gave the broke op de bread an e gim ta e ciple dem
loaves to his disciples,
and the disciples to the an de ciple dem gim ta de people. 20 All
multitude. dem done nyam til dey been sattify. An de
20 And they did all eat,
and were filled: and they ciple dem geda tweb basket ob lef oba
took up of the fragments bread an fish. 21 Bout fibe tousan man
that remained twelve
baskets full.
been dey, an dat ain count de ooman an de
21 And they that had chullun dem.
eaten were about five
thousand men, beside
women and children. Jedus Waak Pontop Wata
22 And straightway Je- Mark 6:45-52; John 6:15-21
sus constrained his disci-
ples to get into a ship, 22 Jes atta dat, Jedus chaage de ciple
and to go before him dem fa git eenta de boat an go head ob um
unto the other side, while
he sent the multitudes ta de oda side. Dey fa cross oba de lake.
away. Wiles dey beena gwine, Jedus tell de
23 And when he had
sent the multitudes away,
crowd dat e time fa go back home now.
he went up into a moun- 23 Atta e done sen de people home, e gone
tain apart to pray: and op one high hill by esef fa pray ta God. An
when the evening was
come, he was there wen ebenin come, e been dey. Ain nobody
alone. been dey cep um. 24 Now dat time dey, de
24 But the ship was
now in the midst of the boat wid e ciple dem been out faaway fom
sea, tossed with waves: lan. De wata been so rough dat de boat ain
for the wind was
contrary. been steady cause de wind beena blow
25 And in the fourth ginst um.
watch of the night Jesus 25 So late een de night, sometime atta
went unto them, walking
on the sea. shree oclock, Jedus gone out ta e ciple
26 And when the dis-
ciples saw him walking
dem. E beena waak pontop de wata.
on the sea, they were 26 Wen de ciple dem see Jedus da waak
troubled, saying, It is a pontop de wata, dey been scaid ta det. Dey
spirit; and they cried out
for fear. say, Dat a haant! An dey holla loud
27 But straightway Je- cause dey been so scaid.
sus spake unto them, say- 27 Jedus speak op fast. E tell um say,
ing, Be of good cheer; it is
I; be not afraid. Study yasef! Dis me! Mus dohn be scaid!
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 14, 15 55
15
Chapter 15
1 Some Pharisee an Jew Law
1 Then came to Jesus
teacha dem fom Jerusalem come
scribes and Pharisees,
ta Jedus an aks um say, 2 Hoccome ya which were of Jerusalem,
ciple dem ain do wa we ole people been saying,
2 Why do thy disciples
laan we? Dey ain wash dey han fo dey transgress the tradition
nyam! of the elders? for they
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
56 Matthew 15
wash not their hands 3 Jedus aks um back say, An hoccome
when they eat bread.
3 But he answered and oona ain do wa God Law tell oona fa do fa
said unto them, Why do sake ob wa oona ole people tell oona fa
ye also transgress the
commandment of God by
do? 4 Cause God chaage we say, Ya mus
your tradition? show hona an be manisable ta ya fada an
4 For God commanded,
saying, Honour thy fa-
modda, an De poson wa taak bad ginst e
ther and mother: and, He fada or e modda, oona mus kill um. 5 Bot
that curseth father or oona say, ef a poson got sompin e able fa
mother, let him die the
death. gii e fada or e modda wa gwine hep um,
5 But ye say, Whoso- bot e say, A done promise fa gii God dis
ever shall say to his father
or his mother, It is a gift, ting yah, 6 oona say dat poson dey ain
by whatsoever thou haffa show hona ta e fada an gim dat ting
mightest be profited by
me;
fa hep um. Dat show how oona ain do wa
6 And honour not his God Law say. Oona jes da do dem ting wa
father or his mother, he oona ole people laan oona fa do. 7 Oona
shall be free. Thus have ye
made the commandment hypicrit! De prophet Isaiah done tell de
of God of none effect by trute bout oona wen e say,
your tradition. 8 Dese people yah da hona me
7 Ye hypocrites, well
did Esaias prophesy of wid dey mout,
you, saying,
8 This people draweth bot dey haat ain dey wid me.
nigh unto me with their 9 Wen dey woshup me op,
mouth, and honoureth
me with their lips; but
dat dohn mean nottin,
their heart is far from me. cause dey da laan people fa do
9 But in vain they do
worship me, teaching for
law wa people jes mek op.
doctrines the command- Dey say dat God Law, bot e ain so.
ments of men.
10 And he called the
multitude, and said unto De Ting wa Mek Poson Sinna een God Eye
them, Hear, and under- Mark 7:14-23
stand:
11 Not that which 10 Jedus call de crowd fa come ta um. E
goeth into the mouth tell um say, Oona mus yeh wa A say an
defileth a man; but that
which cometh out of the
ondastan! 11 E ain wa gone eenta poson
mouth, this defileth a mout wa mek um sinna een God eye. Wa
man. come outta de poson mout, dat wa mek um
12 Then came his disci-
ples, and said unto him, sinna een God eye.
Knowest thou that the 12 Den de ciple dem come ta um, aks
Pharisees were offended,
after they heard this um say, Ya know dat de Pharisee dem
saying? been opsot wen dey yeh wa ya say?
13 But he answered
13 Jedus ansa say, Me Fada een heaben
and said, Every plant,
which my heavenly gwine root op ebry plant wa e esef ain
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 15 57
plant. 14 Oona fa lef um be! Dey bline Father hath not planted,
shall be rooted up.
people wa da try fa lead oda bline people, 14 Let them alone: they
an ef bline poson lead bline poson, dey all be blind leaders of the
blind. And if the blind
two gwine faddown eenta de ditch. lead the blind, both shall
15 Peter aks Jedus fa splain ta um wa fall into the ditch.
15 Then answered Pe-
dat paable mean. ter and said unto him,
16 So Jedus tell um say, Oona stillyet Declare unto us this
ain ondastan wa A tell oona, ainty? 17 Ain parable.
16 And Jesus said, Are
oona see dat wasoneba gone eenta ye also yet without
somebody mout, e lef dey an gwine go understanding?
17 Do not ye yet under-
eenta e belly an den come outta e body? stand, that whatsoever
18 Bot de wod dat come outta somebody entereth in at the mouth
goeth into the belly, and
mout, dey come fom eenside e haat. Dat is cast out into the
wa mek e sinna een God eye. 19 Cause draught?
18 But those things
eenside, een e haat, a poson da study fa do which proceed out of the
ebil ting, fa kill, fa ramify roun an do mouth come forth from
wickity ting, fa tief, fa lie, fa taak bad bout the heart; and they defile
the man.
oda people. 20 All dem ebil ting come fom 19 For out of the heart
eenside a poson haat an da mek um sinna proceed evil thoughts,
murders, adulteries, for-
een God eye. Bot ef a poson ain wash e nications, thefts, false
han, dat ain mek um sinna een God eye. witness, blasphemies:
20 These are the things
which defile a man: but
De Fait ob de Ooman fom Canaan to eat with unwashen
Mark 7:24-30 hands defileth not a man.
21 Then Jesus went
21 Jedus lef dey an gone way ta de arie thence, and departed into
close ta Tyre an Sidon. 22 One ooman wa the coasts of Tyre and
Sidon.
beena lib dey wa ain Jew gone ta Jedus. E 22 And, behold, a
been fom Canaan. Dat ooman beg Jedus woman of Canaan came
out of the same coasts,
say, Sah, David Son, do please, hab mussy and cried unto him, say-
pon me! Me daughta da suffa tommuch ing, Have mercy on me,
O Lord, thou Son of Da-
cause ebil sperit dey eenside um. vid; my daughter is griev-
23 Bot Jedus ain gap e teet. De ciple ously vexed with a devil.
23 But he answered her
dem come ta Jedus an beg um say, Sen not a word. And his disci-
dat ooman way. E da folla we an da holla ples came and besought
him, saying, Send her
loud. away; for she crieth after
24 Jedus ansa say, God sen me jes ta de us.
24 But he answered
people ob Israel wa stan like loss sheep. and said, I am not sent
25 Den de ooman come kneel down fo but unto the lost sheep of
the house of Israel.
Jedus an say, Sah, do please hep me! 25 Then came she and
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
58 Matthew 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 15, 16 59
16 So m e Ph aris ee an s ome
1
1 The Pharisees also
Sadducee dem come ta Jedus. Dey with the Sadducees
wahn fa test Jedus so dey tell um say, came, and tempting de-
sired him that he would
show dem a sign fa show dat God sen um shew them a sign from
fa true. heaven.
2 Jedus ansa um say, Wen ebenin 2 He answered and
said unto them, When it
come, oona kin say, Demarra gwine be is evening, ye say, It will
fine, cause de sky red. 3 An wen e day be fair weather: for the
sky is red.
clean, oona kin say, E gwine be bad weda 3 And in the morning,
cause de sky red an daak. Oona know how It will be foul weather to
day: for the sky is red and
fa look ta de eliment an tapetate bout de lowring. O ye hypocrites,
weda, bot oona ain able fa tapetate de sign ye can discern the face of
dem wa ya da see een dis day yah. 4 De the sky; but can ye not
discern the signs of the
people wa da lib now, dey wickity an dey times?
ain bleebe pon God! Oona da aks fa a sign 4 A wicked and adul-
terous generation seek-
fa show dat God sen me. A da tell oona fa eth after a sign; and there
true, A ain gwine show no sign cep fa de shall no sign be given
unto it, but the sign of the
sign ob de prophet Jonah. prophet Jonas. And he
So den Jedus lef um, e gone. left them, and departed.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
60 Matthew 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 16 61
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
62 Matthew 16, 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 17 63
whole heap. A sho please wid um. Mus overshadowed them: and
behold a voice out of the
listen ta wa e tell oona! cloud, which said, This is
6 Wen de ciple dem yeh dat boice, dey my beloved Son, in
whom I am well pleased;
been so scaid dey faddown wid dey face ta hear ye him.
de groun. 7 Jedus come tetch um, an say, 6 And when the disci-
ples heard it, they fell on
Git op! Mus dohn be scaid! 8 So dey look their face, and were sore
op, bot dey ain see nobody dey cep Jedus. afraid.
9 Wen dey come down de hill, Jedus 7 And Jesus came and
touched them, and said,
chaage um say, Oona mus dohn tell Arise, and be not afraid.
nobody wa oona been see op dey, til de 8 And when they had
lifted up their eyes, they
Man wa Come fom God done git op fom de saw no man, save Jesus
dead an lib gin. only.
9 And as they came
10 De ciple dem aks Jedus say, Den down from the mountain,
hoccome de Jew Law teacha dem say Jesus charged them, say-
ing, Tell the vision to no
Elijah haffa come fus? man, until the Son of man
be risen again from the
11 Jedus ansa um say, Fa sho, Elijah dead.
come fus, an e gwine git all ting ready. 10 And his disciples
asked him, saying, Why
12 Bot A da tell oona, Elijah done come,
then say the scribes that
bot people ain know um. An dey beena do Elias must first come?
11 And Jesus answered
um jes how dey wahn fa do. Same way so and said unto them, Elias
dey gwine mek de Man wa Come fom God truly shall first come, and
suffa. restore all things.
12 But I say unto you,
13 So den, de ciple dem ondastan dat That Elias is come al-
ready, and they knew
Jedus beena taak ta um bout John wa him not, but have done
Bactize. unto him whatsoever
they listed. Likewise shall
also the Son of man suffer
Jedus Dribe Ebil Sperit Outta One Boy of them.
13 Then the disciples
an Mek Um Well understood that he spake
Mark 9:14-29; Luke 9:37-43 unto them of John the
Baptist.
14 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem git ta de 14 And when they
crowd ob people, one man come an kneel were come to the multi-
tude, there came to him a
down fo Jedus. 15 E say, Lawd, A da beg certain man, kneeling
down to him, and saying,
ya, hab mussy pon me son! E ketch fits an 15 Lord, have mercy on
da suffa tommuch. E so bad dat heapa time my son: for he is lunatick,
e faddown eenta de fire an eenta de wata. and sore vexed: for oft-
times he falleth into the
16 A done bring um ta ya ciple dem, bot fire, and oft into the
dey ain been able fa mek um well. water.
16 And I brought him
17 Jedus mek ansa say, Oona people
to thy disciples, and they
yah wa lib een dis time ain got no fait! could not cure him.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
64 Matthew 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 17, 18 65
Wen Peter gone eenta de house, Jedus earth take custom or trib-
ute? of their own chil-
taak ta um fus, say, Simon, wa ya tink dren, or of strangers?
bout dis? Who pay all de diffunt kind ob 26 Peter saith unto
him, Of strangers. Jesus
tax dem ta de rula dem een dis wol. De saith unto him, Then are
been-yah people, or de come-yah people? the children free.
26 Peter ansa say, De come-yah people, 27 Notwithstanding,
lest we should offend
ainty? them, go thou to the sea,
Jedus tell Peter say, So den, de people and cast an hook, and
take up the fish that first
wa blongst ta de country ain haffa pay. cometh up; and when
27 Bot we ain wahn fa mek dem people thou hast opened his
bex wid we, so go ta de lake an cyas ya mouth, thou shalt find a
piece of money: that
hook out eenta de wata. De fus fish wa ya take, and give unto them
ketch, open e mout an ya gwine find one for me and thee.
silba coin dey. Tek dat coin an pay um fa 18
,17
we tax.
Chapter 18
Whodat Greata? 1 At the same time
Mark 9:33-37; Luke 9:46-48 came the disciples unto
Jesus, saying, Who is the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
66 Matthew 18
7 Woe unto the world time fa de people een de wol cause ob dem
because of offences! for it
must needs be that of- ting dey wa da mek um sin! Fa true, ting
fences come; but woe to gwine happen wa mek people wahn fa do
that man by whom the of-
fence cometh! bad. Bot de poson wa mek dem ting
8 Wherefore if thy happen, e gwine hab plenty trouble!
hand or thy foot offend 8 Ef oona han or oona foot da mek
thee, cut them off, and
cast them from thee: it is oona do bad ting, cut um off an shrow um
better for thee to enter way. E mo betta fa oona fa be cripple op an
into life halt or maimed,
rather than having two
hab jes one han or one foot an git life wa
hands or two feet to be neba end, den fa oona fa keep two han an
cast into everlasting fire. two foot an den dey chunk oona eenta de
9 And if thine eye of-
fend thee, pluck it out,
fire wa gwine keep on da bun faeba. 9 An
and cast it from thee: it is ef oona eye da mek oona do bad ting, oona
better for thee to enter fa pull um out an chunk um way! E mo
into life with one eye,
rather than having two betta fa oona fa hab jes one eye an git life
eyes to be cast into hell wa neba end, den fa oona fa keep two eye
fire.
10 Take heed that ye
an den dey chunk oona eenta de hell fire.
despise not one of these
little ones; for I say unto De Loss Sheep
you, That in heaven their Luke 15:3-7
angels do always behold
the face of my Father 10 Oona mus mek sho dat oona ain
which is in heaven.
look down pon none ob dese leetle one
11 For the Son of man
is come to save that yah, tink say e ain mount ta nottin. Cause
which was lost. A da tell oona dat dese leetle one yah, dey
12 How think ye? if a own angel dem een heaben da look pon
man have an hundred
sheep, and one of them me Fada face all de time! [11 De Man wa
be gone astray, doth he Come fom God, e come fa sabe dem people
not leave the ninety and
nine, and goeth into the wa done loss dey way.]
mountains, and seeketh 12 Sposin a hundud sheep blongst ta
that which is gone
astray?
one man. Ef one ob dem sheep git loss, wa
dat man fa do? E gwine lef de ninety-nine
13 And if so be that he
find it, verily I say unto sheep wa safe dey pon de hillside, an e
you, he rejoiceth more of gwine saach fa de one wa loss, ainty?
that sheep, than of the 13 An A da tell oona fa true, ef e find um, e
ninety and nine which
went not astray. gwine rejaice fa dat one sheep mo den fa
14 Even so it is not the de ninety-nine oda res wa ain neba loss
will of your Father which dey way. 14 Same way so, oona Fada God
is in heaven, that one of
these little ones should een heaben ain wahn none ob dese leetle
perish. one fa loss e way.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 18 67
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
68 Matthew 18
23 Therefore is the
kingdom of heaven lik-
23 Cause wen God da rule, e stan like one
ened unto a certain king, king dat cide fa look at e book weh e been
which would take ac-
count of his servants. write down hommuch e saabant dem owe
24 And when he had um. 24 Wen de king staat fa look at de
begun to reckon, one was
brought unto him, which book, dey come da bring een one saabant
owed him ten thousand
talents. wa owe um a whole heapa money. 25 De
25 But forasmuch as he saabant ain got no money, so de king
had not to pay, his lord
commanded him to be chaage e man dem fa sell dat saabant, long
sold, and his wife, and wid e wife an e chullun fa be slabe, an fa
children, and all that he
had, and payment to be sell all dat saabant propaty, fa pay wa e
made.
26 The servant there- owe. 26 Den dat saabant faddown fo de
fore fell down, and wor- king an beg um say, Lawd, do please, beah
shipped him, saying,
Lord, have patience with wid me, an A gwine pay ya ebryting A owe
me, and I will pay thee
all. ya! 27 De king feel saary fa dat saabant an
27 Then the lord of e tell um e ain haffa pay back de money e
that servant was moved
with compassion, and owe um, an e leh um go free.
loosed him, and forgave 28 Bot wen dat saabant done gone, e
him the debt.
28 But the same ser- meet one ob de oda saabant dem wa been
vant went out, and found
one of his fellowservants, owe um a leetle bit ob money. E grab hole
which owed him an hun- ta um by e troat an staat fa choke um, an
dred pence: and he laid
hands on him, and took chaage um say, Ya mus pay me all wa ya
him by the throat, saying,
Pay me that thou owest. owe me! 29 Dat oda saabant faddown fo
29 And his fellowser- um an beg um say, Please sah, beah wid
vant fell down at his feet,
and besought him, say- me, an A gwine pay ya back wa A owe ya!
ing, Have patience with 30 Bot dat saabant ain gree ta dat. Steada
me, and I will pay thee
all. dat, e mek dem shrow dat oda saabant
30 ,And he would not:
but went and cast him eenta de jailhouse til e pay wa e owe.
into prison, till he should 31 Wen de oda res ob de saabant dem see
pay the debt.
31 So when his fellow- wa happen, dey been opsot fa true. So dey
servants saw what was
done, they were very gone an tell de king all wa done happen.
sorry, and came and told 32 Den de king hab um call een dat
unto their lord all that
was done. saabant wa e been fagib. E tell um say, Ya
32 Then his lord, after
that he had called him,
wickity saabant! A been say ya ain haffa
said unto him, O thou pay back de money wa ya owe me, cause
wicked servant, I forgave
thee all that debt, be- ya beg me. 33 Yasef oughta been hab
cause thou desiredst me: mussy pon de oda saabant, jes like A been
33 Shouldest not thou
also have had compas- hab mussy pon ya, ainty? 34 De king been
sion on thy fellowser- too bex so e gim ta dem wa gyaad de
vant, even as I had pity
on thee? jailhouse an mek um pit dat saabant eenta
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 18, 19 69
de jailhouse til e pay back all wa e owe. 34 And his lord was
wroth, and delivered him
35 An Jedus say, So den, dat how me to the tormentors, till he
Fada een heaben gwine do ta ebry one ob should pay all that was
due unto him.
oona, ef wid all ya haat ya ain fagib ya 35 So likewise shall my
broda wa do ya bad. heavenly Father do also
unto you, if ye from your
hearts forgive not every
Jedus Laan People Bout Worce one his brother their
Mark 10:1-12 19
,18 trespasses.
Chapter 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
70 Matthew 19
Whosoever shall put an den dat man marry noda ooman, dat
away his wife, except it
be for fornication, and man done guilty ob sleep wid ooman wa
shall marry another, ain e own wife.
committeth adultery: and
whoso marrieth her
10 Jedus ciple dem tell Jedus say, Well
which is put away doth den, ef dat so e stan wid man an e wife, e
commit adultery.
10 His disciples say betta ef a man ain git marry.
unto him, If the case of 11 Jedus ansa um say, Ain all man kin
the man be so with his cept dis, bot jes dem wa God mek um able
wife, it is not good to
marry. fa do dat. 12 Dey diffunt reason wa mek
11 But he said unto
some people able fa lib dout dey marry.
them, All men cannot re-
ceive this saying, save Some dem dat way fom de time dey bon,
they to whom it is given. an some dat way cause people mek um like
12 For there are some
eunuchs, which were so dat. An some oda ain marry cause dey
born from their mother's wahn fa gii God all dey life fa bring people
womb: and there are
some eunuchs, which
fa lib onda God rule. So den, de poson wa
were made eunuchs of able fa cept dis, leh um cept um.
men: and there be eu-
nuchs, which have made
themselves eunuchs for Jedus Bless Leetle Chullun
the kingdom of heaven's Mark 10:13-16; Luke 18:15-17
sake. He that is able to re-
ceive it, let him receive it. Some people bring leetle chullun ta
13
13 Then were there Jedus fa hab um pit e han pon dey head an
brought unto him little
children, that he should pray fa um. Bot de ciple dem buke dem
put his hands on them, people wa beena bring um. 14 Jedus say,
and pray: and the disci-
ples rebuked them.
Oona mus leh de chullun come ta me.
14 But Jesus said, Suf- Mus dohn stop um, cause de people wa
fer little children, and like dem chullun yah gwine be wid God
forbid them not, to come
unto me: for of such is the wen e da rule.
kingdom of heaven. 15 An Jedus pit e han pon dey head an
15 And he laid his
hands on them, and de-
bless um. Den e gone way fom dey.
parted thence.
16 And, behold, one De Rich Nyoung Rula
came and said unto him, Mark 10:17-31; Luke 18:18-30
Good Master, what good
thing shall I do, that I 16 One man come ta Jedus an aks um
may have eternal life? say, Teacha, wa good ting A mus do fa git
17 And he said unto
ebalastin life?
him, Why callest thou me
good? there is none good 17 Jedus ansa um say, Hoccome ya aks
but one, that is, God: but me bout wa good? Ain nobody good cep fa
if thou wilt enter into life,
keep the command- God. Ef ya wahn fa git ebalastin life, ya
ments. mus do wa God Law tell ya fa do.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 19 71
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
72 Matthew 19, 20
you, That ye which have pon e shrone fa rule de wol wid great
followed me, in the re-
generation when the Son glory, oona wa beena folla me gwine
of man shall sit in the seddown too, pon tweb shrone fa jedge de
throne of his glory, ye
also shall sit upon twelve tweb tribe ob Israel. 29 An ebrybody wa
thrones, judging the done lef e house, or e broda dem, or e sista
twelve tribes of Israel.
29 And every one that dem, or e fada, or e modda, or e chullun,
hath forsaken houses, or or e propaty so dat e kin do wa A tell um fa
brethren, or sisters, or fa- do, God gwine gim a hundud time mo den
ther, or mother, or wife,
or children, or lands, for wa e done lef fa folla me, an e gwine gim
my name's sake, shall re- ebalastin life. 30 Bot plenty wa fus now,
ceive an hundredfold,
and shall inherit everlast- dey gwine be las, an plenty dem wa las
ing life.
30 But many that are
now, dey gwine be fus.
first shall be last; and the
last shall be first. De Fus Gwine Be Las
20
Chapter 20
1 For the kingdom of
Wen God rule, e stan like wen
1
heaven is like unto a man one man wa got a faam go out aaly
that is an householder, een de maanin fa find wokman dem fa go
which went out early in
the morning to hire la- wok een e grape fiel. 2 De man gree fa gii
bourers into his vineyard.
2 And when he had dem wokman dey pay fa de day, wa been
agreed with the labourers one silba coin fa ebry man. Den e sen um
for a penny a day, he sent
them into his vineyard. out fa wok een e fiel. 3 Bout nine oclock,
3 And he went out
about the third hour, and de man gone out gin ta weh all de man
saw others standing idle dem da geda, an e see some oda man dem
in the marketplace,
4 And said unto them; da stanop dey an dey ain da do nottin. 4 So
Go ye also into the vine- e tell um say, Oona fa go wok een me fiel
yard, and whatsoever is
right I will give you. And too, an A gwine pay oona wa right fa oona
they went their way.
5 Again he went out fa git. So de man dem gone fa wok. 5 Den
about the sixth and ninth bout tweb oclock an bout shree oclock e
hour, and did likewise.
6 And about the elev- gone back gin an done de same ting.
enth hour he went out, 6 Bout fibe oclock e gone out gin ta weh
and found others stand-
ing idle, and saith unto de man dem beena geda, an e see oda man
them, Why stand ye here
all the day idle? dem still da stanop dey. E aks um say,
7 They say unto him,
Hoccome oona da stan yah all day an ya
Because no man hath
hired us. He saith unto ain do nottin? 7 Dey ansa um say, Ain
them, Go ye also into the nobody aks we fa wok fa um. De man say,
vineyard; and whatso-
ever is right, that shall ye Well den, oona gwine come an wok een
receive. me grape fiel too.
8 So when even was
8 Wen ebenin come, de man wa got de
come, the lord of the
vineyard saith unto his faam tell e head man ob de wokman dem
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 20 73
say, Call de wokman dem an gim dey pay. steward, Call the labour-
ers, and give them their
Staat wid dem wokman fus wa A sen las ta hire, beginning from the
de fiel an keep on da pay dem dat way til last unto the first.
9 And when they came
ya end op wid dem wa A sen fus ta de fiel. that were hired about the
9 E gii ebry one ob de wokman dem wa e eleventh hour, they re-
ceived every man a
sen ta de fiel bout fibe oclock, one silba penny.
coin. 10 So den, wen de wokman dem wa e 10 But when the first
sen fus ta de fiel see dat, dey tink say e came, they supposed that
they should have re-
gwine pay um mo den e pay de oda ceived more; and they
wokman dem. Bot e gii ebry one ob um likewise received every
man a penny.
one silba coin. 11 Wen dey git dey money, 11 And when they had
dey staat fa grumble ginst de man wa got received it, they mur-
mured against the good-
de faam. 12 Dey say, Dem wokman wa ya man of the house,
12 Saying, These last
sen fa wok las, dey wok jes one hour. Bot have wrought but one
we beena wok de whole day een de hot hour, and thou hast made
them equal unto us,
sun. Stillyet, ya gii we de same pay same which have borne the
burden and heat of the
like dey got. 13 Bot de man wa got de day.
faam, e ansa one ob um say, Me fren, 13 But he answered
one of them, and said,
listen ta me! A ain do ya bad. Ya been gree Friend, I do thee no
fa wok fa one silba coin, ainty? 14 Tek ya wrong: didst not thou
pay an go ta ya house. A wahn fa gii dem agree with me for a
penny?
wokman wa A sen las ta de fiel de same 14 Take that thine is,
pay wa A gii ya. 15 Ain A got de right fa do and go thy way: I will
give unto this last, even
wa A wahn wid me own money? Ya ain git as unto thee.
de long eye cause A good ta dem, ainty? 15 Is it not lawful for
16 An Jedus tell um say, So den, dem me to do what I will with
mine own? Is thine eye
wa las gwine be fus, an dem wa fus gwine evil, because I am good?
16 So the last shall be
be las. first, and the first last: for
many be called, but few
Jedus Tell Um Gin E Gwine Dead chosen.
17 And Jesus going up
Mark 10:32-34; Luke 18:31-34
to Jerusalem took the
17 Wen Jedus beena gwine op ta twelve disciples apart in
the way, and said unto
Jerusalem, e tek de tweb ciple ta one side them,
an e tell um say, 18 We da gwine op ta 18 Behold, we go up to
Jerusalem; and the Son of
Jerusalem. An de people dey gwine han de man shall be betrayed
unto the chief priests and
Man wa Come fom God oba ta de leada unto the scribes, and they
dem ob de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law shall condemn him to
death,
teacha dem. Dey gwine jedge um an say e 19 And shall deliver
mus dead. 19 Atta dat, dey gwine ton um him to the Gentiles to
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
74 Matthew 20
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 20, 21 75
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
76 Matthew 21
3 And if any man say donkey dat dey done tie op dey. E got e
ought unto you, ye shall
say, The Lord hath need leetle one dey close ta um. Oona mus ontie
of them; and straightway um an fetch um ta me yah. 3 Ef anybody
he will send them.
aks oona wa ya da do, oona fa tell um say,
4 All this was done, De Lawd need um. Den dey gwine sen um
that it might be fulfilled right way.
which was spoken by the 4 Dis happen fa mek come true wa de
prophet, saying,
prophet been say gwine happen, wen e
5 Tell ye the daughter say,
of Sion, Behold, thy King 5 Tell de people een Jerusalem,
cometh unto thee, meek,
and sitting upon an ass, de city ob Zion, say,
and a colt the foal of an Look yah,
ass.
oona king da come ta oona!
6 And the disciples E ain hut nottin,
went, and did as Jesus an e da ride pon a donkey,
commanded them,
an pon de modda donkey
7 And brought the ass, leetle donkey.
and the colt, and put on 6 So de two ciple dem gone long ta de
them their clothes, and
they set him thereon. willage, an dey done wa Jedus tell um fa
do. 7 Dey tek de donkey an e leetle one ta
8 And a very great mul-
Jedus. Den dey pit dey cloes pontop um,
titude spread their gar-
ments in the way; others an Jedus git op pon um, da seddown pon
cut down branches from dey cloes. 8 A great big crowd ob people
the trees, and strawed
them in the way. wa been dey spread some ob dey cloes pon
de road front ob Jedus. Oda people broke
9 And the multitudes off some leetle branch fom some tree,
that went before, and spread um pon de road weh Jedus been
that followed, cried, say-
ing, Hosanna to the Son gwine pass. 9 De great crowd ob people
of David: Blessed is he dem wa beena waak long front ob Jedus,
that cometh in the name
of the Lord; Hosanna in an dem wa come hine um, dey beena
the highest. holla, say, Leh we praise de Son ob
David! God bless de one wa come een de
10 And when he was
Lawd name! Praise God een heaben!
come into Jerusalem, all
the city was moved, say- 10 Wen Jedus gone eenta Jerusalem, de
ing, Who is this? town ton opside down. De people been stir
op an dey say, Who dis man yah?
11 And the multitude 11 De crowd ob people ansa say, Dis
said, This is Jesus the
prophet of Nazareth of yah Jedus, de prophet. E come fom
Galilee. Nazareth een Galilee.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21 77
dem weh people beena mek change fa de 13 And said unto them,
money ob people fom oda lan. An e ton It is written, My house
shall be called the house
oba de chair dem weh dey beena sell of prayer; but ye have
pigeon. 13 E tell de people say, God Book made it a den of thieves.
say, People gwine call me House de place 14 And the blind and
weh people come fa pray ta God, bot oona the lame came to him in
da ton um eenta place weh de tief dem da the temple; and he
healed them.
hide!
14 De bline people an dem wa cripple 15 And when the chief
priests and scribes saw
op, dey come ta Jedus dey een God House, the wonderful things that
an e mek um well. 15 Bot de leada dem ob he did, and the children
crying in the temple, and
de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law teacha saying, Hosanna to the
dem been too bex cause dey see de great Son of David; they were
wok dem wa Jedus beena do, an dey yeh sore displeased,
de chullun dey een God House da holla 16 And said unto him,
say, Leh we praise David Son! 16 So de Hearest thou what these
leada dem ob de Jew priest dem an de Law say? And Jesus saith unto
them, Yea; have ye never
teacha dem aks Jedus say, Ya ain yeh wa read, Out of the mouth of
dey da say? babes and sucklings thou
hast perfected praise?
Jedus ansa um say, Yeah, A da yeh um.
Ain oona neba read wa dey write een God 17 And he left them,
and went out of the city
Book say, God done laan nyoung chullun into Bethany; and he
an baby dem fa gim praise? lodged there.
17 Jedus lef um an gone outta de city fa
18 Now in the morning
sleep een Bethany. as he returned into the
city, he hungered.
De Fig Tree wa Ain Beah No Fig
19 And when he saw a
Mark 11:12-14, 20-24
fig tree in the way, he
18 De nex maanin wen Jedus beena go came to it, and found
nothing thereon, but
back ta Jerusalem, e been hongry. 19 E see leaves only, and said
one fig tree close ta de road, so e gone ta unto it, Let no fruit grow
on thee henceforward for
de tree. Bot e ain find nottin pon um cep ever. And presently the
leaf. Den e tell de tree say, Ya ain fa beah fig tree withered away.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
78 Matthew 21
20 And when the no fig no mo! Right way, de fig tree done
disciples saw it, they
marvelled, saying, How dry op.
soon is the fig tree 20 Wen de ciple dem see wa happen,
withered away!
dey stonish, an dey aks say, Wa mek dis
21 Jesus answered and tree yah dry op right way?
said unto them, Verily I 21 Jedus ansa um say, A da tell oona fa
say unto you, If ye have
faith, and doubt not, ye true, ef oona bleebe God fa true an oona
shall not only do this ain doubt, oona gwine be able fa do wa A
which is done to the fig
tree, but also if ye shall done ta de fig tree yah. An ain jes dat dat
say unto this mountain, oona gwine be able fa do. Oona gwine be
Be thou removed, and be
thou cast into the sea; it able fa tell dis mountain yah say, Ya fa git
shall be done. op an go shrow yasef eenta de sea, an dat
22 And all things,
wa gwine happen. 22 Wen oona da pray ta
whatsoever ye shall ask God fa sompin, ef oona bleebe God gwine
in prayer, believing, ye do um fa oona, den fa true dat wa gwine
shall receive.
happen.
23 And when he was
come into the temple, the Dey Aks Jedus Weh E Git E Tority
chief priests and the el-
Mark 11:27-33; Luke 20:1-8
ders of the people came
unto him as he was teach- Jedus gone eenta God House. An
23
ing, and said, By what au-
thority doest thou these wiles e beena laan de people dey, de leada
things? and who gave dem ob de Jew priest dem an oda Jew
thee this authority?
leada dem come aks Jedus say, Tell we,
24 And Jesus answered hoccome ya got de right fa do dem ting
and said unto them, I also yah? Whodat gii ya dat right?
will ask you one thing,
24 Jedus ansa um say, Leh me aks oona
which if ye tell me, I in
like wise will tell you by one queshon too. Ef oona ansa me, A
what authority I do these
things.
gwine tell oona whodat gii me de tority fa
do dem ting. 25 Wen John wa Bactize
25 The baptism of people come yah, whodat gim de right fa
John, whence was it?
from heaven, or of men?
bactize. Tell me, God gim de tority, or de
And they reasoned with people gim dat tority?
themselves, saying, If we Dey staat fa bicka mongst deysef say,
shall say, From heaven;
he will say unto us, Why Ef we say God gii John dat tority, Jedus
did ye not then believe gwine aks we say, Well den, hoccome
him?
oona ain bleebe John? 26 Bot ef we say
26 But if we shall say, people gii John dat tority, we haffa be
Of men; we fear the peo-
ple; for all hold John as a
scaid ob de people, cause dey all bleebe
prophet. dat John been a prophet.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21 79
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
80 Matthew 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21, 22 81
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
82 Matthew 22
7 But when the king bex. E sen e sodja dem fa go kill de people
heard thereof, he was
wroth: and he sent forth wa done kill e saabant dem, an fa bun dey
his armies, and destroyed town. 8 Den de king tell e oda saabant dem
those murderers, and
burned up their city.
say, De marry feas done ready, bot de
8 Then saith he to his people wa A done been eenbite ain been fit
servants, The wedding is fa come dey. 9 Mus go out ta de main
ready, but they which
were bidden were not screet dem an eenbite all de people wa
worthy. oona able fa find. 10 So de saabant dem
9 Go ye therefore into
the highways, and as gone out ta de screet an geda all de people
many as ye shall find, bid dey able fa find. Dey eenbite good people
to the marriage.
10 So those servants an bad people. An de place weh de king
went out into the high- mek e marry feas been full op wid dem
ways, and gathered to-
gether all as many as they
people wa e eenbite.
found, both bad and 11 Bot wen de king gone een ta dat
good: and the wedding place fa see dem wa e eenbite, e see one
was furnished with
guests. man dey wa ain weah de cloes dat e
11 And when the king oughta weah ta de marry feas. 12 De king
came in to see the guests,
he saw there a man aks um say, Me fren, how ya happen fa
which had not on a wed- come eenside yah wen ya ain weah de
ding garment:
12 And he saith unto cloes dat ya oughta weah ta de marry
him, Friend, how camest feas? De man ain got nottin fa say. 13 Den
thou in hither not having
a wedding garment? And
de king tell e saabant dem say, Tie op dis
he was speechless. man han an foot, an chunk um out een de
13 Then said the king
daak. Dey, people gwine cry bitta teah an
to the servants, Bind him
hand and foot, and take bite dey tongue.
him away, and cast him 14 An Jedus say, God eenbite plenty
into outer darkness; there
shall be weeping and people, bot plenty people ain been pick fa
gnashing of teeth. come lib onda e rule.
14 For many are called,
but few are chosen.
15 Then went the Phar- De Queshon Bout Tax
isees, and took counsel Mark 12:13-17; Luke 20:20-26
how they might entangle
him in his talk. Den de Pharisee dem gone way an
15
16 And they sent out mek plan togeda fa aks Jedus schemy
unto him their disciples
with the Herodians, say- queshon fa trip um op. 16 Dey sen dey own
ing, Master, we know ciple dem ta Jedus, togeda wid some ob de
that thou art true, and
teachest the way of God Jew people wa been jine Herod group. Dey
in truth, neither carest sen um fa go tell Jedus say, Teacha, we
thou for any man: for
thou regardest not the
know ya da taak true, an ya da laan we de
person of men. true way fa folla God. Ya ain warry bout
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 22 83
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
84 Matthew 22
27 And last of all the seben broda dem. 27 Las ob all, de wida
woman died also.
28 Therefore in the res- ooman esef dead. 28 So den, wen de time
urrection whose wife come wen de dead people gwine git op an
shall she be of the seven?
for they all had her. lib gin, whodat mongst de seben gwine
29 Jesus answered and hab dat ooman fa e wife? All dem been
said unto them, Ye do err,
not knowing the scrip- marry um.
tures, nor the power of 29 Jedus ansa um say, Oona ain tink
God.
30 For in the resurrec- right, cause oona ain ondastan wa dey
tion they neither marry, write een God Book, needa God powa.
nor are given in mar-
riage, but are as the an- 30 Wen de dead lib gin, dey gwine be like
gels of God in heaven. de angel dem een heaben an dey ain gwine
31 But as touching the
resurrection of the dead, be marry. 31 Now den, oona ain neba read
have ye not read that wa God tell oona een e Book bout people
which was spoken unto
you by God, saying, wa gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib
32 I am the God of gin? 32 God say, A de God ob Abraham,
Abraham, and the God of
Isaac, and the God of Ja- de God ob Isaac, an de God ob Jacob. Dat
cob? God is not the God tell we dat e de God ob people wa da lib. E
of the dead, but of the
living. ain no God ob dead people.
33 And when the mul- 33 Dat dey wa Jedus beena laan de
titude heard this, they
were astonished at his
people mek um stonish.
doctrine.
34 But when the Phari- De Two Law wa Great
sees had heard that he
had put the Sadducees to Mo Den All de Res
silence, they were gath- Mark 12:28-34; Luke 10:25-28
ered together.
35 Then one of them, Wen de Pharisee dem yeh say dat
34
which was a lawyer, asked Jedus ansa de Sadducee dem so good dat
him a question, tempting
him, and saying, dey ain got nottin mo fa say, den dey git
36 Master, which is the togeda. 35 One ob dem Pharisee wa been a
great commandment in Jew Law teacha come ta Jedus an aks um
the law?
queshon fa try trap um. 36 E aks um say,
37 Jesus said unto him, Teacha, wish law great mo den all de oda
Thou shalt love the Lord
thy God with all thy law dem?
heart, and with all thy 37 Jedus say, Ya mus lob de Lawd ya
soul, and with all thy
mind. God wid all ya haat, an wid all ya soul, an
38 This is the first and wid all ya mind. 38 Dat de law wa great
great commandment. mo den all de oda law dem. Dat fus ob all
39 And the second is de law dem. 39 De secon law, wa great mo
like unto it, Thou shalt
love thy neighbour as den de oda res, e like dat fus law. Dat law
thyself. say, Ya mus lob ya neighba de same way
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 22, 23 85
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
86 Matthew 23
4 For they bind heavy dohn do wa dey da do, cause dey ain do wa
burdens and grievous to
be borne, and lay them on dey tell oda people fa do. 4 Dey way dey
men's shoulders; but they da tapetate de law, dey gii people hebby
themselves will not move
them with one of their load fa tote. Bot deysef ain pit eben one
fingers. finga fa hep um tote dat load. 5 Wasoneba
5 But all their works
dey da do, dey do um jes fa leh all de
they do for to be seen of people shim. Dey da tie lezza case pon dey
men: they make broad han an de front ob dey head wid diffunt
their phylacteries, and
enlarge the borders of wod fom God Book eenside um. Bot dem
their garments, Pharisee an Law teacha mek dey case big
6 And love the upper- so dat all de people kin shim. Same way so,
most rooms at feasts, and dey got long tassle pon de bottom paat ob
the chief seats in the
synagogues, dey cloes. 6 Wen dey a feas, dey lob fa
seddown ta de bes place fa nyam. Ta de
7 And greetings in the
markets, and to be called
meetin house, dey lob fa seddown weh all
of men, Rabbi, Rabbi. de people kin shim. 7 Pon de road, dey lob
fa people fa hail um, call um Teacha.
8 But be not ye called
8 Bot oona me ciple dem, oona mus dohn
Rabbi: for one is your
Master, even Christ; and git people fa call oona Teacha, cause
all ye are brethren. oona all broda ob one noda, an oona got
jes one Teacha. 9 Oona mus dohn call
9 And call no man your nobody yah een dis wol Fada, cause oona
father upon the earth: for
one is your Father, which got jes one Fada, an e dey een heaben.
is in heaven. 10 An oona mus dohn git people fa call
oona Massa, cause oona got jes one
10 Neither be ye called
Massa, wa de Messiah. 11 De one wa de
masters: for one is your
Master, even Christ. mos high op mongst oona, e mus be oona
saabant. 12 De poson wa pit esef op, God
11 But he that is great- gwine pit um down, an de poson wa ain
est among you shall be try fa be sompin special mongst oona, God
your servant.
gwine raise um op.
12 And whosoever
shall exalt himself shall Jedus Waan Dem Law Teacha
be abased; and he that an Dem Pharisee
shall humble himself
Mark 12:40;
shall be exalted.
Luke 11:39-42, 44, 52; 20:47
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 23 87
face ta weh God da rule. Oonasef ain wahn against men: for ye nei-
ther go in yourselves, nei-
fa go eenta weh e da rule, an oona da stop ther suffer ye them that
de oda people wa da try fa go een fa lib are entering to go in.
weh e da rule! [14 E gwine be a haad time 14 Woe unto you,
fa oona, oona Law teacha an Pharisee! scribes and Pharisees,
Oona hypicrit! Oona tek oba wida ooman hypocrites! for ye devour
widows' houses, and for a
propaty an tief all dey got. An den oona pretence make long
stanop da pray long time so dat people kin prayer: therefore ye shall
receive the greater dam-
say oona good people fa true! Cause ob nation.
dat, God gwine punish oona mo den e
gwine punish oda people!] 15 Woe unto you,
15 E gwine be a haad time fa oona, scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for ye com-
oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona pass sea and land to make
hypicrit! Oona da trabel all oba de lan an one proselyte, and when
he is made, ye make him
de sea fa taak ta jes one poson an win um twofold more the child of
oba fa bleebe wa oona bleebe. An wen e hell than yourselves.
bleebe, oona da mek dat poson go ta hell
16 Woe unto you, ye
jes like oonasef, an e two time mo wossa blind guides, which say,
den oonasef! Whosoever shall swear
16 E gwine be a haad time fa oona! by the temple, it is noth-
ing; but whosoever shall
Oona jes like bline people wa da show oda swear by the gold of the
bline people de road! Oona da laan people temple, he is a debtor!
say, Ef poson mek a wow an sweah ta God
17 Ye fools and blind:
House, e ain haffa do wa e say e gwine do. for whether is greater,
Bot ef e mek a wow an sweah ta de gole wa the gold, or the temple
dey een God House, dat poson haffa do wa that sanctifieth the gold?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
88 Matthew 23
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 23 89
bad ting oona da do cause oona hypicrit an are full of hypocrisy and
iniquity.
wickity. 29 Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
God Gwine Ponish de Law Teacha hypocrites! because ye
an Dem Pharisee build the tombs of the
prophets, and garnish the
Luke 11:47-51 sepulchres of the right-
29 E gwine be a haad time fa oona, eous,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
90 Matthew 23, 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24 91
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
92 Matthew 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24 93
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
94 Matthew 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24, 25 95
wa Come fom God gwine come back ta dis as ye think not the Son of
man cometh.
wol wen oona da tink say, E ain da come
45 Who then is a faith-
now! ful and wise servant,
whom his lord hath made
De Wokman wa da Do wa E Spose fa Do ruler over his household,
to give them meat in due
Luke 12:41-48
season?
45 Who dat wokman wa got plenty 46 Blessed is that ser-
sense an wa true ta de man e wok fa? E de vant, whom his lord
when he cometh shall
one dat de bossman gii chaage oba all dem find so doing.
een de house wen de bossman gone off, fa
47 Verily I say unto
gii de oda wokman dem dey food wen de you, That he shall make
time come fa nyam. 46 Dat wokman gwine him ruler over all his
goods.
be bless fa true, wen de bossman come
48 But and if that evil
home, ef e find um da do dem ting wa e
servant shall say in his
done tell um fa do. 47 A da tell oona fa heart, My lord delayeth
true, de bossman gwine gim chaage oba all his coming;
e propaty an ting. 48 Bot sposin dat 49 And shall begin to
smite his fellowservants,
wokman een chaage, e wickity an tink say, and to eat and drink with
Me bossman ain gwine come right back. the drunken;
49 Den e gwine staat fa beat op pon de oda 50 The lord of that ser-
wokman dem, an e gwine nyam an drink vant shall come in a day
when he looketh not for
wid dem wa git dronk. 50 Den one day de him, and in an hour that
bossman gwine come back home wen dat he is not aware of,
wokman ain spect um fa come. 51 De 51 And shall cut him
bossman gwine whip um too bad. E gwine asunder, and appoint him
his portion with the hyp-
mek um suffa dey weh de hypicrit dem da ocrites: there shall be
suffa. Dey een dat place e gwine cry bitta weeping and gnashing of
teeth.
teah an bite e tongue.
De Paable Bout
Chapter 25
de Ten Nyoung Gyal Dem
1 Then shall the king-
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
96 Matthew 25
4 But the wise took oil dem wa got sense, dey tote extry oll long
in their vessels with their
lamps.
wid um fa dey lamp. 5 De groom been late,
5 While the bride- so de nyoung gyal dem all git tired an fall
groom tarried, they all fa sleep.
slumbered and slept.
6 And at midnight
6 Somebody holla out een de middle
there was a cry made, Be- ob de night say, Look, de groom da come!
hold, the bridegroom Oona mus go meet um! 7 Den all dem gyal
cometh; go ye out to
meet him. git op an trim dey lamp dem, git um all
7 Then all those virgins ready. 8 Dem wa ain got no sense tell dem
arose, and trimmed their wa got sense say, Oona mus gii we some
lamps.
ob oona oll, cause we lamp da gwine out.
8 And the foolish said
unto the wise, Give us of
9 Bot dem wa got sense, dey tell um say,
your oil; for our lamps No, cause we jes got nuff oll fa wesef.
are gone out.
Steada dat, oona mus go ta dem wa sell oll
9 But the wise an-
an buy oona own. 10 So dem fibe gyal wa
swered, saying, Not so;
lest there be not enough ain got no sense, dey gone fa buy dey oll.
for us and you: but go ye Bot wiles dey beena gwine, de groom git
rather to them that sell,
and buy for yourselves. dey ta de fibe gyal wa got sense. Dey done
10 And while they
been ready fa meet um an dey gone wid de
went to buy, the bride- groom eenta de place weh de marry feas
groom came; and they been. Den de door ta dat place been lock
that were ready went in
with him to the marriage: shet.
and the door was shut. 11 Atta dat, de oda fibe gyal wa ain got
11 Afterward came no sense, dey come back an say, Please
also the other virgins, sah, open de door fa we! 12 Bot de groom
saying, Lord, Lord, open
to us. say, A da tell oona fa true, A ain know
12 But he answered who ya da!
and said, Verily I say 13 An Jedus tell de people say, Oona
unto you, I know you not.
mus keep on da watch, cause oona ain
13 Watch therefore, for
know de day or de hour wen A gwine come
ye know neither the day
nor the hour wherein the back.
Son of man cometh.
14 For the kingdom of De Paable Bout de Shree Wokman
heaven is as a man travel- Luke 19:11-27
ling into a far country,
who called his own ser- God rule gwine be jes like wen one
14
vants, and delivered unto man ready fa lef e house an go faa way. E
them his goods.
call e wokman dem an gim chaage oba e
15 And unto one he
gave five talents, to an-
propaty. 15 De man gii all de wokman dem
other two, and to another walyable gole coin, coddin ta how ebry
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 25 97
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
98 Matthew 25
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 25 99
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
100 Matthew 25, 26
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 101
dey git bex. Dey aks one noda say, 8 But when his disci-
ples saw it, they had in-
Hoccome dis ooman done waste spensiz dignation, saying, To
pafume like dat? 9 Dey kin sell dat pafume what purpose is this
waste?
an git a whole heapa money fa um, an gii 9 For this ointment
dat money ta de people wa ain got nottin! might have been sold for
10 Jedus been know wa dey beena say, much, and given to the
poor.
so e aks um say, Hoccome oona da bodda 10 When Jesus under-
dat ooman? Dat one fine ting wa e done fa stood it, he said unto
them, Why trouble ye the
me. 11 People wa ain got nottin gwine be woman? for she hath
dey wid oona all de time, bot A ain gwine wrought a good work
be dey wid oona all de time. 12 Wen de upon me.
11 For ye have the poor
ooman pit dis pafume pon me body, e always with you; but me
done um fa git me ready fa de time wen ye have not always.
dey gwine bury me. 13 A da tell oona fa 12 For in that she hath
poured this ointment on
true, all oba de wol, wehsoneba dey gwine my body, she did it for
go fa tell de Good Nyews, dey gwine my burial.
13 Verily I say unto
memba dis ooman an taak bout dis ting wa you, Wheresoever this
e done. gospel shall be preached
in the whole world, there
shall also this, that this
Judas Gree fa Sell Jedus ta E Enemy woman hath done, be
Mark 14:10-11; Luke 22:3-6 told for a memorial of
her.
14 One ob Jedus tweb ciple wa name 14 Then one of the
Judas Iscariot, e gone ta de leada dem ob twelve, called Judas Is-
cariot, went unto the
de Jew priest dem. 15 E aks um say, Wa chief priests,
oona gwine pay me ef A han Jedus oba ta 15 And said unto them,
oona? Dey gim tirty silba coin. 16 Fom What will ye give me,
and I will deliver him
dat time dey, Judas staat fa look fa a unto you? And they cove-
chance fa han Jedus oba ta dem. nanted with him for
thirty pieces of silver.
16 And from that time
Jedus Dem Nyam de Passoba Suppa
he sought opportunity to
Mark 14:12-21; Luke 22:7-13, 21-23;
betray him.
John 13:21-30
17 Now the first day of
17 De fus day ob de Feas ob Unleaven the feast of unleavened
Bread, de ciple dem come ta Jedus an aks bread the disciples came
to Jesus, saying unto
um say, Weh ya wahn we fa go git de him, Where wilt thou
Passoba ration ready fa nyam? that we prepare for thee
to eat the passover?
18 Jedus ansa um say, One man dey
18 And he said, Go into
een de city. Oona go ta um an tell um say, the city to such a man,
De Teacha say, me time ain faa way. Me and say unto him, The
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
102 Matthew 26
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 103
people. Wen me blood done pour out, God which is shed for many
for the remission of sins.
gwine fagib plenty people dey sin. 29 A da 29 But I say unto you, I
tell oona, A ain gwine drink wine no mo til will not drink henceforth
dat day wen A gwine drink de nyew wine of this fruit of the vine,
until that day when I
wid oona weh me Fada da rule. drink it new with you in
30 Den dey sing one hymn an gone out my Father's kingdom.
ta de Mount Olib. 30 And when they had
sung an hymn, they went
out into the mount of
Jedus say Peter Gwine Say Olives.
E Ain Know Um 31 Then saith Jesus
Mark 14:27-31; Luke 22:31-34; unto them, All ye shall be
John 13:36-38 offended because of me
this night: for it is writ-
31 Den Jedus tell um say, Dis night, ten, I will smite the shep-
herd, and the sheep of
oona all gwine ron way an bandon me. the flock shall be scat-
Cause dey write een God Book say, God tered abroad.
gwine kill de shephud, an de sheep gwine 32 But after I am risen
again, I will go before
scatta. 32 Bot atta A git op fom mongst de you into Galilee.
dead an lib gin, A gwine go ta Galilee head 33 Peter answered and
ob oona. said unto him, Though all
33 Peter tell Jedus say, Eben ef all de men shall be offended be-
cause of thee, yet will I
oda ciple dem bandon ya, A ain neba never be offended.
gwine bandon ya! 34 Jesus said unto him,
34 Jedus tell um say, A da tell oona fa Verily I say unto thee,
That this night, before
true, dis night, fo de roosta crow, ya gwine the cock crow, thou shalt
say shree time dat ya ain know me. deny me thrice.
35 Peter said unto him,
35 Bot Peter ansa say, Eben ef A haffa
Though I should die with
dead wid ya, A ain neba gwine say dat A thee, yet will I not deny
ain know ya! thee. Likewise also said
all the disciples.
An all de oda ciple dem say de same 36 Then cometh Jesus
ting. with them unto a place
called Gethsemane, and
Jedus Pray Een Gethsemane saith unto the disciples,
Mark 14:32-42; Luke 22:39-46 Sit ye here, while I go and
pray yonder.
36 Den Jedus gone wid e ciple dem ta a
37 And he took with
place wa dey call Gethsemane. E tell um him Peter and the two
say, Oona seddown yah wiles A pray oba sons of Zebedee, and be-
yonda. 37 Wen e gone, e tek Peter an gan to be sorrowful and
very heavy.
Zebedee two son long wid um. An Jedus
38 Then saith he unto
git too saaful an e haat been too hebby. them, My soul is exceed-
38 E tell um say, Me haat hebby ing sorrowful, even unto
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
104 Matthew 26
death: tarry ye here, and sommuch, A feel like A gwine dead. Oona
watch with me.
39 And he went a little wait yah an stay wake wid me.
further, and fell on his 39 E lef um an gone on a leetle bit mo.
face, and prayed, saying,
O my Father, if it be pos-
Den e git down wid e face pon de groun an
sible, let this cup pass e pray ta God say, Me Fada, ef e kin be,
from me: nevertheless tek way dis cup fom me. Stillyet, ya mus
not as I will, but as thou
wilt. dohn do wa A wahn. Mus do wa ya wahn.
40 And he cometh unto 40 Den Jedus gone back ta de ciple dem
the disciples, and findeth
them asleep, and saith an e see dat dey beena sleep. E aks Peter
unto Peter, What, could say, Ain oona able fa stay wake wid me fa
ye not watch with me one
hour? jes one hour? 41 Oona mus stay wake, an
41 Watch and pray, pray ta God so dat Satan ain gwine be able
that ye enter not into
temptation: the spirit in-
fa mek oona do ebil. Oona hab mind fa do
deed is willing, but the de right ting, bot oona body ain hab scrent
flesh is weak. fa do um.
42 He went away
again the second time, 42 Jedus gone way de secon time an
and prayed, saying, O my pray say, Me Fada, ef ya cyahn tek way
Father, if this cup may
not pass away from me, dis cup lessin A drink fom um, ya mus do
except I drink it, thy will wa ya wahn. 43 Den e come back gin ta de
be done.
43 And he came and ciple dem, see dat dey beena sleep. Dey ain
found them asleep again: been able fa keep dey eye open.
for their eyes were 44 So Jedus lef um an gone way gin, an
heavy.
44 And he left them, fa de tird time e pray de same pray wa e
and went away again, beena pray. 45 Den e gone back ta de ciple
and prayed the third
time, saying the same dem an say, Oona stillyet da sleep an res?
words. Look yah! De time done come wen dey
45 Then cometh he to
his disciples, and saith gwine han oba de Man wa Come fom God
unto them, Sleep on now, ta dem wickity people. 46 Oona mus git
and take your rest: be-
hold, the hour is at hand, op! Leh we go. Look yah, de man wa da
and the Son of man is be- han me oba, e da come now!
trayed into the hands of
sinners.
46 Rise, let us be going: Jedus Enemy Tek Um
behold, he is at hand that Mark 14:43-50; Luke 22:47-53; John 18:3-12
doth betray me.
47 And while he yet 47 Wiles Jedus beena taak, Judas, wa
spake, lo, Judas, one of been one ob de tweb ciple dem, e git dey. E
the twelve, came, and
with him a great multi- come wid a whole heapa people da tote
tude with swords and sode an big stick fa fight wid. De leada
staves, from the chief
priests and elders of the dem ob de priest dem an de oda Jew leada
people. dem done sen dem people yah wid Judas.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 105
48 Judas done been tell dem people how 48 Now he that be-
trayed him gave them a
dey gwine know Jedus. E been say, De sign, saying, Whomso-
man wa A gwine kiss, dat de man oona fa ever I shall kiss, that
grab hole ta. same is he: hold him fast.
49 And forthwith he
49 So wen Judas git dey, e gone scraight came to Jesus, and said,
op ta Jedus, an e say, Good ebenin, Hail, master; and kissed
him.
Teacha. Den e kiss um. 50 And Jesus said unto
50 Jedus ansa say, Fren, do wa ya come him, Friend, wherefore
art thou come? Then
fa do. came they, and laid
hands on Jesus, and took
So dey come op an grab hole ta Jedus. him.
51 Jes den one ob dem wa been dey wid 51 And, behold, one of
them which were with
Jedus pull out e sode. E scrike de saabant Jesus stretched out his
ob de head man ob de Jew priest leada hand, and drew his
sword, and struck a ser-
dem, an e cut off e yea. 52 Jedus tell de one vant of the high priest's,
wid de sode, say, Pit ya sode back een e and smote off his ear.
52 Then said Jesus
place, cause all dem wa fight wid sode, de unto him, Put up again
sode gwine kill um. 53 Ain ya know dat ef thy sword into his place:
A aks me Fada fa hep me, jes den e gwine for all they that take the
sword shall perish with
sen tweb aamy ob angel fa come hep me? the sword.
54 Bot ef A do dat, how dat gwine happen 53 Thinkest thou that I
cannot now pray to my
wa dey write een God Book? Cause God Father, and he shall pres-
Book say e haffa happen dis way. ently give me more than
55 Den Jedus tell de crowd say, Oona twelve legions of angels?
54 But how then shall
haffa come da tote sode an big stick fa the scriptures be fulfilled,
fight wid, fa grab hole ta me? A ain no tief. that thus it must be?
55 In that same hour
Ebry day A beena seddown da teach een said Jesus to the multi-
God House, an oona ain neba grab hole ta tudes, Are ye come out as
against a thief with
me. 56 Bot all dis happen so dat wa de swords and staves for to
prophet dem been write een God Book take me? I sat daily with
gwine come true. you teaching in the tem-
ple, and ye laid no hold
Den all de ciple dem lef um an ron way. on me.
56 But all this was
done, that the scriptures
Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew Council of the prophets might be
Mark 14:53-65; Luke 22:54-55, 63-71; fulfilled. Then all the dis-
John 18:13-14, 19-24 ciples forsook him, and
fled.
57 And they that had
De people dem wa grab hole ta Jedus
57 laid hold on Jesus led him
tek um ta Caiaphas, de head man ob de away to Caiaphas the
high priest, where the
priest leada dem. De Law teacha dem an scribes and the elders
de oda Jew leada dem been geda togeda were assembled.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
106 Matthew 26
58 But Peter followed dey. 58 Now Peter beena folla long hine
him afar off unto the high
priest's palace, and went Jedus bot e ain git close ta um. E folla long
in, and sat with the ser- right ta de head man yaad. Den e gone
vants, to see the end.
59 Now the chief
eenta de yaad an seddown wid de gyaad
priests, and elders, and dem fa see wa gwine happen. 59 De leada
all the council, sought dem ob de priest dem an all de oda leada
false witness against Je-
sus, to put him to death; dem wa jedge een de Jew Council, dey try
60 But found none:
fa find some chaage ginst Jedus eben ef e
yea, though many false
witnesses came, yet ain been true, so dey kin kill um. 60 Bot
found they none. At the dey ain been able fa find none, eben wen
last came two false
witnesses, plenty people come tell lie ginst Jedus.
61 And said, This fellow Den two people come op. 61 Dey say, Dis
said, I am able to destroy
the temple of God, and to
man say, A kin stroy God House an den
build it in three days. tek shree day fa build um back op gin.
62 And the high priest 62 De head man ob de priest leada dem
arose, and said unto him,
Answerest thou nothing?
stanop an aks Jedus say, Wa mek dem
what is it which these wit- people say ya done dem ting? Ain ya got
ness against thee? nottin fa say bout dat? 63 Bot Jedus ain
63 But Jesus held his
peace. And the high
neba say a mumblin wod. De head man
priest answered and said taak ta um gin say, A da chaage ya een de
unto him, I adjure thee name ob God wa da lib faeba, ya mus
by the living God, that
thou tell us whether thou sweah fa tell we ef ya de Messiah, de Son
be the Christ, the Son of ob God.
God.
64 Jedus ansa say, Ya right wen ya say
64 Jesus saith unto
him, Thou hast said: nev- dat. Fudamo A da tell oona say, de time
ertheless I say unto you, gwine come wen oona gwine see de Man
Hereafter shall ye see the
Son of man sitting on the wa Come fom God da seddown pon de
right hand of power, and right han side ob God, wa got all powa.
coming in the clouds of
heaven. Oona gwine shim da come down ta dis wol
65 Then the high priest pon heaben cloud!
rent his clothes, saying, 65 Wen de head man yeh wa Jedus say,
He hath spoken blas-
phemy; what further e bex til e teah e cloes an e say, Dis man
need have we of wit- done say ebil ting ginst God! We ain need
nesses? behold, now ye
have heard his
no mo people wod ginst um, ainty? Right
blasphemy. yah, oonasef done yeh de ebil ting e say
66 What think ye? ginst God! 66 Wa oona say?
They answered and said,
He is guilty of death.
An dey say, E oughta dead.
67 Then did they spit
67 Den dey spit een e face an knock um.
in his face, and buffeted An some ob dem slap um. 68 Dey say, Ya
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26, 27 107
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
108 Matthew 27
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 109
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
110 Matthew 27
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 111
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
112 Matthew 27
44 The thieves also, pon dey own cross, dey too shrow slam
which were crucified
with him, cast the same
pon Jedus.
in his teeth. Jedus Dead
45 Now from the sixth Mark 15:33-41; Luke 23:44-49; John 19:28-30
hour there was darkness
over all the land unto the 45 E been bout tweb oclock noon wen
ninth hour. de sun stop fa shine. All dat lan been pitch
46 And about the ninth
hour Jesus cried with a daak fa shree hour. 46 Bout shree oclock,
loud voice, saying, Eli, Jedus holla loud say, Eloi, Eloi, lama
Eli, lama sabachthani?
that is to say, My God, sabachthani? Dat mean, Me God, me
my God, why hast thou God, hoccome ya done lef me?
forsaken me? 47 Wen some people wa beena stanop
47 Some of them that
stood there, when they dey yeh wa Jedus say, dey say, Dis man
heard that, said, This man da call ta Elijah. 48 One dem ron fa git a
calleth for Elias.
48 And straightway sponge. E soak um wid cheap wine an tie
one of them ran, and took de sponge pon de end ob a long stick. Den
a spunge, and filled it
with vinegar, and put it e hice de stick op ta Jedus lip fa leh Jedus
on a reed, and gave him suck de wine een de sponge.
to drink.
49 The rest said, Let 49 Bot de oda people dey, dey say,
be, let us see whether Wait, leh we see ef Elijah gwine come fa
Elias will come to save
him.
sabe um!
50 Jesus, when he had 50 Jedus holla loud gin, an den e dead.
cried again with a loud 51 Jes den, de big tick curtain wa beena
voice, yielded up the
ghost. hang een God House split down de middle,
51 And, behold, the
veil of the temple was
fom de top down ta de bottom. De groun
rent in twain from the top shake an de big stone dem broke een two.
to the bottom; and the
earth did quake, and the 52 De tomb dem deysef broke open, an de
rocks rent; body dem ob a whole heapa God people
52 And the graves were
opened; and many bodies wa done been dead, dey git op fom mongst
of the saints which slept de dead people an lib gin. 53 Dey come
arose,
53 And came out of the outta dey tomb, an atta Jedus git op fom
graves after his resurrec- mongst de dead an lib gin, dey gone eenta
tion, and went into the
holy city, and appeared de holy city Jerusalem an appeah ta plenty
unto many.
54 Now when the cen-
people.
turion, and they that 54 De Roman offisa an de sodja dem wa
were with him, watching been wid um da gyaad Jedus dey, wen de
Jesus, saw the earth-
quake, and those things groun shake an dey see wa happen, dey
that were done, they been scaid ta det an dey say, Fa true, dis
feared greatly, saying,
Truly this was the Son of
man yah been God Son!
God. 55 Plenty ooman dem wa been come
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 113
outta Galilee beena folla Jedus fa hep um. 55 And many women
were there beholding
Dey beena stanop way off, da look at wa afar off, which followed
happen. Jesus from Galilee, min-
istering unto him:
5 6 So m e d e m ooman b een M ary 56 Among which was
Magdalene, Mary wa been James an Mary Magdalene, and
Mary the mother of
Joseph dem modda, an Zebedee son dem James and Joses, and the
modda. mother of Zebedee's
children.
57 When the even was
Joseph Bury Jedus Body come, there came a rich
Mark 15:42-47; Luke 23:50-56; John 19:38-42 man of Arimathaea,
named Joseph, who also
57 Wen ebenin time come, one man wa himself was Jesus'
been rich come dey. E been come fom disciple:
58 He went to Pilate,
Arimathea town an e name been Joseph, and begged the body of
an e beena bleebe pon Jedus an folla um. Jesus. Then Pilate com-
58 Now Joseph gone ta Pilate an aks um fa manded the body to be
delivered.
leh um hab Jedus body. Pilate gii e sodja 59 And when Joseph
dem orda fa gii Joseph de body ob Jedus. had taken the body, he
wrapped it in a clean
59 So den, Joseph tek Jedus body an wrop linen cloth,
um op een a clean linen closs. 60 Den e 60 And laid it in his
own new tomb, which he
gone pit Jedus body eenside e own tomb had hewn out in the rock:
wa dey jes been cut outta de rock dey. E and he rolled a great
stone to the door of the
roll one big stone fo de tomb doormout, fa sepulchre, and departed.
kiba um. Den e gone. 6 1 An Mary 61 And there was Mary
Magdalene an de oda Mary beena Magdalene, and the other
Mary, sitting over against
seddown dey, cross fom de tomb. the sepulchre.
62 Now the next day,
Sodja Dem Gyaad Jedus Tomb that followed the day
of the preparation, the
62 De nex day, pon de Woshup Day, de chief priests and Phari-
leada dem ob de priest dem an de Pharisee sees came together unto
Pilate,
dem gone ta Pilate. 63 Dey tell um say,
63 Saying, Sir, we re-
Sah, we memba wen dat man wa ain taak member that that de-
true been dey wid we, e been say, Atta ceiver said, while he was
yet alive, After three days
shree day, A gwine git op fom mongst de I will rise again.
dead an lib gin. 64 So den, please sah, gii 64 Command therefore
orda fa mek sho de tomb shet op good an that the sepulchre be
made sure until the third
tight til de shree day pass, so dat e ciple day, lest his disciples
dem ain gwine be able fa tief de body an come by night, and steal
him away, and say unto
den tell de people say, E done git op fom the people, He is risen
mongst de dead an e da lib gin. Ef dat from the dead: so the last
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
114 Matthew 27, 28
error shall be worse than happen, dis las lie gwine be mo wossa den
the first.
65 Pilate said unto de fus lie.
them, Ye have a watch: 65 Pilate ansa um say, Oona kin tek de
go your way, make it as
sure as ye can. sodja dem an hab um gyaad de tomb good
66 So they went, and as oona kin.
made the sepulchre sure, 66 So dey gone an mek sho de tomb
sealing the stone, and set-
ting a watch. been shet op good an tight an pit a seal pon
um, an dey lef de sodja dem fa gyaad um.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 28 115
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
116 Matthew 28
18 And Jesus came and God done gii me all de tority an powa fa
spake unto them, saying,
All power is given unto rule een heaben an een dis wol. 19 So den,
me in heaven and in oona mus go ta all de people all oba de wol
earth.
19 Go ye therefore, an laan um fa be me ciple dem. Oona mus
and teach all nations, bactize um een de name ob de Fada God,
baptizing them in the
name of the Father, and
an de name ob de Son, an de name ob de
of the Son, and of the Holy Sperit. 20 Oona mus laan um fa do all
Holy Ghost: wa A done chaage oona fa do. An fa sho, A
20 Teaching them to
observe all things what- gwine be dey wid oona all de time til de
soever I have com- time end.
manded you: and, lo, I
am with you alway, even
unto the end of the
world. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Good Nyews
Bout Jedus Christ
Wa Mark Write Mark
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
118 Mark 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 1 119
Simon an e broda Andrew. Dey beena cyas 17,And Jesus said unto
them, Come ye after me,
dey fishin net eenta de wata. 17 Jedus tell and I will make you to
dem say, Come trabel longside me. Oona become fishers of men.
18,And straightway
beena wok da ketch fish. A gwine laan they forsook their nets,
oona how fa wok fa ketch people fa me. and followed him.
19,And when he had
18 Simon an Andrew lef dey fishin net an gone a little further
dey gone da trabel longside Jedus. thence, he saw James the
son of Zebedee, and John
19 Wen dey gone long de lake sho leetle his brother, who also
were in the ship mending
bit mo, Jedus see two oda broda, James an their nets.
John. Dey been Zebedee son dem. Dey 20,And straightway he
called them: and they left
been eenside dey boat, da mend dey fishin their father Zebedee in
net. 20 Wen Jedus shim, e call um. Dey lef the ship with the hired
dey fada Zebedee an de wokman dem een servants, and went after
him.
de boat, an dey folla longside Jedus. 21,And they went into
Capernaum; and straight-
way on the sabbath day
Jedus Dribe Out de Ebil Sperit he entered into the syna-
Luke 4:31-37 gogue, and taught.
22,And they were as-
21 Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta de town
tonished at his doctrine:
name Capernaum. Wen de nex Jew for he taught them as one
that had authority, and
Woshup Day come, Jedus gone eenside de not as the scribes.
Jew meetin house an laan de people God 23,And there was in
wod. 22 De people beena stonish bout de their synagogue a man
with an unclean spirit;
way Jedus laan um, cause e beena laan um and he cried out,
wid tority. E ain teach like how Jew Law 24,Saying, Let us alone;
what have we to do with
teacha dem beena do. 23 Jes den, one man thee, thou Jesus of Naza-
wa hab ebil sperit een um come eenta de reth? art thou come to
destroy us? I know thee
Jew meetin house. E holla loud, 24 e tell who thou art, the Holy
Jedus say, Jedus fom Nazareth, wa One of God.
25,And Jesus rebuked
bidness ya hab wid we? Ya come yah fa git him, saying, Hold thy
rid ob we, ainty? A know who ya da. Ya de peace, and come out of
one wa blongst ta God fa true! him.
26,And when the un-
25 Jedus buke dat ebil sperit say, Mus clean spirit had torn him,
dohn say no mo. Mus come outta de man. and cried with a loud
voice, he came out of
26 De ebil sperit shake de man haad. E him.
holla loud an den e come outta de man. 27,And they were all
amazed, insomuch that
27 All de people beena stonish tommuch.
they questioned among
Dey beena taak ta one noda say, Wa dis? themselves, saying, What
thing is this? what new
Dis a nyew ting e da laan we! Dis Man hab doctrine is this? for with
tority fa tell eben de ebil sperit dem wa fa authority commandeth
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
120 Mark 1
he even the unclean spir- do an dey do um! 28 Dat same time dey,
its, and they do obey
him. people staat fa taak all oba Galilee lan
28,And immediately bout de ting dem wa Jedus done.
his fame spread abroad
throughout all the region
round about Galilee. Jedus Heal Plenty People
29,And forthwith, Matthew 8:14-17; Luke 4:38-41
when they were come out
of the synagogue, they Jedus wid James an John an e oda
29
entered into the house of ciple dem come outta de Jew meetin house
Simon and Andrew, with
James and John. an gone scraight ta Simon an Andrew dem
30,But Simon's wife's house. 30 Simon moda-een-law been sick
mother lay sick of a fever,
and anon they tell him of een bed. A feba hab um. No soona den
her. Jedus git dey, dey tell um bout um.
31,And he came and 31 Jedus gone ta de ooman an tek e han,
took her by the hand, and
lifted her up; and imme- hep um fa git op. Same time, de feba gone.
diately the fever left her, An de ooman fix sompin fa dem fa nyam
and she ministered unto
them. an gim.
32,And at even, when 32 Dat same day atta de sun done set fa
the sun did set, they red, people come bring ta Jedus all de sick
brought unto him all that
were diseased, and them people an all dem wa hab ebil sperit
that were possessed with eenside um. 33 All de people een dat town
devils.
33,And all the city was
come geda togeda een de yaad, fo de door
gathered together at the ob Simon an Andrew dem house. 34 Jedus
door. heal a heapa people wa been hab all kind
34,And he healed
many that were sick of ob ailment. An e dribe a heapa ebil sperit
divers diseases, and cast outta people. E ain leh dem ebil sperit say
out many devils; and suf-
fered not the devils to eben one wod, cause dey been know who
speak, because they
knew him. Jedus da.
35,And in the morning, Jedus Tell People
rising up a great while God Wod All Oba Galilee
before day, he went out, Luke 4:42-44
and departed into a soli-
tary place, and there 35 Aaly maanin, fo day clean, Jedus git
prayed.
36,And Simon and they
op an lef de house. E gone ta a place weh
that were with him fol- dey ain been no people, weh e pray ta God.
lowed after him. 36 Simon dem gone saach fa Jedus.
37,And when they had
37 Wen dey find um, dey tell um say, All
found him, they said unto
him, All men seek for de people da look fa ya.
thee. 38 Jedus ansa um say, We haffa go ta
38,And he said unto
them, Let us go into the dem oda willage roun yah, so dat A kin tell
next towns, that I may dem people God wod dey too. Cause dat
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 1, 2 121
Chapter 2
1,And again he entered
beena come fom all oba fa shim dey.
into Capernaum after
some days; and it was
Jedus Mek Well One Man Wa Paralyze noised that he was in the
Matthew 9:1-8; Luke 5:17-26 house.
2,And straightway
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
122 Mark 2
much as about the door: come ta de house. Dey been dey all bout dat
and he preached the
word unto them. house so dat dey ain been no place fa pit
3,And they come unto foot, not eben een front de door. An Jedus
him, bringing one sick of
the palsy, which was beena tell dem God wod. 3 Wiles e beena
borne of four. taak, fo man come bring one man wa
4,And when they could
not come nigh unto him
paralyze, da tote um ta Jedus. 4 Bot cause
for the press, they uncov- ob de crowd, de man dem ain been able fa
ered the roof where he pass fa git dat man wa paralyze ta de place
was: and when they had
broken it up, they let weh Jedus been. Dey climb pontop de
down the bed wherein house, pull op one paat ob de roof right oba
the sick of the palsy lay.
5,When Jesus saw their de place weh Jedus been. Den dey pass de
faith, he said unto the man wa paralyze down ta de place weh
sick of the palsy, Son, thy
sins be forgiven thee. Jedus been. De man been leddown pon a
6,But there were cer- bed. 5 Wen Jedus see how dey bleebe pon
tain of the scribes sitting
there, and reasoning in
um, e tell de man wa paralyze say, Me son,
their hearts, A done paadon ya sin.
7,Why doth this man
6 Some Jew Law teacha wa beena
thus speak blasphemies?
who can forgive sins but seddown dey een de house tink een dey
God only?
8,And immediately haat ginst Jedus. Dey tink say, 7 Who dis
when Jesus perceived in man yah wa da hole God cheap? Dey ain
his spirit that they so rea-
soned within themselves, nobody wa able fa paadon people sin cep
he said unto them, Why God!
reason ye these things in 8 Dat same time, Jedus know wa dem
your hearts?
9,Whether is it easier Jew Law teacha beena tink een dey haat. E
to say to the sick of the
palsy, Thy sins be for- aks um say, Wa mek ya tink susha ting
given thee; or to say,
Arise, and take up thy
een ya haat? 9 Wish one e mo easy fa say?
bed, and walk? Fa say, A done paadon ya sin, or fa tell
10,But that ye may
know that the Son of man
um, Stanop, tote ya bed an go waak ta ya
hath power on earth to house? 10 Bot A gwine show oona dat de
forgive sins, (he saith to Man wa Come fom God hab de tority een
the sick of the palsy,)
11,I say unto thee,
dis wol fa paadon people sin. So den,
Arise, and take up thy Jedus taak ta de man wa paralyze, e say,
bed, and go thy way into 11 Stanop, tek ya bed an go waak ta ya
thine house.
12,And immediately he house.
arose, took up the bed, 12 Same time, wiles dey all beena
and went forth before
them all; insomuch that watch, de man stanop. E tek e bed an gone
they were all amazed, way. All de people been stonish an dey
and glorified God, say-
ing, We never saw it on praise God, say, We ain neba see susha
this fashion. ting like dis yah.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 2 123
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
124 Mark 2
they have the bride- dey ain gwine nyam, wiles de groom dey
groom with them, they
cannot fast.
wid um, e ain fittin fa e paaty fa keep de
20,But the days will
fast. 20 Bot de time da come wen people
come, when the bride- gwine snatch de groom way fom e paaty.
groom shall be taken Wen dat time come, dat wen dey gwine
away from them, and
then shall they fast in keep de fast.
those days. 21 Ain nobody gwine cut piece fom
21,No man also seweth nyew closs wa ain neba been shrink, an
a piece of new cloth on nyuse um fa patch e ole cloes, cause wen
an old garment: else the de patch e gwine pull, an den de teah
new piece that filled it up
taketh away from the old, gwine be eben wossa. 22 Same way, wen
and the rent is made people mek wine, dey ain gwine pit um
worse.
eenta ole bottle, ainty? Cause wen de wine
22,And no man putteth
new wine into old bot-
staat fa wok een dem ole bottle, dey gwine
tles: else the new wine buss. Den de wine an de bottle all two
doth burst the bottles, gwine waste. Stead ob dat, dey pit nyew
and the wine is spilled,
and the bottles will be wine eenta nyew bottle.
marred: but new wine
must be put into new
bottles. Jedus Lawd Ob De Woshup Day
Matthew 12:1-8; Luke 6:1-5
23,And it came to pass,
that he went through the 23 One day, Jedus an e ciple dem beena
corn fields on the sabbath
day; and his disciples be-
pass shru de wheat fiel pon de Jew Woshup
gan, as they went, to Day. Wiles Jedus ciple dem beena waak
pluck the ears of corn. long, dey pick some wheat fa nyam. 24 De
24,And the Pharisees Pharisee dem see dat, an so dey come ta
said unto him, Behold, Jedus say, Look, hoccome ya ciple dem da
why do they on the sab-
bath day that which is do dat? We law say we ain oughta geda
not lawful? grain pon de Woshup Day, ainty?
25,And he said unto 25 Jedus aks um say, Oona ain neba
them, Have ye never read read bout wa King David done wen e an de
what David did, when he
had need, and was an people wid um ain hab nottin fa nyam?
hungred, he, and they Dey been hongry down. 26 Way back dey
that were with him?
26,How he went into
wen Abiathar been leada ob de priest dem,
the house of God in the David gone eenside God House an tek de
days of Abiathar the high bread wa been pit dey special fa God.
priest, and did eat the
shewbread, which is not David nyam some bread an e gim ta de
lawful to eat but for the people wid um too. Now den, de Jew Law
priests, and gave also to
them which were with
say nobody oughta nyam dat bread dey,
him? cepin de Jew priest dem.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 2, 3 125
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
126 Mark 3
they about Tyre and people come fom Judea lan, fom
Sidon, a great multitude,
when they had heard
Jerusalem city an Idumea lan. Dey come
what great things he did, fom oba ta de side de Jerden Riba an dem
came unto him. town roun Tyre an Sidon. 9 De people
9,And he spake to his
disciples, that a small been so many dat Jedus tell e ciple dem fa
ship should wait on him draw op a boat, bring um close ta de sho
because of the multitude,
lest they should throng ready fa um fa go eenta, ef de people
him. crowd um tommuch. 10 Cause Jedus done
10,For he had healed
many; insomuch that beena heal plenty sick people, so all de
they pressed upon him people wa sick beena crowd um fa try fa
for to touch him, as many
as had plagues.
tetch um. 11 Wensoneba people wa hab
11,And unclean spirits, ebil sperit een um see Jedus, dey faddown
when they saw him, fell pon de groun een front ob um. Dem ebil
down before him, and
cried, saying, Thou art sperit holla say, Ya God Son!
the Son of God. 12 Bot wensoneba dey say dat, Jedus
12,And he straitly
charged them that they waan dem, chaage um say, Mus dohn tell
should not make him
known. nobody who A da.
13,And he goeth up
into a mountain, and Jedus Pick Tweb Postle
calleth unto him whom he
would: and they came Matthew 10:1-4; Luke 6:12-16
unto him. 13 Jedus gone op one high hill an e call
14,And he ordained
twelve, that they should out de man dem wa e wahn fa come, an
be with him, and that he dey gone fa meet um. 14 Jedus pick tweb
might send them forth to
preach, man fa e be e postle. E pick um fa trabel
15,And to have power
to heal sicknesses, and to
long wid um an fa go tell people God wod.
cast out devils: 15 An e gim powa fa dribe de ebil sperit
16,And Simon he sur-
named Peter; dem outta people.
17,And James the son 16 Dese been de tweb man wa Jedus
of Zebedee, and John the
brother of James; and he
done pick. One been Simon wa Jedus gii
surnamed them Boaner- de name Peter. 17 Dey been James an e
ges, which is, The sons of broda John, dem wa been Zebedee son.
thunder:
18,And Andrew, and Jedus call dem Boanerges, dat mean Man
Philip, and Bartholo- wa git bex tommuch an mek nise like
mew, and Matthew, and
Thomas, and James the tunda. 18 An e pick Andrew, Philip,
son of Alphaeus, and Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James
Thaddaeus, and Simon
the Canaanite,
wa been Alphaeus son, Thaddaeus, an
19,And Judas Iscariot, Simon wa been call de Patrot. 19 An e pick
which also betrayed him:
and they went into an
Judas Iscariot, wa been gwine han Jedus
house. oba ta e enemy dem.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 3 127
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
128 Mark 3, 4
4
and there was gathered
unto him a great multi- One oda time Jedus staat fa laan de
1
tude, so that he entered people wa been wid um close by Lake
into a ship, and sat in the
sea; and the whole multi-
Galilee. An a heapa people geda roun um
tude was by the sea on til de crowd been too big. So e gone
the land. seddown eenside a boat, dey een de wata
2,And he taught them
many things by parables, close ta de sho. An de crowd beena stan
and said unto them in his pon de sho. 2 Jedus tell um paable fa laan
doctrine,
3,Hearken; Behold, um plenty ting. Wen e beena laan um, e
there went out a sower to
sow:
tell um say, 3 Listen! One faama gone ta e
4,And it came to pass, fiel fa plant seed. 4 Wen e scatta de seed
as he sowed, some fell by dem, some faddown pon de pat an some
the way side, and the
fowls of the air came and bod come out, nyam op all dem seed.
devoured it up. 5 Some seed faddown pon groun weh dey
5,And some fell on
stony ground, where it
been heapa stone an dey ain been much
had not much earth; and dort. Cause ob dat, de seed dem buss
immediately it sprang up, quick, cause de dort ain been deep dey.
because it had no depth
of earth: 6 Bot wen de sun git hot, de nyoung plant
6,But when the sun dem widda an dead, cause dem root ain
was up, it was scorched;
and because it had no been gone down deep een de groun. 7 De
root, it withered away. faama scatta oda seed wa faddown mongst
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 4 129
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
130 Mark 4
17,And have no root in wod ain gone down deep een dey haat, so
themselves, and so en-
dure but for a time: after-
dey ain keep um. Dey stan like plant wa
ward, when affliction or ain hab root. Wen trouble meet um or
persecution ariseth for people fight ginst um cause dey bleebe de
the word's sake, immedi-
ately they are offended. wod, same time dey lef dey right way.
18 De seed wa faddown mongst bramble
18,And these are they
which are sown among bush, dem same like de people wa yeh de
thorns; such as hear the wod, 19 bot dey study tommuch pon de
word,
ting een dis wol wa dey wahn fa do. Dey
19,And the cares of this wahn fa git rich, dey wahn fa hab all kind
world, and the deceitful-
ness of riches, and the
ob ting. So God wod ain git place fa spread
lusts of other things en- dey een dey haat, same like plant wa been
tering in, choke the kiba op an ain beah fruit. 20 Bot de seed
word, and it becometh
unfruitful. wa faddown pon good groun, dey same
20,And these are they
like de people wa yeh de wod an dey
which are sown on good bleebe um good. Dat wod stay een dey
ground; such as hear the haat. Dey stan like plant wa beah plenty.
word, and receive it, and
bring forth fruit, some Some beah tirty, some sixty an some a
thirtyfold, some sixty, hundud.
and some an hundred.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 4 131
nottin, de leetle bit wa e hab, God gwine him shall be taken even
that which he hath.
tek um way. 26,And he said, So is
the kingdom of God, as if
De Paable Bout Seed Wa da Grow a man should cast seed
into the ground;
Den Jedus laan um wid noda paable.
\\
grow, de paat wa buss out fom de root fus, 29,But when the fruit is
dat wa ya see fus. Den ya see de leetle brought forth, immedi-
ately he putteth in the
sprout dem, an las ob all, ya see de food wa sickle, because the har-
e beah. 29 Den wen de plant done big an vest is come.
de food ready fa nyam, de man tek e hook 30,And he said, Where-
knife fa cut um, cause de time done reach unto shall we liken the
kingdom of God? or with
fa de haabis. what comparison shall
we compare it?
De Paable bout De Mustard Seed
31,It is like a grain of
Matthew 13:31-32, 34;
mustard seed, which,
Luke 13:18-19
when it is sown in the
30 Jedus tell um gin say, A gwine show earth, is less than all the
seeds that be in the earth:
oona mo now bout how God da rule
people like king. A gwine laan oona noda 32,But when it is sown,
it groweth up, and
paable fa splain how God da rule. 31 God becometh greater than
rule stan like mustard seed, wa de leeleetle all herbs, and shooteth
out great branches; so
seed ob all de seed ya da plant een de that the fowls of the air
groun. 32 Bot wen e grow, e kin grow big may lodge under the
mo den all de oda gyaaden plant dem. An e shadow of it.
git plenty big branch weh bod kin come lib 33,And with many
pon um. 33 Jedus taak plenty ob dis kinda such parables spake he
the word unto them, as
paable, wen e beena laan de people God they were able to hear it.
wod. E tell um all dat dey been able fa
34,But without a para-
laan. 34 E taak jes paable ta de people. Bot ble spake he not unto
wen e an e ciple dem done lef de people, them: and when they
were alone, he ex-
den e splain ta e own ciple dem wa de pounded all things to his
paable dem mean. disciples.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
132 Mark 4, 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 5 133
man hab ebil sperit eenside um. 3 E beena 3,Who had his dwelling
among the tombs; and no
lib mongst de tomb dem, an e been scrong man could bind him, no,
not with chains:
til nobody ain been able fa keep um tie op, 4,Because that he had
eben wid chain. 4 Plenty time de people been often bound with
done tie op e han an e foot, bot ebrytime e fetters and chains, and
the chains had been
done broke de chain an e smash op de iron plucked asunder by him,
chain pon e foot. Nobody ain been able fa and the fetters broken in
pieces: neither could any
trol um. 5 An jurin de day an de night de man tame him.
man been dey mongst de tomb dem an pon 5,And always, night
and day, he was in the
de hill. E beena holla loud an tek stone fa mountains, and in the
cut esef. tombs, crying, and cut-
6 E been a good way fom Jedus wen e ting himself with stones.
6,But when he saw Je-
shim, so e ron go meet um. E kneel down sus afar off, he ran and
fo Jedus. 7 E holla loud, say, Jedus, ya de worshipped him,
7,And cried with a loud
Son ob God, de God wa great mo den all voice, and said, What
oda god. Wa dat ya wahn fa do ta me? A have I to do with thee, Je-
sus, thou Son of the most
beg ya een God name, mus dohn mek me high God? I adjure thee
suffa! 8 De man taak dat way cause Jedus by God, that thou tor-
ment me not.
beena tell um, say, Ebil sperit, come out 8,For he said unto him,
fom eenside dis man. Come out of the man,
9 Jedus aks de man say, Wa ya name? thou unclean spirit.
9,And he asked him,
De ebil sperit eenside de man ansa What is thy name? And
he answered, saying, My
Jedus say, A name Plenty Plenty, cause name is Legion: for we
dey a heapa we. 10 An e beg Jedus oba an are many.
10,And he besought
oba fa dohn dribe de ebil sperit dem outta him much that he would
not send them away out
dat countryside. of the country.
11 Same time a heapa hog beena nyam 11,Now there was
there nigh unto the
dey pon de hillside close by weh Jedus mountains a great herd of
been. 12 All de ebil sperit dem beg Jedus swine feeding.
12,And all the devils
say, Sen we ta dem hog. Leh we gone fa besought him, saying,
lib eenside um. 13 Jedus gree fa leh um Send us into the swine,
that we may enter into
gone eenta de hog dem. So de ebil sperit them.
13,And forthwith Jesus
dem come out fom eenside de man an
gave them leave. And the
gone eenside de hog dem. All de hog dem unclean spirits went out,
rush down de steep hill eenta de lake. An and entered into the
swine: and the herd ran
dey been bout two tousan dem. Dey all violently down a steep
faddown eenta de wata an been drown. place into the sea, (they
14 De people wa beena mind de hog were about two thou-
sand;) and were choked
dem ron gone tell de nyews een de town an in the sea.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
134 Mark 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 5 135
Jedus dat dey beena crowd um fom ebry followed him, and
thronged him.
way. 25,And a certain wo-
25 One ooman been dey wa beena suffa man, which had an issue
of blood twelve years,
too bad. E beena bleed fa tweb yeah. 26,And had suffered
26 Plenty docta done treat um, da try fa many things of many
physicians, and had spent
heal um, an e done spen all e money, bot e all that she had, and was
nothing bettered, but
ain git no betta. Stead, e beena git wos mo rather grew worse,
27,When she had heard
an mo. 27 De ooman done been yeh bout of Jesus, came in the
Jedus, so e come op eenta de bunch ob press behind, and touch-
ed his garment.
people fa reach um, an e tetch Jedus cloes. 28,For she said, If I
28 Cause dis ooman done beena say ta may touch but his
clothes, I shall be whole.
esef, Ef A kin jes tetch Jedus cloes, A 29,And straightway the
fountain of her blood was
gwine git well. dried up; and she felt in
29 So e tetch Jedus cloes an same time her body that she was
healed of that plague.
de bleed done stop, bam! An e feel een e 30,And Jesus, immedi-
body e done git well ob e misery. 30 Dat ately knowing in himself
that virtue had gone out
same time, Jedus know powa done gone of him, turned him about
in the press, and said,
outta um fa heal somebody, so e ton roun Who touched my
ta de bunch ob people, aks um say, clothes?
31,And his disciples
Whodat tetch me cloes? said unto him, Thou seest
31 E ciple dem ansa um say, Ya see all the multitude thronging
thee, and sayest thou,
dis bunch ob people da crowd ya? Who touched me?
32,And he looked
Hoccome ya aks who dat tetch ya cloes? round about to see her
32 Bot Jedus look roun fa see who been that had done this thing.
33,But the woman fear-
tetch e cloes. 33 Now de ooman ondastan e ing and trembling, know-
ing what was done in her,
done git well, so e come ta Jedus. E so came and fell down be-
scaid e beena shiba. E come kneel down fo fore him, and told him all
the truth.
um an tell all wa done happen ta um. 34,And he said unto
34 Jedus tell um say, Me daughta, cause her, Daughter, thy faith
hath made thee whole;
ya bleebe, ya done git well. Go een peace go in peace, and be whole
of thy plague.
wid quiet haat. Dat kind ob misery ain 35,While he yet spake,
gwine come pon ya no mo. there came from the ruler
35 Same time Jedus beena say dis ta de of the synagogue's house
certain which said, Thy
ooman, some people come bring nyews daughter is dead: why
troublest thou the Master
fom Jairus house. Dey tell Jairus say, Ya any further?
daughta done dead, so ya ain oughta 36,As soon as Jesus
heard the word that was
warry de teacha no mo, ainty? spoken, he saith unto the
36 Wen Jedus yeh wa dey say, e tell ruler of the synagogue,
Be not afraid, only
Jairus, Mus dohn be scaid. Jes bleebe. believe.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
136 Mark 5, 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 137
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
138 Mark 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 139
dance fa de paaty. E dance so fine dat King Herod and them that sat
with him, the king said
Herod an de people wa ta de paaty been unto the damsel, Ask of
too heppy fa um. So de king tell dat gyal me whatsoever thou wilt,
and I will give it thee.
say, Mus aks me fa anyting ya wahn. A 23,And he sware unto
gwine gii ya um. 23 De king promise de her, Whatsoever thou
gyal say, A tell ya da trute. A gwine gii ya shalt ask of me, I will give
it thee, unto the half of
anyting ya aks fa. Ef ya wahn, A gwine my kingdom.
eben wide op dis country A da rule eenta 24,And she went forth,
and said unto her
two paat an gii ya one paat. mother, What shall I ask?
24 So den, dat gyal gone fa aks e modda And she said, The head of
John the Baptist.
say, Wa A oughta aks um fa gii me? 25,And she came in
E modda ansa say, Tell um fa gii ya de straightway with haste
unto the king, and asked,
head ob dat John wa Bactize. saying, I will that thou
25 So de gyal mek hace, gone back fa give me by and by in a
tell de king say, A wahn ya fa gii me de charger the head of John
the Baptist.
head ob dat John wa Bactize pon a big 26,And the king was
plate right now. exceeding sorry; yet for
his oath's sake, and for
26 Den King Herod been too saary, bot e their sakes which sat
ain been wahn fa broke de promise e done with him, he would not
reject her.
been mek. Cause e done promise de gyal, 27,And immediately
an de people een de paaty done been yeh the king sent an execu-
tioner, and commanded
wa e say. 27 De king sen sodja fa go bring his head to be brought:
um John head. So de sodja gone ta de and he went and be-
jailhouse an e cut off John head. 28 E pit headed him in the prison,
28,And brought his
de head pon a big plate an bring um, gim head in a charger, and
ta de gyal. De gyal tek um, gii e modda gave it to the damsel: and
the damsel gave it to her
Herodias. 29 Wen John ciple dem yeh bout mother.
dat, dey gone an tek way John body, pit 29,And when his disci-
ples heard of it, they
um een a tomb. came and took up his
corpse, and laid it in a
Jedus Feed A Heapa People tomb.
30,And the apostles
Matthew 14:13-21; Luke 9:10-17; John 6:1-14 gathered themselves to-
30 De postle dem come back, meet wid gether unto Jesus, and
told him all things, both
Jedus. Dey tell um all dey done an wa dey what they had done, and
been laan people. 31 Now, so many people what they had taught.
31,And he said unto
beena gwine een an out dey, dat Jedus an them, Come ye your-
e ciple dem ain been git chance eben fa selves apart into a desert
place, and rest a while:
nyam. So Jedus tell e ciple dem say, Leh for there were many
we gone way ta some quiet place an oona coming and going, and
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
140 Mark 6
they had no leisure so kin res a bit. 32 So dey gone out een a
much as to eat.
32,And they departed boat by deysef fa cross oba ta a place weh
into a desert place by nobody lib.
ship privately.
33,And the people saw 33 Bot plenty people done shim wen dey
them departing, and
many knew him, and ran da gwine, an dey know right way who dey
afoot thither out of all da. So dem people gone out fom all de
cities, and outwent them,
and came together unto town. Dey ron ta de place weh Jedus an e
him. ciple dem beena gwine fo Jedus dem reach
34,And Jesus, when he
came out, saw much dey. 34 Wen Jedus git outta de boat, e see
people, and was moved
with compassion toward dis big crowd ob people da wait fa um dey.
them, because they were Jedus been too saary fa dem, cause dey
as sheep not having a
shepherd: and he began been like sheep wa ain got no shephud fa
to teach them many
things. mind um. So den Jedus staat fa laan dem
35,And when the day people plenty ting. 35 Wen de sun staat
was now far spent, his
disciples came unto him, lean fa down, Jedus ciple dem come ta um
and said, This is a desert say, Lawd, ain nobody lib een dis place
place, and now the time
is far passed: yah, an de sun da lean fa down. 36 Ya
36,Send them away,
that they may go into the
oughta sen de people ta dem willage an
country round about, and faam close by fa buy sompin fa nyam.
into the villages, and buy 37 Bot Jedus ansa um say, Oonasef mus
themselves bread: for
they have nothing to eat. gim sompin fa nyam.
37,He answered and
said unto them, Give ye
Dey tell Jedus say, Dat gwine tek all de
them to eat. And they say money one man kin mek een eight mont
unto him, Shall we go
and buy two hundred time, ainty? Ya wahn we fa buy nuff bread
pennyworth of bread, fa feed dat crowd?
and give them to eat?
38,He saith unto them, 38 Jedus aks um say, Hommuch loaf ob
How many loaves have
ye? go and see. And when bread oona hab? Go look.
they knew, they say, Wen dey find out, dey tell Jedus say,
Five, and two fishes.
39,And he commanded We hab fibe loaf ob bread, an two fish
them to make all sit down too.
by companies upon the
green grass. 39 Jedus tell e ciple dem, Chaage all de
40,And they sat down
in ranks, by hundreds, people fa seddown by group pon de green
and by fifties. grass. 40 Some group ob bout a hundud
41,And when he had
taken the five loaves and head an oda group ob fifty head. 41 Jedus
the two fishes, he looked tek de fibe loaf ob bread an de two fish. E
up to heaven, and
blessed, and brake the look op ta heaben an tell God say, Tankya
loaves, and gave them to
his disciples to set before fa de ration. Den e broke op de bread loaf
them; and the two fishes eenta heapa piece an gim ta e ciple dem fa
divided he among them
all. saab de crowd ob people. E broke op de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 141
fish too an gim ta all dem. 42 All de crowd 42,And they did all eat,
and were filled.
nyam til dey been sattify. 43 Wen de ciple 43,And they took up
dem done geda op wa been lef oba, dey twelve baskets full of the
fragments, and of the
hab tweb basket full ob bread an fish. fishes.
44 Dey been a whole heapa people wa 44,And they that did
done nyam de bread an de fish. Jes de man eat of the loaves were
about five thousand men.
dem been fibe tousan. 45,And straightway he
constrained his disciples
to get into the ship, and
Jedus Waak Pontop Wata to go to the other side be-
Matthew 14:22-33; John 6:15-21 fore unto Bethsaida,
while he sent away the
45 Jes atta dat, Jedus chaage ciple dem people.
fa git eenta de boat an cross oba de lake, 46,And when he had
sent them away, he de-
go head ob um ta Bethsaida town. Wiles de parted into a mountain to
ciple dem beena gwine, Jedus tell de pray.
47,And when even was
crowd fa go back home. 46 Atta e done lef come, the ship was in the
de people, Jedus gone op one hill fa pray midst of the sea, and he
ta God. 47 Wen night time come, de ciple alone on the land.
48,And he saw them
dem been een de boat out een de middle toiling in rowing; for the
ob de lake. Same time, Jedus been by esef wind was contrary unto
them: and about the
pon de lan. 48 De ciple dem beena row fourth watch of the night
ginst de wind. An Jedus see dat dey beena he cometh unto them,
walking upon the sea,
hab haad time fa mek de boat go long cross and would have passed
de wata ginst de wind. So late een de by them.
night, sometime atta shree oclock, Jedus 49,But when they saw
him walking upon the
gone out ta dem. E beena waak pontop de sea, they supposed it had
wata, an e mek like e plan fa pass de ciple been a spirit, and cried
dem by. 49 Wen dey shim da waak pontop out:
50,For they all saw
de wata, dey tink one haant da come by. him, and were troubled.
So dey holla loud, 50 cause dey all been And immediately he
too scaid wen dey shim. talked with them, and
saith unto them, Be of
Jedus speak op fast. E tell um say, Mus good cheer: it is I; be not
dohn be scaid! Dis me! Study yasef. afraid.
51,And he went up
51 Den Jedus git eenta de boat wid um, an
unto them into the ship;
de wind stop. De ciple dem been too and the wind ceased: and
stonish. 52 Cause dey still ain been they were sore amazed
in themselves beyond
ondastan fa true bout Jedus powa, eben measure, and wondered.
wen dey shim tek de bread an feed a big 52,For they considered
not the miracle of the
crowd ob people. De ciple dem haat been loaves: for their heart
haad like rock. was hardened.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
142 Mark 6, 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 7 143
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
144 Mark 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 7 145
eenside um. Wen dat ooman yeh bout 26,The woman was a
Greek, a Syrophenician
Jedus, e mek hace an gone an kneel down by nation; and she be-
fo Jedus. 26 De ooman ain been a Jew. E sought him that he would
been bon een Phoenicia een Syria country. cast forth the devil out of
her daughter.
E beg Jedus fa dribe de ebil sperit outta e 27,But Jesus said unto
daughta. 27 Jedus ansa de ooman, say, her, Let the children first
We haffa feed de chullun fus. E ain fittin be filled: for it is not meet
to take the children's
fa tek de wittle way fom de chullun an bread, and to cast it unto
chunk um ta de dog. the dogs.
28,And she answered
28 De ooman ansa Jedus say, Dat true,
and said unto him, Yes,
sah, bot eben de dog dem onda de table Lord: yet the dogs under
kin nyam de wittle lefoba wa da faddown the table eat of the chil-
dren's crumbs.
wen de chullun nyam! 29,And he said unto
29 So den, Jedus tell dat ooman say, her, For this saying go
Cause ya ansa so good, ya kin go back thy way; the devil is gone
out of thy daughter.
home now. De ebil sperit done come out 30,And when she was
fom eenside ya daughta. come to her house, she
30 So de ooman gone home. An e find de found the devil gone out,
and her daughter laid
chile da lay peaceable pon de bed. Sho upon the bed.
nuff de ebil sperit done come out fom 31,And again, depart-
eenside um! ing from the coasts of
Tyre and Sidon, he came
unto the sea of Galilee,
Jedus Heal One Deef Man through the midst of the
Wa Hab Hebby Tongue coasts of Decapolis.
32,And they bring unto
31 Den Jedus lef de countryside close by him one that was deaf,
Tyre. E gone shru Sidon an de arie wa dey and had an impediment
call de Ten Town ta Lake Galilee. 32 Some in his speech; and they
beseech him to put his
people come ta um dey, bring um one deef hand upon him.
man wa hab hebby tongue. De people beg 33,And he took him
Jedus fa pit e han pon dat man head fa aside from the multitude,
and put his fingers into
heal um. 33 Jedus gone wid de man off by his ears, and he spit, and
deysef, way fom de crowd. Jedus pit e touched his tongue;
finga eenside de man yea. E spit an tetch 34,And looking up to
de man tongue wid e spit. 34 Den Jedus heaven, he sighed, and
saith unto him, Ephpha-
look op ta heaben an leh out a big sigh. E tha, that is, Be opened.
say ta dat man, Ephphatha, wa mean, 35,And straightway his
Ya yea gwine open op! ears were opened, and
the string of his tongue
35 Dat same time de man been able fa was loosed, and he spake
yeh. E tongue ain been hebby an e staat fa plain.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
146 Mark 7, 8
8
ing to eat, Jesus called Jurin dat time, noda big crowd ob
1
his disciples unto him,
and saith unto them, people come geda roun Jedus. Wen
2,I have compassion on
de people ain hab nottin lef fa nyam, Jedus
the multitude, because
they have now been with call e ciple dem. 2 E tell um say, A saary
me three days, and have fa de people yah. Dey been wid me shree
nothing to eat:
3,And if I send them day an now dey ain hab nottin fa nyam.
away fasting to their own 3 Ef A tell um fa go ta dey house wid nottin
houses, they will faint by
the way: for divers of
fa nyam, dey gwine pass out long de road.
them came from far. Cause some ob dem done come a good
4,And his disciples an-
swered him, From way.
whence can a man satisfy 4 E ciple dem aks Jedus say, Weh
these men with bread
here in the wilderness? anybody kin find nuff ration fa gii all dese
5,And he asked them,
yah people fa nyam? We ain able fa git
How many loaves have
ye? And they said, Seven. bread out een dis wildaness.
6,And he commanded 5 Jedus aks um say, Hommuch bread
the people to sit down on
the ground: and he took
oona hab?
the seven loaves, and Dey ansa say, We hab seben loaf.
gave thanks, and brake, 6 Jedus chaage all de people fa seddown
and gave to his disciples
to set before them; and pon de groun. Den e tek de seben loaf an e
they did set them before tank God fa um. E broke de bread an gim
the people.
7,And they had a few ta e ciple dem fa han out ta de people. An
small fishes: and he de ciple dem gii de people de bread. 7 Dey
blessed, and commanded
to set them also before hab few leetle fish too. Jedus tell God
them.
8,So they did eat, and tankya fa dem an tell e ciple dem fa han
were filled: and they took um out. 8 Ebrybody nyam til dey sattify.
up of the broken meat
that was left seven
An wen de ciple dem done geda de food
baskets. wa been lef oba, dey git seben full basket.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 8 147
9 Bout fo tousan people been dey. 10 Den 9,And they that had
eaten were about four
Jedus sen de people ta dey house, an e git thousand: and he sent
eenta de boat wid e ciple dem an gone ta them away.
10,And straightway he
de place dey call Dalmanutha. entered into a ship with
his disciples, and came
De Pharisee dem Aks Jedus fa do Miracle into the parts of Dal-
manutha.
Matthew 16:1-4 11,And the Pharisees
11Some Pharisee come ta Jedus an came forth, and began to
question with him, seek-
staat fa aagy wid um. Dey wahn fa trick ing of him a sign from
um, so dey aks um fa do a sign fa sho dat heaven, tempting him.
12,And he sighed
God sen um fa true. 12 Jedus leh out a big deeply in his spirit, and
sigh an e say, Hoccome people dese wahn saith, Why doth this gen-
eration seek after a sign?
me fa show a sign? A da tell oona fa true, A verily I say unto you,
ain gwine show oona no sign. 13 Den There shall no sign be
Jedus an e ciple dem lef dem people an git given unto this
generation.
back eenta de boat, cross oba ta de oda 13,And he left them,
side ob de lake. and entering into the ship
again departed to the
other side.
De Yeast wa de Pharisee dem 14,Now the disciples
an Herod da Nyuse had forgotten to take
bread, neither had they
Matthew 16:5-12 in the ship with them
14 De ciple dem been fagit fa bring more than one loaf.
15,And he charged
plenty bread. Dey been jes one loaf wid them, saying, Take heed,
um een de boat. 15 Wen dey gwine, Jedus beware of the leaven of
the Pharisees, and of the
waan um say, Oona mus tek cyah. Mus leaven of Herod.
look out fa de yeast wa de Pharisee dem an 16,And they reasoned
Herod da nyuse. among themselves, say-
ing, It is because we have
16 De ciple dem taak ta one noda say, E no bread.
taak so cause we ain hab no bread. 17,And when Jesus
17 Jedus know wa dey beena taak bout, knew it, he saith unto
them, Why reason ye, be-
so e aks um say, Hoccome oona da taak cause ye have no bread?
say oona ain hab no bread? Oona stillyet perceive ye not yet, nei-
ther understand? have ye
ain know, oona ain ondastan, ainty? your heart yet hardened?
18 Oona hab eye. Hoccome oona ain see? 18,Having eyes, see ye
Oona hab yea. Hoccome oona ain yeh? not? and having ears,
hear ye not? and do ye
Oona ain memba nottin, ainty? 19 Wen A not remember?
broke op dem fibe loaf ob bread fa gim ta 19,When I brake the
five loaves among five
fibe tousan man dem, how many basket thousand, how many bas-
full ob lefoba bread oona pick op? kets full of fragments
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
148 Mark 8
took ye up? They say Dey ansa say, Dey been tweb basket.
unto him, Twelve.
20 Den Jedus aks um say, An wen A
20,And when the seven
among four thousand,
broke op seben loaf ob bread fa gim ta fo
how many baskets full of tousan people, how many basket full ob
fragments took ye up? lefoba bread oona pick op?
And they said, Seven.
Dey ansa say, Dey been seben basket.
21,And he said unto 21 Jedus say ta dem, Oona done see all
them, How is it that ye do
not understand? dat, stillyet oona ain ondastan, ainty?
22,And he cometh to
Jedus Mek One Bline Man Well
Bethsaida; and they bring
a blind man unto him, Een Bethsaida
and besought him to
touch him.
22 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem come ta
Bethsaida, some people bring one bline
23,And he took the
blind man by the hand,
eye man ta Jedus. De people beg um fa
and led him out of the tetch de man an mek um well. 23 Jedus tek
town; and when he had de bline eye man by e han an lead um
spit on his eyes, and put
his hands upon him, he outta de willage. Den Jedus spit pon de
asked him if he saw man two eye an pit e han pon um. Jedus
ought.
aks um say, Wa ya da see?
24,And he looked up, 24 De man look op an say, Yeah, A see
and said, I see men as
trees, walking. some people, bot dey look like tree wa da
waak roun.
25,After that he put his
25 Jedus tetch de man eye gin. De man
hands again upon his
eyes, and made him look look roun an pay close tention ta wa e see.
up: and he was restored, E ain been bline eye no mo. E able fa see
and saw every man
clearly. good an e see ebryting plain. 26 Jedus
26,And he sent him chaage um say, Mus dohn eben go eenta
away to his house, say- de willage. Den e sen um home.
ing, Neither go into the
town, nor tell it to any in
the town. Wa Peter Say bout Jedus
Matthew 16:13-20; Luke 9:18-21
27,And Jesus went out,
and his disciples, into the 27 Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta dem
towns of Caesarea willage close by Caesarea Philippi. Wiles
Philippi: and by the way
he asked his disciples, dey beena gwine, Jedus aks e ciple dem
saying unto them, Whom say, Wen de people da taak bout me, who
do men say that I am?
dey say A da?
28,And they answered, 28 Dey ansa Jedus say, Some people
John the Baptist: but
some say, Elias; and oth- say ya John wa Bactize. Some say ya
ers, One of the prophets. Elijah, an some oda say ya one ob dem
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 8 149
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
150 Mark 8, 9
9
1 Jedus tell um say, A da tell oona fa
9
,8
Chapter 9
1,And he said unto
them, Verily I say unto true. Some ob oona wa dey yah now
you, That there be some ain gwine dead til ya done see God come fa
of them that stand here,
which shall not taste of rule wid powa.
death, till they have seen
the kingdom of God come
with power. Jedus Change fo de Ciple dem Eye
2,And after six days Je- Matthew 17:1-13; Luke 9:28-36
sus taketh with him Peter,
and James, and John, 2
Atta six day pass, Jedus tek Peter,
and leadeth them up into
an high mountain apart James an John an gone way. E lead um
by themselves: and he
was transfigured before way op pontop a high mountain, weh ain
them. nobody lib. Wiles de shree ciple dem
3,And his raiment be-
came shining, exceeding beena, look, Jedus body change fo dey
white as snow; so as no eye. 3 E cloes change ta shinin white,
fuller on earth can white
them. white an too bright. Ain nobody een dis
4,And there appeared
unto them Elias with Mo-
wol able fa mek cloes white like dat. 4 Den
ses: and they were talk- de shree ciple dem see Elijah an Moses, da
ing with Jesus. taak wid Jedus. 5 Peter tell Jedus say,
5,And Peter answered
and said to Jesus, Master, Teacha, e good we dey yah! Leh we mek
it is good for us to be
here: and let us make shree bush aaba, one fa ya, one fa Moses,
three tabernacles; one for an one fa Elijah. 6 Peter ain been know
thee, and one for Moses,
and one for Elias. wa fa say, e an de oda two ciple dem scaid
6,For he wist not what
neah ta det.
to say; for they were sore
afraid. 7 Den a cloud come kiba um. Dey yeh
7,And there was a
cloud that overshadowed
one boice da taak fom eenside de cloud
them: and a voice came say, Dis yah me Son, wa A lob a whole
out of the cloud, saying,
This is my beloved Son: heap. Oona mus listen ta wa e tell oona!
hear him. 8 Jes den de ciple dem look roun quick,
8,And suddenly, when
they had looked round bot dey ain see nobody dey cep Jedus.
about, they saw no man 9 Wiles dey beena come down de
any more, save Jesus
only with themselves. mountain, Jedus waan um say, Mus dohn
9,And as they came tell nobody wa oona done see, til de Man
down from the mountain,
he charged them that
wa Come fom God done dead an lib gin.
they should tell no man 10 Dey ain tell nobody bout dat, bot dey
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9 151
beena aks one noda wa Jedus mean wen e what things they had
seen, till the Son of man
say dat de Man wa Come fom God gwine were risen from the dead.
dead an lib gin. 11 Dey aks Jedus say, 10,And they kept that
saying with themselves,
Hoccome de Jew Law teacha dem say questioning one with an-
Elijah haffa come back fo dem ting yah other what the rising
gwine be? from the dead should
mean.
12 Jedus ansa um say, Fa true, Elijah 11,And they asked
come fus fa git all ting ready. Stillyet, him, saying, Why say the
scribes that Elias must
hoccome dey write een God Book dat de first come?
Man wa Come fom God gwine suffa plenty 12,And he answered
and told them, Elias ver-
an people ain gwine hab nottin fa do wid ily cometh first, and
um? 13 A da tell oona say, Elijah done restoreth all things; and
how it is written of the
come, an de people done do um bad. Dey Son of man, that he
done all wasoneba dey wahn ta um. An dat must suffer many things,
jes wa God Book say been gwine happen ta and be set at nought.
13,But I say unto you,
Elijah. That Elias is indeed
come, and they have
done unto him whatso-
Jedus Dribe Ebil Sperit Outta One Boy ever they listed, as it is
Matthew 17:14-21; Luke 9:37-43 written of him.
14,And when he came
14 Wen dey meet de oda ciple dem, dey to his disciples, he saw a
see plenty people geda roun um. An some great multitude about
them, and the scribes
Jew Law teacha dem beena aagy wid de questioning with them.
ciple dem. 15 Wen de people see Jedus, 15,And straightway all
dey been stonish plenty. Dey ron an tell the people, when they
beheld him, were greatly
um say e good fa see ya. 16 Jedus aks e amazed, and running to
ciple dem say, Wa oona beena aagy bout him saluted him.
16,And he asked the
wid dem Law teacha? scribes, What question ye
17 One man een de crowd ansa say, with them?
17,And one of the mul-
Teacha, A bring me son ta ya, cause a ebil titude answered and said,
sperit hab um an e ain able fa taak. Master, I have brought
18 Ebrytime wen de sperit come pon um, unto thee my son, which
hath a dumb spirit;
dat sperit chunk um down pon de groun. 18,And wheresoever he
Foam da come outta e mout. E da grit e taketh him, he teareth
him: and he foameth, and
teet an all e body git stiff. A done beg ya gnasheth with his teeth,
ciple dem fa dribe out dat ebil sperit, bot and pineth away: and I
spake to thy disciples
dey ain been able fa do um. that they should cast him
19 Jedus ansa um say, Oona people wa out; and they could not.
19,He answereth him,
lib een dis time ain got no fait! How long A and saith, O faithless gen-
haffa be dey wid oona? How long A gwine eration, how long shall I
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
152 Mark 9
be with you? how long haffa pit op wid oona? Bring de boy ta
shall I suffer you? bring
him unto me. me! 20 So dey bring um ta Jedus.
20,And they brought Soon as de ebil sperit see Jedus, e chunk
him unto him: and when
he saw him, straightway
de boy down wid fits. De boy faddown ta
the spirit tare him; and de groun an staat fa walla, an foam come
he fell on the ground, and outta e mout. 21 Jedus aks de boy fada say,
wallowed foaming.
21,And he asked his fa- How long de ebil sperit been hab ya
ther, How long is it ago boy?
since this came untohim?
And he said, Of a child. De man say, Fom wen e leetle.
22,And ofttimes it hath 22 Plenty time de sperit mek um faddown
cast him into the fire, and
into the waters, to de- eenta de fire an eenta de wata, da try fa
stroy him: but if thou stroy um. Please tek pity pon we an hep
canst do any thing, have
compassion on us, and
we, ef ya able fa heal um!
help us. 23 Jedus say, Ya aks me ef A able fa
23,Jesus said unto him,
If thou canst believe, all
heal ya son? God kin do all ting fa de
things are possible to him poson wa bleebe een um.
that believeth. 24 De boy fada right way holla say, A
24,And straightway the
father of the child cried da bleebe. Hep me bleebe mo an mo.
out, and said with tears, 25 Wen Jedus see dat mo an mo people
Lord, I believe; help thou
mine unbelief. da ron come geda roun um, e buke de ebil
25,When Jesus saw sperit say, Ya ebil sperit wa da mek poson
that the people came run-
ning together, he re-
deef an so e ain able fa taak. A chaage ya,
buked the foul spirit, mus come outta de boy. Ya ain neba fa go
saying unto him, Thou eenside um gin!
dumb and deaf spirit, I
charge thee, come out of 26 De ebil sperit mek de boy holla loud.
him, and enter no more E chunk de boy down wid bad fits an den e
into him.
26,And the spirit cried, come outta de boy. De boy leddown pon
and rent him sore, and de groun like e a dead man. An plenty
came out of him: and he
was as one dead; inso- people taak say e done dead. 27 Bot Jedus
much that many said, He hole de boy han, hep um fa git op, an de
is dead.
27,But Jesus took him boy stanop.
by the hand, and lifted 28 Wen Jedus reach de house wid de
him up; and he arose. ciple dem, way fom dem oda people, dey
28,And when he was
come into the house, his aks um say, Teacha, hoccome we ain
disciples asked him pri- been able fa dribe de ebil sperit outta de
vately, Why could not we
cast him out? boy?
29,And he said unto 29 Jedus ansa say, Oona ain gwine be
them, This kind can come
forth by nothing, but by
able fa dribe out dat kind ob ebil sperit,
prayer and fasting. cepin oona pray.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9 153
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
154 Mark 9
39,But Jesus said, For- ain been one ob we. 39 Jedus ansa say,
bid him not: for there is
no man which shall do a Oona mus dohn tell um fa stop, cause
miracle in my name, that nobody dat tek me name fa do a miracle
can lightly speak evil of
me.
kin say nottin bad bout me atta dat.
40,For he that is not 40 Whosoneba ain ginst we, e fa we. 41 A
against us is on our part. da tell oona fa true, ef anybody gii oona a
41,For whosoever shall
give you a cup of water to cup ob wata fa drink een me name, cause
drink in my name, be- oona blongst ta de Messiah, fa sho dat
cause ye belong to Christ,
verily I say unto you, he poson gwine git de good ting wa God gii ta
shall not lose his reward. dem wa saab um.
42,And whosoever
shall offend one of these
little ones that believe in Mus Dohn Mek Oda Poson Sin
me, it is better for him Matthew 18:6-9; Luke 17:1-2
that a millstone were
hanged about his neck, 42 De poson wa mek one ob dese leetle
and he were cast into the chullun wa bleebe pon me do ebil, e mo
sea.
43,And if thy hand of- betta fa dat poson ef dey been tie a big grine
fend thee, cut it off: it is stone roun e neck an chunk um eenta deep
better for thee to enter
into life maimed, than sea. 43 Ef oona han da mek oona sin, mus
having two hands to go cut um off! E mo betta fa oona fa hab jes one
into hell, into the fire that
never shall be quenched: han an git life wa neba end den fa oona fa
44,Where their worm keep two han an go ta hell, weh de fire ain
dieth not, and the fire is
not quenched.
neba gwine out. [44 Oba deyso, de woom
45,And if thy foot of- ain neba gwine dead an de fire ain neba
fend thee, cut it off: it is gwine out!] 45 Ef oona foot da mek oona sin,
better for thee to enter
halt into life, than having mus cut um off! E mo betta fa oona fa be
two feet to be cast into cripple op an git life wa neba end, den fa
hell, into the fire that
never shall be quenched: oona fa keep two foot an den dey chunk
46,Where their worm oona eenta hell. [46 Oba deyso, dem woom
dieth not, and the fire is wa neba dead gwine keep on da nyam de
not quenched.
47,And if thine eye of- people. An de fire neba gwine out.] 47 Ef
fend thee, pluck it out: it oona eye da mek oona sin, mus pull um out!
is better for thee to enter
into the kingdom of God E mo betta fa oona fa hab jes one eye an go
with one eye, than hav- eenta de place weh God da rule, den fa oona
ing two eyes to be cast
into hell fire: fa keep two eye an den dey chunk oona
48,Where their worm eenta hell. 48 Oba deyso, de woom neba
dieth not, and the fire is
not quenched. gwine dead an de fire neba gwine out!
49,For every one shall 49 Fire gwine mek all people clean,
be salted with fire, and
every sacrifice shall be same like salt kin mek dem ting wa dey da
salted with salt. sacrifice clean.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9, 10 155
Chapter 10
Jedus Laan People Bout Worce 1,And he arose from
Matthew 19:1-12; Luke 16:18 thence, and cometh into
the coasts of Judaea by
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
156 Mark 10
teth adultery against her. wife, cause e da sleep wid oda ooman.
12,And if a woman
12 Same way so, ef a ooman worce e
shall put away her hus-
band, and be married to husban an den e go marry oda man, dat
another, she committeth
adultery.
ooman sin ginst e fus husban, cause e da
sleep wid oda man.
13,And they brought
young children to him,
that he should touch Jedus Bless De Chullun
them: and his disciples re- Matthew 19:13-15; Luke 18:15-17
buked those that brought
them.
13 Some people come bring chullun ta
Jedus fa hab um pit e han pon dey head fa
14,But when Jesus saw
it, he was much dis- bless um. Bot e ciple dem buke de people,
pleased, and said unto tell um dey ain oughta bodda Jedus so.
them, Suffer the little 14 Wen Jedus see wa e ciple dem beena
children to come unto
me, and forbid them not: do, e been mad down. E tell e ciple dem
for of such is the king- say, Oona mus leh de chullun come ta
dom of God.
me. Mus dohn stop um, cause people like
15,Verily I say unto dem chullun yah gwine be wid God wen e
you, Whosoever shall not
receive the kingdom of da rule. 15 A da tell oona de trute,
God as a little child, he anybody wa ain wahn fa hab God rule oba
shall not enter therein.
um same like dem chullun, dat poson dey
16,And he took them ain gwine be wid God wen e da rule.
up in his arms, put his 16 Den Jedus pick op de chullun, an e pit e
hands upon them, and
blessed them. han pon dey head an aks God fa bless um.
17,And when he was
gone forth into the way, De Rich Man
there came one running,
and kneeled to him, and Matthew 19:16-30; Luke 18:18-30
asked him, Good Master, Wiles Jedus beena gwine way, one
17
what shall I do that I may
inherit eternal life? man ron meet um an kneel down fo um. E
18,And Jesus said unto tell Jedus say, Teacha, ya wa good, tell
him, Why callest thou me me wa A haffa do fa git life wa neba end?
good? there is none good
but one, that is, God. 18 Jedus ansa um say, Hoccome ya say
19,Thou knowest the A good? Ain nobody good cep fa God.
commandments, Do not 19 Ya know de law wa Moses gii. Ya mus
commit adultery, Do not
kill, Do not steal, Do not dohn kill nobody. Ya mus dohn sleep wid
bear false witness, De- oda man wife. Mus dohn tief. Mus dohn lie
fraud not, Honour thy fa-
ther and mother. bout wa oda people done. Mus dohn cheat.
20,And he answered Mus pay mind ta ya fada an ya modda.
and said unto him, Mas- 20 De man ansa say, Teacha, A done
ter, all these have I ob-
served from my youth. keep all dem law eba since A been a chile.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 10 157
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
158 Mark 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 10 159
dead wid me, fa be bactize like A gwine be 39,And they said unto
him, We can. And Jesus
bactize? said unto them, Ye shall
39 Dey ansa say, We gwine be able fa indeed drink of the cup
that I drink of; and with
do um. the baptism that I am
Jedus tell um say, Fa true, oona gwine baptized withal shall ye
drink fom dat cup wa A gwine drink fom, be baptized:
40,But to sit on my
an oona gwine be bactize same like how A right hand and on my left
gwine be bactize. 40 Bot A ain hab de hand is not mine to give;
tority fa leh oona seddown pon me right but it shall be given to them
for whom it is prepared.
han side an pon me lef han side, wen A 41,And when the ten
gwine rule. God done keep dem place fa de heard it, they began to be
people wa e done pick fa seddown dey. much displeased with
James and John.
41 Wen de oda ten ciple yeh bout dat, 42,But Jesus called
dey been too bex at James an John cause them to him, and saith
ob wa dey been aks Jedus fa do fa um. unto them, Ye know that
they which are ac-
42 Jedus call um all togeda an tell um say, counted to rule over the
Oona know bout de leada dem wa spose Gentiles exercise lord-
ship over them; and their
fa rule oba de people dey een de wol. Dem great ones exercise au-
leada hab powa oba de people an da tell thority upon them.
dem wa fa do. 43 Bot e ain gwine be dat 43,But so shall it not be
among you: but whoso-
way mongst oona. Ef one ob oona wahn fa ever will be great among
be de head poson, e mus be oona saabant. you, shall be your
minister:
44 Ef one ob oona wahn fa be fus, dat
44,And whosoever of
poson mus be ebrybody slabe. 45 Cause you will be the chiefest,
eben de Man wa Come fom God ain come shall be servant of all.
fa mek people e saabant. E come fa be de 45,For even the Son of
man came not to be min-
people saabant, an fa gii e life fa pay de istered unto, but to min-
price, fa sabe a whole heapa people. ister, and to give his life a
ransom for many.
46,And they came to
Jedus Mek Bline Eye Bartimaeus See
Jericho: and as he went
Matthew 20:29-34; Luke 18:35-43
out of Jericho with his
46 Jedus an e ciple dem come ta disciples and a great
number of people, blind
Jericho. Wen dey been lef Jericho long Bartimaeus, the son of
wid a whole bunch ob oda people, one Timaeus, sat by the high-
way side begging.
bline eye man name Bartimaeus beena
47,And when he heard
seddown close by de road, da beg. E been that it was Jesus of Naza-
Timaeus chile. 47 Wen Bartimaeus yeh say reth, he began to cry out,
and say, Jesus, thou Son
dat Jedus wa come fom Nazareth beena of David, have mercy on
pass by dey, e staat fa holla say, Jedus, me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
160 Mark 10, 11
11
Bethphage and Bethany,
at the mount of Olives, he J edus dem come close ta
1
sendeth forth two of his Jerusalem. Dey been dey by
disciples,
Bethphage een Bethany willage. Wen dey
2,And saith unto them,
Go your way into the vil- reach ta de Mount Olib, Jedus tell two e
lage over against you: ciple fa go on fo de oda res. 2 E chaage um
and as soon as ye be en-
tered into it, ye shall find
say, Oona mus go ta dat willage oba dey.
a colt tied, whereon Wen oona reach dey, oona gwine see one
never man sat; loose him, nyoung donkey wa tie op dey. Nobody ain
and bring him.
3,And if any man say neba ride pon dat donkey. Mus ontie um
unto you, Why do ye an bring um ta me. 3 Ef somebody aks
this? say ye that the Lord
hath need of him; and
oona hoccome oona da ontie de donkey,
straightway he will send mus tell um say, De Lawd need um, bot e
him hither. gwine hab we bring um back wen e done
4,And they went their
way, and found the colt wid um.
tied by the door without 4 So de two ciple gone an dey see de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 11 161
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
162 Mark 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 11 163
22 Jedus ansa um say, Mus hab fait een 22,And Jesus answer-
ing saith unto them,
God. 23 A da tell oona, ef somebody tell Have faith in God.
dis mountain yah say, Mus git op an go 23,For verily I say unto
you, That whosoever
shrow yasef eenta de sea, dat wa gwine shall say unto this moun-
happen, ef dat poson ain doubt een e haat, tain, Be thou removed,
and be thou cast into the
ef e bleebe fa true dat wa e say gwine sea; and shall not doubt
in his heart, but shall be-
happen. 24 So den, A da tell oona say, wen lieve that those things
ya aks God fa sompin, mus bleebe fa true which he saith shall come
to pass; he shall have
dat ya gwine git um, an God gwine gim ta whatsoever he saith.
24,Therefore I say unto
ya. 25 Wensoneba ya da stan an pray ta you, What things soever
God, mus paadon de poson wa done ya ye desire, when ye pray,
bad. Den oona Fada God wa dey een believe that ye receive
them, and ye shall have
heaben gwine paadon oona fa de ebil ting them.
wa oona done. [26 Ef oona ain paadon oda 25,And when ye stand
praying, forgive, if ye
people, den oona Fada wa dey een heaben have ought against any:
that your Father also
ain gwine paadon oona fa de ebil ting wa which is in heaven may
oona done.] forgive you your tres-
passes.
26,But if ye do not for-
Dey Quizzit Jedus Bout E Tority give, neither will your
Matthew 21:23-27; Luke 20:1-8 Father which is in heaven
forgive your trespasses.
27 Jedus an e ciple dem come back ta 27,And they come
again to Jerusalem: and
Jerusalem, an Jedus beena waak een God as he was walking in the
House. De Jew priest leada dem an Jew temple, there come to
him the chief priests, and
Law teacha dem an oda Jew leada come ta the scribes, and the
elders,
Jedus. 28 Dey aks um say, Wa right ya 28,And say unto him,
hab fa do dem ting yah? Who dat gii ya de By what authority doest
thou these things? and
tority fa do um? who gave thee this au-
29 Jedus ansa say, A gwine aks oona thority to do these
things?
one queshon. Ef oona ansa me, A gwine 29,And Jesus answered
tell oona who dat gii me de tority fa do and said unto them, I will
also ask of you one ques-
dem ting yah. 30 Mus tell me say, Who dat tion, and answer me, and
gii John de tority fa come bactize people? I will tell you by what au-
thority I do these things.
God gii John tority, or some poson gim de 30,The baptism of
tority? John, was it from heaven,
31 De leada dem bicka mongst deysef or of men? answer me.
31,And they reasoned
say, Ef we ansa say God gii John tority, with themselves, saying,
Jedus gwine aks we say, Hoccome oona If we shall say, From
heaven; he will say, Why
ain bleebe John? 32 Bot we mus dohn say, then did ye not believe
Some poson gii John de tority. Dey been him?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
164 Mark 11, 12
12
1,And he began to
speak unto them by para- Jedus staat fa tell dem paable. E
1
bles. A certain man say, One man plant plenty
planted a vineyard, and
set an hedge about it, and
grapewine een e gyaaden. E mek stone
digged a place for the wall roun de gyaaden. E mek a hole fa
winefat, and built a mash op de grape fa git de grape juice. An
tower, and let it out to
husbandmen, and went e build a place pontop de stone wall fa
into a far country. people fa keep gyaad oba de gyaaden. Den
2,And at the season he
sent to the husbandmen a e hire some faama dem fa tek cyah ob de
servant, that he might re- gyaaden. An e gone way, trabel ta oda
ceive from the husband-
men of the fruit of the country. 2 Wen haabis time come, de man
vineyard. wa own de grapewine sen e wokman fa aks
3,And they caught him,
and beat him, and sent
de faama dem fa gim de owna paat ob de
him away empty. haabis. 3 Bot dem faama grab hole ta de
4,And again he sent
unto them another ser-
wokman an beat op pon um, an dribe um
vant; and at him they cast outta de gyaaden. Dey ain gim nottin. 4 De
stones, and wounded him man wa own de gyaaden sen oda wokman,
in the head, and sent him
away shamefully handl- bot de faama dem beat um een de head an
ed. shame um. 5 De owna sen noda wokman.
5,And again he sent an-
other; and him they Dey kill dat one. De owna sen plenty oda.
killed, and many others; Dey beat op pon some ob dem an dey kill
beating some, and killing
some.
some ob dem. 6 So den, de owna hab one
6,Having yet therefore poson lef fa sen. Dat e own son, an e lob
one son, his wellbeloved, um a whole heap. E sen um ta de gyaaden,
he sent him also last unto
them, saying, They will tink say, Wen dem faama see me son, dey
reverence my son. gwine hona um fa true. 7 Bot wen de
7,But those husband-
men said among them- faama dem see de owna son, dey tell one
selves, This is the heir; noda say, Dat de son dis propaty gwine be
come, let us kill him, and
the inheritance shall be
lef ta. Leh we kill um so dat de propaty
ours. gwine come ta we. 8 Dey grab hole ta um
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12 165
an kill um, an dey chunk e body outta de 8,And they took him,
and killed him, and cast
gyaaden. him out of the vineyard.
9 Den Jedus tell um say, Oona know
9,What shall therefore
wa dat man wa own de gyaaden gwine do? the lord of the vineyard
E gwine come kill dem faama, an e gwine do? he will come and de-
hire oda faama fa tek cyah ob de gyaaden. stroy the husbandmen,
and will give the vine-
10 Fa sho, oona done read wa dey write yard unto others.
een God Book say, 10,And have ye not
De stone dat de builda chunk out, read this scripture; The
dat de stone wa portant stone which the builders
rejected is become the
mo den all de oda res. head of the corner:
11 De Lawd mek um dat way,
an we tink dis a great ting 11,This was the Lord's
doing, and it is marvel-
wa done happen! lous in our eyes?
12 De Jew leada dem try fa grab hole ta
Jedus an res um, cause dey know dat 12,And they sought to
lay hold on him, but
paable wa e done tell been ginst dem. Bot feared the people: for
dey been scaid ob de crowd ob people, so they knew that he had
spoken the parable
dey lef Jedus an gone way. against them: and they
left him, and went their
Wa We Oughta Gii ta de Gobment way.
an ta God
13,And they send unto
Matthew 22:15-22; Luke 20:20-26
him certain of the Phari-
13 Dey sen some Pharisee an some ob sees and of the Herod-
ians, to catch him in his
King Herod people ta Jedus fa ketch um, words.
mek um say sompin so dey able fa cuse
um. 14 Dey come ta Jedus say, Teacha, 14,And when they
were come, they say unto
we know ya da taak true an ya ain warry him, Master, we know
bout wa people tink. Cause ya da look pon that thou art true, and
carest for no man: for
all people de same. Ya da laan we de true thou regardest not the
way a folla God. Bot leh we aks ya one person of men, but
teachest the way of God
queshon. E right, coddin ta we Law, fa pay in truth: Is it lawful to
tax ta de Roman rula Caesar? 15 Tell we ef give tribute to Caesar, or
we oughta pay um or ef we ain oughta. not?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
166 Mark 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12 167
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
168 Mark 12
and to love his neighbour two law yah tell we fa do den fa gii God all
as himself, is more than
all whole burnt offerings we offrin, an de sacrifice dem wa we da
and sacrifices. mek, an all de animal dem wa we da bun
fo God.
34,And when Jesus 34 Jedus know de Jew Law teacha ansa
saw that he answered dis- um sensible, so e tell um say, Ya done
creetly, he said unto him,
Thou art not far from the come close ta leh God rule oba ya.
kingdom of God. And no Atta dat, ebrybody scaid fa aks Jedus
man after that durst ask
him any question. queshon.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12, 13 169
mek people say dey good fa true. God prayers: these shall re-
ceive greater damnation.
gwine punish um mo den e gwine punish
oda people! 41,And Jesus sat over
against the treasury, and
beheld how the people
De Wida Offrin cast money into the trea-
Luke 21:1-4 sury: and many that were
rich cast in much.
41 Jedus been ta God House, an e
seddown weh e been able fa see de box 42,And there came a
certain poor widow, and
weh de people da pit offrin money. E she threw in two mites,
beena look pon de people wiles dey beena which make a farthing.
come pit dey money eenta de box. Plenty 43,And he called unto
rich people pit heapa money een dey. him his disciples, and
saith unto them, Verily I
42 Den one po wida ooman come pit een say unto you, That this
two leetle coppa coin wa wot bout a poor widow hath cast
more in, than all they
penny. 43 Jedus call e ciple dem togeda an which have cast into the
tell um say, A da tell oona de trute. Dis po treasury:
wida ooman done pit mo eenta de offrin 44,For all they did cast
box den all de oda people. 44 Dey all hab in of their abundance;
plenty ting an da gii jes a paat ob de but she of her want did
cast in all that she had,
money wa dey hab. Bot dis ooman done even all her living.
pit een all e money. E gii all wa e been hab
fa lib. 13
,12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
170 Mark 13
4,Tell us, when shall God House. Peter, James, John an Andrew
these things be? and
what shall be the sign come fa taak ta Jedus, paat fom de oda
when all these things people. 4 Dey aks um say, Tell we wa
shall be fulfilled?
time dem ting gwine happen? Wa sign
5,And Jesus answering
them began to say, Take
gwine show we dat all dem ting gwine
heed lest any man de- staat?
ceive you: 5 Jedus ansa um say, Oona mus tek
6,For many shall come cyah. Mus dohn leh nobody mek oona
in my name, saying, I am
Christ; and shall deceive
fool. 6 Plenty people gwine tek me name
many. an come ta oona. Dey gwine say A de
7,And when ye shall
Messiah, an dey gwine mek plenty people
hear of wars and rumours fool. 7 Oona mus dohn warry wen oona
of wars, be ye not trou- yeh de nise ob waa close by oona, an oona
bled: for such things must
needs be; but the end yeh nyews bout waa wa da faaway. Dem
shall not be yet. ting dey haffa be, bot de wol ain gwine end
8,For nation shall rise yet! 8 One country gwine fight oda
against nation, and king- country, an one nation gwine fight oda
dom against kingdom:
and there shall be earth-
nation all oba de wol. De groun gwine
quakes in divers places, rumble een plenty place. People ain gwine
and there shall be fam- hab nottin fa nyam. All dem bad ting dey
ines and troubles: these
are the beginnings of jes de fus ting wa gwine come, same like
sorrows. wen de fus pain come fa de modda wen e
9,But take heed to chile da bon. Wos ting dem gwine folla
yourselves: for they shall atta.
deliver you up to coun-
cils; and in the syna-
9 Oona mus tek cyah. Cause oona
gogues ye shall be bleebe pon me, people gwine grab hole ob
beaten: and ye shall be
brought before rulers and
oona an tek oona ta de jedge dem een
kings for my sake, for a court. Dey gwine beat oona op een de Jew
testimony against them. meetin house. Dey gwine tek oona fo de
10,And the gospel must gobna dem an king dem wa da rule fa dem
first be published among fa jedge oona. So den, oona gwine dey fa
all nations.
tell dem de Good Nyews wa oona know
11,But when they shall
bout me. 10 People een all de country ob
lead you, and deliver you
up, take no thought be- de wol gwine yeh de Good Nyews fus.
forehand what ye shall 11 Ebry time dey grab hole ta oona, tek
speak, neither do ye pre-
meditate: but whatsoever oona ta court fa trial, mus dohn warry
shall be given you in that bout wa oona gwine say. Mus dohn study
hour, that speak ye: for it
is not ye that speak, but
bout dat fo de time come. Cause wen de
the Holy Ghost. time come, wasoneba wod wa de Holy
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 13 171
Sperit pit een oona mout, dat wa oona mus 12,Now the brother
shall betray the brother
say. E ain gwine be oona own wod. De to death, and the father
Holy Sperit gwine tell oona wa fa say. the son; and children
12 Some man gwine han oba dey own shall rise up against their
parents, and shall cause
broda ta people wa gwine kill um. Same them to be put to death.
fashion, some fada gwine han oba dey 13,And ye shall be
hated of all men for my
chullun ta people wa gwine kill um. name's sake: but he that
Chullun gwine fight dey own fada an shall endure unto the
modda, han um oba ta people fa leh dem end, the same shall be
saved.
kill um. 13 All de people gwine be ginst 14,But when ye shall
oona cause oona bleebe pon me. Bot God see the abomination of
gwine sabe ebrybody wa stanop fa me til desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet,
de wol done end. standing where it ought
not, (let him that readeth
understand,) then let
De Horrible Ting them that be in Judaea
Matthew 24:15-28; Luke 21:20-24 flee to the mountains:
14 Oona gwine see De Horrible Bad 15,And let him that is
on the housetop not go
Ting wa mek God place empty da stanop down into the house, nei-
een de place weh e ain oughta dey. (Leh ther enter therein, to take
any thing out of his
oona wa da read ondastan wa dis mean.) house:
Wen dat time come, de people een Judea 16,And let him that is
mus ron way quick ta de hill country. in the field not turn back
again for to take up his
15 Ebrybody wa dey pontop e house mus garment.
dohn tek time fa go down eenside de house 17,But woe to them
gin fa tek ting wid um. 16 Ebrybody wa da that are with child, and
to them that give suck in
wok een e fiel mus dohn go back ta e house those days!
fa tek e coat wid um. 17 Een dat time dey, 18,And pray ye that
e gwine be bad fa ooman dem dat wid your flight be not in the
winter.
chile an ooman wa hab leetle chullun! 19,For in those days
18 Oona mus pray ta God dat dem ting yah shall be affliction, such as
mus dohn happen een de winta time, wen was not from the begin-
ning of the creation
de rain come. 19 Cause de people een dat which God created unto
time gwine suffa mo den people done suffa this time, neither shall
be.
fom de time wen God fus mek de wol eben
til now. An atta dat, ting like dat ain gwine 20,And except that the
Lord had shortened those
happen gin. 20 Bot de Lawd done say fo days, no flesh should be
han dat e ain gwine leh dem suffa too saved: but for the elect's
sake, whom he hath cho-
many day. E mek de time wen dey gwine sen, he hath shortened
suffa be cut shot. Ef e ain done dat, ain the days.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
172 Mark 13
21,And then if any man nobody been gwine lef een de wol wen dat
shall say to you, Lo, here
is Christ; or, lo, he is time come, wen dey suffa so. Bot fa sake
there; believe him not: ob dem people wa de Lawd done pick, e
done mek dat time be cut shot.
22,For false Christs and 21 So den, wen dat time come, oona
false prophets shall rise, mus dohn bleebe nobody ef e tell oona say,
and shall shew signs and
wonders, to seduce, if it Look, de Messiah dey yah! or Look, e oba
were possible, even the yonda! 22 Cause some people gwine come
elect.
da lie, say dey de Messiah. An some gwine
come wa gwine lie, say dey a prophet. Dey
23,But take ye heed:
behold, I have foretold gwine do miracle an show plenty sign wa
you all things. stonish de people. Cause dey wahn fa mek
fool ob dem people wa God done pick, ef
24,But in those days, dey able fa do dat. 23 So oona mus tek
after that tribulation, the cyah. A done tell oona all ting fo dey
sun shall be darkened,
and the moon shall not
happen.
give her light,
De Man Wa Come Fom God
Gwine Come Gin
25,And the stars of
Matthew 24:29-31; Luke 21:25-28
heaven shall fall, and the
powers that are in Atta people done suffa all dem ting,
24
heaven shall be shaken.
de sun gwine daak an de moon ain gwine
shine no mo. 25 De staa dem gwine
26,And then shall they
faddown outta de sky. An de powa dem wa
see the Son of man com-
ing in the clouds with dey een de sky gwine shake, come outta
great power and glory. dey place weh dey been. 26 Den ebrybody
gwine see de Man wa Come fom God da
come down een de cloud dem. E gwine
27,And then shall he
send his angels, and shall
hab greata powa, an bright glory light
gather together his elect gwine shine roun um. 27 E gwine sen de
from the four winds, angel dem all oba de wol fom one end ta
from the uttermost part
of the earth to the utter- de oda fa geda togeda de people wa e done
most part of heaven. pick fa be e own.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 13 173
tree hab nyew life een de spring time an 29,So ye in like man-
ner, when ye shall see
staat fa leaf out, oona know summa da these things come to
come soon. 29 Same way so, wen oona see pass, know that it is nigh,
even at the doors.
dem ting wa A tell oona bout, oona gwine
know de time mos yah. 30 A da tell oona fa
30,Verily I say unto
true, all dem ting mus happen fo de people you, that this generation
dead wa da lib now. 31 De sky an all de shall not pass, till all
eart gwine pass way, bot me wod ain neba these things be done.
gwine pass way.
31,Heaven and earth
shall pass away: but my
Ain Nobody Know words shall not pass
de Day or de Hour away.
Matthew 24:36-44
32 Ain nobody know de day, ain 32,But of that day and
that hour knoweth no
nobody know de hour wen dem ting yah man, no, not the angels
gwine happen. Eben de angel deysef an which are in heaven, nei-
ther the Son, but the
God Son esef ain know. Jes de Fada God, e Father.
de onliest one wa know de time wen dem
ting gwine happen 33 Oona mus pay 33,Take ye heed, watch
tention. Mus tek cyah an pray ta God, and pray: for ye know not
cause oona ain know wa time dem ting when the time is.
yah gwine happen. 34 E gwine stan like
34,For the Son of man is
wen one man da gwine fa trabel faa way as a man taking a far
fom home. Fo e gone, e lef e house ta e journey, who left his
wokman dem. E chaage um all, tell um wa house, and gave author-
ity to his servants, and to
dey fa do, one by one. An e tell de every man his work, and
watchman fa tek cyah fa pay tention all de commanded the porter to
watch.
time. 35 So den same fashion, oona mus
tek cyah, mus pay tention all de time. 35,Watch ye therefore:
Cause oona ain know de time wen de for ye know not when the
master of the house com-
massa ob de house gwine come. Oona ain eth, at even, or at mid-
know ef e gwine come aaly een de night night, or at the
time, een de middle night, fus fowl crow or cockcrowing, or in the
morning:
day clean. 36 Oona mus tek cyah, mus pay
tention. Cause ef oona ain pay tention, e 36,Lest coming sud-
gwine come all ob a sudden an find oona denly he find you
sleeping.
da sleep. 37 So dis wa A da tell oona ain jes
fa oona, bot e fa all people. Oona all mus 37,And what I say unto
tek cyah. Mus pay tention. you I say unto all, Watch.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
174 Mark 14
14
,13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 175
wid oona all de time, an oona kin hep um may do them good: but
me ye have not always.
wensoneba oona wahn fa hep um. Bot A
ain gwine dey dey wid oona all time. 8 De 8,She hath done what
ooman done done all wa e able fa do fa me. she could: she is come
E done naint me wid sweet ointment fa aforehand to anoint my
body to the burying.
mek me body ready head ob time fa wen
dey bury me. 9 A da tell oona fa true, all
9,Verily I say unto you,
oba de wol, wehsoneba dey da tell people Wheresoever this gospel
de Good Nyews, dey gwine memba dis shall be preached
throughout the whole
ooman an taak bout dis ting wa e done world, this also that she
yah. hath done shall be spo-
ken of for a memorial of
her.
Judas Gree Fa Han Jedus
Oba ta E Enemy Dem
10,And Judas Iscariot,
Matthew 26:14-16; Luke 22:3-6
one of the twelve, went
10 Den Judas Iscariot, one ob de tweb unto the chief priests, to
betray him unto them.
ciple dem, gone off ta de leada dem ob de
Jew priest dem. Judas gone fa tell um say e
11,And when they
gwine han Jedus oba ta dem. 11 Dey been heard it, they were glad,
too glad fa yeh wa e say, an dey gree fa and promised to give him
money. And he sought
gim money. So den Judas staat da look fa how he might conve-
niently betray him.
chance fa han Jedus oba ta dem.
12,And the first day of
Jedus Nyam de Passoba Meal
unleavened bread, when
wid E Ciple Dem they killed the passover,
Matthew 26:17-25; Luke 22:7-14, 21-23; John 13:21-30 his disciples said unto
him, Where wilt thou
12 E been de fus day ob de Jew holiday that we go and prepare
ob Unleaven Bread, wen de Jew dem da that thou mayest eat the
passover?
nyam bread wa ain hab no yeast. Dey
alltime kill lamb dat day fa memba de
13,And he sendeth
Passoba, how dey ole people done come forth two of his disciples,
outta Egypt. Jedus ciple dem aks Jedus and saith unto them, Go
ye into the city, and there
say, Weh ya wahn we fa go fa git de shall meet you a man
bearing a pitcher of wa-
Passoba meal ready fa ya? 13 Jedus sen ter: follow him.
two ob um, tell um say, Mus go eenta de
city, weh oona gwine meet op wid a man 14,And wheresoever he
wa da tote a wata jug. Oona mus go wid shall go in, say ye to the
goodman of the house,
um. 14 Wen oona reach de house weh e The Master saith, Where
gone een, oona mus tell de poson wa own is the guest chamber,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
176 Mark 14
where I shall eat the pass- de house say, De Teacha wahn fa know
over with my disciples?
weh de room weh e gwine nyam de
15,And he will shew
Passoba meal wid e ciple dem? 15 Den de
you a large upper room man gwine show oona one big opstair
furnished and prepared: room. E done ready de room fa we, an
there make ready for us.
ebryting wa we need dey eenside dey. An
16,And his disciples dey een dat room, oona gwine git ebryting
went forth, and came ready fa we fa nyam de meal fa memba de
into the city, and found
as he had said unto them: Passoba.
and they made ready the 16 De ciple dem gone ta de city. Dey
passover.
find all ting jes like Jedus done tell um. So
17,And in the evening dey git ebryting ready fa nyam de meal fa
he cometh with the memba de Passoba.
twelve.
17 Wen sun done set fa red, Jedus an de
18,And as they sat and tweb ciple dem come ta dat house.
did eat, Jesus said, Verily 18 Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus say, A da
I say unto you, One of tell oona, one ob oona gwine han me oba
you which eateth with
me shall betray me. ta me enemy dem. One ob oona wa da
nyam yah wid me now gwine do um.
19,And they began to 19 De ciple dem been too saaful. One by
be sorrowful, and to say
unto him one by one, Is
one dey aks Jedus say, Fa sho, ya ain
it I? and another said, Is mean me, ainty?
it I? 20 Jedus ansa say, One ob oona tweb
gwine do um, one ob oona wa da dip e
20,And he answered
and said unto them, It is bread een de same dish yah, da nyam wid
one of the twelve, that me. 21 De Man wa Come fom God gwine
dippeth with me in the
dish.
dead, jes like dey done write bout um een
God Book. Bot e gwine be too bad fa dat
21,The Son of man in- man wa gwine sell de Man wa Come fom
deed goeth, as it is writ-
ten of him: but woe to
God! E been faa betta fa dat man dey ef e
that man by whom the ain neba been bon!
Son of man is betrayed!
good were it for that man
if he had never been De Meal wa We Nyam
born. fa Memba de Lawd
Matthew 26:26-30; Luke 22:14-20; 1 Cor. 11:23-25
22,And as they did eat,
Jesus took bread, and Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus tek
22
blessed, and brake it, and bread, e pray, tell God say, Tankya fa de
gave to them, and said,
Take, eat: this is my
bread. E broke de bread an gim ta e ciple
body. dem. E tell um say, Oona tek dis bread
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 177
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
178 Mark 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 179
man gwine han de Man wa Come fom God 42,Rise up, let us go; lo,
he that betrayeth me is at
oba ta de enemy. 42 Git op. Leh we go hand.
meet um. Oona look yah. See de man wa 43,And immediately,
da han me oba ta me enemy. E da come while he yet spake, com-
eth Judas, one of the
yah now! twelve, and with him a
great multitude with
Dey Grab Hole ta Jedus swords and staves, from
the chief priests and the
Matthew 26:47-56; Luke 22:47-53; John 18:3-12 scribes and the elders.
43 Wiles Jedus beena say dat, Judas, 44,And he that be-
one ob de tweb ciple dem, git dey. A bunch trayed him had given
them a token, saying,
ob people been wid um, da tote knife an Whomsoever I shall kiss,
big stick fa fight wid. De Jew priest leada that same is he; take him,
and lead him away safely.
dem, de Jew Law teacha dem an de oda
45,And as soon as he
Jew big leada dem done sen dem people
was come, he goeth
wid Judas. 44 Judas done been tell dem straightway to him, and
people heada time how dey gwine know saith, Master, master;
and kissed him.
Jedus. E been say, De Man wa A gwine
46,And they laid their
kiss, dat de Man oona wahn. Mus grab hands on him, and took
hole ta um, tek um way wid gyaad roun him.
um. 47,And one of them
45 Wen Judas git dey, e gone op ta that stood by drew a
sword, and smote a ser-
Jedus, say, Teacha! Den e kiss um. 46 De vant of the high priest,
people grab hole ta Jedus an hole um and cut off his ear.
tight. 47 One ob dem wa beena stanop dey
48,And Jesus answered
dey by Jedus pull out e knife. E scrike de and said unto them, Are
slabe ob de head man ob de Jew priest ye come out, as against a
leada dem. Dat man cut off de slabe yea. thief, with swords and
with staves to take me?
48 Jedus tell de crowd say, Oona haffa
come wid knife an big stick fa grab hole ta 49,I was daily with you
me, ainty? A ain no tief. 49 Ebry day A in the temple teaching,
and ye took me not: but
been dey wid oona een God House, da the scriptures must be
teach bout God. Bot oona ain neba grab fulfilled.
hole ta me. Bot all wa dey done write een 50,And they all forsook
God Book haffa come true. him, and fled.
50 Den all de ciple dem lef Jedus an ron
51,And there followed
way. him a certain young man,
51 One nyoung man beena folla long having a linen cloth cast
about his naked body; and
hine Jedus. Dat man ain hab no cloes on the young men laid hold
cepin a piece ob linen closs. An de people on him:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
180 Mark 14
52,And he left the linen try fa grab hole ta um. 52 Bot de man lef de
cloth, and fled from them
naked. closs een dey han an ron way nekid.
53,And they led Jesus
away to the high priest: Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew High Court
and with him were as- Matthew 26:57-68; Luke 22:54-55, 63-71;
sembled all the chief John 18:13-14, 19-24
priests and the elders and
the scribes. Dey tek Jedus ta de head man ob de
53
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 181
66 Peter been dey, down een de yaad, 67,And when she saw
Peter warming himself,
wen one de gyal dem wa wok fa de head she looked upon him, and
man ob de priest dem come by. 67 Wen e said, And thou also wast
with Jesus of Nazareth.
see Peter da waam esef by de fire dey dey,
dat gyal look um dead een de face an say, 68,But he denied, say-
Yasef beena gone longside Jedus wa ing, I know not, neither
come fom Nazareth. understand I what thou
sayest. And he went out
68 Bot Peter say e ain know Jedus. E into the porch; and the
ansa de gyal say, A ain know wa ya da cock crew.
taak bout. An Peter gone out close ta de
gate. Same time a cock crow. 69,And a maid saw him
again, and began to say
69 Wen de gyal see Peter dey, e tell de to them that stood by,
people wa da stan roun, say gin, Dis man This is one of them.
yah one ob dem wa beena gone longside
70,And he denied it
Jedus! 70 Bot Peter say gin, A ain know again. And a little after,
um. they that stood by said
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
182 Mark 14, 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15 183
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
184 Mark 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15 185
slam at Jedus. Dey shake dey head an tell saying, Ah, thou that
destroyest the temple,
um say, So dey! Ya beena say ya gwine and buildest it in three
stroy God House an tek shree day fa build days,
um back op! 30 Well den, sabe yasef now. 30,Save thyself, and
Come down fom de cross! come down from the
cross.
31 Same way so, de leada dem ob de
31,Likewise also the
Jew priest dem an de Jew Law teacha dem chief priests mocking
beena hole Jedus cheap, shrow slam at said among themselves
with the scribes, He
um. Dey say ta one noda, E been sabe oda saved others; himself he
people, bot e ain able fa sabe esef! 32 Leh cannot save.
we see de Messiah, de king ob Israel, come 32,Let Christ the King
down fom de cross now, so dat we kin of Israel descend now
from the cross, that we
bleebe een um! may see and believe. And
De two oda man wa done been nail pon they that were crucified
with him reviled him.
dey cross close by Jedus, deysef shrow
33,And when the sixth
slam at um. hour was come, there
was darkness over the
De Det Ob Jedus whole land until the
ninth hour.
Matthew 27:45-56; Luke 23:44-49; John 19:28-30
34,And at the ninth
33 E been high noon an all dat lan git hour Jesus cried with a
daak, daak. E been daak fa shree hour. loud voice, saying, Eloi,
34 At shree oclock Jedus holla loud, say, Eloi, lama sabachthani?
which is, being inter-
Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? Dat mean, preted, My God, my God,
Me God, me God, hoccome ya da bandon why hast thou forsaken
me?
me?
35,And some of them
35 Some ob de people wa beena stanop that stood by, when they
close by de cross, dey yeh wa Jedus say. heard it, said, Behold, he
calleth Elias.
Dey say, Listen, e da call Elijah fa come
hep um! 36 One ob dem ron go soak a 36,And one ran and
filled a spunge full of vin-
sponge wid wine winega an tie de sponge egar, and put it on a reed,
pon de end ob a long stick. Den e hice de and gave him to drink,
saying, Let alone; let us
stick op ta Jedus lip, try fa git Jedus fa see whether Elias will
suck de sponge. E say, Hole on! Leh we come to take him down.
see ef Elijah gwine come fa tek um down 37,And Jesus cried
fom de cross! with a loud voice, and
gave up the ghost.
37 Jedus holla loud an den e dead.
38 Jes den, de big tick curtain wa beena 38,And the veil of the
temple was rent in twain
hang eenside God House split down de from the top to the
middle, fom de top down ta de bottom. bottom.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
186 Mark 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15, 16 187
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
188 Mark 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 16 189
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke
De Good Nyews
Bout Jedus Christ
Luke Wa Luke Write
Luke Tell Theophilus
Wa Dis Book Taak Bout
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 191
Dey beena keep all de Law ob de Lawd an walking in all the com-
mandments and ordi-
do ebryting e tell um fa do. 7 Bot dey ain nances of the Lord blame-
hab no chullun cause Lizzybet ain been less.
7 And they had no
able. An now dey bof been ole. child, because that Elisa-
8 One time wen Abijah group beena beth was barren, and
wok een God House, Zechariah beena do e they both were now well
stricken in years.
wok dey, da cyaa out de priest judy. 9 Now 8 And it came to pass,
den, wen de priest dem wahn fa pick one that while he executed
the priest's office before
ob um fa go eenside God House fa bun God in the order of his
incense, dey write all de priest dem name course,
9 According to the cus-
down, fole de paper an pick one. Dis time tom of the priest's office,
yah Zechariah name come out fa bun de his lot was to burn in-
cense when he went into
incense. So e gone eenside de Lawd house the temple of the Lord.
fa do e wok. 10 Same time de incense 10 And the whole mul-
beena bun eenside God House, de whole titude of the people were
praying without at the
crowd wa been dey beena pray outside een time of incense.
de yaad. 11 Den een God House, Zechariah 11 And there appeared
unto him an angel of the
see a angel dat de Lawd sen. Dat angel stan Lord standing on the
fo um pon de right han side ob de alta, weh right side of the altar of
incense.
Zechariah da bun de incense. 12 Wen 12 And when Zacha-
Zechariah see de angel, e been opsot. E rias saw him, he was trou-
bled, and fear fell upon
mos scaid ta det. 13 De angel tell um say, him.
Mus dohn feah, Zechariah! De Lawd done 13 But the angel said
unto him, Fear not, Zach-
yeh ya pray, an e ansa um. Ya wife arias: for thy prayer is
Lizzybet gwine hab son. Mus name um heard; and thy wife Elisa-
beth shall bear thee a
John. 14 Ya gwine be glad fa true wen e son, and thou shalt call
his name John.
bon, an a heapa oda people gwine be glad 14 And thou shalt have
cause e bon! 15 Dat chile gwine be a great joy and gladness; and
many shall rejoice at his
man een de Lawd eye. E mus dohn neba birth.
drink no wine or nottin wa mek a poson 15 For he shall be great
in the sight of the Lord,
dronk. An e gwine be full op wid de Holy and shall drink neither
Sperit eben fo e bon. 16 E gwine mek a wine nor strong drink;
and he shall be filled with
heapa Israel people come ta de Lawd dey the Holy Ghost, even
from his mothers womb.
God. 17 E gwine go head ob de Lawd an 16 And many of the
hab scrong sperit an powa, jes like de children of Israel shall he
turn to the Lord their
prophet Elijah, wa done tell God wod. E God.
gwine mek de fada dem haat ton ta dey 17 And he shall go be-
fore him in the spirit and
chullun. An e gwine mek de people dat ain power of Elias, to turn
do wa God wahn, memba God an ondastan the hearts of the fathers
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
192 Luke 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 193
come ta Mary say, How ya da do, Mary. 28 And the angel came
in unto her, and said,
De Lawd done bless ya fa true! E da trabel Hail, thou that art highly
longside ya! favoured, the Lord is with
thee: blessed art thou
29 Wen Mary yeh wa de angel say, e among women.
29 And when she saw
beena trouble tommuch, an e study e head him, she was troubled at
fa try fa figga wa dat mean. 30 De angel his saying, and cast in her
mind what manner of sal-
tell um say, Mus dohn be scaid, Mary, utation this should be.
30 And the angel said
cause God heppy wid ya. 31 Ya gwine be unto her, Fear not, Mary:
wid chile. Ya gwine hab son. Mus gim for thou hast found fa-
vour with God.
name Jedus. 32 E gwine be great. Dey 31 And, behold, thou
gwine call um de Son ob de Mos High God. shalt conceive in thy
womb, and bring forth a
An de Lawd God gwine mek um king fa son, and shalt call his
name JESUS.
rule jes like e ole people leada King David. 32 He shall be great,
33 Jedus gwine hab tority faeba oba de and shall be called the
Son of the Highest: and
fambly ob Jacob. E gwine rule oba um the Lord God shall give
faeba an eba! unto him the throne of
his father David:
34 Mary aks de angel say, A ain neba 33 And he shall reign
over the house of Jacob
been wid no man. So hoccome a gwine hab for ever; and of his king-
chile? dom there shall be no
end.
35 De angel ansa um, De Holy Sperit 34 Then said Mary
unto the angel, How shall
gwine come ta ya. De High God dat great this be, seeing I know not
mo den all, e gwine sen e powa pon ya fa a man?
35 And the angel an-
do dis. Cause ob dat, people gwine call dis swered and said unto her,
chile fom God wa ya gwine hab, de God The Holy Ghost shall
come upon thee, and the
Chile, God own Son. 36 Fodamo, Lizzybet, power of the Highest
shall overshadow thee:
wa kin ta ya, e wid chile. Eben dough e therefore also that holy
way too ole fa hab chullun, e een e six thing which shall be born
of thee shall be called the
mont. Now ebrybody tink say, Lizzybet ain Son of God.
36 And, behold, thy
able fa hab chile. Stillyet, e gwine hab son. cousin Elisabeth, she
37 Cause dey ain nottin dat God ain able fa hath also conceived a son
in her old age: and this is
do. the sixth month with her,
38 Mary tell um say, A ready fa saab de who was called barren.
37 For with God noth-
Lawd. A ready fa saab um jes like ya done ing shall be impossible.
38 And Mary said, Be-
say. Den de angel gone lef um. hold the handmaid of the
Lord; be it unto me ac-
cording to thy word. And
Mary Go fa See Lizzybet the angel departed from
her.
39 Soon atta dat, Mary git ready. E mek 39 And Mary arose in
hace an gone ta a town een Judea een de those days, and went into
the hill country with
hill country. 40 E gone ta Zechariah house, haste, into a city of Juda;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
194 Luke 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 195
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
196 Luke 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1, 2 197
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
198 Luke 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 2 199
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
200 Luke 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 2 201
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
202 Luke 2, 3
46 And it came to pass, shree day done gone, dey find Jedus een
that after three days they
found him in the temple, God House, da seddown mongst de Jew
sitting in the midst of the teacha dem. An e beena listen ta wa dem
doctors, both hearing
them, and asking them
teacha say, an e beena aks um plenty ting
questions. too. 47 All de people wa yeh Jedus been
47 And all that heard
him were astonished at
stonish cause de chile hab sommuch sense
his understanding and an mek ansa ta de queshon. 48 Wen e
answers. modda an e fada shim, dey been stonish
48 And when they saw
him, they were amazed: down. An e modda aks um say, Me son,
and his mother said unto
him, Son, why hast thou wa mek ya do we like dis? Ya fada an me
thus dealt with us? be- beena saach ebryweh fa ya. An wen we ain
hold, thy father and I
have sought thee sorrow- see ya, we beena fret tommuch.
ing. 49 Jedus ansa um say, Hoccome oona
49 And he said unto
them, How is it that ye beena saach fa me? Ain oona know dat A
sought me? wist ye not
that I must be about my been spose fa be yah een me Fada house fa
Fathers business? tek cyah ob e bidness? 50 Bot dey ain hab
50 And they under-
stood not the saying de ondastandin fa know wa e da taak bout.
which he spake unto 51 Den Jedus gone back wid um ta
them.
51 And he went down Nazareth, an e pay um mind. E modda
with them, and came to
Nazareth, and was sub- memba all dem ting een e haat, an e study
ject unto them: but his bout um. 52 Jedus beena grow een e mind
mother kept all these say-
ings in her heart. an een e body. An God an de people been
52 And Jesus increased
in wisdom and stature, heppy wid um.
and in favour with God
and man.
John Preach ta de People
Chapter 3
1 Now in the fifteenth Matthew 3:1-12; Mark 1:1-8; John 1:19-28
3
year of the reign of Now den, Caesar Tiberius been de
1
Tiberius Caesar, Pontius
Pilate being governor of rula ob de Roman people. Wen e been
Judaea, and Herod being
tetrarch of Galilee, and rule fifteen yeah, Pontius Pilate been
his brother Philip tet- gobna ob Judea. Herod beena rule een
rarch of Ituraea and of
the region of Trachonitis, Galilee, an e broda, Philip, beena rule een
and Lysanias the tetrarch Iturea an Trachonitis. An Lysanias beena
of Abilene,
2 Annas and Caiaphas rule een Abilene. 2 Annas an Caiaphas
being the high priests,
the word of God came been head ob de Jew priest dem. Same
unto John the son of time, God gii John, Zechariah son, e wod
Zacharias in the wilder-
ness. fa tell people. An John been dey een de
3 And he came into all
the country about Jor- wildaness. 3 So John gone waak bout all
dan, preaching the bap- de arie close ta de Jerden Riba. E beena
tism of repentance for the
remission of sins; preach say, Ef oona change oona sinful
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 3 203
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
204 Luke 3
and said unto him, Mas- bactize um. An dey aks um say, Teacha,
ter, what shall we do?
13 And he said unto
wa we mus do fa sho we done change we
them, Exact no more than way?
that which is appointed 13 John ansa um say, Mus dohn tek no
you.
14 And the soldiers
mo money fom de people den de Roman
likewise demanded of gobment tell oona fa tek.
him, saying, And what 14 Some sodja dem aks um too, say, An
shall we do? And he said
unto them, Do violence we, wa we haffa do?
to no man, neither accuse E tell um say, Mus dohn fight fa tek
any falsely; and be con-
tent with your wages.
people money. Needa, mus dohn lie on
15 And as the people people fa git money. Mus be sattify wid de
were in expectation, and pay oona git.
all men mused in their 15 All de people beena hab high hope,
hearts of John, whether
he were the Christ, or da look fa sompin fa happen. An dey beena
not; study dey head, da wonda ef John been de
16 John answered,
saying unto them all, I in-
Messiah. 16 John ansa um all say, A da
deed baptize you with bactize oona wid wata. Bot de one wa hab
water; but one mightier heap mo tority den me gwine come. A ain
than I cometh, the latchet
of whose shoes I am not fit eben fa loose e shoe. E gwine bactize
worthy to unloose: he oona wid de Holy Sperit an wid fire. 17 E
shall baptize you with
the Holy Ghost and with gwine jedge all de people an separate um
fire: op like a faama wa hab e pitfork een e han
17 Whose fan is in his
fa separate out de chaff fom de wheat. E
hand, and he will
throughly purge his floor, gwine geda de good wheat an pit um een e
and will gather the wheat baan. Bot de chaff, e gwine bun um een de
into his garner; but the
chaff he will burn with ebalastin fire.
fire unquenchable. 18 John preach ta de people, laan um
18 And many other plenty ting bout de Good Nyews an coax
things in his exhortation
preached he unto the um fa change dey way. 19 Bot John beena
people. buke Gobna Herod cause e done marry
19 But Herod the tet- Herodias, e broda wife, an cause Herod
rarch, being reproved by
him for Herodias his done plenty oda ebil ting. 20 Den pontop
brother Philip's wife, and ob all dem oda ebil ting Herod beena do, e
for all the evils which
Herod had done,
sen e man dem fa git John, lock um op een
20 Added yet this de jailhouse.
above all, that he shut up John Bactize Jedus
John in prison. Matthew 3:13-17; Mark 1:9-11
21 Now when all the
21 Wen John beena bactize all de
people were baptized, it
came to pass, that Jesus people, dat same time e bactize Jedus. An
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 3 205
wiles Jedus da pray dey, de sky open op. also being baptized, and
22 An de Holy Sperit tek shape like a dob praying, the heaven was
opened,
an come light pon Jedus. Den a boice fom 22 And the Holy Ghost
heaben say, Ya me Son wa A lob. A sho descended in a bodily
shape like a dove upon
please wid ya. him, and a voice came
from heaven, which said,
Thou art my beloved Son;
Jedus Kin People in thee I am well pleased.
Matthew 1:1-17 23 And Jesus himself
began to be about thirty
23 Jedus been bout tirty yeah ole wen e years of age, being (as
was supposed) the son of
staat fa do e wok wa God sen um fa do Joseph, which was the
mongst de people. An de people beena tink son of Heli,
24 Which was the son
say, Joseph been Jedus fada. Joseph fada of Matthat, which was the
been name Heli. 24 Heli fada been name son of Levi, which was the
son of Melchi, which was
Matthat. Matthat fada been name Levi. the son of Janna, which
Levi fada been name Melchi. Melchi fada was the son of Joseph,
25 Which was the son
been name Jannai. Jannai fada been name of Mattathias, which was
Joseph. 2 5 Joseph fada been name the son of Amos, which
Mattathias. Mattathias fada been name was the son of Naum,
which was the son of Esli,
Amos. Amos fada been name Nahum. which was the son of
Nahum fada been name Esli. Esli fada been Nagge,
26 Which was the son
name Naggai. 26 Naggai fada been name of Maath, which was the
Maath. Maath fada been name Mattathias. son of Mattathias, which
was the son of Semei,
Mattathias fada been name Semein. which was the son of Jo-
Semein fada been name Josech. Josech seph, which was the son
of Juda,
fada been name Joda. 27 Joda fada been 27 Which was the son
name Joanan. Joanan fada been name of Joanna, which was the
son of Rhesa, which was
Rhesa. Rhesa fada been name Zerubbabel. the son of Zorobabel,
Zerubbabel fada been name Shealtiel. which was the son of
Salathiel, which was the
Shealtiel fada been name Neri. 28 Neri son of Neri,
fada been name Melchi. Melchi fada been 28 Which was the son
of Melchi, which was the
name Addi. Addi fada been name Cosam. son of Addi, which was
C osam f a da b e en name Elmadam. the son of Cosam, which
was the son of Elmodam,
Elmadam fada been name Er. 29 Er fada which was the son of Er,
been name Joshua. Joshua fada been 29 Which was the son
name Eliezer. Eliezer fada been name of Jose, which was the son
of Eliezer, which was the
Jorim. Jorim fada been name Matthat. son of Jorim, which was
Matthat fada been name Levi. 30 Levi fada the son of Matthat, which
was the son of Levi,
been name Simeon. Simeon fada been 30 Which was the son
name Judah. Judah fada been name of Simeon, which was the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
206 Luke 3, 4
son of Juda, which was Joseph. Joseph fada been name Jonam.
the son of Joseph, which
was the son of Jonan, Jonam fada been name Eliakim.
which was the son of 31 Eliakim fada been name Melea. Melea
Eliakim,
31 Which was the son fada been name Menna. Menna fada been
of Melea, which was the name Mattatha. Mattatha fada been name
son of Menan, which was
the son of Mattatha, Nathan. Nathan fada been name David.
which was the son of Na- 32 David fada been name Jesse. Jesse fada
than, which was the son
of David, been name Obed. Obed fada been name
32 Which was the son
of Jesse, which was the Boaz. Boaz fada been name Salmon.
son of Obed, which was Salmon fada been name Nahshon.
the son of Booz, which
was the son of Salmon, 33 Naasson fada been name Amminadab.
which was the son of
Naasson, Amminadab fada been name Aram. Aram
33 Which was the son fada been name Hezron. Hezron fada been
of Aminadab, which was
the son of Aram, which name Perez. Perez fada been name Judah.
was the son of Esrom, 34 Judah fada been name Jacob. Jacob
which was the son of
Phares, which was the son fada been name Isaac. Isaac fada been
of Juda,
34 Which was the son name Abraham. Abraham fada been name
of Jacob, which was the Terah. Terah fada been name Nahor.
son of Isaac, which was
the son of Abraham, 35 Nahor fada been name Serug. Serug
which was the son of
Thara, which was the son fada been name Reu. Reu fada been name
of Nachor,
35 Which was the son
Peleg. Peleg fada been name Eber. Eber
of Saruch, which was the fada been name Shelah. 36 Shelah fada
son of Ragau, which was been name Cainan. Cainan fada been
the son of Phalec, which
was the son of Heber, name Arphaxad. Arphaxad fada been
which was the son of Sala,
36 Which was the son name Shem. Shem fada been name Noah.
of Cainan, which was the Noah fada been name Lamech. 37 Lamech
son of Arphaxad, which
was the son of Sem, which fada been name Methuselah. Methuselah
was the son of Noe, which
was the son of Lamech, fada been name Enoch. Enoch fada been
37 Which was the son name Jared. Jared fada been name
of Mathusala, which was
the son of Enoch, which Mahalaleel. Mahalaleel fada been name
was the son of Jared, Cainan. 38 Cainan fada been name Enos.
which was the son of
Maleleel, which was the Enos fada been name Seth. Seth fada been
son of Cainan,
38 Which was the son name Adam. Adam fada been God.
of Enos, which was the
son of Seth, which was
the son of Adam, which De Debil Tempt Jedus
was the son of God. Matthew 4:1-11; Mark 1:12-13
4
Chapter 4
Jedus come back fom de Jerden
1
1 And Jesus being full
of the Holy Ghost re-
Riba, an e been full op wid de Holy
turned from Jordan, and Sperit. De Sperit lead um eenta de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4 207
wildaness. 2 Jedus been dey foty day. An was led by the Spirit into
the wilderness,
all dat time de Debil beena try fa mek um 2 Being forty days
do some ebil ting. Jedus ain nyam nottin tempted of the devil. And
in those days he did eat
jurin dat time. So wen dem foty day done nothing: and when they
were ended, he afterward
pass, e been hongry down. hungered.
3 De Debil tell um say, Since ya God 3 And the devil said
unto him, If thou be the
Son, mek dis rock yah ton ta bread. Son of God, command
4 Jedus ansa um say, Dey write down this stone that it be made
bread.
een God Book say, People ain able fa lib fa 4 And Jesus answered
true lessin dey got mo den sompin fa him, saying, It is written,
That man shall not live
nyam. Dey lib by ebry wod wa God gim. by bread alone, but by
5 De Debil tek Jedus op a high place an every word of God.
5 And the devil, taking
show um all de country een de wol at one him up into an high
time. 6 E tell Jedus say, A gwine gii ya mountain, shewed unto
him all the kingdoms of
powa fa rule oba all dem country yah an the world in a moment of
all de good ting dem dey, wa mek people time.
6 And the devil said
too heppy. Cause all dem ting yah blongst unto him, All this power
ta me now, an A able fa gim ta anybody A will I give thee, and the
wahn. 7 A gwine gii ya all dem ting ef ya glory of them: for that is
delivered unto me; and to
bow down an woshup me op. whomsoever I will I give
8 Jedus ansa um say, Dey write down it.
7 If thou therefore wilt
een God Book, say, Mus woshup de Lawd worship me, all shall be
ya God an mus dohn saab nobody cep thine.
8 And Jesus answered
um. and said unto him, Get
9 De Debil tek Jedus ta Jerusalem an set thee behind me, Satan:
for it is written, Thou
um op pon de mos high paat ob God shalt worship the Lord
thy God, and him only
House. E tell Jedus say, Since ya God Son, shalt thou serve.
shrow yasef down fom yah. 10 Cause dey 9 And he brought him
to Jerusalem, and set him
write down een God Book say, on a pinnacle of the tem-
ple, and said unto him, If
God gwine gii orda ta e angel dem, thou be the Son of God,
tell um fa tek cyah ob ya so dat cast thyself down from
hence:
nottin ain gwine haam ya. 10 For it is written, He
11 An e say too, De angel dem gwine shall give his angels
charge over thee, to keep
tote ya een dey han, thee:
11 And in their hands
so dat ya ain gwine hut eben they shall bear thee up,
ya foot pon a rock. lest at any time thou dash
thy foot against a stone.
12 Jedus ansa um, Dey write down een 12 And Jesus answer-
God Book, say, Mus dohn tempt de Lawd ing said unto him, It is
said, Thou shalt not
ya God fa jes do wa ya wahn. tempt the Lord thy God.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
208 Luke 4
13 And when the devil 13 Wen de Debil done try fa mek Jedus
had ended all the tempta-
tion, he departed from do ebil een all kind ob way an e ain able fa
him for a season. tempt um, e gone an lef Jedus fa leetle
14 And Jesus returned wile.
in the power of the Spirit
into Galilee: and there Jedus Staat E Wok een Galilee
went out a fame of him
Matthew 4:12-17; Mark 1:14-15
through all the region
round about. Jedus gone back ta Galilee wid de
14
15 And he taught in powa ob God Sperit, an de nyews bout
their synagogues, being Jedus git roun ebryweh een de whole arie.
glorified of all.
15 Jedus beena laan de people een all dey
16 And he came to meetin house, an ebrybody praise um.
Nazareth, where he had
been brought up: and, as
his custom was, he went Jedus een Nazareth
into the synagogue on the Matthew 13:53-58; Mark 6:1-6
sabbath day, and stood
up for to read. Jedus gone ta Nazareth, weh e lib
16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4 209
say, Taday dis paat ob God Book done 21 And he began to say
unto them, This day is
come true, same time oona yeh um. this scripture fulfilled in
22 De people dem all taak good bout your ears.
22 And all bare him
Jedus. Dey stonish cause e know how fa witness, and wondered at
pit e wod jes so. An dey say, Ain dis the gracious words which
Joseph boy? proceeded out of his
mouth. And they said, Is
23 An Jedus tell um say, Fa sho, oona not this Joseph's son?
gwine tell me dat ole wise wod, say, 23 And he said unto
them, Ye will surely say
Docta, mek yasef well! Oona gwine say, unto me this proverb,
All dem miracle wa we yeh say ya done Physician, heal thyself:
whatsoever we have
een Capernaum, ya mus do de same ting heard done in Caper-
yah weh ya raise op. 24 An Jedus say, A naum, do also here in thy
country.
da tell oona fa true, ain no prophet wa eba 24 And he said, Verily I
git hona weh e raise op. 25 Fa true, de time say unto you, No prophet
wen Elijah been een Israel, e ain rain fa is accepted in his own
country.
shree yeah an six mont. Dey been a dry 25 But I tell you of a
truth, many widows were
drought, an de people beena staab een de in Israel in the days of
whole country. An fa sho, plenty wida Elias, when the heaven
was shut up three years
ooman been dey een Israel. 26 Stillyet, and six months, when
God ain sen Elijah ta none dem wida great famine was
throughout all the land;
ooman een Israel. Steada dat, e jes sen um 26 But unto none of
ta one wida wa lib een Zarephath town them was Elias sent, save
unto Sarepta, a city of
een de arie call Sidon. 27 An de time wen Sidon, unto a woman that
was a widow.
Elisha de prophet beena tell God wod een 27 And many lepers
Israel, plenty people wid leposy been dey, were in Israel in the time
of Eliseus the prophet;
bot Elisha ain mek none dem clean cep fa and none of them was
cleansed, saving Naaman
Naaman, wa come fom Syria. the Syrian.
28 Wen de people een de meetin house 28 And all they in the
synagogue, when they
yeh dat, dey all been mad down. 29 Dey heard these things, were
jomp op an chunk Jedus outta de town. filled with wrath,
29 And rose up, and
Dey tek um ta de top ob de hill weh dey thrust him out of the city,
town been build, fa shrow um oba de edge and led him unto the
brow of the hill whereon
ob de hill. 30 Bot Jedus waak shru de their city was built, that
middle ob de people an gone pon e way. they might cast him
down headlong.
30 But he passing
through the midst of
Jedus Mek Ebil Sperit Come Outta a Man them went his way,
Mark 1:21-28 31 And came down to
Capernaum, a city of Gal-
31 Jedus gone down ta Capernaum, a ilee, and taught them on
town een Galilee. E beena laan de people the sabbath days.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
210 Luke 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4, 5 211
5
2 And saw two ships
One day, Jedus beena stanop pon de
1 standing by the lake: but
sho ta Lake Gennesaret. All de people the fishermen were gone
out of them, and were
crowd bout um fa yeh God wod. 2 E see washing their nets.
two boat dey, pull op pon de sho. De 3 And he entered into
one of the ships, which
fishaman dem done lef um an beena wash was Simons, and prayed
dey net. 3 Jedus git een a boat wa blongst him that he would thrust
out a little from the land.
ta Simon an e tell um say, Shob off a And he sat down, and
leetle piece fom de sho. Den Jedus taught the people out of
the ship.
seddown een de boat an e laan de people 4 Now when he had
wa beena stanop pon de sho. left speaking, he said
unto Simon, Launch out
4 Wen e git shru de taak, e tell Simon into the deep, and let
say, Mus go out ta de deep wata. Ya an ya down your nets for a
draught.
paatna dem mus cyas oona net fa ketch 5 And Simon answer-
ing said unto him, Mas-
fish. ter, we have toiled all the
5 Simon ansa um say, Massa, we done night, and have taken
nothing: nevertheless at
try all night an we ain ketch nottin. Bot thy word I will let down
the net.
cause ya say fa do um, A gwine cyas de net 6 And when they had
gin. 6 Wen Simon dem been shru cyas dey this done, they inclosed a
great multitude of fishes:
net, dey ketch sommuch fish til dey net and their net brake.
7 And they beckoned
staat fa teah. 7 Dey mek sign ta dey paatna unto their partners,
dem een de oda boat fa come an hep um. which were in the other
ship, that they should
Dey come an full op all two de boat dem til come and help them. And
dey boat staat fa sink. 8 Wen Simon Peter they came, and filled
both the ships, so that
see dat, e git down pon e knee fo Jedus, they began to sink.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
212 Luke 5
8 When Simon Peter tell um say, Lawd, mus go way fom me,
saw it, he fell down at Je-
sus knees, saying, Depart cause A a sinna man! 9 cause Simon dem
from me; for I am a sinful been stonish wen dey ketch sommuch fish.
man, O Lord. 10 Same fashion, e paatna dem, James an
9 For he was aston-
ished, and all that were John, Zebedee son, dey been stonish.
with him, at the draught Jedus tell Simon say, Mus dohn feah. Ya
of the fishes which they
had taken: beena ketch fish, bot tareckly, A gwine
10 And so was also
laan ya fa ketch people fa me.
James, and John, the
sons of Zebedee, which 11 Den dey lan dey boat. Dey lef
were partners with Si- ebryting an gone long wid Jedus fa folla
mon. And Jesus said unto
Simon, Fear not; from um, fa be e ciple.
henceforth thou shalt
catch men. Jedus Heal a Man wa Hab Leposy
11 And when they had
brought their ships to Matthew 8:1-4; Mark 1:40-45
land, they forsook all, One time wen Jedus been ta one
12
and followed him.
12 And it came to town, a man been dey wa been kiba wid
pass, when he was in a leposy. Wen e see Jedus, e git down pon de
certain city, behold a
man full of leprosy: who groun fo um. E beg um say, Sah, ef ya
seeing Jesus fell on his gree fa do um, ya able fa heal me!
face, and besought him,
saying, Lord, if thou wilt,
13 Jedus scretch out e han an tetch um
thou canst make me say, A wahn fa do um. A mek ya well an
clean.
13 And he put forth his clean! Same time de leposy lef, an de man
hand, and touched him, been well. 14 Jedus chaage um say, Mus
saying, I will: be thou dohn tell nobody bout dis. Mus go sho
clean. And immediately
the leprosy departed yasef ta de Jew priest an offa de sacrifice
from him. wa Moses done chaage de people fa mek.
14 And he charged him
to tell no man: but go, Dat gwine mek ebrybody know ya all well
and shew thyself to the now fa sho.
priest, and offer for thy
cleansing, according as
15 Bot mo an mo, de people cyaa de
Moses commanded, for a nyews roun consaanin Jedus. An plenty
testimony unto them.
15 But so much the crowd come geda roun fa yeh um, an fa
more went there a fame hab um heal um. 16 Bot Jedus lef um an
abroad of him: and great
multitudes came together gone off by esef weh dey ain no people, fa
to hear, and to be healed pray ta God.
by him of their in-
firmities.
16 And he withdrew
himself into the wilder-
Jedus Heal a Man wa Cyahn Moob
ness, and prayed. Matthew 9:1-8; Mark 2:1-12
17 And it came to pass
on a certain day, as he
17 One day wen Jedus beena laan de
was teaching, that there people, some Pharisee an Jew Law teacha
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 5 213
dem beena seddown dey. Dey been come were Pharisees and doc-
tors of the law sitting by,
fom ebry town een Galilee an Judea an which were come out of
fom Jerusalem. An de powa ob de Lawd every town of Galilee,
and Judaea, and Jerusa-
God been wid Jedus fa heal de sick. lem: and the power of the
18 Some man dem come long da tote Lord was present to heal
one man wa cripple op an ain able fa them.
18 And, behold, men
moob. Dey beena tote um pon a sleep mat, brought in a bed a man
which was taken with a
an dey done try fa gone een de house fa lay palsy: and they sought
de man pon de flo fo Jedus. 19 Bot means to bring him in,
and to lay him before
sommuch people been dey, de man dem him.
19 And when they
ain able fa git shru de crowd. Dey climb could not find by what
pontop de house wid de sick man, pull off way they might bring him
in because of the multi-
some de roof tile an open op a hole een de tude, they went upon the
house top. Den dey leddown dat sick man housetop, and let him
down through the tiling
pon e sleep mat eenta de middle ob de with his couch into the
midst before Jesus.
people dey fo Jedus. 20 And when he saw
20 Wen Jedus see dat dey bleebe fa true their faith, he said unto
him, Man, thy sins are
dat e gwine heal de man, e tell de sick man forgiven thee.
say, Me fren, ya sin done been paadon. 21 And the scribes and
the Pharisees began to
21 De Law teacha an de Pharisee dem reason, saying, Who is
staat fa study bout dat, tink say, Who dis this which speaketh blas-
phemies? Who can for-
yah, wa da hole God cheap? Ain nobody give sins, but God alone?
22 But when Jesus per-
able fa paadon sin. Jes God kin do dat! ceived their thoughts, he
22 Jedus know wa dey beena tink, so e answering said unto
them, What reason ye in
say, Wa mek oona da tink dat wa A do ain your hearts?
23 Whether is easier,
right? 23 Fa sho, e mo easy fa tell dis to say, Thy sins be for-
cripple op man say, Ya sin done been given thee; or to say, Rise
up and walk?
paadon, den fa chaage um say, Git op an 24 But that ye may
waak, ainty dough? 24 A gwine show know that the Son of man
hath power upon earth to
oona dat de Man wa Come fom God hab forgive sins, (he said unto
the sick of the palsy,) I
tority een dis wol fa paadon people sin. say unto thee, Arise, and
So Jedus tell de man wa cripple op say, take up thy couch, and go
into thine house.
Git op, tek ya sleep mat an go on home! 25 And immediately
25 All ob a sudden de man git op right he rose up before them,
and took up that
een front ob ebrybody. E tek e mat wa e whereon he lay, and de-
parted to his own house,
beena leddown pon an e gone home. E glorifying God.
beena praise God cause e done been heal. 26 And they were all
26 All de people been stonish, an dey amazed, and they glori-
fied God, and were filled
praise God. Dey been cyaa way, an dey with fear, saying,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
214 Luke 5
We have seen strange say, We done see sompin yah taday dat
things to day.
we ain neba been see!
27 And after these
things he went forth, and Jedus Call Levi fa Folla Um
saw a publican, named
Levi, sitting at the receipt Matthew 9:9-13; Mark 2:13-17
of custom: and he said 27 Atta Jedus done heal de man, e gone
unto him, Follow me.
outta dey. An e see one man name Levi, wa
28 And he left all, rose
da geda tax, seddown een e office. Jedus
up, and followed him.
tell um say, Come folla me fa be me
29 And Levi made him ciple. 28 Levi git op. E lef ebryting dey, an
a great feast in his own
house: and there was a e gone folla Jedus.
great company of publi- 29 Levi mek a big feas een e house fa
cans and of others that
sat down with them.
Jedus. Plenty people wa da geda tax been
dey an some oda people been dey een de
30 But their scribes
and Pharisees murmured
house too, an all dem beena seddown da
against his disciples, say- nyam. 30 Some Pharisee, long wid some
ing, Why do ye eat and dem own Law teacha, been dey, an dey
drink with publicans and
sinners? beena grumble ta Jedus ciple dem say,
Wa mek oona nyam an drink longside
31 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto them, They dem people wa da geda tax, an dem oda
that are whole need not a people wa ain fit fa mix wid Jew people?
physician; but they that 31 Jedus ansa um say, Dem wa well ain
are sick.
need no docta. Dem wa sick need um. 32 A
32 I came not to call
the righteous, but sinners
ain come fa call dem wa tink dey da waak
to repentance. scraight wid God. A come fa call de sinna
33 And they said unto
dem.
him, Why do the disci-
ples of John fast often, Jedus Laan de People How
and make prayers, and fa Fast fa Woshup God
likewise the disciples of
the Pharisees; but thine Matthew 9:14-17; Mark 2:18-22
eat and drink? 33 Some people come ta Jedus say,
34 And he said unto John ciple dem da fast plenty time, fa
them, Can ye make the woshup God an pray. De Pharisee ciple
children of the bride-
chamber fast, while the dem do dat too. Bot ya own ciple dem jes
bridegroom is with da nyam an drink an ain fast.
them?
34 Jedus ansa um say, Wen oona call
35 But the days will people fa come ta marry feas, oona cyahn
come, when the bride-
groom shall be taken
keep um fom nyam, ainty? 35 Bot de time
away from them, and gwine come wen de groom gwine be tek
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 5, 6 215
way fom mongst um. Dat de time wen dey then shall they fast in
those days.
gwine fast. 36 And he spake also a
36 Jedus tell um a paable, e say, parable unto them; No
man putteth a piece of a
Nobody gwine teah piece fom nyew cloes new garment upon an
fa patch e ole cloes. Ef e do dat, e gwine old; if otherwise, then
mek e nyew cloes look bad cause ob de both the new maketh a
rent, and the piece that
teah. Pontop ob dat, e ole cloes gwine look was taken out of the new
bad cause de piece wa e teah fom de nyew agreeth not with the old.
37 And no man putteth
cloes ain gwine match de ole cloes. 37 An new wine into old bot-
nobody gwine tek ole bottle an pit een tles; else the new wine
will burst the bottles, and
nyew wine wa still da wok. Cause ef e do be spilled, and the bottles
dat wiles de nyew wine da wok, dat wine shall perish.
38 But new wine must
gwine buss open de ole bottle. De wine be put into new bottles;
gwine waste an de bottle gwine ruint too. and both are preserved.
38 Steada dat, dey mus pit nyew wine een 39 No man also having
nyew bottle wa ain gwine broke op. 39 An drunk old wine straight-
way desireth new: for he
wen people done drink ole wine, dey ain saith, The old is better.
gwine wahn fa drink nyew wine, cause dey
gwine say, De ole wine a heap mo betta! Chapter 6
1 And it came to pass
Jedus Teach Bout de Jew Woshup Day on the second sabbath af-
Matthew 12:1-8; Mark 2:23-28 ter the first, that he went
through the corn fields;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
216 Luke 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6 217
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
218 Luke 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6 219
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
220 Luke 6
38 Give, and it shall be God esef gwine fagib oona. 38 Mus gii ta
given unto you; good
measure, pressed down, oda people. Den God esef gwine gii ta
and shaken together, and oona. E gwine gii ya plenty, jes like wen
running over, shall men
give into your bosom. For
people full op a basket wid sompin an dey
with the same measure mash um down. Dey shake um bout an pile
that ye mete withal it um op til e ron oba de top ob de basket. So
shall be measured to you
again. ef ya gii plenty, God gwine gii ya plenty. Ef
39 And he spake a par- ya ain gii plenty, God ain gwine gii ya
able unto them, Can the plenty.
blind lead the blind? 39 Jedus tell um a paable say, A bline
shall they not both fall
into the ditch? poson ain able fa sho oda bline poson de
40 The disciple is not road, ainty? Cause den, dey all two gwine
above his master: but ev- faddown eenta de ditch. 40 Anybody wa
ery one that is perfect
shall be as his master. da laan ain mo betta den de one wa da laan
41 And why beholdest
um. Bot anybody wa laan good ebryting
thou the mote that is in wa e fa laan, e gwine know all, jes like de
thy brother's eye, but one wa laan um.
perceivest not the beam
that is in thine own eye? 41 Wa mek ya see de leetle splinta ob
42 Either how canst wood een ya broda eye, bot ya ain pay no
thou say to thy brother, mind ta de big log een ya own eye. 42 How
Brother, let me pull out ya gwine tell ya broda say, Broda, leh me
the mote that is in thine
eye, when thou thyself tek dat leetle splinta outta ya eye, wen ya
beholdest not the beam ain eben pay no mind ta de big log een ya
that is in thine own eye?
Thou hypocrite, cast out own eye? Oona hypicrit! Fus mus tek de
first the beam out of big log outta ya own eye. Den ya kin see
thine own eye, and then
shalt thou see clearly to plain fa tek dat leetle splinta outta ya
pull out the mote that is broda eye.
in thy brother's eye.
43 For a good tree De Tree an E Fruit
bringeth not forth cor- Matthew 7:16-20; 12:33-35
rupt fruit; neither doth a
corrupt tree bring forth A tree wa da grow good ain beah no
43
good fruit.
44 For every tree is
bad fruit, an a tree wa ain da grow good
known by his own fruit. ain beah no good fruit. 44 Oona gwine
For of thorns men do not know ef de tree good or bad by de fruit wa
gather figs, nor of a
bramble bush gather they e da beah. Oona ain gwine geda fig fom de
grapes. briah patch, an oona ain gwine pick grape
45 A good man out of fom a bramble bush. 45 De same way so, a
the good treasure of his
heart bringeth forth that
good poson da do good cause e hab plenty
which is good; and an good ting een e haat, an a bad poson da do
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6, 7 221
bad cause e hab plenty bad ting een e haat. evil man out of the evil
treasure of his heart
De wod wa come out oona mout come fom bringeth forth that which
all dem ting wa pile op een oona haat, wa is evil: for of the abun-
dance of the heart his
oona da study bout all de time. mouth speaketh.
46 And why call ye me,
Lord, Lord, and do not
De Wise Man an de Fool Man the things which I say?
Matthew 7:24-27 47 Whosoever cometh
to me, and heareth my
46 Oona ain do wa A tell oona fa do, so sayings, and doeth them,
hoccome oona da call me, Lawd, Lawd? I will shew you to whom
47 Anybody wa come ta me an yeh me he is like:
48 He is like a man
wod an do wa A tell um, A gwine show which built an house,
and digged deep, and laid
oona how e stan. 48 E stan jes like a man the foundation on a rock:
wa da build a house. E dig way down een and when the flood
arose, the stream beat ve-
de groun til e find de rock an lay de hemently upon that
house, and could not
foundation pontop ob dat rock. Wen de shake it: for it was
flood come, a whole heapa wata hit dat founded upon a rock.
49 But he that heareth,
house, bot de house ain moob. Nottin and doeth not, is like a
happen ta um, cause de man done build man that without a foun-
dation built an house
um pon de rock. 49 Bot anybody wa yeh upon the earth; against
me wod an ain do wa A tell um fa do, stan which the stream did
beat vehemently, and im-
jes like a man wa build e house pontop ob mediately it fell; and the
de groun. E ain dig down fa lay de ruin of that house was
foundation. Soon as de flood hit dat house, great.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
222 Luke 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 7 223
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
224 Luke 7
24 And when the mes- 24 Now wen dem wa John sen done
sengers of John were de-
parted, he began to speak gone back, Jedus tell de great crowd bout
unto the people concern- John. E say, Wen oona gone ta John een
ing John, What went ye
out into the wilderness
de wildaness, wa oona been spect fa see?
for to see? A reed shaken Oona spect fa see a piece ob grass wa da
with the wind? bend down wen de breeze da blow? No,
25 But what went ye
out for to see? A man oona ain gone fa see dat. 25 Den wa oona
clothed in soft raiment? gone fa see? Oona gone fa see a man dress
Behold, they which are
gorgeously apparelled, op een fine cloes? No, oona ain gone fa see
and live delicately, are in dat. Cause dem wa rich an dress op een
kings' courts.
26 But what went ye fine cloes, dey lib een house wa blongst ta
out for to see? A prophet? king dem. 26 Bot fa true, wa oona gone fa
Yea, I say unto you, and
much more than a see? Oona gone fa see a prophet, ainty? An
prophet.
27 This is he, of whom A da tell oona de trute, oona done see de
it is written, Behold, I man wa a heap mo greata den de oda
send my messenger be- prophet dem. 27 John de one dey been
fore thy face, which shall
prepare thy way before write bout een God wod, say,
thee. A gwine sen me messenja
28 For I say unto you,
Among those that are fa go head ob ya
born of women there is fa cleah de road an
not a greater prophet
than John the Baptist: mek um ready fa ya.
but he that is least in the 28 A da tell oona say, John mo greata
kingdom of God is
greater than he.
den all de people wa eba lib. Stillyet,
29 And all the people de poson wa leas ob all dem people wa
that heard him, and the God da rule, dat poson mo greata den
publicans, justified God,
being baptized with the John!
baptism of John. 29 Wen all de people, eben dem wa da
30 But the Pharisees
and lawyers rejected the geda tax, yeh Jedus, dey gree wid um, say
counsel of God against dat God way, e right. Cause dey done hab
themselves, being not
baptized of him. John bactize um. 30 Bot de Pharisee dem
31 And the Lord said,
Whereunto then shall I
an de Jew Law teacha dem, dey ain gree fa
liken the men of this gen- do wa God wahn um fa do, cause dey ain
eration? and to what are
they like? hab John bactize um.
32 They are like unto 31 Jedus say, De people dat lib een dis
children sitting in the
marketplace, and calling day yah, wa kin A say dey like? How dey
one to another, and say- stan? 32 Dem people stan like chullun wa
ing, We have piped unto
you, and ye have not da seddown ta de maakut. An dey da holla
danced; we have mourn- ta oda chullun, say,
ed to you, and ye have
not wept. We done play music fa oona,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 7 225
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
226 Luke 7
42 And when they had 41 Jedus say, Dey been two man wa
nothing to pay, he
frankly forgave them beena owe a man wa lend people money.
both. Tell me therefore, One man owe um fibe hundud silba coin,
which of them will love
him most?
an de oda owe um fifty silba coin. 42 Bot
43 Simon answered all two ob dem ain been able fa pay um
and said, I suppose that back. So de man wa lend de money tell
he, to whom he forgave
most. And he said unto
dem bof say, Ya ain haffa pay me back de
him, Thou hast rightly money. Now den, wish one ob dem two
judged. gwine lob dat man mo?
44 And he turned to
43 Simon ansa Jedus say, A spose de
the woman, and said
unto Simon, Seest thou man wa owe um mo money.
this woman? I entered Jedus tell um, Ya done jedge right.
into thine house, thou
gavest me no water for 44 Den Jedus ton ta da ooman an e still
my feet: but she hath beena taak ta Simon. E say, Ya see dis
washed my feet with
tears, and wiped them ooman, yah? Wen A come eenta ya house,
with the hairs of her ya ain gii me no wata fa wash me foot. Bot
head.
45 Thou gavest me no
dis ooman yah done cry pon me foot, til
kiss: but this woman me foot wet an e done dry um wid e hair.
since the time I came in 45 Wen A come eenta ya house, ya ain
hath not ceased to kiss
my feet. welcome me wid one kiss, bot eba since A
46 My head with oil been yah, dis ooman beena kiss me foot.
thou didst not anoint: but 46 Ya ain rub no olib oll pontop me head fa
this woman hath
anointed my feet with mek me feel betta, bot dis ooman done rub
ointment. spensiz pafume pon me foot. 47 Cause ob
47 Wherefore I say dat, A da tell ya say, de ting wa dis ooman
unto thee, Her sins, done show e lob me a whole heap. Dat
which are many, are for-
given; for she loved show God done paadon e sin, an dey been
much: but to whom little a whole heap. Bot wen God paadon a
is forgiven, the same
loveth little. poson wa ain sin a whole heap, dat poson
gwine lob me jes a leetle bit.
48 And he said unto
48 Jedus tell de ooman say, Ya sin done
her, Thy sins are for-
given. been paadon.
49 De oda people dat beena nyam wid
49 And they that sat at
meat with him began to Jedus staat fa say ta one noda, Who dis
say within themselves, man yah? E eben paadon people fa dey
Who is this that forgiveth
sins also? sin!
50 Jedus tell de ooman, Cause ya
50 And he said to the
woman, Thy faith hath bleebe een me, God done sabe ya. Ya kin
saved thee; go in peace. go now an hab peace een ya haat.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 227
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
228 Luke 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 229
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
230 Luke 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 231
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
232 Luke 8
went his way, and pub- ebrybody bout de great ting wa Jedus
lished throughout the
whole city how great done fa um.
things Jesus had done
unto him. Jairus Daughta an de Ooman
40 And it came to pass,
that, when Jesus was re- wa Tetch Jedus Cloes
turned, the people gladly Matthew 9:18-26; Mark 5:21-43
received him: for they
were all waiting for him. 40 Wen Jedus git ta de oda side ob de
41 And, behold, there lake gin, de people glad fa shim, an dey
came a man named
Jairus, and he was a ruler come meet um. Dey all beena wait fa um.
of the synagogue: and he 41 Den one man wa been leada een de Jew
fell down at Jesus' feet,
and besought him that he
meetin house, e come. E name Jairus, an e
would come into his come git down ta Jedus foot. E beg um say,
house: Do please, come ta me house wid me.
42 For he had one only
daughter, about twelve 42 Cause Jairus onliest daughta been mos
years of age, and she lay dead. De gyal been bout tweb yeah ole.
a dying. But as he went
the people thronged him. Jedus gone wid Jairus. Same time Jedus
43 And a woman hav- beena gwine, sommuch people gone wid
ing an issue of blood
twelve years, which had um, dey beena push ginst um pon ebry
spent all her living upon side. 43 One ooman been dey wa been sick
physicians, neither could
be healed of any,
tweb yeah. All dat time e beena bleed. E
44 Came behind him, done pay docta all e money an ting, bot ain
and touched the border
of his garment: and im- nobody been able fa hep um. 44 Dat
mediately her issue of ooman ketch op wid Jedus, come hine um,
blood stanched.
45 And Jesus said, an e tetch de edge ob Jedus cloes. De same
Who touched me? When time e tetch um, e git heal. De bleedin
all denied, Peter and they
that were with him said, stop, Bam! 45 Jedus aks de people say,
Master, the multitude Who dat done tetch me?
throng thee and press
thee, and sayest thou, Ebrybody tell um say, A ain tetch ya.
Who touched me? Den Peter an dem wa been long wid um
46 And Jesus said,
Somebody hath touched
say, Massa, all de crowd yah roun ya da
me: for I perceive that push ginst ya. Wa mek ya aks who dat
virtue is gone out of me. tetch ya?
47 And when the 46 Bot Jedus say, Somebody done tetch
woman saw that she was
not hid, she came me. A know, cause powa done gone outta
trembling, and falling me. 47 De ooman wa tetch Jedus cloes
down before him, she
declared unto him before find out dat e ain able fa hide. E staat fa
all the people for what tremble, an e come git down pon de groun
cause she had touched
him, and how she was ta Jedus foot. Fo all de people, dat ooman
healed immediately. tell Jedus hoccome e been tetch um, an
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8, 9 233
how dat same time wen e tetch um, e done 48 And he said unto
her, Daughter, be of good
git heal. 48 Jedus tell de ooman say, Me comfort: thy faith hath
daughta, cause ya bleebe, ya done git heal. made thee whole; go in
peace.
Ya kin go wid peace een ya haat. 49 While he yet spake,
there cometh one from
Jedus Mek Jairus Chile Lib Gin the ruler of the syna-
gogue's house, saying to
49 Wiles Jedus beena taak, a man come him, Thy daughter is
dead; trouble not the
fom Jairus house, tell Jairus say, Ya Master.
daughta done dead. Ya ain need fa bodda 50 But when Jesus
de Teacha no mo. heard it, he answered
him, saying, Fear not: be-
50 Jedus yeh um say de chile done dead, lieve only, and she shall
an e tell Jairus say, Mus dohn feah. Jes be made whole.
51 And when he came
bleebe an ya chile gwine lib gin. E gwine into the house, he suf-
be heal. An dey gone long ta Jairus house. fered no man to go in,
save Peter, and James,
51 Wen dey git ta de house, Jedus ain
and John, and the father
leh nobody go een wid um cep Peter, John, and the mother of the
maiden.
James, an de chile fada an e modda. 52 And all wept, and
52 Ebrybody beena weep an wail fa de bewailed her: but he said,
chile. Jedus tell um say, Mus dohn weep, Weep not; she is not
dead, but sleepeth.
cause e ain dead. E da sleep! 53 And they laughed
53 De people dem laugh at um, cause him to scorn, knowing
that she was dead.
dey know de chile dead fa true. 54 Bot 54 And he put them all
out, and took her by the
Jedus tek de chile han an call um say, hand, and called, saying,
Chile, git op! 55 Life come back eenta de Maid, arise.
55 And her spirit came
chile, an jes den e git op. Den Jedus tell um again, and she arose
fa gii de chile sompin fa nyam. 56 De chile straightway: and he com-
manded to give her meat.
modda an e fada been stonish. Bot Jedus 56 And her parents
chaage um mus dohn tell nobody wa been were astonished: but he
charged them that they
happen. should tell no man what
was done.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
234 Luke 9
them, Take nothing for Wen oona da trabel so, mus dohn tote
your journey, neither
staves, nor scrip, neither nottin long wid ya. Mus dohn cyaa no stick
bread, neither money; fa waak, needa no bag fa cyaa ting een,
neither have two coats
apiece.
needa no bread an no money. Dohn eben
cyaa no extry shat. 4 Wen ya go een
4 And whatsoever
house ye enter into, there
somebody house an dey gree fa leh ya stay
abide, and thence depart. dey, ya mus stay wid dem til ya ready fa lef
5 And whosoever will
dat town. 5 Ef ya go ta a town an de people
not receive you, when ye ain heppy fa hab ya stay dey, mus lef dat
go out of that city, shake town. Wiles ya da gwine, mus shake de
off the very dust from
your feet for a testimony dort fom off ya foot fa leh um know God
against them. ain please wid de way dey done an e gwine
6 And they departed, hole dat ginst um.
and went through the 6 Den de ciple dem lef Jedus, an dey
towns, preaching the gos- gone fom settlement ta settlement, da tell
pel, and healing every
where. ebrybody de Good Nyews an heal people
ebryweh.
7 Now Herod the tet-
rarch heard of all that Herod an Jedus
was done by him: and he
Matthew 14:1-12; Mark 6:14-29
was perplexed, because
that it was said of some, 7 Herod wa beena rule een Galilee yeh
that John was risen from
the dead; bout all wa happen. E been all mix op een
e head, cause some ob de people beena
8 And of some, that taak say dat John wa Bactize wa done
Elias had appeared; and come back fom de dead. 8 An some people
of others, that one of the beena say dat de prophet Elijah come
old prophets was risen
again. back. Oda people say dat one ob dem
prophet fom way back done come back
9 And Herod said, fom de dead. 9 Herod say, A done hab
John have I beheaded: John head cut off. Bot who dis yah A da
but who is this, of whom I
hear such things? And he
yeh susha ting bout? So e beena try fa see
desired to see him. Jedus.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 235
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
236 Luke 9
21 And
den, who oona say A da?
he straitly
charged them, and com- Peter tell um say, Ya de Messiah.
manded them to tell no
man that thing;
Jedus Tell E Ciple dem E Gwine Dead
22 Saying, The Son of an Den Lib Gin
man must suffer many Matthew 16:20-28; Mark 8:30-9:1
things, and be rejected of 21 Jedus gii e ciple dem scrick orda say,
the elders and chief
priests and scribes, and Mus dohn tell nobody who A da. 22 E tell
be slain, and be raised um, De Man wa Come fom God haffa
the third day.
suffa a whole heap. Dem Jew head leada
23 And he said to them an de leada dem ob de priest dem an de
all, If any man will come Law teacha dem ain gwine hab nottin fa do
after me, let him deny
himself, and take up his wid um. De people gwine kill um, bot atta
cross daily, and follow shree day e gwine git op fom mongst de
me.
dead an lib gin.
23 Jedus tell um all say, Ef a poson
24 For whosoever will
save his life shall lose it: wahn fa come wid me, e mus dohn do jes
but whosoever will lose wa e wahn fa do no mo. E haffa tote e cross
his life for my sake, the
same shall save it.
an folla me ebry day. 24 De poson wa da
try fa sabe e life, e gwine loss e true life.
25 For what is a man
Bot de poson wa loss e life cause ob me, e
advantaged, if he gain gwine git de true life. 25 Wa good e do a
the whole world, and lose man ef e git ebryting een de whole wol an
himself, or be cast away?
e gone ta hell wen e dead? E done loss e
true life, ainty? 26 Ef anybody da shame
26 For whosoever shall
be ashamed of me and of ob me an wa A done laan um, de Man wa
my words, of him shall Come fom God gwine be shame ob dat
the Son of man be
ashamed, when he shall
poson wen e come like a king. E gwine
come in his own glory, come wid great powa an light wa come out
and in his Father's, and of fom heaben an shine pon um. Dat de same
the holy angels.
light wa da shine pon me Fada God an pon
God angel dem wa gwine come wid um.
27 But I tell you of a
27 A da tell oona fa true, some ob dem wa
truth, there be some
standing here, which da stanop yah now, dey ain gwine dead til
shall not taste of death,
till they see the kingdom
dey done see God da rule oba de wol, a
of God. king fa true.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 237
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
238 Luke 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 239
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
240 Luke 9, 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10 241
crop fa sen out mo han fa geda de crop. send forth labourers into
his harvest.
3 Now go! A da sen oona out jes like lamb 3 Go your ways: be-
mongst wolf. 4 Wiles oona gwine long so, hold, I send you forth as
lambs among wolves.
mus dohn cyaa no money. Mus dohn cyaa 4 Carry neither purse,
no bag or no shoe. Mus dohn waste time nor scrip, nor shoes: and
da taak wid people long de road. salute no man by the
way.
5 Wasoneba house ya go een, mus fus say,
5 And into whatsoever
God bless all oona een dis house. 6 Ef dey house ye enter, first say,
a peaceable poson dey, e gwine hab de Peace be to this house.
6 And if the son of
blessin dat ya done pray fa um fa git. Bot ef peace be there, your
dey ain no peaceable poson dey, dat peace shall rest upon it: if
blessin wa ya done gim gwine come back not, it shall turn to you
again.
ta ya. 7 De fus house weh ya gone een, weh 7 And in the same
dey gree fa leh ya stay, mus stay een dat house remain, eating and
house all de time ya dey een dat place. drinking such things as
they give: for the la-
Mus nyam an drink wasoneba dey gii ya, bourer is worthy of his
cause ebrybody wa wok oughta git pay. hire. Go not from house
to house.
Mus dohn moob fom one house ta noda. 8 And into whatsoever
8 Wensoneba ya go een a town an de city ye enter, and they re-
people glad ya come, ya mus nyam ceive you, eat such things
as are set before you:
wasoneba dey gii ya. 9 Mus heal de sick 9 And heal the sick
een dat town, an mus tell de people dey, that are therein, and say
say, Time fa God fa rule oba oona da unto them, The kingdom
of God is come nigh unto
come. 10 Wensoneba ya go een a town an you.
de people ain glad ya come, mus go out 10 But into whatsoever
een de screet an taak ta um. 11 Tell um city ye enter, and they re-
ceive you not, go your
say, We da shake off eben de dort ob oona ways out into the streets
town fom off we foot fa waan ya dat ya of the same, and say,
done bad. De time da come wen God 11 Even the very dust
of your city, which
gwine rule oba oona. 12 Jedus say, A da cleaveth on us, we do
tell oona fa true, wen de Jedgiment Day wipe off against you: not-
withstanding be ye sure
come, dem een dat town gwine suffa mo of this, that the kingdom
den de people ob Sodom! of God is come nigh unto
you.
12 But I say unto you,
Town Weh de People Ain Bleebe God that it shall be more tol-
Matthew 11:20-24 erable in that day for
13 Jedus say, E gwine be a haad time fa Sodom, than for that city.
13 Woe unto thee,
oona wa lib een Chorazin an een Chorazin! woe unto thee,
Bethsaida. Cause ef de people wa lib een Bethsaida! for if the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
242 Luke 10
mighty works had been Tyre an Sidon been see dem miracle wa A
done in Tyre and Sidon,
which have been done in beena do fa oona, dey been gwine change
you, they had a great dey sinful way. Dey been gwine weah
while ago repented, sit-
ting in sackcloth and
croka sack an rub ashesh pon dey head an
ashes. seddown fa leh ebrybody know dey done
14 But it shall be more
change dey way! 14 Wen de Jedgiment
tolerable for Tyre and Day come an God da jedge all de people
Sidon at the judgment, een de wol, oona gwine suffa mo den dem
than for you.
people een Tyre an Sidon! 15 Oona wa lib
15 And thou, Caper- dey een Capernaum, oona tink say, oona
naum, which art exalted
to heaven, shalt be thrust gwine git lif op ta heaben, ainty? No! Oona
down to hell. gwine git chunk down ta hell!
16 He that heareth you
16 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, Anybody
heareth me; and he that wa pay oona mind, dat poson da pay me
despiseth you despiseth mind. Anybody wa ton way fom oona, e
me; and he that despiseth
me despiseth him that done ton way fom me. An anybody wa ton
sent me. way fom me, e done ton way fom de one
17 And the seventy re- wa sen me.
turned again with joy,
saying, Lord, even the
devils are subject unto us
De Sebenty Come Back
through thy name. 17 Den de sebenty man dem come back
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10 243
Lawd. Ya da rule heaben an ya da rule dis earth, that thou hast hid
these things from the
wol! A tank ya cause ya done show dese wise and prudent, and
ting ta dem wa ain hab no laanin. An ya hast revealed them unto
babes: even so, Father;
done hide dese ting fom dem wa tink say, for so it seemed good in
dey wise an hab plenty laanin. Yeah, Fada, thy sight.
22 All things are deliv-
e been ya good pledja fa do um like dis. ered to me of my Father:
22 Jedus tell de people say, Me Fada and no man knoweth
done gii me powa oba ebryting. Nobody who the Son is, but the
Father; and who the Fa-
ain know who de Son da, cep fa de Fada. ther is, but the Son, and
An ain nobody know who de Fada da, cep he to whom the Son will
reveal him.
fa de Son an dem wa de Son pick fa mek 23 And he turned him
um know de Fada. unto his disciples, and
23 Jedus ton ta e ciple dem. E tell jes said privately, Blessed
are the eyes which see the
dem say, Fa true, oona been bless cause things that ye see:
ob wa oona da see! 24 A da tell oona, 24 For I tell you, that
plenty prophet an king done been wahn fa many prophets and kings
have desired to see those
see dem ting wa oona da see, bot dey ain things which ye see, and
shim. Dey wahn fa yeh wa oona da yeh, have not seen them; and
to hear those things
bot dey ain yeh um. which ye hear, and have
not heard them.
Who dat Me Neighba? 25 And, behold, a cer-
tain lawyer stood up, and
25 One Jew Law teacha come op fa test tempted him, saying,
Jedus. E aks Jedus say, Teacha, wa A Master, what shall I do to
inherit eternal life?
haffa do fa git life wa las faeba?
26 He said unto him,
26 Jedus aks um say, Wa ting dey write What is written in the
down een de Jew Law Book? How ya law? how readest thou?
tapetate wa e say? 27 And he answering
27 De Law teacha ansa Jedus say, De said, Thou shalt love the
Law say, Mus lob de Lawd ya God wid all Lord thy God with all thy
heart, and with all thy
ya haat an wid all ya soul. Mus lob um wid soul, and with all thy
all ya scrent an wid all ya mind. An mus lob strength, and with all thy
mind; and thy neighbour
ya neighba de same way ya lob yasef. as thyself.
28 Jedus say, Ya ansa right, fa true. Ef
28 And he said unto
ya do dem ting, ya gwine lib faeba. him, Thou hast answered
29 De Law teacha been wahn fa sho right: this do, and thou
shalt live.
Jedus e right fa taak wa e taak, so e aks
Jedus say, Who dat me neighba? 29 But he, willing to
30 Jedus ansa um say, One time a man justify himself, said unto
Jesus, And who is my
beena gwine down fom Jerusalem ta neighbour?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
244 Luke 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10, 11 245
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
246 Luke 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 247
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
248 Luke 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 249
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
250 Luke 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 251
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
252 Luke 11, 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 253
chunk dat poson soul eenta hell. Yeah, fa 6 Are not five sparrows
sold for two farthings,
true, oona mus feah God! and not one of them is
6 De sparra wot leetle or nottin. Fibe forgotten before God?
ob dem cost bout two cent, ainty? Eben so,
7 But even the very
God dohn neba fagit bout none ob dem hairs of your head are all
sparra, none tall. 7 Oona way mo walyable numbered. Fear not
therefore: ye are of more
den a whole heapa sparra. De Lawd God value than many
done count ebry scran ob hair pon oona sparrows.
head, an e know eben hommuch hair oona
8 Also I say unto you,
got. So den, mus dohn be scaid ob people. Whosoever shall confess
God da tek cyah ob oona! me before men, him shall
the Son of man also con-
fess before the angels of
Mus Tell People Ya Blongst ta Jedus God:
Matthew 10:32-33; 12:32; 10:19-20
9 But he that denieth
8 Jedus tell um say, Fa true, anybody me before men shall be
wa tell people dat e blongst ta me, de Man denied before the angels
wa Come fom God gwine tell God angel of God.
dem say, Dat poson dey blongst ta me. 10 And whosoever
9 Bot anybody wa tell people say, e ain shall speak a word
blongst ta me, A gwine tell God angel dem against the Son of man, it
shall be forgiven him: but
say, Dat one dey ain blongst ta me! unto him that blasphe-
10 De poson wa taak ginst de Man wa meth against the Holy
Ghost it shall not be
Come fom God, God kin fagib um, bot de forgiven.
poson wa say ebil ting ginst de Holy
Sperit, God ain neba gwine fagib um. 11 And when they
11 Wen dey ketch oona fa jedge oona bring you unto the syna-
een de Jew meetin house, an dey cyaa gogues, and unto magis-
trates, and powers, take
oona een front ob de leada dem an tority ye no thought how or
dem, mus dohn fret bout how oona gwine what thing ye shall an-
swer, or what ye shall
ansa dem, or wa ting oona gwine say. say:
12 Cause dat same time, de Holy Sperit
gwine tell oona wa ting oona spose fa say. 12 For the Holy Ghost
shall teach you in the
We True Life Ain Medja by de Ting same hour what ye ought
to say.
dem We Hab
13 One man dey een de crowd tell Jedus 13 And one of the com-
say, Teacha, me fada done dead. A wahn pany said unto him, Mas-
ter, speak to my brother,
ya fa tell me broda fa wide wid me de that he divide the inheri-
propaty we fada lef fa we. tance with me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
254 Luke 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 255
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
256 Luke 12
33 Sell that ye have, dohn fret. Cause God oona Fada, e glad fa
and give alms; provide
yourselves bags which mek oona rule wid esef. 33 Oona mus sell
wax not old, a treasure in ebryting wa oona hab an gii ta de people
the heavens that faileth
not, where no thief
wa ain got nottin. Dat how ya gwine git
approacheth, neither God good ting fa oonasef. Like money wa
moth corrupteth. dohn neba ron out, ya gwine hab ya tredja
34 For where your een heaben, weh e gwine stan faeba. Cause
treasure is, there will tief ain able fa tief um dey, an no mot kin
your heart be also.
stroy um. 34 Cause wehsoneba ya tredja
35 Let your loins be da, dat weh ya haat gwine be too.
girded about, and your
lights burning;
Be Ready All de Time
36 And ye yourselves
like unto men that wait
35 Ya mus fix ya cloes so ya ready fa
for their lord, when he wok. Mus light ya lamp, an mus dohn leh
will return from the wed-
ding; that when he com-
um go out. 36 Oona mus stan like a
eth and knocketh, they wokman wa da wait fa de man e da wok fa
may open unto him fa come back fom a marry feas. E da wait
immediately.
so dat wensoneba e massa come home an
37 Blessed are those knock, e ready an kin open de door fa um.
servants, whom the lord
when he cometh shall
37 Dem wokman gwine be bless fa true dat
find watching: verily I ready an ain sleep wen de man dey wok fa
say unto you, that he
shall gird himself, and
come home! A da tell oona fa true, de man
make them to sit down to dey wok fa gwine fix e cloes so e ready fa
meat, and will come forth wok, an e gwine call e wokman dem, mek
and serve them.
um come seddown ta de table. E gwine
38 And if he shall come saab um, gim sompin fa nyam. 38 Dem
in the second watch, or wokman gwine be bless fa true. Dey gwine
come in the third watch,
and find them so, blessed be bless eben ef de man dey wok fa come
are those servants. een de middle ob de night, or ef e come jes
39 And this know, that
fo de roosta crow. Dey gwine be bless ef e
if the goodman of the find um ready! 39 Oona mus know dat ef
house had known what de man wa own a house been know wen de
hour the thief would
come, he would have tief gwine come ta um, dat man ain gwine
watched, and not have sleep. E ain gwine lef e house. E gwine stay
suffered his house to be
broken through. dey, an de tief ain gwine broke een an go
eenside. 40 Same fashion, oona too mus be
40 Be ye therefore ready all de time. Cause de Man wa Come
ready also: for the Son of
man cometh at an hour fom God gwine come back ta dis wol wen
when ye think not. oona da tink say, E ain da come now.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 257
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
258 Luke 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12, 13 259
bout de weda. Den hoccome oona ain 57 Yea, and why even
of yourselves judge ye
know wa dem ting mean bout me wa dey not what is right?
yah een dis wol now? Fa true, oona ain
wahn fa know, ainty? 58 When thou goest
with thine adversary to
the magistrate, as thou art
Settle Quick wid de One Wa Ginst Ya in the way, give diligence
Matthew 5:25-26 that thou mayest be de-
livered from him; lest he
57 Hoccome oona ain jedge fa oonasef hale thee to the judge,
wa right fa do? 58 Ef anybody aagy wid and the judge deliver
thee to the officer, and
one ob oona an e da tek ya ta court, ya mus the officer cast thee into
try fa settle wid um fo ya git dey. Cause ef prison.
ya ain able fa settle wid um, e gwine drag
59 I tell thee, thou
ya ta de jedge. An de jedge gwine gii ya ta shalt not depart thence,
de police, an e gwine tek ya ta de till thou hast paid the
very last mite.
jailhouse. 59 Ef dat so e stan, A da tell ya,
ya gwine stay een de jailhouse til ya done
pay de las cent ob de fine wa ya owe.
13
1 Dat same time, some people wa at that season some that
told him of the
been dey tell Jedus bout dem Galilaeans, whose blood
people fom Galilee wa Pilate, de Roman Pilate had mingled with
their sacrifices.
gobna, gii orda fa kill wiles dey beena offa
2 And Jesus answering
op sacrifice fa woshup God. 2 Jedus ansa said unto them, Suppose
um say, Oona tink dat dem Galilee people ye that these Galilaeans
were sinners above all
wa Pilate kill, dey dead like dat cause dey the Galilaeans, because
done ebil mo den all de oda res ob de they suffered such
things?
people een Galilee, ainty? 3 No, A tell
oona, e ain so! An ef oona dohn change 3 I tell you, Nay: but,
except ye repent, ye shall
oona sinful way, oona gwine git kill op jes all likewise perish.
like dem. 4 An oona memba bout dem 4 Or those eighteen,
eighteen people ta Siloam, wa git kill op upon whom the tower in
wen de towa fall pontop um? Wa oona tink Siloam fell, and slew
them, think ye that they
bout dat? Oona tink dat dey dead like dat were sinners above all
cause dey done ebil mo den de oda res wa men that dwelt in
Jerusalem?
lib een Jerusalem, ainty? 5 No, A da tell
5 I tell you, Nay: but,
oona, ef oona dohn change oona sinful except ye repent, ye shall
way, oona gwine git kill op jes like dem. all likewise perish.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
260 Luke 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 13 261
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
262 Luke 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 13, 14 263
pass, atta shree day, A gwine be shru wid the third day I shall be
perfected.
me wok yah. 33 Stillyet, A haffa be pon 33 Nevertheless I must
me way ta Jerusalem taday an demarra an walk to day, and to mor-
row, and the day follow-
de nex day. Jerusalem weh dey da kill de ing: for it cannot be that a
prophet dem, ainty? prophet perish out of
34 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem! Oona kill Jerusalem.
34 O Jerusalem, Jeru-
de prophet dem an chunk rock til oona kill salem, which killest the
dem wa God sen ta oona! Hommuch time prophets, and stonest
them that are sent unto
A been wahn fa geda oona people togeda thee; how often would I
roun me, jes like a hen geda e biddy dem have gathered thy chil-
dren together, as a hen
ondaneet e wing! Bot oona people ain doth gather her brood un-
wahn me fa do dat! 35 So God gwine lef de der her wings, and ye
would not!
place weh oona dey. A da tell oona, oona 35 Behold, your house
ain gwine see me gin til de time come wen is left unto you desolate:
oona gwine say, God bless de one dat e and verily I say unto you,
Ye shall not see me, until
done sen, dat come een de Lawd name. the time come when ye
shall say, Blessed is he
that cometh in the name
Jedus Heal a Man of the Lord.
pon de Woshup Day
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
264 Luke 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 14 265
dem dat done wa God say gwine git op fom thou shalt be recom-
pensed at the resurrec-
mongst de dead an lib gin. tion of the just.
15 And when one of
De Paable Bout Dem wa God them that sat at meat
with him heard these
Eenbite ta E Big Feas things, he said unto him,
Matthew 22:1-10 Blessed is he that shall eat
bread in the kingdom of
15 One dem wa beena nyam ta de table God.
wid Jedus yeh wa e say. Dat man tell Jedus 16 Then said he unto
him, A certain man made
say, Dem dat gwine be ta de big feas wen a great supper, and bade
God da rule, dey sho gwine be bless! many:
17 And sent his servant
16 Jedus ansa um say, One time one
at supper time to say to
man beena mek a big feas, an e eenbite them that were bidden,
plenty compny fa come. 17 Wen de time Come; for all things are
now ready.
come dat de food been ready fa nyam, e 18 And they all with
sen e wokman fa go ta dem people dat e one consent began to
make excuse. The first
been eenbite, tell um say, Come ta de feas. said unto him, I have
Ebryting done ready now! 18 Bot all dem bought a piece of ground,
and I must needs go and
staat fa mek scuse, say dey ain able fa go see it: I pray thee have
nyam now. De fus one say, A jes buy a me excused.
19 And another said, I
piece ob lan, an A haffa go fa look um oba. have bought five yoke of
Do please, tell ya bossman A saary A ain oxen, and I go to prove
able fa come nyam wid um. 19 Noda one them: I pray thee have
me excused.
say, A jes buy ten oxen, an A da gwine fa 20 And another said, I
try um fa see how dey da wok. Do please, have married a wife, and
therefore I cannot come.
tell ya bossman A saary A ain able fa come 21 So that servant
nyam wid um. 20 Noda say, A jes git came, and shewed his
lord these things. Then
marry. Cause ob dat, A ain able fa come the master of the house
nyam wid um. 21 De wokman gone back being angry said to his
servant, Go out quickly
an tell e bossman all wa dey say. De into the streets and lanes
bossman been too bex, an e tell e wokman of the city, and bring in
say, Ron quick! Go ta de main screet an de hither the poor, and the
maimed, and the halt,
back screet een de town. Bring yah de and the blind.
people wa ain got nottin, de cripple op, an 22 And the servant
said, Lord, it is done as
dem wa ain able fa waak good, an dem wa thou hast commanded,
bline. 22 Wen de wokman come back, e and yet there is room.
23 And the lord said
tell e bossman say, Sah, A done do all wa unto the servant, Go out
ya tell me fa do. Stillyet, plenty room lef into the highways and
hedges, and compel them
dey fa mo people. 23 De bossman tell um to come in, that my house
say, Go ta de main highway an de back may be filled.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
266 Luke 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 14, 15 267
De Loss Sheep
Matthew 18:12-14
Chapter 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
268 Luke 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 15 269
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
270 Luke 15, 16
and would not go in: come een. 29 Bot e ansa e fada say, See
therefore came his father
out, and intreated him. yah, all dese yeah A beena wok haad like a
29 And he answering slabe fa ya, an A all de time pay ya mind.
said to his father, Lo,
these many years do I Stillyet, ya ain neba gii me eben a leetle
serve thee, neither trans- goat fa hab feas wid me fren dem. 30 Bot
gressed I at any time thy
commandment: and yet dis yah son, ya son wa waste all ya money
thou never gavest me a
kid, that I might make an ron roun wid loose ooman, wen e come
merry with my friends: home, ya kill de bes calf fa um! 31 E fada
30 But as soon as this
thy son was come, which tell um say, Me son, ya dey yah wid me all
hath devoured thy living
with harlots, thou hast de time, an all wa A got blongst ta ya.
killed for him the fatted 32 Bot we right fa feas an mek merry,
calf.
31 And he said unto cause ya broda done been dead, an now e
him, Son, thou art ever da lib gin. E been loss, bot we done find
with me, and all that I
have is thine. um.
32 It was meet that we
should make merry, and
be glad: for this thy
brother was dead, and is De Ceitful Wokman wa Hab
alive again; and was lost, Good Sense fa Plan
and is found.
Chapter 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 16 271
one een chaage tell um say, Yah ya bill. thy bill, and sit down
quickly, and write fifty.
Seddown quick an change de one hundud
wa done been write down dey ta fifty. 7 Then said he to an-
7 Den de wokman een chaage aks noda other, And how much
owest thou? And he said,
one say, Hommuch ya owe me bossman? An hundred measures of
Dat one ansa, A owe um one tousan wheat. And he said unto
him, Take thy bill, and
bushel ob wheat. De one een chaage tell write fourscore.
um say, Yah ya bill. Change de one tousan
wa write down dey ta eight hundud. 8 And the lord com-
8 Now den, de bossman say de ceitful mended the unjust stew-
ard, because he had done
wokman een chaage hab heapa sense. Fa wisely: for the children of
true, de people wa tink all de time bout this world are in their
generation wiser than the
ting een dis wol, dey da tink good how fa children of light.
deal wid people like deysef. Dey tink bout
9 And I say unto you,
dat mo betta den de people wa da waak Make to yourselves
een God light. friends of the mammon
9 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, A da tell of unrighteousness; that,
when ye fail, they may
oona, oona oughta spen money an ting een receive you into everlast-
dis wol fa mek fren fa oonasef. Den wen de ing habitations.
money an ting done gone, God gwine 10 He that is faithful in
welcome oona eenta ya ebalastin home that which is least is
een heaben. 10 De poson dat ya kin trus fa faithful also in much: and
he that is unjust in the
tek chaage oba leetle bit an do good, dat least is unjust also in
de poson ya kin trus fa tek chaage an do much.
good oba big ting. An de poson dat ain
11 If therefore ye have
scraight bout leetle ting ain gwine do right not been faithful in the
wid big ting. 11 So den, ef dey ain able fa unrighteous mammon,
who will commit to your
trus oona wid money an ting een dis wol, trust the true riches?
ain nobody gwine trus oona wid ting dat
walyable fa true, ainty? 12 Ef dey ain able 12 And if ye have not
been faithful in that
fa trus oona wid oda poson propaty, ain which is another man's,
nobody gwine gii ya propaty fa ya own, who shall give you that
which is your own?
ainty dough?
13 One wokman ain able fa saab two 13 No servant can
massa. Ef e da try fa do dat, e gwine hate serve two masters: for ei-
ther he will hate the one,
one an lob de oda one. E gwine be true ta and love the other; or
one an hole de oda one cheap. Ya ain able else he will hold to the
one, and despise the
fa saab God an be a slabe ta money same other. Ye cannot serve
time. God and mammon.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
272 Luke 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 16 273
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
274 Luke 16, 17
the dead, they will dey gwine change dey sinful way an do wa
repent.
God wahn um fa do.
31 And he said unto 31 Bot Abraham tell um say, Ef ya
him, If they hear not Mo-
ses and the prophets, nei-
broda dem ain listen ta wa Moses an de
ther will they be prophet dem done say een de Book, dey
persuaded, though one ain gwine pay mind ta somebody wa done
rose from the dead.
dead, wa gone back een de wol fa waan
um. Dey ain gwine change dey way.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 17 275
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
276 Luke 17
18 There are not found God cep dis one man wa ain one ob we
that returned to give
glory to God, save this Jew people? Hoccome de oda Jew man
stranger. dem ain come back? 19 Jedus tell de man
19 And he said unto
him, Arise, go thy way:
say, Git op an go home. Cause ya bleebe
thy faith hath made thee een me, ya done git heal.
whole.
20 And when he was
demanded of the Phari- Wen God Rule Oba de Wol
sees, when the kingdom Matthew 24:23-28, 37-41
of God should come, he
answered them and said, 20 Some Pharisee aks Jedus wen God
The kingdom of God gwine come fa rule. Jedus ansa um say,
cometh not with obser-
vation: Wen God come fa rule, oona ain gwine
21 Neither shall they see no sign fa sho dat. 21 Ain nobody
say, Lo here! or, lo there!
for, behold, the kingdom
gwine say, Look yah, dey e dey dey!
of God is within you. Needa, Look yonda! Cause God da rule
22 And he said unto
the disciples, The days
mongst oona.
will come, when ye shall 22 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, De time
desire to see one of the gwine come wen oona gwine wahn bad fa
days of the Son of man,
and ye shall not see it. see de Man wa Come fom God come back,
23 And they shall say eben ef e jes fa one day. Bot oona ain
to you, See here; or, see gwine shim. 23 People gwine tell oona say,
there: go not after them,
nor follow them. Look yonda, oba dey de Man wa Come
24 For as the lightning, fom God! Oda gwine say, Look yah, e dey
that lighteneth out of the dey! Mus dohn go long wid um. Mus dohn
one part under heaven,
shineth unto the other folla um. 24 Wen de Man wa Come fom
part under heaven; so God come back ta de wol, ebrybody gwine
shall also the Son of man
be in his day. be able fa shim, jes like lightnin dat flash
25 But first must he cross de sky an light um op fom one side ta
suffer many things, and de oda. 25 Bot fo dis happen, e haffa suffa
be rejected of this
generation. plenty ting, an de people wa lib taday ain
26 And as it was in the gwine hab nottin fa do wid um. 26 Jes like
days of Noe, so shall it be how e been een Noah time, dat de way e
also in the days of the
Son of man. gwine be wen de Man wa Come fom God
27 They did eat, they gwine come back. 27 Een Noah time, de
drank, they married people beena nyam an drink an git marry
wives, they were given in
marriage, until the day op. Dey beena lib dat same way til dat day
that Noe entered into the wen Noah gone eenside de ark. Den de big
ark, and the flood came,
and destroyed them all.
rain come, an all dem outside de ark git
28 Likewise also as it kill op een dat wata wa kiba um all op.
was in the days of Lot; 28 Same way, een Lot time, de people
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 17, 18 277
beena nyam an drink. Dey beena buy an they did eat, they drank,
they bought, they sold,
sell. Dey beena plant crop an build house. they planted, they
29 Bot de day wen Lot lef out fom Sodom, builded;
29 But the same day
fire an sulphur stone come down fom that Lot went out of
heaben like rain an stroy all de people dey. Sodom it rained fire and
30 Dat so e gwine be dat day wen de Man brimstone from heaven,
and destroyed them all.
wa Come fom God gwine come back ta de 30 Even thus shall it be
wol. in the day when the Son
of man is revealed.
31 Dat day dey, de poson wa dey 31 In that day, he
pontop e house mus dohn tek time fa go which shall be upon the
housetop, and his stuff in
down eenside e house fa geda e ting. Same the house, let him not
way, de poson wa dey een e fiel, e mus come down to take it
away: and he that is in
dohn ton back ta e house. 32 Oona memba the field, let him likewise
wa happen ta Lot wife! 33 Whosoneba da not return back.
32 Remember Lot's
try fa sabe e life, e gwine loss e true life.
wife.
Bot de poson wa loss e life cause ob me, e 33 Whosoever shall
gwine hab de true life. 34 A da tell oona, seek to save his life shall
lose it; and whosoever
dat night dey gwine be two people da shall lose his life shall
sleep een de same bed. Angel gwine come preserve it.
34 I tell you, in that
tek one an lef de oda one. 35 Two ooman night there shall be two
gwine be togeda, da grine meal. Angel men in one bed; the one
shall be taken, and the
gwine come tek one an lef de oda one. other shall be left.
[36 Two man gwine be een de fiel, da wok. 35 Two women shall be
Angel gwine come tek one an lef de oda grinding together; the
one shall be taken, and
one.] the other left.
37 Jedus ciple dem aks um say, Lawd, 36 Two men shall be in
the field; the one shall be
weh dem ting gwine happen? taken, and the other left.
37 And they answered
Jedus ansa um say, Wehsoneba dey a and said unto him,
dead body, de buzzat dem gwine geda dey Where, Lord? And he said
unto them, Wheresoever
too. the body is, thither will
the eagles be gathered
together.
Mus Bleebe dat God Gwine Ansa
Oona Pray Chapter 18
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
278 Luke 18
3 And there was a wida ooman been dey een dat same town.
widow in that city; and
she came unto him, say- Dis ooman beena go ta de jedge all de time
ing, Avenge me of mine an tell um say, Mus please gii me wa right.
adversary.
4 And he would not for Mus hep me ginst de one wa done me
a while: but afterward he wrong. 4 Fa a long time, de ooman come
said within himself, ta de jedge, bot de jedge ain done nottin.
Though I fear not God,
nor regard man; Bot atta wile e say ta esef, Fa true, A ain
5 Yet because this scaid ob God, an A ain pay people no
widow troubleth me, I mind. 5 Bot cause dis ooman da bodda me
will avenge her, lest by
her continual coming she all de time, A gwine gim wa right. Ef A ain
weary me. do dat, e gwine keep on da come ta me til e
6 And the Lord said,
Hear what the unjust
weah me out!
judge saith. 6 An de Lawd say, Oona yeh wa de
7 And shall not God jedge wa ain scraight say. 7 Now den, fa
avenge his own elect, true, God gwine do wa right fa e people,
which cry day and night
unto him, though he bear dem dat e done pick an wa da aks um een
long with them? de day time an een de night time fa hep
8 I tell you that he will um, ainty? De Lawd ain gwine be slow fa
avenge them speedily. ansa um, ainty? 8 A da tell oona, God
Nevertheless when the
Son of man cometh, shall gwine mek hace fa do wa right fa um!
he find faith on the Stillyet, wen de Man wa Come fom God
earth?
come back gin, A wonda ef e gwine meet
9 And he spake this anybody een de wol wa bleebe een um!
parable unto certain
which trusted in them-
selves that they were Who dat Stan Right wid God?
righteous, and despised Jedus tell one paable ta de people dem
9
others:
wa tink dat dey beena do right an hole all
10 Two men went up
de oda people cheap. 10 E say, One time
into the temple to pray;
the one a Pharisee, and two man gone op ta God House fa pray.
the other a publican. One dem been a Pharisee. De oda been a
11 The Pharisee stood man wa geda tax.
and prayed thus with 11 De Pharisee stanop an pray bout
himself, God, I thank
thee, that I am not as
esef say, A tank ya, God, cause A ain like
other men are, extor- all dem oda people. A ain tief fom nobody.
tioners, unjust, adulter- A beena waak scraight an do wa de Law
ers, or even as this
publican. say. An A ain sleep wid oda man wife. An
A tank ya dat A ain eben like dat man oba
12 I fast twice in the
week, I give tithes of all yonda wa da geda tax. 12 Two day ebry
that I possess. week A da fast so A kin woshup ya betta. A
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 18 279
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
280 Luke 18
21 And he said, All dohn kill nobody. Mus dohn tief. Mus
these have I kept from
my youth up. dohn tell lie pon nobody. Mus pay mind ta
22 Now when Jesus ya fada an ya modda.
heard these things, he 21 De leada tell Jedus say, A done keep
said unto him, Yet lackest
thou one thing: sell all all dem law fom wen A been a boy.
that thou hast, and dis- 22 Wen Jedus yeh wa de leada say, e tell
tribute unto the poor,
and thou shalt have trea-
um, Stillyet ya mus do one mo ting. Mus
sure in heaven: and go sell ebryting ya got an gii de money ta
come, follow me. de people wa ain got nottin. Ef ya do dat,
23 And when he heard
this, he was very sorrow-
ya gwine hab tredja een heaben. Atta ya
ful: for he was very rich. done gii way ya money, come folla me.
24 And when Jesus 23 Wen dat leada yeh wa Jedus say, e been
saw that he was very sor-
rowful, he said, How
sad, cause e been too rich.
hardly shall they that 24 Jedus see de man been too sad an e
have riches enter into the say, Fa true e ain easy eben a leetle bit fa
kingdom of God!
25 For it is easier for a rich people fa leh God rule oba um. 25 E mo
camel to go through a easy fa mek de camel go shru a needle eye
needle's eye, than for a den fa a rich man fa come onda God rule.
rich man to enter into the
kingdom of God. 26 De people wa yeh wa Jedus say, aks
26 And they that heard um, Den who dat kin git sabe?
it said, Who then can be 27 Jedus ansa say, God able fa do wa
saved?
27 And he said, The people ain able fa do.
things which are impossi- 28 Den Peter say, Look yah! We done
ble with men are possible lef ebryting fa folla ya.
with God.
28 Then Peter said, Lo,
29 Jedus say, A da tell oona fa true,
we have left all, and fol- ebrybody wa lef e house, or e wife, or e
lowed thee. broda dem, or e modda or e fada, or e
29 And he said unto
them, Verily I say unto
chullun so dat e kin leh God rule oba um,
you, There is no man that dat one gwine git plenty mo fom God.
hath left house, or par- 30 Een dis time yah, God gwine gim plenty
ents, or brethren, or wife,
or children, for the king- mo den wa e done lef fa folla God. An God
dom of God's sake, gwine gim ebalastin life een de wol dat
30 Who shall not re-
gwine come.
ceive manifold more in
this present time, and in
the world to come life Jedus Tell Um Gin E Gwine Dead
everlasting. an Den Lib Gin
31 Then he took unto Matthew 20:17-19; Mark 10:32-34
him the twelve, and said 31 Jedus tek de tweb ciple dem ta one
unto them, Behold, we go
up to Jerusalem, and all side an tell um say, Listen, we da gwine
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 18 281
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
282 Luke 18, 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 19 283
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
284 Luke 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 19 285
Jedus tell um. 33 Wen dey beena ontie de found even as he had said
unto them.
nyoung donkey, dem wa e blongst ta aks 33 And as they were
um say, Hoccome oona da ontie um? loosing the colt, the own-
34 Dey ansa say, De Lawd need um. ers thereof said unto
them, Why loose ye the
35 Den dey tek de donkey ta Jedus. Dey pit colt?
dey cloes pontop de animal an hep Jedus 34 And they said, The
Lord hath need of him.
git pon um. 36 Wiles Jedus beena ride long 35 And they brought
pon e way ta Jerusalem, de people spread him to Jesus: and they
cast their garments upon
some dey cloes pon de road fo um fa sho the colt, and they set Je-
um hona. sus thereon.
36 And as he went,
37 Wen Jedus come fom de Mount Olib,
they spread their clothes
da gwine down de hill, e come close ta in the way.
37 And when he was
Jerusalem. An all de big crowd ob people come nigh, even now at
wa beena trabel long wid um staat fa the descent of the mount
rejaice an tank God. Dey beena holla ta de of Olives, the whole mul-
titude of the disciples be-
top ob dey boice, da praise God fa all de gan to rejoice and praise
miracle dem wa dey beena see Jedus do. God with a loud voice for
all the mighty works that
38 Dey say, they had seen;
God bless de King wa e done 38 Saying, Blessed be
the King that cometh in
sen fa come een de name the name of the Lord:
ob de Lawd! peace in heaven, and
Leh dey be peace een heaben. glory in the highest.
39 And some of the
We da gii glory ta God! Pharisees from among
39 Some de Pharisee dem dey een de the multitude said unto
him, Master, rebuke thy
crowd tell Jedus say, Teacha, buke dem disciples.
people wa da folla ya. Chaage um fa hush 40 And he answered
and said unto them, I tell
op dey mout! you that, if these should
40 Jedus ansa um say, A da tell oona, ef hold their peace, the
stones would immedi-
dem people hush op dey mout, dem rock ately cry out.
yah gwine staat fa holla! 41 And when he was
come near, he beheld the
Jedus Cry fa Jerusalem city, and wept over it,
42 Saying, If thou
41 Wen Jedus git close ta de city, e shim hadst known, even thou,
an e staat fa cry. 42 E say, A wish oona at least in this thy day,
the things which belong
dey een Jerusalem been know taday wa unto thy peace! but now
ting oona need fa hab peace! Bot oona ain they are hid from thine
eyes.
able fa shim now! 43 De time da come wen
43 For the days shall
oona enemy dem gwine build wall roun de come upon thee, that
city. Dey gwine hab oona pen op an fence thine enemies shall cast a
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
286 Luke 19, 20
trench about thee, and op ta ebry side so dat oona ain gwine be
compass thee round, and
keep thee in on every able fa git outta dey. 44 Dey gwine stroy de
side, city an all ob oona an eben all oona
44 And shall lay thee
even with the ground,
chullun. Dey gwine knock all de city stone
and thy children within dem ta de groun. Dey ain gwine lef eben
thee; and they shall not one stone weh e stan. Dey gwine do all dat
leave in thee one stone
upon another; because cause oona ain recognize de time wen God
thou knewest not the beena come fa sabe oona!
time of thy visitation.
45 And he went into
the temple, and began to Jedus een God House
cast out them that sold Matthew 21:12-17; Mark 11:15-19; John 2:13-22
therein, and them that
bought; Den Jedus gone eenside God House.
45
46 Saying unto them,
It is written, My house is
E staat fa dribe out dem people wa beena
the house of prayer: but sell ting eenside dey. 46 E tell um say,
ye have made it a den of God say een e wod, Me house gwine be
thieves.
47 And he taught daily place weh people pray ta me! Bot oona
in the temple. But the done ton um ta place weh tief dem da
chief priests and the
scribes and the chief of hide!
the people sought to de- 47 Jedus beena laan de people een God
stroy him,
48 And could not find House ebry day. De leada dem ob de Jew
what they might do: for priest dem, de Jew Law teacha dem, an de
all the people were very
attentive to hear him.
oda Jew leada dem beena try fa find way
fa kill Jedus. 48 Bot dey ain been able fa
figga how fa do um, cause all de people
been dey, beena geda roun Jedus fa yeh
Chapter 20 um. Dey ain been wahn fa miss eben one
1 And it came to pass, wod e say.
that on one of those days,
as he taught the people in
the temple, and preached Dey Aks Jedus Weh E Git E Tority
the gospel, the chief Matthew 21:23-27; Mark 11:27-33
20
priests and the scribes
came upon him with the
One day wiles Jedus beena laan
1
elders, de people an da preach de Good
2 And spake unto him,
Nyews, de leada dem ob de Jew priest
saying, Tell us, by what
authority doest thou dem, de Jew Law teacha dem an de oda
these things? or who is he Jew leada dem come ta Jedus. 2 Dey aks
that gave thee this
authority? um say, Tell we, wa gii ya de right fa do
3 And he answered dem ting yah? Who dat gii ya de tority?
and said unto them, I will 3 Jedus ansa um say, Leh me aks oona
also ask you one thing;
and answer me: one queshon too. Oona tell me, 4 wen
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20 287
share. Dey beat dat man too an shame um. 12 And again he sent a
Den dey sen um back wid nottin. 12 De third: and they wounded
him also, and cast him
owna sen still noda man. Dem wa cyah fa out.
de faam beat dat one til dey hut um fa true,
13 Then said the lord
an dey chunk um off de faam. 13 De faam of the vineyard, What
owna say, Wa A gwine do now? A gwine shall I do? I will send my
beloved son: it may be
sen me own deah son wa A lob. Dey gwine they will reverence him
show hona ta me son. 14 Bot wen dem wa when they see him.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
288 Luke 20
14 But when the hus- cyah fa de faam see de owna son come,
bandmen saw him, they
reasoned among them- dey all taak togeda say, Dis de owna son.
selves, saying, This is the Dis propaty yah gwine be lef ta um. Leh we
heir: come, let us kill
him, that the inheritance
kill um so dat de propaty gwine come ta
may be ours. we. 15 Den dey chunk de owna son off de
15 So they cast him out
faam, an dey kill um.
of the vineyard, and Now den, Jedus aks de people say,
killed him. What there- Wa dat faam owna gwine do ta dem
fore shall the lord of the
vineyard do unto them? wokman? 16 E gwine come an kill dem, an
16 He shall come and e gwine gii e faam ta oda wokman dem.
destroy these husband-
men, and shall give the Wen de people yeh wa Jedus say, dey
vineyard to others. And say, Fa sho, dat mus dohn happen!
when they heard it, they 17 Jedus look scraight at um an aks um
said, God forbid.
say, Well den, oona tell me wa dey mean
17 And he beheld
wen dey write een God Book say,
them, and said, What is De same stone dat de builda
this then that is written, dem chunk out,
The stone which the
builders rejected, the dat de stone wa come fa be
same is become the head portant mo den all de oda res.
of the corner?
18 De poson wa faddown pon dis stone
yah gwine broke op all e bone dem. An
18 Whosoever shall
fall upon that stone shall
wen dis stone faddown pon a poson, e
be broken; but on whom- gwine mash um all op.
soever it shall fall, it will
grind him to powder.
De Queshon Bout Tax
Matthew 22:15-22; Mark 12:13-17
19 And the chief
priests and the scribes the Now, dem Law teacha an dem priest
19
same hour sought to lay leada ondastan dat Jedus been tell dat
hands on him; and they
feared the people: for paable ginst dem. So dat same time, dey
they perceived that he try fa ketch Jedus an hole um. Bot dey ain
had spoken this parable
against them.
ketch um cause dey been scaid ob de
people dey. 20 So dey beena watch Jedus
20 And they watched
fa try fa ketch um. Dey pay some man
him, and sent forth spies, dem, sen um ta Jedus. De tell dem man fa
which should feign them- mek like dey mean wa dey say fa true, an
selves just men, that they
might take hold of his chaage um fa aks Jedus schemy queshon.
words, that so they might Dey plan fa tek de wod wa Jedus ansa fa
deliver him unto the
power and authority of ketch um, say e taak bad ting. Den dey kin
the governor. go cuse Jedus an tek um ta de Roman
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20 289
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
290 Luke 20
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20, 21 291
21
1 Jedus been ta God House. E 1 And he looked up,
and saw the rich men
beena look roun, an e see de rich casting their gifts into the
people come an drop dey money wa dey treasury.
2 And he saw also a
da gii ta God eenta de money box dey. certain poor widow cast-
2 Same time e see one po wida ooman ing in thither two mites.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
292 Luke 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 21 293
drought gwine come shru an people ain places, and famines, and
pestilences; and fearful
gwine hab nottin fa nyam. A whole heapa sights and great signs
people gwine git sick an dat sick gwine shall there be from
heaven.
spread all roun. All dat gwine happen een
plenty place all oba de wol. Plenty ting 12 But before all these,
gwine happen fa mek people scaid ta det, they shall lay their hands
on you, and persecute
an dey gwine be great ting een de sky fa you, delivering you up to
sho people wa gwine come. 12 Bot fo all the synagogues, and into
dem ting happen, de people wa hab tority prisons, being brought
before kings and rulers
gwine grab hole ta oona an do oona plenty for my name's sake.
bad ting. Dey gwine drag oona fa be jedge
13 And it shall turn to
fo de leada dem een de Jew meetin house, you for a testimony.
an dey gwine pit oona een de jailhouse.
Dey gwine bring oona fo king dem an 14 Settle it therefore in
gobna dem cause ooa me ciple dem. 13 Dat your hearts, not to medi-
tate before what ye shall
de time dey wen oona gwine hab good answer:
chance fa tell de people de true ting wa
15 For I will give you a
oona know bout me. 14 Bot fo dey grab mouth and wisdom,
hole ta oona an tek oona fa be jedge, mus which all your adversar-
mek op ya mind dat ya ain gwine fret bout ies shall not be able to
gainsay nor resist.
wa ya gwine ansa um. 15 Cause A gwine
gii ya nuff wise wod an sense fa ansa dem. 16 And ye shall be be-
Eben oona enemy dem gwine haffa gree trayed both by parents,
and brethren, and
wid wa ya tell um. 16 Bot eben ya modda kinsfolks, and friends;
an fada, ya broda dem, ya fambly, an ya and some of you shall
they cause to be put to
fren dem gwine han ya oba ta de tority fa death.
tek ya fo de jedge. An dem tority gwine kill
some ob oona. 17 All de people gwine hate 17 And ye shall be
hated of all men for my
oona cause oona bleebe een me. name's sake.
18 Stillyet, ain eben one hair een oona
head gwine be loss. 19 Mus stan firm, an 18 But there shall not
an hair of your head
oona gwine git true life. perish.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
294 Luke 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 21 295
roun um. 28 Wen oona see dem ting staat 28 And when these
things begin to come to
fa happen, oona oughta stanop. Look op ta pass, then look up, and
God, cause e gwine sabe oona soon. lift up your heads; for
your redemption draw-
eth nigh.
Wa We Laan fom de Fig Tree 29 And he spake to
Matthew 24:32-35; Mark 13:28-31 them a parable; Behold
the fig tree, and all the
29 Jedus tell um a paable, say, Look at trees;
de fig tree an all de oda tree dem. 30 Wen 30 When they now
oona see dem leaf da buss open, oona shoot forth, ye see and
know of your own selves
know dat summa gwine come soon, ainty? that summer is now nigh
31 Same way, wen oona see dem ting wa A at hand.
done taak bout staat fa happen, oona 31 So likewise ye,
when ye see these things
gwine know dat de time wen God gwine come to pass, know ye
rule ain way off. that the kingdom of God
32 A da tell oona fa true, all dem ting is nigh at hand.
32 Verily I say unto
yah gwine happen fo de people wa da lib you, This generation
now pass oba. 33 De eliment an de wol esef shall not pass away, till
ain gwine las faeba, bot me wod gwine las all be fulfilled.
33 Heaven and earth
faeba an eba. shall pass away: but my
words shall not pass
Oona Mus Tek Cyah Wa Oona da Do away.
34 And take heed to
34 Oona mus tek cyah wa oona da do. yourselves, lest at any
Mus dohn leh oona mind ron on all de time time your hearts be over-
charged with surfeiting,
bout tommuch nyam an drink. Mus dohn and drunkenness, and
fret tommuch bout oona trouble een dis cares of this life, and so
wol. Cause ef oona do, dat day gwine come that day come upon you
unawares.
all ob a sudden, wen oona ain ready. 35 For as a snare shall
35 Dat day gwine come pon all de people it come on all them that
all oba de wol, like a trap close quick pon a dwell on the face of the
whole earth.
bod. 36 Oona mus be on de watch an pray 36 Watch ye therefore,
all de time so dat oona gwine hab scrent fa and pray always, that ye
beah all dem ting wa gwine happen een dis may be accounted wor-
thy to escape all these
wol an be able fa stan fo de Man wa Come things that shall come to
fom God. pass, and to stand before
the Son of man.
37 Jurin dat time, Jedus beena spen de
37 And in the day time
day da laan de people een God House, an he was teaching in the
wen fus daak come, e gone an spen de temple; and at night he
went out, and abode in
night ta de Mount Olib. 38 Ebry maanin the mount that is called
wen day clean, all de people wa e beena the mount of Olives.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
296 Luke 21, 22
38 And all the people laan, dey gone fa meet um een God House
came early in the morn-
ing to him in the temple, fa yeh wa e gwine laan um dat day.
for to hear him.
Jedus Enemy Try fa Figga Out
How fa Kill Um
Matthew 26:1-5; Mark 14:1-2; John 11:45-53
22
Chapter 22 De time mos come fa de Feas ob
1
1 Now the feast of un- Unleaven Bread, de Jew holiday
leavened bread drew
nigh, which is called the wen dey nyam bread wa ain hab no yeast
Passover. een um. Dey call dat de Passoba holiday.
2 De leada dem ob de Jew priest dem an de
2 And the chief priests
and scribes sought how Law teacha dem beena study dey head fa
they might kill him; for figga how fa kill Jedus dout nobody find
they feared the people.
out bout um. Cause dey been scaid ob de
3 Then entered Satan
people.
into Judas surnamed Is-
cariot, being of the num- Judas Gree fa Sell Jedus ta E Enemy
ber of the twelve. Matthew 26:14-16; Mark 14:10-11
Den Satan tek hole ta Judas wa dey
3
4 And he went his way,
and communed with the call Iscariot. E been one ob de tweb ciple
chief priests and cap- dem. 4 So Judas gone off an taak ta de
tains, how he might be-
tray him unto them.
priest leada dem an dem offisa ob dem wa
gyaad God House. Judas taak ta um bout
5 And they were glad,
how e kin hep um ketch Jedus. 5 De leada
and covenanted to give dem been glad fa yeh dat, an dey offa fa
him money. pay Judas money fa do um. 6 Judas gree ta
dat, an e staat fa saach fa way fa han Jedus
6 And he promised, oba ta um. Dey been wahn fa do dat wen
and sought opportunity
to betray him unto them dey ain gwine be no crowd ob people roun
in the absence of the fa know bout um. So Judas look fa dat.
multitude.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 297
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
298 Luke 22
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 299
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
300 Luke 22
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 301
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
302 Luke 22
61 And the Lord Dat same time wen e beena say dat, a
turned, and looked upon
Peter. And Peter remem- roosta crow. 61 De Lawd ton roun an look
bered the word of the scraight at Peter. An Peter memba dat de
Lord, how he had said
unto him, Before the cock
Lawd done tell um say, Fo de roosta crow
crow, thou shalt deny me taday, ya gwine say shree time dat ya ain
thrice. know me. 62 Peter gone outta de yaad an
62 And Peter went out, e cry bitta teah.
and wept bitterly.
Dey Beat Jedus an Hole Um Cheap
63 And the men that
Matthew 26:67-68; Mark 14:65
held Jesus mocked him,
and smote him. De sodja dem wa beena gyaad Jedus
63
da mek fun ob um an beat um. 64 Dey tie a
64 And when they had
blindfolded him, they rag oba e eye, den dey knock um an say,
struck him on the face, Ef ya a prophet, tell we who dat knock
and asked him, saying,
Prophesy, who is it that
ya! 65 An dey tell Jedus plenty oda ting fa
smote thee? hole um cheap.
65 And many other
Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew Council
things blasphemously
spake they against him. Matthew 26:59-66; Mark 14:55-64; John 18:19-24
Wen day clean, dey hab meetin ob de
66
66 And as soon as it
was day, the elders of the
Jew Council. De people leada dem, de
people and the chief leada dem ob de priest dem, an de Law
priests and the scribes teacha dem geda togeda, an de sodja dem
came together, and led
him into their council, tek Jedus fo dat Council. 67 De people ob
saying, de Council chaage Jedus say, Ef ya de
67 Art thou the Christ?
Messiah, ya mus tell we.
tell us. And he said unto Jedus ansa um say, Ef A tell oona, oona
them, If I tell you, ye will ain gwine bleebe me. 68 An ef A aks oona a
not believe:
queshon, oona ain gwine ansa me. 69 Bot
68 And if I also ask fom now on, de Man wa Come fom God
you, ye will not answer gwine seddown ta de right han ob God, wa
me, nor let me go.
hab all powa.
69 Hereafter shall the 70 All de people wa da jedge um een de
Son of man sit on the Council aks um say, Well den, ya God
right hand of the power
of God. Son?
Jedus ansa um say, Oona right wen
70 Then said they all, oona say dat.
Art thou then the Son of 71 Den de people wa beena jedge um
God? And he said unto
them, Ye say that I am. say, We ain need no mo people wod ginst
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22, 23 303
um. Wid we own yea we done yeh wa e 71 And they said, What
need we any further wit-
say! ness? for we ourselves
have heard of his own
Dey Tek Jedus ta Gobna Pilate mouth.
Matthew 27:1-2, 11-14; Mark 15:1-5; John 18:8-38
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
304 Luke 23
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 23 305
21 Bot de people holla, tell Pilate say, 21 But they cried, say-
ing, Crucify him, crucify
Nail um ta de cross! Nail um ta de cross! him.
22 Pilate tell de people gin. Dat mek 22 And he said unto
shree time. E aks um say, Wa fa? A ain see them the third time,
Why, what evil hath he
nottin dat e done fa mek me hab dem kill done? I have found no
um! Cause ob dat, A gwine hab dem whip cause of death in him: I
will therefore chastise
um an den leh um go. him, and let him go.
23 Bot de people beena holla mo an mo, 23 And they were in-
say Pilate oughta hab e sodja dem kill stant with loud voices,
requiring that he might
Jedus pon de cross. An cause de people be crucified. And the
holla sommuch an cause ob de leada dem voices of them and of the
ob de priest dem, e change e mind. 24 So chief priests prevailed.
24 And Pilate gave sen-
Pilate done wa de people been wahn um fa tence that it should be as
do. 25 E free Barabbas, de man dey aks fa, they required.
wa been een de jailhouse fa de riot an fa 25 And he released
unto them him that for
kill somebody. Den Pilate tell e sodja dem sedition and murder was
fa tek Jedus an do wa de people been cast into prison, whom
wahn um fa do. they had desired; but he
delivered Jesus to their
will.
Dey Nail Jedus ta de Cross 26 And as they led him
Matthew 27:32-44; Mark 15:21-32; John 19:17-27 away, they laid hold
upon one Simon, a
26 De Roman sodja dem tek Jedus an Cyrenian, coming out of
gone. Wiles dey beena gwine, dey meet the country, and on him
they laid the cross, that
one man name Simon, wa been bon een he might bear it after
Cyrene. E beena come fom out een de Jesus.
country, da gwine ta Jerusalem. De sodja 27 And there followed
him a great company of
dem grab hole ta um an pit Jedus cross people, and of women,
pon um. Dey mek um folla Jedus, da tote which also bewailed and
lamented him.
de cross.
27 A whole heapa people beena folla 28 But Jesus turning
unto them said, Daugh-
Jedus. Some dem ooman wa beena folla ters of Jerusalem, weep
um beena weep an wail fa um. 28 Jedus not for me, but weep for
ton roun ta dem an say, Oona daughta ob yourselves, and for your
children.
Jerusalem, mus dohn cry fa me! Mus cry fa
oonasef an fa oona chullun. 29 Cause de 29 For, behold, the
days are coming, in the
time gwine come wen people gwine say, which they shall say,
Bless fa true dem ooman wa ain neba hab Blessed are the barren,
and the wombs that
no chullun, dem wa ain neba bon no baby never bare, and the paps
an wa ain neba nuss none! 30 Een dat which never gave suck.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
306 Luke 23
30 Then shall they be- time, people gwine tell de mountain say,
gin to say to the moun-
tains, Fall on us; and to Faddown pon we! An dey gwine tell de
the hills, Cover us. hill say, Kiba we op! 31 Cause ef dey da
31 For if they do these
things in a green tree,
do dis ting ta de green wood, fa sho dey
what shall be done in the gwine do wossa ting ta de dry wood,
dry? ainty?
32 And there were also
two other, malefactors, 32 Wen de sodja dem tek Jedus an go fa
led with him to be put to kill um, dey tek two oda bad man fa kill
death.
33 And when they wid Jedus too. 33 Wen dey git ta de place
were come to the place, dey call De place wa look like a man
which is called Calvary,
there they crucified him, head, de sodja dem nail Jedus ta e cross.
and the malefactors, one An dey nail de two bad man too, each pon
on the right hand, and
the other on the left.
e own cross. Dey pit one man pon de right
34 Then said Jesus, Fa- han side ob Jedus an de oda man pon e lef
ther, forgive them; for han side. 34 Jedus say, Fada, paadon
they know not what they
do. And they parted his
dem, cause dey ain ondastan wa dey da
raiment, and cast lots. do.
35 And the people An de sodja dem shrow dice fa wide op
stood beholding. And the
rulers also with them de-
Jedus cloes mongst um. 35 De people
rided him, saying, He beena stanop dey da look, an de Jew leada
saved others; let him save dem been dey, da hole Jedus cheap. Dey
himself, if he be Christ,
the chosen of God. say, E sabe oda people. So den, leh um
36 And the soldiers sabe esef, ef e de Messiah wa God done
also mocked him, coming pick fa true!
to him, and offering him
vinegar, 36 De sodja dem hole Jedus cheap too.
37 And saying, If thou Dey come op ta um an try fa gim wine
be the king of the Jews, winega fa drink. 37 Dey tell um say, Ef ya
save thyself.
38 And a superscrip-
de king ob de Jew people, sabe yasef!
tion also was written 38 Dey write de chaage ginst Jedus fa de
over him in letters of people fa read, an dey nail um oba Jedus
Greek, and Latin, and He-
brew, THIS IS THE KING head. De chaage say, DIS MAN YAH DE KING
OF THE JEWS. OB DE JEW PEOPLE.
39 And one of the
malefactors which were
39 One dem two bad man wa beena
hanged railed on him, hang dey pon e cross, e shrow slam at
saying, If thou be Christ,
save thyself and us. Jedus. E say, Ya de Messiah, ainty? Well
40 But the other an- den, sabe yasef an sabe we too!
swering rebuked him, 40 Bot de oda bad man wa beena hang
saying, Dost not thou fear
God, seeing thou art in dey, e buke dat man say, Ya ain scaid ob
the same condemnation? God? Dey done condemn ya fa dead jes
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 23 307
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
308 Luke 23, 24
the Jews: who also him- town name Arimathea een Judea. E beena
self waited for the king-
dom of God. wait fa de time wen God gwine rule oba
52 This man went unto dis wol. 52 Joseph gone ta Pilate an aks um
Pilate, and begged the
body of Jesus.
fa leh um hab Jedus body, an Pilate leh um
53 And he took it hab um. 53 So den, Joseph tek Jedus body
down, and wrapped it in down fom de cross an wrop um op een a
linen, and laid it in a sep-
ulchre that was hewn in linen closs. E pit um eenside a tomb wa
stone, wherein never done been cut outta a big rock. Nobody ain
man before was laid.
54 And that day was neba been pit een dat tomb fo dat. 54 An
the preparation, and the dat day been de Preparation Day, wen dey
sabbath drew on.
55 And the women git ready fa de Jew Woshup Day. An de
also, which came with Woshup Day been jes bout fa staat.
him from Galilee, fol- 55 De ooman dem dat been come outta
lowed after, and beheld
the sepulchre, and how Galilee wid Jedus, dey folla Joseph an see
his body was laid. de tomb an how Joseph pit Jedus body een
56 And they returned,
and prepared spices and um. 56 Den dey lef an gone home an git
ointments; and rested the spice an pafume ready fa rub pon Jedus
sabbath day according to
the commandment. body.
Wen de Woshup Day come, dey ain do
Chapter 24 no wok, jes like de Jew Law say.
1 Now upon the first
day of the week, very Jedus da Lib Gin
early in the morning,
Matthew 28:1-10; Mark 16:1-8; John 20:1-10
they came unto the sepul-
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 309
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
310 Luke 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 311
um. Jedus laan um fom all God Book bout phets, he expounded
unto them in all the scrip-
esef. tures the things concern-
28 Wen de two man done git close ta de ing himself.
settlement weh dey beena gwine, Jedus 28 And they drew nigh
mek like e been gwine on. 29 So de man unto the village, whither
they went: and he made
dem beg um fa stay wid um. Dey tell um as though he would have
say, Stay yah wid we, cause de day mos gone further.
gone an de night da come soon. So Jedus 29 But they con-
gone fa stay wid um. 30 Wen e git ta de strained him, saying,
Abide with us: for it is to-
table fa nyam wid um, Jedus tek de loaf ob ward evening, and the
bread an tank God fa um. Den e broke op day is far spent. And he
went in to tarry with
de bread an gim dey piece. 31 Same time them.
Jedus do dat, e been like de man dem eye 30 And it came to pass,
been open op, an dey recognize dat Jedus as he sat at meat with
esef dey wid um. Bot den Jedus jes them, he took bread, and
blessed it, and brake, and
disappeah an dey ain shim. 32 De two man gave to them.
dem say ta one noda, Wiles e beena taak 31 And their eyes were
ta we, wen we beena waak long de road, opened, and they knew
him; and he vanished out
dat been like a fire wa da bun een we haat, of
ainty? We been too glad wen e beena their sight.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
312 Luke 24
them, and saith unto um dey. E tell um say, Hab peace een
them, Peace be unto you.
37 But they were terri- oona haat!
fied and affrighted, and 37 Dey been scaid mos ta det. Dey tink
supposed that they had
seen a spirit.
dey beena see a haant. 38 Jedus tell um
38 And he said unto say, Oona ain oughta be scaid. Oona ain
them, Why are ye trou- oughta wonda wa oona da see. 39 Look
bled? and why do
thoughts arise in your pon me han an me foot. See, A mesef fa
hearts? true! Oona mus tetch me an look pon me
39 Behold my hands
and my feet, that it is I good fashion. Den oona gwine know dat A
myself: handle me, and ain no haant. A haant ain hab no body
see; for a spirit hath not
flesh and bones, as ye see needa no bone like oona see dat A hab.
me have. 40 Wen Jedus done say dat, e show um e
40 And when he had
thus spoken, he shewed
han an e foot. 41 Dey beena wonda an dey
them his hands and his still ain know wa fa tink, cause wa dey see
feet. mek um so full op wid joy. Jedus aks um
41 And while they yet
believed not for joy, and say, Oona hab sompin fa nyam yah?
wondered, he said unto 42 Dey gim some roas fish an some
them, Have ye here any
meat? honeycomb. 43 E tek de fish an honey an
42 And they gave him nyam um dey fo dey eye.
a piece of a broiled fish,
and of an honeycomb.
44 Jedus tell um say, Wen A been dey
43 And he took it, and wid oona, A done tell oona bout dis. A tell
did eat before them.
44 And he said unto oona dat all ting wa Moses been write
them, These are the down een de Law bout me, an wa dem
words which I spake unto
you, while I was yet with prophet write down, an all dey write down
you, that all things must een de Psalms bout me, dey all haffa
be fulfilled, which were
written in the law of Mo- happen fa true.
ses, and in the prophets,
and in the psalms, con- 45 Jedus mek um able fa ondastan wa
cerning me. been write dey een God Book. 46 E tell um
45 Then opened he
their understanding, that say, Een God Book dey write dis down:
they might understand
the scriptures, Dey tell we dat de Messiah haffa suffa an
46 And said unto them, dead. An atta shree day, e gwine git op
Thus it is written, and
thus it behoved Christ to fom mongst de dead an lib gin. 47 God
suffer, and to rise from Book tell we too dat een Christ name, e
the dead the third day:
47 And that repen- ciple dem mus tell all people say, Mus
tance and remission of change oona way an do wa God wahn
sins should be preached
in his name among all na- oona fa do. Den God gwine paadon oona.
tions, beginning at Jeru- Oona mus tell um dat een Jerusalem an
salem.
48 And ye are wit- den all oba de wol. 48 Oona done see all
nesses of these things. dem ting yah, an oona mus tell people
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 313
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John
Chapter 1
1 In the beginning was
Wa John Write
the Word, and the Word
was with God, and the De Wod wa da Gii Life
1
Word was God.
2 The same was in the Fo God mek de wol, de Wod been
1
beginning with God. dey. De Wod been dey wid God, an de
3 All things were made
by him; and without him
Wod been God. 2 Fo God mek de wol, de
was not any thing made Wod been dey wid God. 3 Shru dat Wod,
that was made. God mek ebryting. Ain nottin een de
4 In him was life; and
the life was the light of whole wol wa God mek dat been done
men. dout de Wod. 4 De Wod, e de one wa all
5 And the light shineth
in darkness; and the life come fom. An dis life yah de life wa da
darkness comprehended mek all people see de light. 5 De light da
it not.
6 There was a man sent shine een de daak, an de daak ain neba
from God, whose name been able fa pit out dat light.
was John. 6 God sen one man fa come eenta de
7 The same came for a
witness, to bear witness wol, an dat man name been John. 7 E
of the Light, that all men come fa tell people bout de light, so dat
through him might
believe. ebrybody kin bleebe wen dey yeh wa e
8 He was not that say. 8 John esef ain been de light. E jes
Light, but was sent to bear
witness of that Light. come fa tell people bout de light. 9 De
9,That was the true light wa e taak bout, dat de true light wa
Light, which lighteth ev-
ery man that cometh into come eenta de wol an da shine pon
the world. ebrybody.
10 He was in the
10 So den de Wod been dey een de wol,
world, and the world was
made by him, and the an shru um God mek all ting een de wol.
world knew him not. Stillyet, de people een de wol ain been
11 He came unto his
own, and his own re- know who e been. 11 E come ta e own
ceived him not. place, bot e own people ain wahn hab
12 But as many as re-
ceived him, to them gave nottin fa do wid um. 12 Stillyet, some
he power to become the bleebe pon um. Ta all dem, e gim de right
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 1 315
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
316 John 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 1 317
like a dob an stay dey pon um. 33 A ain 33 And I knew him
not: but he that sent me
been know dat e de poson A beena wait fa, to baptize with water, the
cep dat God wa sen me fa bactize people same said unto me, Upon
whom thou shalt see the
wid wata done tell me bout um. God say, Spirit descending, and re-
Ya gwine see de Sperit come down pon maining on him, the
one poson an stay dey pon um. Dat de one same is he which baptiz-
eth with the Holy Ghost.
wa gwine bactize people wid de Holy 34 And I saw, and bare
Sperit. 34 John tell um say, A done see record that this is the Son
of God.
dis happen, an A da tell oona say, Dis 35 Again the next day
man, e de Son ob God. after John stood, and two
of his disciples;
36 And looking upon
De Fus Ciple Dem ob Jedus Jesus as he walked, he
35 De nex day John been dey gin wid e saith, Behold the Lamb of
God!
ciple dem een de same place weh e beena 37 And the two disci-
bactize people. 36 Wen John see Jedus ples heard him speak,
and they followed Jesus.
waak by, e say, Look yah! Dat de Lamb ob
38 Then Jesus turned,
God! and saw them following,
37 Wen John ciple dem yeh wa John and saith unto them,
What seek ye? They said
say, dey gone folla Jedus. 38 Den Jedus unto him, Rabbi, (which
ton roun an shim da folla um, an e aks um is to say, being inter-
say, Wa oona da look fa? preted, Master,) where
dwellest thou?
Dey aks um say, Rabbi, weh ya da 39 He saith unto them,
stay? (Rabbi mean Teacha.) Come and see. They came
39 Jedus ansa um say, Oona come and saw where he dwelt,
and abode with him that
look! So dey gone wid um an see weh day: for it was about the
e beena stay. Dat been bout fo oclock een tenth hour.
40 One of the two
de ebenin, an dey stay wid um til night which heard John speak,
time. and followed him, was
40 One ob dem two people wa yeh wa Andrew, Simon Peter's
brother.
John say an gone wid Jedus been name 41 He first findeth his
Andrew, de broda ob Simon Peter. 41 Fus own brother Simon, and
ting, Andrew gone an find e broda Simon, saith unto him, We have
found the Messias, which
tell um say, We done find de Messiah. is, being interpreted, the
(Messiah mean de Christ.) 42 Andrew Christ.
bring Simon ta Jedus. 42 And he brought him
to Jesus. And when Jesus
An Jedus look pon Simon say, Ya name beheld him, he said,
Simon, John chile, bot people gwine call Thou art Simon the son of
Jona: thou shalt be called
ya Cephas. (Cephas an Peter mean de Cephas, which is by in-
same ting. Dey mean Rock.) terpretation, A stone.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
318 John 1, 2
Chapter 2
back op.
1 And the third day De Weddin een Cana
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 2 319
been eenbite Jedus an e ciple dem too fa 2 And both Jesus was
called, and his disciples,
go. 3 Wen all de wine done, Jedus modda to the marriage.
tell Jedus say, Dey ain got no mo wine. 3 And when they
4 Jedus tell e modda say, Ya ain fa tell wanted wine, the mother
of Jesus saith unto him,
me dem ting yah now. De time wen A fa do They have no wine.
4 Jesus saith unto her,
dem ting ain come yet. Woman, what have I to
5 Jedus modda tell de saabant dem say, do with thee? mine hour
Oona mus do wasoneba e tell oona fa do. is not yet come.
5 His mother saith
6 De Jew dem got plenty law wa say unto the servants, What-
how dey fa wash dey body een a special soever he saith unto you,
do it.
way an all ting wa dey da nyuse, ef dey 6 And there were set
wahn fa be clean een God eye. Fa sake ob there six waterpots of
stone, after the manner of
dat, six big stone wata jug been close by the purifying of the Jews,
dey een dat place. De jug dem been so big containing two or three
firkins apiece.
dat jes one jug kin hole twenty ta tirty 7 Jesus saith unto
gallon ob wata. 7 Jedus tell de saabant them, Fill the waterpots
with water. And they
dem say, Oona mus full op dem wata jug filled them up to the
wid wata. An dey full de pot dem op ta de brim.
8 And he saith unto
brim. 8 Den Jedus tell um say, Now mus them, Draw out now, and
tek some ob dat outta de jug an go cyaa um bear unto the governor of
the feast. And they bare
ta de man een chaage ob de marry feas. it.
So de saabant dem done wa Jedus tell um 9 When the ruler of the
feast had tasted the water
fa do. 9 Den dat man een chaage taste de that was made wine, and
wata wa Jedus done been ton ta wine. Dat knew not whence it was:
(but the servants which
man een chaage ain been know weh de drew the water knew;)
wine come fom, bot de saabant dem wa the governor of the feast
been tek de wata outta de jug, dey been called the bridegroom,
10 And saith unto him,
know. So dat man een chaage call de Every man at the begin-
groom oba. 10 E tell um say, Ebrybody ning doth set forth good
wine; and when men
kin saab de wine wa mo betta fus, an atta have well drunk, then
de people done drink plenty wine, dat de that which is worse: but
thou hast kept the good
time dey wen dey kin saab de cheap wine. wine until now.
Bot ya beena keep de wine wa mo betta til 11 This beginning of
now. miracles did Jesus in
11 Jedus done dis fus miracle een Cana, Cana of Galilee, and man-
ifested forth his glory;
wa dey een Galilee. Dat de way e show de and his disciples believed
people e powa, an e ciple dem bleebe pon on him.
12 After this he went
um. down to Capernaum, he,
12 Atta dat, Jedus an e modda, e broda and his mother, and his
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
320 John 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 2, 3 321
people an lib gin, e ciple dem memba wa them; and they believed
the scripture, and the
Jedus been taak bout. Den dey bleebe wa word which Jesus had
been write dey een God Book an de wod said.
23 Now when he was
Jedus done been taak bout. in Jerusalem at the pass-
over, in the feast day,
Jedus Know wa Dey een People Haat many believed in his
name, when they saw the
23 De time come fa de Passoba Feas miracles which he did.
wiles Jedus been dey een Jerusalem. An 24 But Jesus did not
commit himself unto
plenty people bleebe pon um, wen dey see them, because he knew
de miracle dem wa e beena do. 24 Bot all men,
25 And needed not
Jedus ain lef esef een dey han cause e been that any should testify of
know all people too good. 25 E ain been no man: for he knew what
was in man.
need fa people fa tell Jedus wa been dey
een dey haat.
3
,2
Chapter 3
1 There was a man of
the Pharisees, named
Jedus Laan Nicodemus Nicodemus, a ruler of the
Jews:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
322 John 3
where it listeth, and thou soun wa e mek, bot ya ain know wa side e
hearest the sound there-
of, but canst not tell da come fom an ya ain know wa side e da
whence it cometh, and gwine. Dat de same way e happen wen de
whither it goeth: so is ev-
ery one that is born of the
Holy Sperit gii people nyew life, an dey
Spirit. bon gin.
9 Nicodemus answer-
9 Nicodemus aks Jedus say, How dat
ed and said unto him,
How can these things be? kin be?
10 Jesus answered and
10 Jedus aks um say, Ya a big teacha
said unto him, Art thou a
master of Israel, and een Israel an ya ain ondastan wa A da taak
knowest not these
things? bout? 11 A da tell ya fa true, wa we know
11 Verily, verily, I say
unto thee, We speak that
an wa we done see, we da tell oona bout.
we do know, and testify Stillyet, oona ain wahn fa bleebe wa we da
that we have seen; and ye
receive not our witness. tell oona. 12 Oona ain bleebe me wen A
12 If I have told you tell oona bout dem ting wa dey een dis
earthly things, and ye be-
lieve not, how shall ye wol. So den, how ya gwine bleebe me wen
believe, if I tell you of A tell ya bout dem ting wa dey een
heavenly things?
13 And no man hath heaben? 13 Dey ain nobody neba gone op
ascended up to heaven,
but he that came down ta heaben cep de Man wa Come fom God,
from heaven, even the wa come down outta heaben.
Son of man which is in
heaven. 14 Jes like Moses done hice de bronze
14 And as Moses lifted
up the serpent in the wil- snake op pon a pole dey een de wildaness,
derness, even so must the same way so, dey gwine haffa hice op de
Son of man be lifted up:
15 That whosoever be- Man wa Come fom God, 1 5 so dat
lieveth in him should not ebrybody wa bleebe pon um gwine git true
perish, but have eternal
life. life wa ain gwine neba end. 16 Cause God
16 For God so loved lob all de people een de wol sommuch dat
the world, that he gave
his only begotten Son, e gii we e onliest Son. God sen we um so
that whosoever believeth dat ebrybody wa bleebe pon um ain gwine
in him should not perish,
but have everlasting life. dead. Dey gwine lib faebamo. 17 God ain
17 For God sent not his
Son into the world to sen e Son eenta de wol fa condemn um.
condemn the world; but God sen e Son fa come sabe de people shru
that the world through
him might be saved. e Son.
18 He that believeth
on him is not con-
18 Ef a poson bleebe pon God Son, God
demned: but he that be- ain gwine condemn dat poson dey. Bot ef a
lieveth not is condemned
already, because he hath poson ain bleebe pon God Son, God done
not believed in the name condemn um, cause e ain bleebe pon de
of the only begotten Son
of God. name ob de onliest Son ob God. 19 God
19 And this is the con-
demnation, that light is
been mek de light ob trute come eenta de
come into the world, and wol, bot people like de daak steada de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 3 323
light cause dey keep on da do ebil ting. Dat men loved darkness
rather than light, because
so de jedgiment stan. 20 Ebrybody wa da their deeds were evil.
do ebil ting, dey ain like de light tall an ain 20 For every one that
doeth evil hateth the
gwine come eenta de light, cause dey ain light, neither cometh to
wahn de light fa show de ebil ting dem wa the light, lest his deeds
dey da do. 21 Bot ebrybody wa da lib should be reproved.
21 But he that doeth
coddin ta de trute ob God gwine come truth cometh to the light,
eenta de light, so dat de light kin show dat that his deeds may be
made manifest, that they
fa sho dey beena do wa God tell um fa do. are wrought in God.
22 After these things
Jedus an John came Jesus and his disci-
ples into the land of
22 Atta dat, Jedus an e ciple dem gone Judaea; and there he tar-
ried with them, and
ta Judea lan. E stay some time wid um dey baptized.
an e beena bactize people. 23 John wa 23 And John also was
baptizing in Aenon near
Bactize beena bactize people een Aenon to Salim, because there
too, wa been dey close ta Salim, cause was much water there:
plenty wata been dey. People beena go ta and they came, and were
baptized.
John dey, an e beena bactize um. 24 (De 24 For John was not
time wen all dis beena happen, John ain yet cast into prison.
25 Then there arose a
been pit een de jailhouse yet.) question between some of
25 Some ob John ciple dem an one Jew John's disciples and the
Jews about purifying.
man staat fa aagy bout de Jew Law wa say 26 And they came unto
a poson mus wash een a special way ef e John, and said unto him,
Rabbi, he that was with
wahn fa be clean een God eye. 26 So dey thee beyond Jordan, to
gone ta John an tell um say, Teacha, ya whom thou barest wit-
memba dat man wa been wid ya wen ya ness, behold, the same
baptizeth, and all men
been dey pon de oda side ob de Jerden come to him.
Riba, de one ya beena tell bout? Well, now 27 John answered and
said, A man can receive
e da bactize people een de Jerden Riba, an nothing, except it be
ebrybody da gwine ta um! given him from heaven.
28 Ye yourselves bear
27 John tell um say, Ain nottin like dis
me witness, that I said, I
kin happen ta a poson cep God mek um am not the Christ, but
that I am sent before him.
happen. 28 Oonasef yeh me wen A say, A 29 He that hath the
ain de Messiah, bot God sen me heada de bride is the bridegroom:
Messiah, fa come mek a way fa um. 29 De but the friend of the
bridegroom, which
bride blongst ta de groom, bot de fren ob standeth and heareth
de groom da stan by da listen fa de groom, him, rejoiceth greatly be-
cause of the bridegroom's
an wen e yeh de groom boice e full op wid voice: this my joy there-
joy. Dat so e stan fa me. A full op wid joy. fore is fulfilled.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
324 John 3, 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4 325
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
326 John 4
18 For thou hast had diffunt man dem done marry ya. An de
five husbands; and he
whom thou now hast is man ya da lib wid now ain ya husban. Ya
not thy husband: in that da tell me de trute.
saidst thou truly. 19 De ooman say, Sah, A see ya a
19 The woman saith
unto him, Sir, I perceive prophet wa God sen. 20 We fada beena
that thou art a prophet. woshup God ta dis mountain, bot oona
20 Our fathers wor-
shipped in this mountain; Jew people say we mus go ta Jerusalem fa
and ye say, that in Jeru- woshup God.
salem is the place where
men ought to worship. 21 Jedus tell de ooman say, Ya mus
21 Jesus saith unto bleebe wa A da tell ya. De time gwine
her, Woman, believe me,
the hour cometh, when come wen oona ain gwine woshup we
ye shall neither in this Fada God pon dis mountain, needa een
mountain, nor yet at Je-
rusalem, worship the
Jerusalem. 22 Oona Samaria people ain
Father. know de God wa oona da woshup. Bot we
22 Ye worship ye know
not what: we know what
Jew people know de God we da woshup,
we worship: for salvation cause shru de Jew people, God da sabe oda
is of the Jews. people. 23 Stillyet, de time da come, an e
23 But the hour com-
eth, and now is, when the done come now, wen people wa da
true worshippers shall woshup fa true gwine woshup we Fada
worship the Father in
spirit and in truth: for the God een dey haat. An dey gwine woshup
Father seeketh such to um een de right way, jes like e stan fa true.
worship him.
24 God is a Spirit: and Cause we Fada God da look fa people like
they that worship him dat fa woshup um. 24 God a Sperit, an dem
must worship him in wa woshup um mus woshup um een dey
spirit and in truth.
25 The woman saith haat an een de right way, jes like e stan fa
unto him, I know that true.
Messias cometh, which is
called Christ: when he is
25 De ooman tell Jedus say, A know
come, he will tell us all dat de Messiah, wa dey call Christ, gwine
things.
26 Jesus saith unto come. Wen e come, e gwine splain all ting
her, I that speak unto ta we.
thee am he. 26 Jedus tell um say, A de one ya da
27 And upon this came
his disciples, and mar- taak bout.
velled that he talked with 27 Same time Jedus ciple dem come
the woman: yet no man
said, What seekest thou? back, an dey been stonish fa see Jedus da
or, Why talkest thou with taak ta a ooman. Bot ain none ob dem aks
her?
28 The woman then de ooman say, Wa ya wahn? Needa none
left her waterpot, and ob um aks Jedus say, Hoccome ya da taak
went her way into the
city, and saith to the
ta de ooman?
men, 28 Den de ooman lef e wata jug an gone
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4 327
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
328 John 4
42 And said unto the now. Dis time yah, e ain jes cause ob wa ya
woman, Now we believe,
not because of thy say- been tell we. We bleebe now cause wesef
ing: for we have heard
him ourselves, and know
done yeh um. An we know dat e de Sabior
that this is indeed the ob de wol, fa true.
Christ, the Saviour of the
world.
43 Now after two days Jedus Mek One Offisa Son Well
he departed thence, and
went into Galilee. Wen Jedus done spen de two day dey
43
44 For Jesus himself een Samaria, e gone ta Galilee. 44 Jedus
testified, that a prophet
hath no honour in his esef been say, A prophet ain got no hona
own country. dey een e own country. 45 De people een
45 Then when he was
come into Galilee, the Galilee done been ta Jerusalem ta de
Galilaeans received him,
having seen all the things Passoba Feas, an dey been see ebryting e
that he did at Jerusalem beena do jurin dat time dey. So wen Jedus
at the feast: for they also
went unto the feast. git ta Galilee, de people dey gim haaty
46 So Jesus came again
into Cana of Galilee, welcome.
where he made the water 46 Jedus gone back gin ta Cana een
wine. And there was a
certain nobleman, whose Galilee, de same place weh e ton de wata
son was sick at Caper- eenta wine. One gobment offisa been dey
naum.
47 When he heard that een Cana, an e hab a son wa been sick een
Jesus was come out of
Judaea into Galilee, he Capernaum. 47 Wen de offisa yeh say dat
went unto him, and be- Jedus been come fom Judea ta Galilee, e
sought him that he would
come down, and heal his gone ta Jedus an e beg um fa come ta
son: for he was at the
point of death. Capernaum fa heal e sick son, wa mos
48 Then said Jesus dead. 48 Jedus say, Ain none ob oona
unto him, Except ye see
signs and wonders, ye neba gwine bleebe dout oona see me da do
will not believe. miracle an oda great ting.
49 The nobleman saith
unto him, Sir, come down 49 De offisa say, Please sah, come long
ere my child die.
50 Jesus saith unto wid me now, fo me son dead.
him, Go thy way; thy son 50 Jedus tell um say, Ya kin go. Ya son
liveth. And the man be-
lieved the word that Je- gwine lib!
sus had spoken unto him,
and he went his way. De man bleebe wa Jedus tell um, an e
51 And as he was now gone pon e way. 51 Wiles e beena gwine ta
going down, his servants
met him, and told him, e house, e saabant dem meet um an tell um
saying, Thy son liveth. de nyews say, Ya boy gwine lib!
52 Then enquired he of
them the hour when he 52 De offisa aks e saabant dem wa time
began to amend. And
they said unto him, Yes- e been wen e son staat fa git betta. Dey tell
terday at the seventh um say, E been one oclock yestiddy atta
hour the fever left him.
53 So the father knew noon wen de feba broke an lef um. 53 Den
that it was at the same de fada memba, dat been de same time
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4, 5 329
wen Jedus been tell um say, Ya son gwine hour, in the which Jesus
said unto him, Thy son
lib! So de offisa an all de people een e liveth: and himself be-
house, dey bleebe pon Jedus. lieved, and his whole
54 Dat been de secon time dat Jedus house.
54 This is again the
done a miracle een Galilee atta e come fom second miracle that Jesus
did, when he was come
Judea. out of Judaea into
5
,4 Galilee.
Chapter 5
Jedus Mek a Sick Man Well 1 After this there was a
5
feast of the Jews; and Je-
1 Atta dat, Jedus gone ta Jerusalem fa sus went up to Jerusalem.
a Jew holiday feas. 2 Een Jerusalem, 2 Now there is at Jeru-
salem by the sheep mar-
a pool ob wata been dey by de place dey ket a pool, which is called
call Sheep Gyate. De Jew people call dat in the Hebrew tongue
Bethesda, having five
pool Bethesda, an dey been fibe poch close porches.
3 In these lay a great
by dat wata. 3 A whole heapa sick people multitude of impotent
been gone leddown pon dem fibe poch. folk, of blind, halt, with-
ered, waiting for the
Some dem been bline, some been cripple moving of the water.
4 For an angel went
op, an some been paralyze. [All dem beena down at a certain season
wait fa de waata fa moob. 4 Fom time ta into the pool, and trou-
bled the water: whoso-
time one angel ob de Lawd come down fa ever then first after the
stir op de wata. Wen de wata moob, de fus troubling of the water
stepped in was made
one wa git een de wata gwine be heal ob whole of whatsoever dis-
ease he had.
wasoneba ailment e hab.] 5 One man been 5 And a certain man
dey wa been sick tirty-eight yeah. 6 Wen was there, which had an
infirmity thirty and eight
Jedus come, e see de man leddown dey. E years.
6 When Jesus saw him
know dat man been sick a long time, so e lie, and knew that he had
aks um say, Ya wahn fa git well? been now a long time in
that case, he saith unto
7 De sick man ansa say, Sah, A ain got him, Wilt thou be made
nobody fa pit me een de wata wen e moob. whole?
7 The impotent man
Ebry time A da try fa git een, somebody answered him, Sir, I have
no man, when the water
beat me ta de wata. is troubled, to put me
8 Den Jedus tell de man say, Git op fom into the pool: but while I
am coming, another step-
dey. Pick op ya mat an waak! 9 All ob a peth down before me.
8 Jesus saith unto him,
sudden de man been well. E pick op e mat Rise, take up thy bed, and
an waak. walk.
9 And immediately the
Now den, dis ting happen pon de Jew man was made whole,
Woshup Day. 10 So de Jew leada dem see and took up his bed, and
walked: and on the same
de man wa been sick an done git well, da day was the sabbath.
10 The Jews therefore
tote e mat. Dey tell um say, Dis yah we said unto him that was
Woshup Day, an e ginst we Law fa ya fa cured, It is the sabbath
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
330 John 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 5 331
lib gin, same fashion de Son da gii life ta quickeneth them; even
so the Son quickeneth
dem dat e wahn fa gim. 22 Fodamo, de whom he will.
Fada esef ain jedge nobody. E done gii e 22 For the Father
judgeth no man, but hath
son all tority fa jedge people. 23 E do dat committed all judgment
so dat all people gwine gii hona ta de Son unto the Son:
23 That all men should
same like how dey gii hona ta de Fada. honour the Son, even as
Dem wa ain gii hona ta de Son, dey ain gii they honour the Father.
He that honoureth not
hona ta de Fada wa sen de Son eenta de the Son honoureth not
wol. the Father which hath
24 A da tell oona fa true, de poson wa sent him.
24 Verily, verily, I say
da yeh me wod an bleebe pon de one wa unto you, He that heareth
sen me eenta de wol, dat poson done got my word, and believeth
on him that sent me, hath
de true life wa ain neba gwine end, an God everlasting life, and shall
ain gwine jedge um. E been dead, bot now not come into condemna-
tion; but is passed from
e done cross oba ta de true life. 25 Fa true, death unto life.
de time da come an e done come now, wen 25 Verily, verily, I say
unto you, The hour is
de people wa done dead gwine yeh wa coming, and now is,
God Son da say, an ebrybody wa yeh de when the dead shall hear
the voice of the Son of
Son gwine lib. 26 Cause de Fada, e de one God: and they that hear
weh life come fom, an e got powa fa gii shall live.
26 For as the Father
life. Same fashion, e mek life come fom de hath life in himself; so
Son esef an e got powa fa gii life. 27 An de hath he given to the Son
Fada been gii de Son de tority fa jedge all to have life in himself;
27 And hath given him
people, cause de Son, e de Man wa Come authority to execute
fom God. 28 Oona mus dohn be stonish judgment also, because
bout dat. De time da come wen all de he is the Son of man.
28 Marvel not at this:
people wa done dead an een dey grabe for the hour is coming, in
gwine yeh wa de Son say. 29 Dey gwine git the which all that are in
the graves shall hear his
op outta dey grabe. Dem wa beena do voice,
good gwine git op outta dey grabe an git 29 And shall come
forth; they that have
life wa las faeba. Bot dem wa beena do done good, unto the res-
bad, dey gwine git op outta dey grabe an urrection of life; and they
git jedge. that have done evil, unto
the resurrection of dam-
nation.
Dem wa Tell bout Jedus 30 I can of mine own
self do nothing: as I hear,
30 A ain got de tority fa do nottin by I judge: and my judgment
mesef. A da jedge people same like how A is just; because I seek not
mine own will, but the
yeh God tell me fa jedge um. So den A will of the Father which
jedge people de right way cause A ain da hath sent me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
332 John 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 5, 6 333
lob fa git praise fom one noda. Bot oona 44 How can ye believe,
which receive honour
ain try fa git praise fom de onliest God. So one of another, and seek
den how oona gwine bleebe wa A say? not the honour that com-
45 Bot oona mus dohn tink dat A gwine eth from God only?
45 Do not think that I
cuse oona ta de Fada. No, Moses de one wa will accuse you to the Fa-
ther: there is one that
gwine cuse oona ta de Fada. Dat de same accuseth you, even Mo-
Moses wa oona beena look fa sabe oona. ses, in whom ye trust.
46 For had ye believed
46 Ef oona bleebe wa Moses say fa true, Moses, ye would have be-
oona gwine bleebe wa A say, cause Moses lieved me: for he wrote of
me.
write bout me. 47 Bot oona ain bleebe wa e 47 But if ye believe not
write bout me. So den fa sho oona ain his writings, how shall ye
believe my words?
gwine bleebe wa A da say, ainty?
6
,5
Chapter 6
Jedus Feed a Whole
1 After these things Je-
Heapa People sus went over the sea of
Matthew 14:13-21; Mark 6:30-44; Luke 9:10-17 Galilee, which is the sea
of Tiberias.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
334 John 6
10 And Jesus said, 10 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, Oona mus
Make the men sit down.
Now there was much tell de people fa seddown. Plenty grass
grass in the place. So the
men sat down, in number been dey, so ebrybody seddown. Dey been
about five thousand.
11 And Jesus took the
roun fibe tousan man dey. 11 Jedus tek de
loaves; and when he had bread an tell God tankya, an den e gii out
given thanks, he distrib- bread fa de people wa beena seddown. E
uted to the disciples, and
the disciples to them that do de same ting wid de fish. An all de
were set down; and like-
wise of the fishes as much people git all dey wahn fa nyam. 12 Wen
as they would. dey all been full op wid food, Jedus tell e
12 When they were
filled, he said unto his ciple dem say, Mus geda op all de leetle
disciples, Gather up the
fragments that remain, piece dem wa lef oba. Mus dohn waste
that nothing be lost.
13 Therefore
nottin. 13 So e ciple dem geda all de leetle
they
gathered them together, piece dem wa been lef oba fom de fibe
and filled twelve baskets baaley bread atta de people done nyam, an
with the fragments of the
five barley loaves, which dey full op tweb basket wid bread.
remained over and above
unto them that had 14 Wen de people see de miracle wa
eaten. Jedus done, dey say, Fa true, dis man de
14 Then those men,
when they had seen the Prophet wa Moses say gwine come eenta
miracle that Jesus did,
said, This is of a truth de wol. 15 Jedus know de people been
that prophet that should wahn fa come git um an mek um king, so e
come into the world.
15 When Jesus there- gone way gin, op eenta de mountain. E ain
fore perceived that they tek nobody wid um.
would come and take
him by force, to make
him a king, he departed
again into a mountain Jedus Waak Pon De Wata
himself alone. Matthew 14:22-33; Mark 6:45-52
16 And when even was
now come, his disciples 16 Een de ebenin time de ciple dem
went down unto the sea,
17 And entered into a gone ta de lake. 17 Dey git eenta a boat an
ship, and went over the staat back cross de lake fa go ta
sea toward Capernaum.
And it was now dark, and Capernaum. Night come, an Jedus still ain
Jesus was not come to come ta um. 18 A big wind beena blow an
them.
18 And the sea arose de wata staat fa git rough. 19 De ciple dem
by reason of a great wind
that blew. row bout shree mile wen dey see Jedus da
19 So when they had
rowed about five and
waak pon de wata. E waak op close ta de
twenty or thirty furlongs, boat an dey been mos scaid ta det.
they see Jesus walking on 20 Jedus tell um say, Dis me! Mus dohn
the sea, and drawing
nigh unto the ship: and be scaid. 21 Wen dey know dat been
they were afraid.
20 But he saith unto Jedus, dey been heppy fa hep um eenta de
them, It is I; be not afraid. boat. An dat same time dey, de boat reach
21 Then they willingly
received him into the lan weh dey beena go.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6 335
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
336 John 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6 337
heaben. 42 Dey say, Dis man yah Jedus, which came down from
heaven.
Joseph son, ainty? We know e fada an e 42 And they said, Is
modda. How e kin say now, A come down not this Jesus, the son of
Joseph, whose father and
fom heaben? mother we know? how is
43 Jedus tell um say, Oona mus dohn it then that he saith, I
came down from heaven?
grumble mongst one noda! 44 Ain nobody 43 Jesus therefore an-
swered and said unto
kin come ta me cep me Fada wa sen me them, Murmur not
bring dat poson ta me. An A gwine mek among yourselves.
44 No man can come
dat poson git op fom mongst de dead to me, except the Father
which hath sent me draw
people pon de las day. 45 De prophet dem him: and I will raise him
been write say, God gwine laan all dem up at the last day.
45 It is written in the
wa dey fa do. Ebrybody wa pay mind ta de prophets, And they shall
be all taught of God. Ev-
Fada an laan wa e laan um, dey gwine ery man therefore that
come ta me. 46 Dat ain mean fa say dat dey hath heard, and hath
learned of the Father,
done see de Fada. Ain nobody see de Fada cometh unto me.
cep de one wa come fom God. E de onliest 46 Not that any man
hath seen the Father,
one wa see de Fada. 47 A da tell oona fa save he which is of God,
true, de poson wa bleebe pon me, dat one he hath seen the Father.
47 Verily, verily, I say
dey done git true life wa ain neba gwine unto you, He that believ-
end. 48 A de bread wa da gii life. 49 Oona eth on me hath everlast-
ing life.
ole people beena nyam de manna wen dey 48 I am that bread of
been dey een de wildaness. Stillyet, dey life.
49 Your fathers did eat
done dead. 50 Bot dis de bread wa come manna in the wilderness,
down fom heaben, dat a poson kin nyam and are dead.
50 This is the bread
an e ain gwine dead. 51 A de bread wa da which cometh down from
heaven, that a man may
gii life, wa come down fom heaben. eat thereof, and not die.
Ebrybody wa da nyam dis bread, dat one 51 I am the living
bread which came down
gwine git true life wa ain neba gwine end. from heaven: if any man
eat of this bread, he shall
Dis bread wa A gwine gii, dat me body wa live for ever: and the
A gwine gii fa be a sacrifice so dat all bread that I will give is
my flesh, which I will
people een de wol kin git true life. give for the life of the
52 Dis wa Jedus say mek de people bex, world.
52 The Jews therefore
an dey staat fa aagy wid one noda. Dey strove among them-
selves, saying, How can
say, How dis man yah gwine gii we e this man give us his flesh
body fa nyam? to eat?
53 Then Jesus said
53 Jedus tell um say, A da tell oona fa unto them, Verily, verily,
true. Ef oona ain nyam de body ob de Man I say unto you, Except ye
eat the flesh of the Son of
wa Come fom God an drink e blood, oona man, and drink his blood,
ain gwine git no true life. 54 Ebrybody wa ye have no life in you.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
338 John 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6, 7 339
sell Jedus. 7
,6
Chapter 7
1 After these things Je-
Jedus Broda dem Ain Bleebe pon Um sus walked in Galilee: for
7
he would not walk in
1 Atta dat, Jedus gone all roun Jewry, because the Jews
Galilee. E ain been wahn fa go eenta sought to kill him.
2 Now the Jews' feast
Judea, cause de Jew leada dem wa lib oba of tabernacles was at
dey beena look fa kill um. 2 De Jew Feas hand.
3 His brethren there-
ob Tabernacle been close. 3 So e broda fore said unto him, De-
dem tell um say, Mus go way fom yah an part hence, and go into
Judaea, that thy disciples
go ta Judea, so dat de people wa da folla also may see the works
that thou doest.
ya kin see dem miracle wa ya da do. 4 For there is no man
4 Nobody ain gwine hide wa e da do wen e that doeth any thing in
secret, and he himself
wahn people fa know um good. Ya da do seeketh to be known
openly. If thou do these
dem miracle yah, so den, leh ebrybody een things, shew thyself to
de wol know bout ya! 5 (Cause eben the world.
5 For neither did his
Jedus own broda dem ain bleebe pon um.) brethren believe in him.
6 Jedus tell um say, Fa oona, e ain 6 Then Jesus said unto
them, My time is not yet
matta wa time, bot de time ain right fa me come: but your time is al-
yet. 7 De people ob de wol, dey boun fa way ready.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
340 John 7
7 The world cannot like oona. Bot dey hate me cause A da tell
hate you; but me it
hateth, because I testify um dat dey da do bad. 8 Bot oona go head
of it, that the works on ta Jerusalem fa de Feas. A ain gwine
thereof are evil.
8 Go ye up unto this dey cause de time fa me ain right. 9 Atta
feast: I go not up yet unto Jedus say dat, e stay on een Galilee.
this feast; for my time is
not yet full come.
9 When he had said Jedus Go ta Jerusalem
these words unto them, fa de Feas ob Tabernacle
he abode still in Galilee.
10 But when his breth- 10 Atta Jedus broda dem done gone ta
ren were gone up, then Jerusalem fa de Feas, Jedus gone dey too.
went he also up unto the
feast, not openly, but as it E gone by esef so de people ain shim. 11 De
were in secret. Jew leada dem beena look fa Jedus dey.
11 Then the Jews
sought him at the feast, Dey beena aks de people fa um say, Weh
and said, Where is he? dat man dey?
12 And there was 12 Plenty people een de crowd beena
much murmuring among
the people concerning whispa bout Jedus. Some dem say, Jedus
him: for some said, He is one good man. Oda dem say, No, Jedus
a good man: others said,
Nay; but he deceiveth the ain no good man. E da fool de people.
people. 13 Bot nobody ain taak loud bout Jedus fa
13 Howbeit no man
spake openly of him for
mek de crowd yeh cause dey been scaid ob
fear of the Jews. de Jew leada dem.
14 Now about the 14 De holiday feas done been gone bout
midst of the feast Jesus haf way wen Jedus gone ta God House an
went up into the temple,
and taught. staat fa laan de people dey. 15 De Jew
15 And the Jews mar- leada dem stonish, an dey aks say,
velled, saying, How Hoccome dis man know sommuch wen e
knoweth this man letters,
having never learned? ain been ta school eben one day?
16 Jesus answered 16 Jedus ansa um say, E ain me own
them, and said, My doc- laanin. A da laan oona bout de one wa sen
trine is not mine, but his
that sent me. me. E tell me wa fa laan oona.
17 If any man will do 17 Ebrybody wa wahn fa do wa God wahn,
his will, he shall know of dey gwine know ef God da tell me wa A da
the doctrine, whether it
be of God, or whether I laan people or ef wa A da taak da come jes
speak of myself. fom me. 18 De poson wa da tell jes wa da
18 He that speaketh of
come fom esef, e da try fa mek people
himself seeketh his own
glory: but he that seeketh praise um. Bot de poson wa wahn fa mek
his glory that sent him, people praise de one wa sen um, dat poson
the same is true, and no
unrighteousness is in trute mout. E ain got no lie noweh bout
him. um. 19 Moses done gii oona de Law, ainty?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 7 341
Bot ain none ob oona da do wa de Law say. 19 Did not Moses give
you the law, and yet none
Wa mek oona da try fa kill me? of you keepeth the law?
20 De crowd ob people ansa say, Ya got Why go ye about to kill
me?
a debil dey een ya! Who dat da try fa kill 20 The people an-
ya? swered and said, Thou
21 Jedus ansa um say, Oona all been hast a devil: who goeth
about to kill thee?
stonish w e n A done one miracle. 21 Jesus answered and
22 Stillyet, Moses done tell oona fa said unto them, I have
done one work, and ye all
circumcise oona boy chullun. (Bot fa true marvel.
Moses ain de one wa fus staat fa 22 Moses therefore
gave unto you circumci-
circumcise. De ole people fus staat fa do sion; (not because it is of
dat). So oona da circumcise boy chullun Moses, but of the fa-
thers;) and ye on the sab-
pon de Woshup Day. 23 Now den, ef oona bath day circumcise a
man.
circumcise boy chullun pon de Woshup 23 If a man on the sab-
Day so dat oona kin keep de Law wa Moses bath day receive circum-
cision, that the law of
gii oona, hoccome oona bex wid me cause Moses should not be bro-
A mek a poson well pon de Woshup Day? ken; are ye angry at me,
because I have made a
24 Oona mus dohn jedge jes wa oona da man every whit whole on
the sabbath day?
see. Mus jedge how ting da fa true. 24 Judge not accord-
ing to the appearance,
Some People Aks Say, but judge righteous judg-
ment.
Jedus de Messiah? 25 Then said some of
them of Jerusalem, Is not
25 Den some de people dey een this he, whom they seek
Jerusalem beena aks say, Dis de man wa to kill?
de Jew leada dem da try fa kill, ainty? 26 But, lo, he speaketh
boldly, and they say
26 Bot see yah, e da taak yah weh nothing unto him. Do the
ebrybody yeh um, an dey ain say nottin rulers know indeed that
this is the very Christ?
ginst um! Ya spose de Jew leada dem 27 Howbeit we know
know fa true dat Jedus, e de Messiah? this man whence he is:
27 Bot wen de Messiah come, nobody ain but when Christ cometh,
no man knoweth whence
gwine know weh e come fom, an we all he is.
know weh dis man come fom. 28 Then cried Jesus in
28 So wen Jedus beena laan de people the temple as he taught,
saying, Ye both know me,
een God House, e taak loud say, Oona and ye know whence I
am: and I am not come of
tink ya know me good, ainty? An oona tink myself, but he that sent
ya know weh A come fom. Bot A ain come me is true, whom ye
yah on me own. De one wa sen me, e fa know not.
29 But I know him: for
true, an oona ain know um. 29 Bot A know I am from him, and he
um, cause A come fom um an e sen me. hath sent me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
342 John 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 7 343
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
344 John 7, 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8 345
fus stone pon dis ooman. 8 Den Jedus 8 And again he stoop-
ed down, and wrote on
stoop down gin an write pon de groun. the ground.
9 Wen dey yeh wa Jedus say, dey all lef 9 And they which
heard it, being convicted
dey, one by one. De ole one dem fus come by their own conscience,
outta dey, an den de nyoung one dem. So went out one by one, be-
den jes Jedus been lef, an de ooman beena ginning at the eldest, even
unto the last: and Jesus
still stanop dey. 10 Jedus stanop an aks de was left alone, and the
ooman say, Weh ebrybody? Ain nobody woman standing in the
midst.
yah fa condemn ya? 10 When Jesus had
11 De ooman ansa say, Ain nobody lifted up himself, and saw
none but the woman, he
yah, sah! said unto her, Woman,
Jedus tell um say, A ain gwine where are those thine ac-
cusers? hath no man con-
condemn ya needa. Ya kin go now, bot demned thee?
mus dohn sin no mo.] 11 She said, No man,
Lord. And Jesus said unto
her, Neither do I con-
Jedus de Light ob de Wol demn thee: go, and sin no
12 Wen Jedus taak gin ta de people, e more.
12 Then spake Jesus
say, A de Light ob de wol. De one wa da again unto them, saying,
folla me gwine hab de light wa da gii life I am the light of the
world: he that followeth
an e ain gwine neba waak een de daak. me shall not walk in
13 De Pharisee dem say, Ya jes da taak darkness, but shall have
the light of life.
bout yasef. Nobody ain yah fa stan fa ya, 13 The Pharisees
so wa ya da say ain mean nottin. therefore said unto him,
14 Jedus ansa um say, Ain nobody yah Thou bearest record of
thyself; thy record is not
fa stan fa me. Bot A da taak true, cause A true.
14 Jesus answered and
know weh A come fom an weh A da gwine. said unto them, Though I
Oona ain know weh A come fom an oona bear record of myself, yet
my record is true: for I
ain know weh A da gwine. 15 Oona da know whence I came,
jedge like how people jedge oda people. A and whither I go; but ye
cannot tell whence I
ain jedge nobody. 16 Bot ef A fa jedge come, and whither I go.
15 Ye judge after the
people, A gwine jedge um scraight. Cause flesh; I judge no man.
ain jes me wa gwine jedge um. Me Fada 16 And yet if I judge,
wa sen me, e yah wid me. 17 Een oona own my judgment is true: for I
am not alone, but I and
Jew Law dey write say, wen two people the Father that sent me.
say de same ting bout wa happen, dat 17 It is also written in
your law, that the testi-
mean dey da taak true. 18 A da stan fa mony of two men is true.
mesef, an me Fada wa sen me, e da stan fa 18 I am one that bear
witness of myself, and
me. the Father that sent me
19 Dey aks um say, Weh ya Fada dey? beareth witness of me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
346 John 8
19 Then said they unto Jedus ansa, Oona ain know me, an
him, Where is thy Fa-
ther? Jesus answered, Ye oona ain know me Fada. Ef oona been
neither know me, nor my know me, oona been gwine know me
Father: if ye had known
me, ye should have
Fada, too.
known my Father also. 20 Jedus say dem wod wen e beena laan
20 These words spake
Jesus in the treasury, as
de people een God House, eenside de room
he taught in the temple: weh de collection box been. Bot nobody
and no man laid hands on ain res um cause de time fa res um ain
him; for his hour was not
yet come. come yet.
21 Then said Jesus
again unto them, I go my Oona Ain Able fa Go Weh A da Gwine
way, and ye shall seek
me, and shall die in your 21 Jedus tell de people gin say, A
sins: whither I go, ye can-
not come. gwine off. Oona gwine look fa me, bot
22 Then said the Jews, oona gwine dead wid all oona sin. Oona
Will he kill himself? be-
cause he saith, Whither I
ain able fa gone ta de place weh A da
go, ye cannot come. gwine.
23 And he said unto
22 So de Jew leada dem say, Dis man
them, Ye are from be-
neath; I am from above: say we ain able fa gone ta de place weh e
ye are of this world; I am da gwine. Oona tink dat mean e gwine kill
not of this world.
24 I said therefore esef?
unto you, that ye shall 23 Jedus ansa um say, Oona blongst ta
die in your sins: for if ye
believe not that I am he, dis wol yah, bot A come fom heaben. Oona
ye shall die in your sins. come fom dis wol, bot A ain come fom dis
25 Then said they unto
him, Who art thou? And
wol. 24 Dat wa mek me tell oona say, oona
Jesus saith unto them, gwine dead wid all oona sin. Ef oona ain
Even the same that I said bleebe dat A de one A say A da, fa sho oona
unto you from the
beginning. gwine dead wid oona sin.
26 I have many things 25 Dey aks Jedus say, Who ya da?
to say and to judge of
you: but he that sent me Jedus ansa say, A de one A say A da. A
is true; and I speak to the beena tell oona fom de time wen A fus
world those things which
I have heard of him. staat fa taak ta oona. 26 A hab a heapa ting
27 They understood fa say bout oona, an a heapa ting fa jedge
not that he spake to them
of the Father.
oona fa. Bot de one wa sen me, e fa true.
28 Then said Jesus An A da tell de people een de wol jes wa e
unto them, When ye have tell me.
lifted up the Son of man,
then shall ye know that I 27 Dey ain ondastan dat Jedus beena
am he, and that I do noth- tell um bout de Fada wa dey een heaben.
ing of myself; but as my
Father hath taught me, I 28 So den Jedus tell um say, Wen oona lif
speak these things. op de Man wa Come fom God, den oona
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8 347
gwine know who A da. Oona gwine know 29 And he that sent me
is with me: the Father
dat A ain do nottin on me own. A jes say hath not left me alone;
wa de Fada laan me fa say. 29 An de one for I do always those
wa sen me, e dey wid me. E ain lef me ta things that please him.
30 As he spake these
mesef, cause all de time A da do jes wa e words, many believed on
wahn me fa do. him.
31 Then said Jesus to
30 Plenty people wa yeh Jedus say dem those Jews which be-
wod, dey bleebe pon um. lieved on him, If ye con-
tinue in my word, then
are ye my disciples
Free Man an Slabe indeed;
32 And ye shall know
31 So den Jedus tell de Jew dem wa the truth, and the truth
bleebe pon um say, Ef oona keep on da do shall make you free.
33 They answered
all wa A tell oona fa do, oona me ciple fa him, We be Abraham's
true. 32 Den oona gwine know de trute, an seed, and were never in
de trute gwine mek oona free. bondage to any man:
how sayest thou, Ye shall
33 Dey ansa Jedus say, We de chullun be made free?
ob Abraham. We ain neba been nobody 34 Jesus answered
them, Verily, verily, I say
slabe. So hoccome ya da tell we, Oona unto you, Whosoever
gwine be free? committeth sin is the ser-
34 Jedus ansa um say, A da tell oona fa vant of sin.
35 And the servant
true, ebrybody wa sin, dey de slabe ta sin. abideth not in the house
35 Slabe ain blongst ta e massa house for ever: but the Son
abideth ever.
faeba, bot de son blongst ta e fada house 36 If the Son therefore
faeba. 36 So ef God Son mek oona free, den shall make you free, ye
shall be free indeed.
oona gwine be free fa true. 37 A know 37 I know that ye are
oona de chullun ob Abraham. Stillyet, Abraham's seed; but ye
seek to kill me, because
oona da try fa kill me cause oona ain wahn my word hath no place in
fa do wa A tell oona. 38 A da tell oona bout you.
38 I speak that which I
dem ting wa God me Fada done show me, have seen with my Fa-
bot oona da do wa oona own fada tell oona ther: and ye do that
which ye have seen with
fa do. your father.
39 Dey ansa Jedus say, Abraham we 39 They answered and
said unto him, Abraham
fada. is our father. Jesus saith
unto them, If ye were
Jedus tell um say, Ef oona been Abraham's children, ye
Abraham chullun, oona fa do dem same would do the works of
Abraham.
ting wa Abraham been do. 40 A da tell 40 But now ye seek to
oona jes dem true wod wa A yeh fom God. kill me, a man that hath
told you the truth, which
Stillyet, oona da try fa kill me. Abraham I have heard of God: this
ain do nottin like dat. 41 Oona da do wa did not Abraham.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
348 John 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8, 9 349
52 Den de Jew dem tell Jedus say, Now 52 Then said the Jews
unto him, Now we know
we know fa sho dat ya got a ebil sperit dey that thou hast a devil.
Abraham is dead, and the
een ya! Abraham done dead, an all de prophets; and thou
prophet dem dead. Stillyet ya say, sayest, If a man keep my
saying, he shall never
Ebrybody wa da do wa A da laan um, dey taste of death.
ain neba gwine dead. 5 3 We fada 53 Art thou greater
than our father Abraham,
Abraham done dead. Ya mean fa say dat which is dead? and the
ya mo bigga den Abraham? De prophet prophets are dead: whom
makest thou thyself?
dem done dead too. Who ya spose fa be? 54 Jesus answered, If I
54 Jedus ansa um say, Ef A da gii hona honour myself, my hon-
our is nothing: it is my
ta mesef, dat ain nottin. Me Fada de one Father that honoureth
me; of whom ye say, that
wa da gii hona ta me, an e de one wa oona he is your God:
da call oona God. 55 Oona ain neba know 55 Yet ye have not
known him; but I know
um, bot A know um. Ef A say dat A ain him: and if I should say, I
know um, A been fa lie same like oona. Bot know him not, I shall be a
liar like unto you: but I
A know um, an A da do wa e say. 56 Oona know him, and keep his
saying.
fada Abraham been too heppy cause God 56 Your father Abra-
show um de time wen A gwine come eenta ham rejoiced to see my
day: and he saw it, and
de wol. Fo A bon, e been know A gwine was glad.
57 Then said the Jews
come, so e been heppy. unto him, Thou art not
57 De Jew people say, Ya ain fifty yeah yet fifty years old, and
ole yet. Hoccome ya say ya done see hast thou seen Abraham?
58 Jesus said unto
Abraham? them, Verily, verily, I say
58 Jedus ansa um say, A da tell oona fa unto you, Before Abra-
ham was, I am.
true, fo Abraham bon, A da. 59 Then took they up
stones to cast at him: but
59 Den de people pick op stone fa chunk Jesus hid himself, and
pon Jedus, bot e hide an come out fom went out of the temple,
going through the midst
eenside God House. of them, and so passed
by.
9
,8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
350 John 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 9 351
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
352 John 9
blind, and said unto him, say, Ya mus sweah fo God dat ya gwine
Give God the praise: we
know that this man is a tell we de trute! We know dat dis man wa
sinner. heal ya eye got sin een e life.
25 He answered and
said, Whether he be a sin- 25 De man ansa um say, A ain know ef
ner or no, I know not: one e got sin or ef e ain got sin een e life. One
thing I know, that,
whereas I was blind, now ting A know fa sho. A been bline, bot now
I see.
26 Then said they to A da see.
him again, What did he 26 Dey aks um gin say, Wa de man do
to thee? how opened he ta ya fa heal ya eye?
thine eyes?
27 He answered them, 27 De man ansa um say, A done tell
I have told you already, oona, bot oona ain listen. Wa mek oona
and ye did not hear:
wherefore would ye hear wahn me fa tell oona gin? Oona wahn fa
it again? will ye also be be e ciple too?
his disciples?
28 Then they reviled 28 Wen dem Pharisee yeh dat, dey
him, and said, Thou art shrow slam at de man an say, Ya dat man
his disciple; but we are
Moses' disciples.
ciple, ainty! We Moses ciple. 29 We know
29 We know that God God done taak ta Moses, bot dis man yah,
spake unto Moses: as for we ain eben know weh e come fom.
this fellow, we know not
from whence he is. 30 De man ansa say, Dat sho nuff
30 The man answered
and said unto them, Why
scrange! Oona ain eben know weh dis man
herein is a marvellous come fom, bot e done heal me eye. 31 We
thing, that ye know not
from whence he is, and know God ain yeh wa no sinna say ta um.
yet he hath opened mine Bot God yeh all de people wa woshup um
eyes.
31 Now we know that fa true an do wa e tell um fa do. 32 Fom
God heareth not sinners:
but if any man be a wor- wen God fus mek de wol, nobody ain neba
shipper of God, and yeh say dat somebody done heal a poson
doeth his will, him he
heareth. wa been bon bline. 33 Ef dis man ain been
32 Since the world be-
gan was it not heard that
come fom God, e ain been able fa do
any man opened the eyes nottin.
of one that was born
blind. 34 Den dem Jew leada ansa say, Ya
33 If this man were not done bon wid sin all roun ya. Ya da try fa
of God, he could do
nothing. laan we? Den dey shrow de man outta de
34 They answered and meetin house.
said unto him, Thou wast
altogether born in sins,
and dost thou teach us? Dem wa Bline fa True
And they cast him out.
35 Jesus heard that 35 Jedus yeh say dey been chunk de
they had cast him out;
and when he had found man out, so e gone an find de man an e aks
him, he said unto him, um say, Ya bleebe pon de Man wa Come
Dost thou believe on the
Son of God? fom God?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 9, 10 353
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
354 John 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 10 355
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
356 John 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11 357
11
,10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
358 John 11
13 Howbeit Jesus
spake of his death: but
dat Lazarus done dead. Bot de ciple dem
they thought that he had beena tink Jedus mean fa say Lazarus jes
spoken of taking of rest in
sleep. da sleep. 14 So Jedus tell um plain say,
14 Then said Jesus Lazarus done dead. 15 Bot fa oona sake, A
unto them plainly, Laza-
rus is dead.
glad A ain been dey wid um, cause dat
15 And I am glad for gwine leh oona laan fa bleebe pon me. Leh
your sakes that I was not
there, to the intent ye we gone ta um.
may believe; neverthe- 16 Thomas, wa dey call de Twin, e tell de
less let us go unto him.
16 Then said Thomas, oda ciple dem say, Leh we all go long wid
which is called Didymus, de Teacha too, so we kin dead wid um.
unto his fellowdisciples,
Let us also go, that we
may die with him. Jedus de One wa Mek People Lib Gin
17 Then when Jesus
came, he found that he 17 Wen Jedus git ta Lazarus place, e find
had lain in the grave four
days already. out say Lazarus been dead fo day. 18 E ain
18 Now Bethany was b een tw o mile tw e en Bet hany an
nigh unto Jerusalem,
about fifteen furlongs off:
Jerusalem. 19 An heapa Jew dem done
19 And many of the been come fa tell Martha an Mary dat dey
Jews came to Martha and
Mary, to comfort them saary dey broda Lazarus dead.
concerning their brother. 20 Wen Martha yeh say Jedus da come,
20 Then Martha, as
soon as she heard that Je- e gone fa meet um. Bot Mary ain come
sus was coming, went
and met him: but Mary outta de house. 21 Martha tell Jedus say,
sat still in the house.
21 Then said Martha
Lawd, ef ya been yah, me broda ain been
unto Jesus, Lord, if thou fa dead! 22 Stillyet A know, eben now God
hadst been here, my gwine gii ya wasoneba ya aks um fa.
brother had not died.
22 But I know, that 23 Jedus tell Martha say, Ya broda
even now, whatsoever
thou wilt ask of God, God gwine git op an come outta e grabe. E
will give it thee. gwine lib gin.
23 Jesus saith unto
her, Thy brother shall 24 Martha ansa say, A know e gwine
rise again.
24 Martha saith unto
git op an come outta e grabe pon de las
him, I know that he shall day, wen all people gwine git op an come
rise again in the resurrec- outta dey grabe.
tion at the last day.
25 Jesus said unto her, 25 Jedus tell um say, A da mek people
I am the resurrection,
and the life: he that be- git op an come outta dey grabe, an A da
lieveth in me, though he gim life. De one wa bleebe pon me, eben
were dead, yet shall he
live: dough e done dead, stillyet e gwine lib gin.
26 And whosoever 26 An de one wa da lib an bleebe pon me, e
liveth and believeth in
me shall never die. ain neba gwine dead. Ya bleebe dat?
Believest thou this?
27 She saith unto him,
27 Martha ansa say, Yeah, Lawd, A
Yea, Lord: I believe that bleebe ya de Messiah Christ, God Son, wa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11 359
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
360 John 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11, 12 361
Chapter 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
362 John 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12 363
Lazarus lib gin, a heapa Jew people lef dey Jews went away, and be-
lieved on Jesus.
leada dem an bleebe pon Jedus.
12 On the next day
much people that were
De People Praise Jedus Wen E Gone come to the feast, when
eenta Jerusalem they heard that Jesus was
Matthew 21:1-11; Mark 11:1-11; Luke 19:28-40 coming to Jerusalem,
ride pon um. All dis been jes like dey been 15 Fear not, daughter
write een God Book say, of Sion: behold, thy King
cometh, sitting on an
15 Oona mus dohn be scaid, ass's colt.
oona wa dey een Zion!
16 These things under-
Look yonda! stood not his disciples at
Oona king da come, the first: but when Jesus
e da ride pon a nyoung donkey. was glorified, then re-
membered they that
16 Jedus ciple dem ain been ondastan these things were written
wa dat mean. Bot wen God done mek of him, and that they had
done these things unto
Jedus git op outta e tomb an lib gin, an him.
God gim hona an glory fa true, de ciple
dem memba say, dis wod wa been write 17 The people there-
fore that was with him
een God Book been bout Jedus. An dey see when he called Lazarus
dat all wa been write down, e happen jes out of his grave, and
raised him from the dead,
like God Book say. bare record.
17 De crowd wa been dey wid Jedus
wen e call Lazarus fa come outta e tomb an 18 For this cause the
people also met him, for
mek um lib gin, dey beena spread de that they heard that he
nyews bout wa happen. 18 Dat mek a had done this miracle.
whole heapa people go out fa meet Jedus,
19 The Pharisees
cause dey been yeh say e done do dat therefore said among
miracle. 19 Den de Pharisee dem tell one themselves, Perceive ye
how ye prevail nothing?
noda say, See dey, we ain able fa do behold, the world is gone
nottin! All de people da folla um! after him.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
364 John 12
20 And there were cer- Some Greek People Come fa See Jedus
tain Greeks among them
that came up to worship Some Greek people been dey mongst
20
at the feast: de people wa gone fa woshup God een
21 The same came
therefore to Philip, which
Jerusalem, wen de time fa de Feas come.
was of Bethsaida of Gali- 21 Dem Greek gone ta Philip. E de one wa
lee, and desired him, say- come fom Bethsaida, dey een Galilee. Dey
ing, Sir, we would see
Jesus. tell Philip say, Sah, we wahn fa see Jedus.
22 Philip cometh and 22 Philip gone an tell Andrew, an den
telleth Andrew: and dem two gone an tell Jedus wa de Greek
again Andrew and Philip
tell Jesus. people been wahn. 23 Jedus ansa um say,
23 And Jesus answered De time done yah wen God gwine show
them, saying, The hour is de true glory ob de Man wa Come fom
come, that the Son of
man should be glorified. God. 24 A da tell oona fa true, one seed ob
24 Verily, verily, I say wheat jes gwine stay one seed, ef e ain
unto you, Except a corn faddown an go eenta de groun an dead.
of wheat fall into the
ground and die, it Bot ef dat seed go eenta de groun an dead,
abideth alone: but if it e gwine grow an beah a whole heapa seed.
die, it bringeth forth
much fruit.
25 De poson wa lob e own life gwine loss
25 He that loveth his um, bot ebrybody wa hate e own life een
life shall lose it; and he dis wol gwine keep e life faeba. 26 De
that hateth his life in this
world shall keep it unto poson wa da wok fa me, e haffa do wa A
life eternal. tell um fa do. De poson wa da wok fa me, e
26 If any man serve gwine stay wid me wehsoneba A da.
me, let him follow me;
and where I am, there Fodamo, me Fada gwine gii hona ta
shall also my servant be: ebrybody wa da wok fa me.
if any man serve me, him
will my Father honour.
Jedus Taak bout E Det
27 Now is my soul
troubled; and what shall I 27 Now me haat burden down, an wa A
say? Father, save me gwine say? A cyahn say, Fada, sabe me
from this hour: but for
this cause came I unto fom dat hour wen A gwine suffa. Cause ob
this hour. dis bery ting, A come eenta dis wol.
28 Father, glorify thy
28 Fada, mek people see dat dey oughta gii
name. Then came there a
voice from heaven, say- ya glory!
ing, I have both glorified Den a boice speak fom outta heaben
it, and will glorify it
again. say, A done mek people see dat dey
29 The people there- oughta gii me glory, an A gwine mek um
fore, that stood by, and see dat gin.
heard it, said that it thun-
dered: others said, An an-
29 De crowd wa beena stanop dey yeh
gel spake to him. de boice, an dey say e been tunda. Oda
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12 365
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
366 John 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12, 13 367
13
1 De time ob de Passoba Feas of the passover, when Je-
sus knew that his hour
come close, an Jedus been know was come that he should
de time been come fa um fa lef dis wol an depart out of this world
unto the Father, having
gone back ta de Fada. Fom de fus, Jedus loved his own which
been lob e own people een de wol, dem wa were in the world, he
loved them unto the end.
bleebe pon um. Now e da show um fa true 2 And supper being
hommuch e lob um. ended, the devil having
2 Een de ebenin, Jedus an e ciple dem now put into the heart of
Judas Iscariot, Simon's
beena nyam. De Debil been pit eenta Judas son, to betray him;
3 Jesus knowing that
haat dat e oughta ton Jedus een ta dem wa
the Father had given all
been ginst um. Dis Judas yah been Simon things into his hands, and
Iscariot chile. 3 Jedus been know dat de that he was come from
God, and went to God;
Fada been gim all powa fa win out oba 4 He riseth from sup-
ebryting. E been know dat e come fom God per, and laid aside his
garments; and took a
an e gwine go back ta God. 4 So Jedus git towel, and girded him-
op fom de table weh dey been seddown da self.
5 After that he poureth
nyam. E pull off e robe wa e weah oba e water into a bason, and
oda cloes, an tie a towel roun e wais. 5 Den began to wash the disci-
e pit wata een a basin an staat fa wash e ples' feet, and to wipe
them with the towel
ciple dem foot. E dry um wid de towel wa wherewith he was
been tie roun e wais. 6 Wen Jedus come ta girded.
6 Then cometh he to
Simon Peter, Peter aks Jedus say, Lawd, Simon Peter: and Peter
ya da come fa wash me foot? saith unto him, Lord, dost
7 Jedus ansa um say, Ya ain ondastan thou wash my feet?
7 Jesus answered and
wa A da do now. Bot ya gwine ondastan said unto him, What I do
thou knowest not now;
um by an by. but thou shalt know
8 Simon Peter tell Jedus say, No, ya ain hereafter.
8 Peter saith unto him,
neba gwine wash me foot!
Thou shalt never wash
Jedus ansa say, Ef A ain wash ya foot, my feet. Jesus answered
ya ain got no place wid me. him, If I wash thee not,
thou hast no part with
9 So Simon Peter tell Jedus say, Well me.
den, Lawd, ef dat so e stan, mus dohn wash 9 Simon Peter saith
unto him, Lord, not my
jes me foot. Mus wash me han an me head feet only, but also my
too! hands and my head.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
368 John 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 13 369
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
370 John 13, 14
Chapter 14
1 Let not your heart be Jedus de Way ta de Fada
14
troubled: ye believe in
God, believe also in me.
Jedus tell e ciple dem say, Mus
1
2 In my Father's house dohn leh oona haat be hebby. Mus
are many mansions: if it trus God, an trus een me too. 2 Plenty
were not so, I would have
told you. I go to prepare a
room dey een me Fada house. A gwine dey
place for you. fa mek de place ready fa oona. Ef e ain
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 14 371
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
372 John 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 14, 15 373
wiles A still yah wid oona. 26 Bot de One 26 But the Comforter,
which is the Holy Ghost,
wa gwine longside oona fa hep, dat de whom the Father will
Holy Sperit. De Fada gwine sen um ta oona send in my name, he shall
teach you all things, and
een me name. De Holy Sperit gwine laan bring all things to your
oona all ting an mek oona memba all A remembrance, whatso-
ever I have said unto you.
done tell oona. 27 Peace I leave with
27 Now dat A da gwine way fom yah, A you, my peace I give unto
da gii oona peace een oona haat. Me own you: not as the world giv-
eth, give I unto you. Let
peace A da gii oona. A ain da gii oona de not your heart be trou-
kind ob peace dat de people an de ting een bled, neither let it be
afraid.
dis wol yah da gii. Oona mus dohn leh 28 Ye have heard how
oona haat be hebby bout nottin. Mus dohn I said unto you, I go
away, and come again
be scaid. 28 Oona done yeh me tell oona unto you. If ye loved me,
say, A da gwine way fom yah, bot A gwine ye would rejoice, because
I said, I go unto the Fa-
come back ta oona. Ef oona been lob me, ther: for my Father is
oona been gwine know fa true dat A da greater than I.
29 And now I have told
gwine ta de Fada, cause de Fada mo greata you before it come to
den me. 29 A done tell oona all dis fo e pass, that, when it is
happen, so dat wen e happen, oona gwine come to pass, ye might
believe.
bleebe. 30 A ain got much mo time fa taak 30 Hereafter I will not
ta oona now, cause de one wa da rule oba talk much with you: for
the prince of this world
dis wol, e da come. Bot e ain got no powa cometh, and hath noth-
oba me. 31 Bot de people een de wol haffa ing in me.
31 But that the world
know A lob de Fada, an cause ob dat, A do may know that I love the
jes wa e chaage me fa do. Father; and as the Father
Oona come now, leh we gone fom yah. gave me commandment,
even so I do. Arise, let us
15
,14 go hence.
Jedus de True Wine
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
374 John 15
not bear fruit of itself, ex- fruit. E haffa be jine ta de wine fa beah
cept it abide in the vine;
no more can ye, except ye fruit. Same way so, oona cyahn do nottin
abide in me. fa God cep oona stay one wid me all de
5 I am the vine, ye are
the branches: He that time.
abideth in me, and I in 5 A de wine. Oona de branch dem.
him, the same bringeth
forth much fruit: for Whosoneba stay jine ta me all de time, e
without me ye can do
nothing. gwine beah a heapa fruit fa me Fada. Oona
6 If a man abide not in cyahn do nottin ef ya ain jine ta me.
me, he is cast forth as a
branch, and is withered; 6 Whosoneba ain stay jine ta me all de
and men gather them, time, e same like a wine branch wa cut off
and cast them into the
fire, and they are burned. ta esef. Dey shrow um way an den e dry
7 If ye abide in me, and
my words abide in you, op. Dey gwine geda dem dead branch an
ye shall ask what ye will, chunk um eenta de fire, weh dey gwine
and it shall be done unto
you. bun. 7 Ef ya stay jine ta me an me wod stay
8 Herein is my Father
glorified, that ye bear een ya haat, ya kin aks me Fada fa
much fruit; so shall ye be wasoneba ya wahn an e gwine gim ta ya.
my disciples.
9 As the Father hath 8 Ef oona beah a heapa fruit fa me Fada,
loved me, so have I loved oona gwine show people dat oona gii glory
you: continue ye in my
love. ta um, an oona gwine show dat oona me
10 If ye keep my com-
mandments, ye shall ciple dem. 9 A lob oona same like me Fada
abide in my love; even as lob me. Now den, oona mus lib een me lob
I have kept my Father's
commandments, and all de time. 10 Ef ya do wa A chaage oona
abide in his love.
11 These things have I fa do, ya gwine lib een me lob. Same
spoken unto you, that my fashion, A beena do wa me Fada chaage
joy might remain in you,
and that your joy might me fa do, an A da lib een de lob ob me
be full. Fada.
12 This is my com-
mandment, That ye love 11 A done tell oona dis so dat oona kin
one another, as I have
loved you. lib full op wid me joy. 12 A da chaage oona
13 Greater love hath
no man than this, that a
fa do dis: Oona mus lob one noda same
man lay down his life for fashion A done lob oona. 13 Ain nobody
his friends.
14 Ye are my friends, if hab no mo lob den de one wa gii e life fa de
ye do whatsoever I com- sake ob e fren dem. 14 Oona me fren ef
mand you. oona do wa A chaage oona fa do. 15 A ain
15 Henceforth I call
you not servants; for the da call oona me saabant no mo, cause de
servant knoweth not
what his lord doeth: but I saabant ain know wa e massa da do.
have called you friends; Steada dat, A da call oona me fren, cause A
for all things that I have
heard of my Father I have done tell oona all wa me Fada done laan
made known unto you.
16 Ye have not chosen me. 16 Oona ain pick me. A de One wa
me, but I have chosen done pick oona, fa go an beah a heapa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 15 375
fruit, fruit wa gwine las. Den de Fada you, and ordained you,
that ye should go and
gwine gii oona wasoneba oona aks um fa, bring forth fruit, and that
ef oona tek me name wen oona aks. 17 So your fruit should remain:
that whatsoever ye shall
den, dis wa A da chaage oona fa do, Oona ask of the Father in my
mus lob one noda. name, he may give it you.
17 These things I com-
mand you, that ye love
De People een de Wol Gwine Hate Oona one another.
18 If the world hate
18 Ef de people een de wol hate oona,
you, ye know that it
oona mus memba dat dey been hate me fo hated me before it hated
dey hate oona. 19 Ef oona blongst ta de you.
19 If ye were of the
wol, den de people ob de wol gwine lob world, the world would
oona, same like dey lob dey own. Bot oona love his own: but because
ye are not of the world,
ain blongst ta de wol. A done pick oona fa but I have chosen you out
come out fom mongst um. Cause ob dat, of the world, therefore
the world hateth you.
dey hate oona. 20 Mus memba wa A done 20 Remember the
tell oona say: De saabant ain no mo betta word that I said unto you,
den e massa. De people mek me suffa, an The servant is not greater
than his lord. If they have
dey gwine mek oona suffa too. Some ob persecuted me, they will
dem beena do wa A laan um, an dey gwine also persecute you; if
they have kept my say-
do wa oona laan um. 21 Bot dey gwine do ing, they will keep yours
all dem ting ta oona cause oona done tek also.
21 But all these things
me name, cause dey ain know de One wa will they do unto you for
sen me. 22 Ef A ain come an taak ta um, my name's sake, because
dem people ain been fa know dey da sin. they know not him that
sent me.
Bot now dat A done come, dey ain hab no 22 If I had not come
scuse fa dey sin. 23 De one wa hate me, e and spoken unto them,
they had not had sin: but
hate me Fada too. 24 De people ain been now they have no cloke
for their sin.
guilty ob dey sin ef A ain beena do all dem 23 He that hateth me
miracle wiles A been dey wid um. Ain no hateth my Father also.
24 If I had not done
oda one neba done sucha miracle. Bot now among them the works
dey done see dem miracle wa A done. which none other man
did, they had not had sin:
Stillyet, dey hate me an dey hate me Fada but now have they both
too. 25 Bot dat so e haffa be, so dat dem seen and hated both me
and my Father.
ting kin come same like wa been write een 25 But this cometh to
dem people own Law say, Dey hate me, pass, that the word might
be fulfilled that is written
bot A ain done nottin fa mek um hate me. in their law, They hated
26 De One wa da go longside people fa me without a cause.
26 But when the Com-
hep um, e gwine come. E de Sperit wa da forter is come, whom I
come fom me Fada, an e gwine mek people will send unto you from
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
376 John 15, 16
the Father, even the Spirit know de trute. A gwine sen de Sperit ta
of truth, which proceed-
eth from the Father, he oona fom me Fada, an e gwine come an
shall testify of me: tell bout me. 27 An oona mus go an tell
27 And ye also shall
bear witness, because ye
bout me too, cause oona been dey wid me
have been with me from fom de time wen A fus staat fa laan
the beginning. people.
16
16
,15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 16 377
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
378 John 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 16, 17 379
queshon. Dat mek we bleebe God done sen thee: by this we believe
that thou camest forth
ya. from God.
31 Jedus ansa um say, Oona bleebe me 31 Jesus answered
them, Do ye now believe?
fa true now, ainty? 32 Bot de time da 32 Behold, the hour
cometh, yea, is now
come, an e yah now, wen dey gwine mek come, that ye shall be
all ob oona scatta. Ebrybody gwine ron scattered, every man to
his own, and shall leave
way ta e own house. Oona gwine lef me all me alone: and yet I am
not alone, because the
ta mesef. Stillyet, A ain gwine be lef all ta Father is with me.
mesef fa true, cause de Fada right yah wid 33 These things I have
spoken unto you, that in
me. 33 A done tell oona all dem ting yah so me ye might have peace.
dat oona wa come fa be one wid me kin In the worldye shall have
tribulation: sbut be of
hab peace een oona haat. Een dis wol oona good cheer; I have over-
come the world.
gwine hab trouble pon ebry han, bot mus 17
,16
Chapter 17
dohn be scaid! A done win out oba de 1 These words spake
wol! Jesus, and lifted up his
eyes to heaven, and said,
Jedus Pray fa E Ciple Dem Father, the hour is come;
glorify thy Son, that thy
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
380 John 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 17, 18 381
18
1 When Jesus had spo-
1Wen Jedus been pray dem wod, ken these words, he went
e an e ciple dem lef dat place. Dey forth with his disciples
over the brook Cedron,
cross oba a creek wa dey call Kidron. Den e where was a garden, into
the which he entered,
gone wid e ciple dem eenta a gyaaden dey and his disciples.
wa hab plenty olib tree. 2 Judas, wa han 2 And Judas also,
which betrayed him,
oba Jedus ta e enemy dem, been know dat knew the place: for Jesus
place good, cause Jedus an e ciple dem ofttimes resorted thither
with his disciples
been meet dey plenty time. 3 So Judas 3 Judas then, having
gone fa meet Jedus een de gyaaden wid received a band of men
and officers from the
some Roman sodja dem, an some ob dem chief priests and Phari-
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
382 John 18
sees, cometh thither with man wa gyaad God House. De leada dem
lanterns and torches and
weapons.
ob de Jew priest dem an de Pharisee dem
4 Jesus therefore, sen de gyaad fa go wid Judas. Dey beena
knowing all things that tote oll lamp an toch, an weapon fa fight
should come upon him,
went forth, and said unto
wid. 4 Jedus been know all wa gwine
them, Whom seek ye? happen ta um, so e gone fa meet dem
5 They answered him, people. E aks um say, Who oona da look
Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus
saith unto them, I am he.
fa?
And Judas also, which 5 Dey ansa say, We da look fa Jedus wa
betrayed him, stood with come fom Nazareth.
them.
6 As soon then as he Jedus say, Dis yah me. A Jedus.
had said unto them, I am Judas, wa come fa han Jedus oba, beena
he, they went backward, stanop dey wid dem people. 6 Wen Jedus
and fell to the ground.
7 Then asked he them say, Dis yah me. A Jedus, de people
again, Whom seek ye? moob back an faddown ta de groun.
And they said, Jesus of 7 Jedus aks um gin say, Who oona da look
Nazareth.
8 Jesus answered, I fa?
have told you that I am Dey say, We da look fa Jedus wa come
he: if therefore ye seek fom Nazareth.
me, let these go their
way: 8 Jedus ansa um say, A done tell oona
9 That the saying dat A Jedus. Ef oona da look fa me, leh
might be fulfilled, which dese oda man go den. 9 Dis happen so dat
he spake, Of them which
thou gavest me have I wa e been say gwine happen, e happen jes
lost none. like e say. Cause e say, Fada, A ain loss
10 Then Simon Peter
having a sword drew it,
eben one ob dem wa ya gii me.
and smote the high 10 Simon Peter beena tote a sode. E pull
priest's servant, and cut out de sode an hit de saabant ob de head
off his right ear. The ser-
vant's name was man ob de Jew priest leada dem, an e cut
Malchus. off dat saabant right yea. Dat saabant been
11 Then said Jesus name Malchus. 11 Jedus ton ta Peter an e
unto Peter, Put up thy chaage um say, Pit way ya sode! Ain A
sword into the sheath:
the cup which my Father gwine drink de cup wa me Fada done gii
hath given me, shall I not me?
drink it?
12 Then the band and
Dey Tek Jedus ta Annas
the captain and officers
of the Jews took Jesus, 12 Den de Roman sodja dem, dey head
and bound him,
leada, an de Jew gyaad dem res Jedus an
13 And led him away
to Annas first; for he was
tie um op. 13 Dey tek um an gone fus
father in law to Caiaphas, fa see Annas. Annas been Caiaphas
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 18 383
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
384 John 18
said unto them: behold, dem people wa done yeh wa A say. Fa sho,
they know what I said.
dey know wa A beena say.
22 And when he had 22 Wen Jedus say dat, one ob de gyaad
thus spoken, one of the dem slap um an say, Dat ain no way fa
officers which stood by
struck Jesus with the taak ta de head man, ainty?
palm of his hand, saying, 23 Jedus ansa say, Ef A done say
Answerest thou the high
priest so?
sompin wa ain right, tell ebrybody yah wa
A say. Bot ef A done say wa true, wa mek
23 Jesus answered ya slap me?
him, If I have spoken evil, 24 So den Annas sen Jedus ta Caiaphas,
bear witness of the evil:
but if well, why smitest de head man ob de priest leada dem een
thou me? dat time. An Jedus han been still tie op.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 18 385
Passoba Feas. Now de Jew dem been wahn 29 Pilate then went out
unto them, and said,
fa nyam de feas. 29 So Pilate, de Roman What accusation bring ye
gobna, gone fa meet um an aks um say, against this man?
30 They answered and
Wa oona say dis man done do? said unto him, If he were
30 Dey ansa Pilate say, We ain been fa not a malefactor, we
bring dis man ta ya ef e ain done bad. would not have delivered
him up unto thee.
31 Pilate tell um say, Oona tek um an 31 Then said Pilate
go jedge um by oona own law. unto them, Take ye him,
and judge him according
De Jew dem ansa say, Bot oona Roman to your law. The Jews
law say we ain got no right fa tek no man therefore said unto him,
It is not lawful for us to
life. 32 Wen all dis happen, dat mek um put any man to death:
come true wa Jedus been say bout de way 32 That the saying of
Jesus might be fulfilled,
e been gwine dead. which he spake, signify-
33 Pilate gone eenside de bighouse ta de ing what death he should
place weh dey jedge people. Den e mek um die.
33 Then Pilate entered
tek Jedus an come meet um eenside dey. E into the judgment hall
quizzit Jedus say, Ya de King ob de Jew again, and called Jesus,
and said unto him, Art
people dem? thou the King of the
34 Den Jedus aks Pilate say, Dat wa ya Jews?
34 Jesus answered
tink? O dat wa oda people tell ya bout him, Sayest thou this
me? thing of thyself, or did
35 Pilate ansa say, Ya tink A a Jew? Ya others tell it thee of me?
35 Pilate answered,
own Jew people an de leada dem ob de Am I a Jew? Thine own
nation and the chief
priest dem, dey done han ya oba ta me. Wa priests have delivered
ya done done? thee unto me: what hast
thou done?
36 Jedus tell Pilate say, A ain a king 36 Jesus answered, My
kingdom is not of this
like de king dem wa rule een dis wol. Ef A world: if my kingdom
been a king like dat, me man dem been were of this world, then
would my servants fight,
gwine fight fa me so dat de Jew dem ain that I should not be deliv-
ered to the Jews: but now
res me. No, A ain a king like dem wa rule is my kingdom not from
een dis wol yah. hence.
37 Pilate therefore said
37 Pilate aks um say, Well den, dat unto him, Art thou a king
mean ya a king, ainty? then? Jesus answered,
Thou sayest that I am a
Jedus ansa say, Ya right wen ya say A a king. To this end was I
born, and for this cause
king. Dat hoccome A come eenta de wol. A came I into the world,
bon fa tell people de trute. All dem wa lob that I should bear witness
unto the truth. Every one
trute, dey da pay mind ta me wod. that is of the truth
38 Pilate aks um say, De trute, wa dat heareth my voice.
38 Pilate saith unto
mean? him, What is truth? And
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
386 John 18, 19
Chapter 19
19
1 Then Pilate therefore 1 Pilate tell de sodja dem fa tek
took Jesus, and scourged
him. Jedus an go beat um. 2 De sodja
2 And the soldiers plat- dem tek some sticky briah an mek a
ted a crown of thorns,
and put it on his head,
crown, an dey pit um pon Jedus head. Den
and they put on him a dey pit a long purple robe pon um fa weah.
purple robe, 3 Dey beena op ta um an mek fun ob um,
3 And said, Hail, King da say, Ya mus lib faeba, ya de King ob de
of the Jews! and they Jew people! An dey slap um.
smote him with their
hands. 4 One mo time Pilate gone out ta de Jew
dem. E tell um say, Oona look yah, A
4 Pilate therefore went
forth again, and saith gwine mek um bring um back ta oona so
unto them, Behold, I dat oona gwine know dat A ain find nottin
bring him forth to you,
that ye may know that I
bad wa e done fa mek me condemn um.
find no fault in him. 5 So Jedus come out, an e beena weah de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19 387
7 Bot de Jew people ansa back, We hab 7 The Jews answered
him, We have a law, and
a law wa say e haffa dead, cause e say e by our law he ought to
God Son. die, because he made
8 Wen Pilate yeh wa dey say, e been himself the Son of God.
8 When Pilate there-
eben mo scaid. 9 E gone back eenside de fore heard that saying, he
bighouse an aks Jedus say, Weh ya come was the more afraid;
9 And went again into
fom? the judgment hall, and
Bot Jedus ain ansa um. 10 Pilate aks um saith unto Jesus, Whence
art thou? But Jesus gave
say, Ya ain gwine taak ta me? Ain ya him no answer.
know dat A hab de powa fa leh ya go, an A 10 Then saith Pilate
unto him, Speakest thou
hab de powa too fa mek um nail ya ta de not unto me? knowest
cross? thou not that I have
11 Jedus ansa say, Ya hab powa oba me power to crucify thee,
and have power to re-
jes cause God gii ya dat powa dey. So den, lease thee?
11 Jesus answered,
de man wa han me oba ta ya, e de mo Thou couldest have no
wossa sinna. power at all against me,
12 Wen Pilate yeh wa Jedus say, e try fa except it were given thee
from above: therefore he
find a way fa leh Jedus go. Bot de Jew that delivered me unto
people holla say, Ef ya leh dis man yah thee hath the greater sin.
12 And from thence-
go, ya ain no fren ob de Roman rula forth Pilate sought to re-
Caesar. De one wa say e a king, e de enemy lease him: but the Jews
cried out, saying, If thou
ob Caesar. let this man go, thou art
13 Wen Pilate yeh wa de people say, e not Caesar's friend: who-
mek um bring Jedus out. Den Pilate soever maketh himself a
king speaketh against
seddown een de chair weh dey seddown fa Caesar.
jedge people, een de place dey call De 13 When Pilate there-
fore heard that saying, he
Stone Pabement. (De Hebrew people call brought Jesus forth, and
um Gabbatha.) 14 Now by den, e been sat down in the judgment
seat in a place that is
bout midday ob de Preparation Day. Dat called the Pavement, but
de day fo de Passoba staat. Pilate tell de in the Hebrew, Gabbatha.
14 And it was the prep-
Jew people say, Oona look! Yah oona aration of the passover,
King! and about the sixth hour:
15 Bot de people holla say, Tek um and he saith unto the
Jews, Behold your King!
way! Tek um way! Nail um ta de cross. Kill 15 But they cried out,
um! Away with him, away
with him, crucify him. Pi-
Pilate aks um say, Oona wahn me fa late saith unto them,
nail oona king ta de cross an kill um? Shall I crucify your King?
The chief priests an-
De leada dem ob de priest dem ansa say, swered, We have no king
We ain hab no oda king cep Caesar! but Caesar.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
388 John 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19 389
dis happen wa done been write een God They parted my raiment
among them, and for my
Book come true. Dat say, vesture they did cast lots.
Dey done wide op me cloes These things therefore
the soldiers did.
mongst deysef,
an dey shrow dice 25 Now there stood by
the cross of Jesus his
fa see who gwine git um. mother, and his mother's
So dat wa de sodja dem done. sister, Mary the wife of
Cleophas, and Mary
25 Close ta Jedus cross been some Magdalene.
ooman da stanop dey. Dey been Jedus 26 When Jesus there-
modda, e sista, an Mary wa been Clopas fore saw his mother, and
wife, an Mary Magdalene. 26 Wen Jedus the disciple standing by,
whom he loved, he saith
see e modda an de ciple wa e lob da stanop unto his mother, Woman,
dey, e tell e modda say, Ooman, look yah. behold thy son!
Dis yah ya son. 27 Then saith he to the
27 Den e tell dat ciple say, Look yah. disciple, Behold thy
mother! And from that
Dis yah ya modda. Fom den on, dat ciple hour that disciple took
tek Jedus modda fa lib een e own house. her unto his own home.
Jedus Gii Op E Life 28 After this, Jesus
Matthew 27:45-56; Mark 15:33-41; Luke 23:44-49 knowing that all things
were now accomplished,
28 Wen dat happen, Jedus know e done that the scripture might
done all wa e spose fa do een dis wol, an e be fulfilled, saith, I thirst.
say, A tosty. Wen e say dat, wa dey been 29 Now there was set a
write een God Book come true. vessel full of vinegar: and
29 A jug full op wid winega wine been they filled a spunge with
vinegar, and put it upon
dey, so dey soak a sponge een de wine an hyssop, and put it to his
tie um ta a hyssop branch. Den dey pit de mouth.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
390 John 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19, 20 391
Eenside dat gyaaden dey been a nyew in the garden a new sep-
ulchre, wherein was
tomb weh dey ain neba bury nobody. never man yet laid.
42 Cause dat day been de Preparation Day 42 There laid they Je-
sus therefore because of
fo de Jew Woshup Day an cause de tomb the Jews' preparation
ain been faa way fom de cross, de two man day; for the sepulchre
was nigh at hand.
pit Jedus body dey een dat tomb.
20
,19
Chapter 20
1 The first day of the
week cometh Mary Mag-
De Tomb Empty dalene early, when it was
Matthew 28:1-8; Mark 16:1-8; Luke 24:1-12 yet dark, unto the sepul-
chre, and seeth the stone
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
392 John 20
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 20 393
ciple dem been geda. Dey lock all de door the doors were shut
where the disciples were
dem, cause dey been scaid ob de Jew leada assembled for fear of the
dem. Wiles dey been dey, Jedus come Jews, came Jesus and
stood in the midst, and
outta noweh an e stanop mongst um. E tell saith unto them, Peace be
um say, Peace pon oona. 20 Atta e say unto you.
20 And when he had so
dat, e show um de cut een e han an e side. said, he shewed unto
An wen de ciple dem see de Lawd, dey them his hands and his
been full op wid joy. 21 Jedus tell um gin side. Then were the disci-
ples glad, when they saw
say, Peace pon oona. Same like de Fada the Lord.
sen me fa come eenta de wol, same fashion 21 Then said Jesus to
them again, Peace be
A da sen oona fa go fa do me wok. 22 Den unto you: as my Father
e blow e bret pon um an say, Leh de Holy hath sent me, even so
send I you.
Sperit come pon oona. 23 Ef oona paadon 22 And when he had
a poson wa sin, God gwine paadon dat said this, he breathed on
poson dey. Ef oona ain paadon dat poson them, and saith unto
them, Receive ye the
wa sin, God ain gwine paadon dat poson Holy Ghost:
dey. 23 Whose soever sins
ye remit, they are remit-
ted unto them; and whose
Jedus Appeah ta Thomas soever sins ye retain, they
are retained.
24 One ob de tweb ciple dem wa name 24 But Thomas, one of
Thomas (dey call um de Twin), e ain been the twelve, called
Didymus, was not with
dey wen Jedus come ta de oda ciple dem. them when Jesus came.
25 So de oda ciple dem tell Thomas dey 25 The other disciples
therefore said unto him,
been see de Lawd. We have seen the Lord.
Thomas tell um say, A ain gwine But he said unto them,
Except I shall see in his
bleebe cep A see de nail print een e two hands the print of the
nails, and put my finger
han, an A pit me finga een de place weh de into the print of the nails,
nail cut um dey, an cep A pit me han een and thrust my hand into
his side, I will not
de cut een e side. believe.
26 And after eight days
26 Atta eight day been pass, de ciple
again his disciples were
dem been geda gin een de house. Thomas within, and Thomas with
esef been dey wid um. Eben dough de door them: then came Jesus,
the doors being shut, and
been lock, stillyet Jedus come gin an stan stood in the midst, and
mongst um. E say, Peace pon oona. said, Peace be unto you.
27 Then saith he to
27 Den Jedus tell Thomas say, Tek ya Thomas, Reach hither
finga an tetch me two han an look pon um thy finger, and behold
my hands; and reach
good. Scretch out ya han an pit um een me hither thy hand, and
thrust it into my side: and
side. Mus dohn doubt no mo. Bleebe pon be not faithless, but
me! believing.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
394 John 20, 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 21 395
draw de net back eenside, dey been were not able to draw it
for the multitude of
sommuch fish een de net. fishes.
7 Dat ciple wa Jedus lob tell Peter say, 7 Therefore that disci-
ple whom Jesus loved
Dat de Lawd da stanop yonda pon de saith unto Peter, It is the
sho! Now Simon Peter been tek off e top Lord. Now when Simon
Peter heard that it was
cloes wa e weah wiles e beena fish. So wen the Lord, he girt his
fisher's coat unto him,
e yeh dat ciple say, Dat de Lawd, e jes (for he was naked,) and
wrop e top cloes roun esef an jomp eenta did cast himself into the
sea.
de wata. 8 De oda ciple dem tek de boat an 8 And the other disci-
ples came in a little ship;
gone ta de sho, da drag de net full op wid (for they were not far
fish. De sho ain been faa off. E been bout a from land, but as it were
two hundred cubits,)
hundud yaad. 9 Wen dey git ta de sho, dey dragging the net with
see fish da roas pon coal, an some bread. fishes.
9 As soon then as they
10 Jedus tell um say, Bring some ob de were come to land, they
saw a fire of coals there,
fish wa oona jes ketch. and fish laid thereon, and
11 Simon Peter gone back eenside de bread.
10 Jesus saith unto
boat an drag de net ta de sho. Dey been a them, Bring of the fish
hundud an fifty-shree big fish wa full op de which ye have now
caught.
net. Stillyet, de net ain teah. 12 Jedus tell 11 Simon Peter went
um say, Come an nyam. None ob de up, and drew the net to
land full of great fishes,
ciple dem hab mind fa aks um say, Who an hundred and fifty and
three: and for all there
ya da? cause dey been know dat de Lawd. were so many, yet was
13 So Jedus gone an tek de bread. Den e not the net broken.
12 Jesus saith unto
gim de fish. them, Come and dine.
14 Dis mek shree time dat Jedus appeah And none of the disciples
durst ask him, Who art
ta e ciple dem, atta e been git op fom thou? knowing that it
was the Lord.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. 13 Jesus then cometh,
and taketh bread, and
giveth them, and fish
Jedus an Peter likewise.
14 This is now the
15 Atta dey been nyam, Jedus aks third time that Jesus
Simon Peter say, Simon, John son, ya lob shewed himself to his dis-
ciples, after that he was
me fa true mo den all dem oda ciple yah risen from the dead.
15 So when they had
lob me? dined, Jesus saith to Si-
Peter ansa Jedus say, Yeah, Lawd, ya mon Peter, Simon, son of
Jonas, lovest thou me
know A lob ya. more than these? He
Jedus tell um say, Ya mus feed me saith unto him, Yea,
Lord; thou knowest that I
lamb dem. 16 Jedus aks Peter de secon love thee. He saith unto
him, Feed my lambs.
time say, Simon, John son, ya lob me fa 16 He saith to him
true? again the second time,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
396 John 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 21 397
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Wok Wa
Acts De Postle Dem Done
Chapter 1
1 Deah Theophilus:
1
1 The former treatise
have I made, O Theo- Een de fus book dat A done write ya,
philus, of all that Jesus A taak bout all wa Jedus beena do, an all e
began both to do and
teach, beena laan people fom de time wen e staat
2 Until the day in e wok, 2 til de day wen God tek um op ta
which he was taken up,
after that he through the heaben. Fo Jedus gone ta heaben, de Holy
Holy Ghost had given Sperit gim wod fa chaage dem postle dat e
commandments unto the
apostles whom he had done pick an laan um wa fa do. 3 Atta
chosen: Jedus done suffa an come back fom
3 To whom also he
shewed himself alive af-
mongst de dead, jurin foty day e appeah a
ter his passion by many heapa time ta e postle dem. Fom de way e
infallible proofs, being appeah ta um, e postle dem ain doubt none
seen of them forty days,
and speaking of the tall dat e da lib gin. An wensoneba Jedus
things pertaining to the been wid um, e beena tell um bout how
kingdom of God:
4 And, being assem- God rule. 4 One time wen Jedus beena
bled together with them, nyam wid um, e chaage um say, Mus
commanded them that
they should not depart dohn gone way fom Jerusalem. Wait yah
from Jerusalem, but wait til oona git wa me Fada promise oona, wa
for the promise of the Fa-
ther, which, saith he, ye
A beena tell oona bout. 5 John bactize
have heard of me. people wid wata, bot soon God gwine
5 For John truly bap- bactize oona wid de Holy Sperit.
tized with water; but ye
shall be baptized with the
Holy Ghost not many Jedus Gone Op eenta Heaben
days hence.
6 When they therefore 6 Wen de postle dem meet togeda wid
were come together, they Jedus, dey aks um say, Lawd, dis yah de
asked of him, saying,
Lord, wilt thou at this time wen ya gwine leh de people ob Israel
time restore again the hab dey own country gin?
kingdom to Israel?
7 And he said unto
7 Jedus tell um say, Me Fada de onliest
them, It is not for you to one dat hab tority fa say pazactly wa day
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 1 399
or time all dem ting gwine happen. Oona know the times or the
seasons, which the Fa-
ain spose fa know wen dem ting gwine be. ther hath put in his own
8 Wen de Holy Sperit come pon oona, e power.
8 But ye shall receive
gwine gii oona powa, an oona gwine tell power, after that the
all bout me een Jerusalem, an all oba Holy Ghost is come upon
you: and ye shall be wit-
Judea an Samaria, an eben ta de fudares nesses unto me both in
place een de wol. 9 Atta Jedus say dat, Jerusalem, and in all
Judaea, and in Samaria,
wiles de postle dem beena look pon um, and unto the uttermost
part of the earth.
God tek um op eenta heaben. An de postle 9 And when he had
dem been look op pon Jedus til a cloud spoken these things,
while they beheld, he
hide um. was taken up; and a
10 De postle dem still beena look op ta cloud received him out of
de sky wiles e been gwine, wen all ob a their sight.
10 And while they
sudden dey see two man wa weah white looked stedfastly toward
cloes stanop close ta um. 11 De two man heaven as he went up, be-
hold, two men stood by
dem tell um say, Oona wa come fom them in white apparel;
Galilee, hoccome oona da stanop dey, da 11 Which also said, Ye
men of Galilee, why
look op ta de sky? Dis Jedus yah dat God stand ye gazing up into
done tek way op eenta heaben, e gwine heaven? this same Jesus,
which is taken up from
come back ta de wol jes like oona done you into heaven, shall so
shim wen e gone op eenta heaben. come in like manner as
ye have seen him go into
heaven.
Dey Pick Matthias fa Tek Judas Place 12 Then returned they
unto Jerusalem from the
12 Den de postle dem come fom de hill mount called Olivet,
wa dey call Mount Olib, an gone back ta which is from Jerusalem
a sabbath day's journey.
Jerusalem. E bout haf mile fom de Mount 13 And when they
Olib ta Jerusalem. 13 Wen dey git ta were come in, they went
Jerusalem, dey gone op ta de opstair een up into an upper room,
where abode both Peter,
de house, ta de room weh dey beena stay. and James, and John,
Dem wa been dey been Peter, John, James and Andrew, Philip, and
Thomas, Bartholomew,
an Andre w , Ph ilip an Th omas , and Matthew, James the
Bartholomew an Matthew, James wa been son of Alphaeus, and Si-
mon Zelotes, and Judas
Alphaeus chile, an Simon wa dey call de the brother of James.
Patrot, an Judas wa been James chile. 14 These all continued
14 Dem postle yah, de ooman dem, an with one accord in prayer
and supplication, with
Mary, Jedus modda, an e broda dem, dey the women, and Mary the
beena meet dey togeda all de time, an dey mother of Jesus, and with
his brethren.
beena pray wid one haat. 15 And in those days
15 One day wen dem wa bleebe pon Peter stood up in the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
400 De Postle Dem 1
midst of the disciples, Jedus been geda togeda, bout one hundud
and said, (the number of
names together were an twenty people been dey. Peter stanop
about an hundred and een de middle ob de people an staat fa taak
twenty,)
16 Men and brethren,
ta um. 16 E say, Bredren, de Holy Sperit
this scripture must needs taak ta David way back dey, an hab um
have been fulfilled, write een God Book bout Judas, wa been
which the Holy Ghost by
the mouth of David spake come fa bring de people fa res Jedus. An
before concerning Judas, all dem ting wa David been tell, dey been
which was guide to them
that took Jesus. haffa come true. 17 Judas been one ob we,
17 For he was num- an we all beena wok togeda fa God.
bered with us, and had 18 (Now den, wen dat man Judas sell
obtained part of this
ministry. Jedus, e tek de money an gone an buy a
18 Now this man pur- fiel. Een dat fiel dey, Judas gone an
chased a field with the re-
ward of iniquity; and faddown head fus. E belly buss open an e
falling headlong, he burst guts fall out an e dead. 19 All de people
asunder in the midst, and
all his bowels gushed out.
een Jerusalem yeh bout wa been happen
19 And it was known ta Judas. So dey call dat place weh Judas
unto all the dwellers at dead, Akeldama, wa een dey language
Jerusalem; insomuch as
that field is called in their
mean Fiel ob Blood.)
proper tongue, Acelda- 20 An Peter gone on fa tell de people
ma, that is to say, The say, Dey write bout Judas een de book ob
field of blood.
20 For it is written in Psalms say,
the book of Psalms, Let Dohn leh nottin
his habitation be deso-
late, and let no man be lef dey een e house.
dwell therein: and his Dohn leh nobody lib dey.
bishoprick let another
take. An dey write gin say,
21 Wherefore of these Leh noda poson tek e place
men which have com-
panied with us all the
an do de wok wa e beena do.
time that the Lord Jesus 21-22 Cause ob dat, we haffa pick one
went in and out among man fa jine we fa tell oda people dat Jedus
us,
22 Beginning from the done git op fom mongst de dead people an
baptism of John, unto lib gin. We haffa pick one ob dem wa been
that same day that he
was taken up from us, dey wid we all de time wen de Lawd Jedus
must one be ordained to been trabel wid we, fom de time wen John
be a witness with us of
his resurrection. beena bactize people, til de time wen God
23 And they appointed tek Jedus op ta heaben.
two, Joseph called 23 So den, dey pick two man. Dey pick
Barsabas, who was sur-
named Justus, and Joseph, wa dey call Barsabbas (dey call
Matthias. um Justus too), an dey pick Matthias.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 1, 2 401
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
402 De Postle Dem 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 2 403
op een de sky,
an A gwine show um sign 20 The sun shall be
down een de wol. turned into darkness, and
the moon into blood, be-
Oona gwine see blood an fire, fore that great and nota-
an a heapa smoke. ble day of the Lord come:
20 Fo de Day ob de Lawd gwine come,
dat portant day full ob glory,
de sun gwine ton daak like night 21 And it shall come to
pass, that whosoever
an de moon gwine shall call on the name of
ton red like blood. the Lord shall be saved.
21 An ebrybody dat call pon de nameob
de Lawd gwine git sabe.
22 Ye men of Israel,
22 Oona people ob Israel listen good ta
hear these words; Jesus
wa A da say. Jedus wa come fom Nazareth, of Nazareth, a man ap-
proved of God among
e a man dat God sen ta we. Fa show oona you by miracles and won-
dat God been sen um, God gii Jedus e powa ders and signs, which
fa do a heapa miracle an great wok wa mek God did by him in the
midst of you, as ye your-
people stonish. An e sho oona heapa sign selves also know:
wa mek oona know e powa. Oona know
bout all dem ting, cause e been mongst
oona weh e done um. 23 Dat man Jedus, 23 Him, being deliv-
ered by the determinate
dey han um oba ta oona, cause God done counsel and foreknow-
been cide fa dat fa happen. E done been ledge of God, ye have
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
404 De Postle Dem 2
taken, and by wicked know bout dat. An oona kill Jedus wen
hands have crucified and
slain: oona gim ta wickity people fa leh um nail
24 Whom God hath
um ta de cross. 24 Bot atta Jedus done
raised up, having loosed dead, God mek Jedus git op fom mongst de
the pains of death: be- dead people an lib gin. E free Jedus so dat
cause it was not possible
that he should be holden e ain suffa de pain ob det no mo. Det ain
of it. able fa hab no powa tall fa keep Jedus een
25 For David speaketh de grabe. 25 Cause David taak bout Jedus
concerning him, I fore- say,
saw the Lord always be-
fore my face, for he is on A see de Lawd fo me all de time.
my right hand, that I E da stay dey wid me
should not be moved:
ta me right han side,
26 Therefore did my
heart rejoice, and my
so A ain gwine git shook op.
tongue was glad; more- 26 Cause ob dis, me haat heppy,
over also my flesh shall an wid me mout
rest in hope:
A da praise de Lawd wid joy.
27 Because thou wilt
An me body too gwine lib
not leave my soul in hell,
neither wilt thou suffer een hope fa wa God
thine Holy One to see done promise.
corruption. 27 Cause ya ain gwine lef me soul een
28 Thou hast made de place ob de dead people.
known to me the ways of
life; thou shalt make me
An ya ain gwine leh de one
full of joy with thy dat blongst ta ya eben staat
countenance. fa rot een de grabe.
29 Men and brethren,
28 Ya done show me de way
let me freely speak unto wa da lead ta life.
you of the patriarch Da-
vid, that he is both dead Wen ya dey wid me, ya gwine
and buried, and his sep- mek me full op wid joy.
ulchre is with us unto this
29 Bredren, A da taak ta oona plain
day.
bout we ole people leada David. E done
30 Therefore being a
prophet, and knowing
dead an dey bury um, an e tomb still yah
that God had sworn with wid we. 30 Bot David been a prophet, an e
an oath to him, that of been know wa God been promise um. God
the fruit of his loins, ac-
cording to the flesh, he mek a wow say e gwine mek one ob David
would raise up Christ to granchullun chullun fa be king same like
sit on his throne;
David. 31 David been know wa God gwine
31 He seeing this be- do, fo de ting happen. So den, David tell
fore spake of the resur-
rection of Christ, that his bout how God gwine mek Christ git op fom
soul was not left in hell, mongst de dead an lib gin, wen e say,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 2 405
God ain lef um een de place ob de neither his flesh did see
corruption.
dead people, 32 This Jesus hath God
an e body ain eben staat fa rot. raised up, whereof we all
32 God done mek dis Jedus git op fom are witnesses.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. We da 33 Therefore being by
the right hand of God ex-
tell oona dat dis done happen fa true. We alted, and having re-
all shim. 33 God hona Jedus a whole heap. ceived of the Father the
promise of the Holy
E call um op weh e dey an e mek um Ghost, he hath shed forth
seddown ta e right han fa rule wid um. De this, which ye now see
and hear.
Fada God done gii Jedus de Holy Sperit
34 For David is not as-
dat e been promise. An wa oona da see an cended into the heavens:
da yeh now, dat de gif ob de Holy Sperit but he saith himself, The
LORD said unto my Lord,
wa Jedus done pour out pon we. 34 Cause Sit thou on my right
David ain gone op eenta heaben, stillyet e hand,
say, 35 Until I make thy
foes thy footstool.
De Lawd tell me Lawd say,
36 Therefore let all the
Seddown yah house of Israel know as-
ta me right han side, suredly, that God hath
35 til A pit ya enemy made that same Jesus,
whom ye have crucified,
demondaneet ya foot. both Lord and Christ.
36 So den, leh all de Israel people know 37 Now when they
heard this, they were
fa sho dat God done mek dis Jedus fa be pricked in their heart,
Lawd an Christ! An e de same one dat oona and said unto Peter and
done nail ta de cross. to the rest of the apostles,
Men and brethren, what
37 Wen de people yeh wa Peter say, dey shall we do?
been too opsot. Dey aks Peter an de oda 38 Then Peter said
postle dem say, Bredren, wa we fa do? unto them, Repent, and
be baptized every one of
38 Peter ansa um say, All ob oona haffa you in the name of Jesus
ton fom oona sin. Come ta God an leh um Christ for the remission
of sins, and ye shall re-
bactize oona een de name ob Jedus Christ, ceive the gift of the Holy
so dat God gwine paadon oona sin an gii Ghost.
oona de Holy Sperit. 39 Cause de promise 39 For the promise is
unto you, and to your
dat God promise, dat fa oona an fa oona children, and to all that
chullun an fa all dem dat faaway. Dat de are afar off, even as many
as the Lord our God shall
promise fa all de people dat de Lawd we call.
God call fa come ta esef. 40 And with many
40 Peter taak ta um fa a long time. E other words did he testify
and exhort, saying, Save
waan um an tell um say, Oona haffa sabe yourselves from this un-
oonasef fom dem ting dat gwine mek de toward generation.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
406 De Postle Dem 2, 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 3 407
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
408 De Postle Dem 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 3, 4 409
Samuel, dey all tell bout dis time now. 24 Yea, and all the
prophets from Samuel
25 Dem ting wa God promise we, wa dem and those that follow af-
prophet tell bout, dem ting fa oona. Oona ter, as many as have spo-
ken, have likewise fore-
hab oona paat een dat blessin, wa God told of these days.
been promise wen e mek a cobnant wid 25 Ye are the children
of the prophets, and of
oona ole people. E tell Abraham say, A the covenant which God
gwine mek oona chullun chullun a blessin made with our fathers,
ta all de people een de wol. 26 Wen God saying unto Abraham,
And in thy seed shall all
sen e saabant Jedus eenta dis wol, God sen the kindreds of the earth
um fus ta oona, de people ob Israel. E sen be blessed.
26 Unto you first God,
um fa bless oona, so dat all ob oona gwine having raised up his Son
ton fom oona wickity way. Jesus, sent him to bless
you, in turning away ev-
ery one of you from his
De Leada dem Tek Peter an John 4
,3
iniquities.
ta de Council
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
410 De Postle Dem 4
they asked, By what wa done been geda dey. Den dey quizzit
power, or by what name,
have ye done this? Peter an John say, Weh oona git de powa
8 Then Peter, filled fa mek dis man yah waak? Who gii oona
with the Holy Ghost, said dat powa?
unto them, Ye rulers of
the people, and elders of
8 Peter been full op wid de Holy Sperit,
Israel, so e ansa um say, Oona wa da rule de
9 If we this day be ex- people an oona leada dem wa dey yah!
amined of the good deed
done to the impotent
9 Oona bring we yah taday an aks we bout
man, by what means he is de good ting wa we done do fa dat cripple
made whole;
op man. Oona da aks we wa dat powa we
10 Be it known unto
you all, and to all the hab fa heal um. 10 So den, all ob oona
people of Israel, that by oughta know, an all de people een Israel
the name of Jesus Christ
of Nazareth, whom ye
oughta know. Oona done kill Jedus Christ
crucified, whom God fom Nazareth. Oona nail um ta de cross.
raised from the dead, Bot God mek um git op fom mongst de
even by him doth this
man stand here before dead people an lib gin. An de powa ob
you whole. Jedus name, dat wa mek dis man yah stan
11 This is the stone
which was set at nought
mongst ya, an e heal now. 11 God been
of you builders, which is taak bout Jedus wen e say,
become the head of the De same stone dat oona ain wahn
corner.
wen oona build,
12 Neither is there sal-
vation in any other: for
dat de one wa done come fa be
there is none other name portant mo den all de od res!
under heaven given 12 Ain nobody bot Jedus able fa sabe
among men, whereby we
must be saved. people. Een all de wol ain nobody else, no
13 Now when they saw oda name dat God gii ta people so dat we
the boldness of Peter and kin git sabe.
John, and perceived that 13 Now den, de leada dem een de Jew
they were unlearned and
ignorant men, they mar- Council see dat Peter an John been people
velled; and they took jes like ebrybody else, an dey ain hab no
knowledge of them, that
they had been with Jesus. school laanin. Bot Peter an John ain been
14 And beholding the scaid fa taak ta um bout Jedus. Dat mek
man which was healed dem leada stonish, an mek um know dat
standing with them, they Peter an John beena waak wid Jedus.
could say nothing against
it. 14 De leada dem ain been able fa say
15 But when they had nottin bad ginst Peter an John, cause de
commanded them to go man wa dey heal beena stanop dey wid
aside out of the council,
they conferred among
um. 15 So de leada dem ob de Council sen
themselves, Peter an John outta de Council room. Den
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 4 411
dey taak ta one noda bout all dis. 16 Dey 16 Saying, What shall
we do to these men? for
aks one noda say, Wa we gwine do wid that indeed a notable
dem man Peter an John? All de people een miracle hath been done
by them is manifest to all
Jerusalem know dey done dis great them that dwell in Jeru-
miracle. Dey done heal de man wa ain salem; and we cannot
deny it.
neba been able fa waak. We cyahn say dat 17 But that it spread no
ain so. 17 Bot we ain wahn dis nyews fa further among the peo-
spread roun mongst mo people. So den, ple, let us straitly
threaten them, that they
leh we call Peter an John an waan um say, speak henceforth to no
dey mus dohn taak ta nobody no mo een man in this name.
18 And they called
Jedus name. them, and commanded
18 So de leada dem call Peter an John fa them not to speak at all
come eenside de place. Dey taak scrong ta nor teach in the name of
Jesus.
um an chaage um say, Mus dohn taak ta 19 But Peter and John
nobody tall een de name ob Jedus. Mus answered and said unto
dohn laan nobody een Jedus name. them, Whether it be right
in the sight of God to
19 Bot Peter an John ansa um say, Wa we hearken unto you more
spose fa do? E mo betta fa we fa do wa than unto God, judge ye.
20 For we cannot but
oona say, or fa do wa God say? 20 We ain speak the things which
able fa shet we mout an stop da taak bout we have seen and heard.
wa we done see an yeh. 21 De leada dem 21 So when they had
ob de Council waan um mo scronga gin an further threatened them,
they let them go, finding
leh um go way. Dey ain find no way fa nothing how they might
punish um, cause all de people dey beena punish them, because of
the people: for all men
praise God fa wa been happen. 22 An de glorified God for that
man wa God heal wid dis miracle, e been which was done.
pass foty yeah ole. 22 For the man was
above forty years old, on
whom this miracle of
De Bleeba dem Pray fa de Lawd healing was shewed.
fa Courage Um 23 And being let go,
they went to their own
23 Wen Peter an John been ton loose, company, and reported
dey gone back ta dey own people wa all that the chief priests
and elders had said unto
bleebe pon Jedus. Dey tell um wa de leada them.
dem ob de priest dem an de oda Jew leada 24 And when they
dem tell um. 24 Wen de oda people wa heard that, they lifted up
their voice to God with
bleebe yeh wa Peter an John say, dey all one accord, and said,
pray togeda ta God say, Lawd God, wa da Lord, thou art God, which
hast made heaven, and
rule oba all, ya mek de heaben, de wol an earth, and the sea, and all
de sea, an all wa een um! 25 De Holy Sperit that in them is:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
412 De Postle Dem 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 4, 5 413
beena show how God great powa dey wid 33 And with great
power gave the apostles
um wensoneba dey tell oda people say, witness of the resurrec-
tion of the Lord Jesus:
De Lawd Jedus lib gin. E done git op fom and great grace was upon
mongst de dead people! An God beena them all.
34 Neither was there
bless all ob um too good. 34 Dey all hab any among them that
ebryting wa dey need, cause all dem wa lacked: for as many as
were possessors of lands
got lan or house, dey sell um an bring de or houses sold them, and
brought the prices of the
money, 35 an dey gii dat money ta de things that were sold,
postle dem, an de postle dem beena share 35 And laid them down
at the apostles' feet: and
de money, gim ta de people wensoneba distribution was made
unto every man accord-
dey need um. ing as he had need.
36 Dat wa Joseph, a Levite wa come fom 36 And Joses, who by
the apostles was sur-
Cyprus, done. De postle dem call um named Barnabas, (which
Barnabas. (Dat mean, One wa Courage is, being interpreted, The
son of consolation,) a Le-
People.) 37 E sell e fiel an e bring de vite, and of the country of
money an gim ta de postle dem. Cyprus,
37 Having land, sold it,
and brought the money,
Ananias an Sapphira and laid it at the apostles'
feet.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
414 De Postle Dem 5
and carried him out, and 7 Wen shree hour been pass, Ananias
buried him.
7 And it was about the wife Sapphira come eenta de room weh de
space of three hours af- postle dem been. Bot Sapphira ain know
ter, when his wife, not
knowing what was done,
wa been happen. 8 Peter aks um say, Tell
came in. me, dis all de money wa dey pay ya an ya
8 And Peter answered
unto her, Tell me
husban fa de lan wa oona sell?
whether ye sold the land Sapphira ansa say, Yeah, sah, dat all de
for so much? And she money.
said, Yea, for so much.
9 Then Peter said unto 9 Peter tell um say, Wa mek ya an ya
her, How is it that ye husban gree fa test da Sperit ob de Lawd?
have agreed together to
tempt the Spirit of the Look yah! De man dem wa done bury ya
Lord? behold, the feet of husban, dey da come ta de door. Dey
them which have buried
thy husband are at the
gwine tek ya out an bury ya too! 10 Jes
door, and shall carry thee den Sapphira faddown dead. De nyoung
out. man dem come an see dat e stiff dead too,
10 Then fell she down
straightway at his feet, an dey tek um out an bury um nex ta e
and yielded up the ghost: husban. 11 Wen all de people ob de choch
and the young men came
in, and found her dead, yeh wa happen, dey been scaid fa true. An
and, carrying her forth, ebrybody wa yeh bout um, dey been scaid
buried her by her hus-
band. too.
11 And great fear came
upon all the church, and De Postle dem
upon as many as heard
these things. Mek Plenty People Well
12 And by the hands of
12 De postle dem beena do a heapa
the apostles were many
signs and wonders miracle an sign dem mongst de people. All
wrought among the peo- de people wa been bleebe pon Jedus nyuse
ple; (and they were all
with one accord in Solo- fa geda togeda een de place dey call
mon's porch. Solomon Piza. 13 All de people wa ain
13 And of the rest
durst no man join himself bleebe pon Jedus been scaid fa geda dey
to them: but the people wid um. Bot de people dem gim high hona.
magnified them.
14 And believers were
14 Stillyet, mo an mo people bleebe pon de
the more added to the Lawd. A whole heapa man dem an ooman
Lord, multitudes both of dem, dey come ta de Lawd. 15 Wen de
men and women.)
15 Insomuch that they people see dem miracle de postle dem
brought forth the sick beena do, dey tote de sick out eenta de
into the streets, and laid
them on beds and screet, an dey lay down pon dey bed an
couches, that at the least mat dey, so dat wen Peter pass by, e shada
the shadow of Peter pass-
ing by might overshadow
gwine cross oba um. 16 A heapa people
some of them. come togeda fom de town dem close ta
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 5 415
Jerusalem, too. Dey bring dey sick an dem 16 There came also a
multitude out of the cities
wa hab ebil sperit, an dey come ta de round about unto Jerusa-
postle dem, an de postle dem heal um. lem, bringing sick folks,
and them which were
vexed with unclean spir-
De Grab Hole ta de Postle dem its: and they were healed
17 Den de head man ob de Jew priest every one.
17 Then the high priest
dem an all dem wa gone long wid um, dem rose up, and all they that
ob de Sadducee paaty, dey been too were with him, (which is
the sect of the Saddu-
jealous ob de postle dem. 18 So dey grab cees,) and were filled
hole ta de postle dem an pit um een de with indignation,
18 And laid their
jailhouse. 19 Bot one ob de Lawd angel hands on the apostles,
dem come een de night an open de door ta and put them in the com-
mon prison.
dat jailhouse. Den de angel lead de postle 19 But the angel of the
dem outta de jailhouse, an e tell um say, Lord by night opened the
20 Oona mus go stanop een God House. prison doors, and
brought them forth, and
Mus tell de people all bout dis nyew life said,
oona hab. 21 De postle dem do wa de 20 Go, stand and speak
in the temple to the peo-
angel tell um fa do. Wen day clean, de ple all the words of this
postle dem gone ta God House an laan de life.
21 And when they
people bout de nyew life. heard that, they entered
De head man ob de priest dem, an dem into the temple early in
the morning, and taught.
wa gone long wid um, dey call a big But the high priest came,
meetin wid all de Jew leada dem een de and they that were with
Council. Dey sen ta de jailhouse fa hab um him, and called the coun-
cil together, and all the
bring de postle dem fa come fo de Council. senate of the children of
22 Bot wen de offisa dem git ta de Israel, and sent to the
prison to have them
jailhouse, dey ain find de postle dem dey. brought.
So de offisa dem ton back an gone ta de 22 But when the offi-
cers came, and found
Council an tell de leada dem say, 23 Wen them not in the prison,
they returned, and told,
we git ta de jailhouse, we find um lock op 23 Saying, The prison
good, an de gyaad dem da stanop fa gyaad truly found we shut with
de door. Bot wen we open de door an look all safety, and the keep-
ers standing without be-
eenside, we ain see nobody dey! 24 Wen fore the doors: but when
de offisa ob de man dem wa beena gyaad we had opened, we found
no man within.
God House an de leada dem ob de priest 24 Now when the high
dem yeh dat, dey been all bumfumble, an priest and the captain of
the temple and the chief
dey aks one noda say, Wa gwine come priests heard these
fom all dis? 25 Jes den a man come een an things, they doubted of
them whereunto this
tell um say, Look yah! Dem man wa oona would grow.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
416 De Postle Dem 5
25 Then came one and done pit een de jailhouse, dey da stanop
told them, saying, Be-
hold, the men whom ye oba dey een God House, da laan de people
put in prison are standing bout God! 26 So de offisa an e gyaad dem
in the temple, and teach-
ing the people.
gone an find de postle dem een God
26 Then went the cap- House, an dey bring um back ta de
tain with the officers, and Council. Bot dey ain haam um wen dey
brought them without vi-
olence: for they feared mek um come, cause dey been scaid dat de
the people, lest they people gwine chunk stone pon um.
should have been stoned.
27 And when they had 27 Dey bring de postle dem een an mek
brought them, they set um stanop fo de Council, an de head man
them before the council:
and the high priest asked ob de Jew priest dem quizzit um. 28 E say,
them, We done chaage oona dat oona mus dohn
28 Saying, Did not we
straitly command you
laan nobody een de name ob dis man,
that ye should not teach ainty? Stillyet, oona beena laan de people
in this name? and, be- an mek all dem een Jerusalem yeh bout
hold, ye have filled Jeru-
salem with your doctrine, um, an oona wahn fa mek people blame
and intend to bring this we fa e det!
man's blood upon us.
29 Then Peter and the 29 Peter an de oda postle dem ansa um
other apostles answered say, We haffa do wa God tell we fa do,
and said, We ought to
obey God rather than steada wa people tell we fa do. 30 Atta
men. oona hang Jedus pon a tree an kill um, de
30 The God of our fa-
thers raised up Jesus,
same God wa we ole people beena woshup
whom ye slew and mek Jedus git op fom mongst de dead
hanged on a tree. people an lib gin. 31 God gii Jedus tority
31 Him hath God ex-
alted with his right hand an powa an mek um seddown ta e right
to be a Prince and a Sav- han side fa be we Leada an we Sabior. E
iour, for to give repen-
tance to Israel, and done dat fa gii de people ob Israel de
forgiveness of sins. chance fa ton fom dey sin an change how
32 And we are his wit-
nesses of these things;
dey lib. Den God kin paadon um fa dey sin.
and so is also the Holy 32 We postle done see an yeh dem ting, an
Ghost, whom God hath we da mek people know de trute bout um.
given to them that obey
him. An de Holy Sperit mek um know de trute,
33 When they heard
too. God gii de Holy Sperit ta dem wa da
that, they were cut to the
heart, and took counsel to do wa e tell um fa do.
slay them. 33 Wen de Council man dem yeh wa de
34 Then stood there up
one in the council, a postle dem say, dey been so mad til dey
Pharisee, named Gama- been wahn fa kill um. 34 Bot Gamaliel, a
liel, a doctor of the law,
had in reputation among
Pharisee wa beena laan people de Jew
all the people, and com- Law, e been one ob dem een dat Council
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 5 417
dat all de people hona. E stanop een de manded to put the apos-
tles forth a little space;
Council an e gii orda fa dem fa tek dem 35 And said unto them,
postle outside de meetin place fa a leetle Ye men of Israel, take
bit. 35 Den e tell de Council man dem say, heed to yourselves what
ye intend to do as touch-
Me countryman dem ob Israel, mus tek ing these men.
cyah bout wa oona gwine do ta dem man. 36 For before these
days rose up Theudas,
36 Way back dey, one man name Theudas boasting himself to be
been come an say e a big leada, an dey somebody; to whom a
number of men, about
been bout fo hundud man wa jine op wid four hundred, joined
um fa hep um. Somebody kill um, an all de themselves: who was
slain; and all, as many as
people wa beena folla um been scatta all obeyed him, were scat-
roun. So Theudas wok ain mount ta nottin. tered, and brought to
37 Atta dat, one Judas wa come fom nought.
37 After this man rose
Galilee been dey een dat time wen dey up Judas of Galilee in the
beena count de people an write down all days of the taxing, and
drew away much people
dey name. E git some ob de people fa folla after him: he also per-
um. Somebody kill Judas too, an all dem ished; and all, even as
many as obeyed him,
people wa beena folla um been scatta were dispersed.
roun. 38 So den, all dis mek me waan oona 38 And now I say unto
you, Refrain from these
now. Mus dohn haam dem man yah! Mus men, and let them alone:
lef um lone! Cause ef God ain sen um, all for if this counsel or this
dis dat dey plan an de wok dey da do ain work be of men, it will
come to nought:
wot nottin. E ain gwine las. 39 Bot ef dey 39 But if it be of God,
da do wa God wahn, oona ain gwine be ye cannot overthrow it;
lest haply ye be found
able fa stop de wok dey da do, cause den even to fight against God.
oona gwine find out dat oona da fight ginst 40 And to him they
God! agreed: and when they
had called the apostles,
De Council man dem tek Gamaliel wod. and beaten them, they
40 Dey hab de postle dem come back een commanded that they
should not speak in the
an dey hab de gyaad dem beat um. Dey name of Jesus, and let
chaage um say, Mus dohn taak gin een them go.
Jedus name. Den dey leh um go. 41 De 41 And they departed
from the presence of the
postle dem come out fom de Council an council, rejoicing that
dey beena rejaice fa true, cause dey been they were counted wor-
thy to suffer shame for
good nuff fa suffa an git punish fa Jedus his name.
sake. 42 An ebry day dey gone ta God 42 And daily in the
House an ta de people house. Dey beena temple, and in every
house, they ceased not to
laan de people, da tell um de Good Nyews teach and preach Jesus
dat Jedus de Messiah. Christ.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
418 De Postle Dem 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 6, 7 419
Jew priest dem, dey change dey way an pany of the priests were
obedient to the faith.
bleebe pon Jedus Christ, too.
8 And Stephen, full of
Dey Grab Hole ta Stephen faith and power, did
great wonders and mira-
8 Stephen been a man dat God been bless cles among the people.
an full op wid powa. E beena do plenty 9 Then there arose cer-
miracle an sign mongst de people. 9 Bot tain of the synagogue,
some man dem fom Cyrene an Alexandria which is called the syna-
gogue of the Libertines,
wa blongst ta de Jew meetin house wa dey and Cyrenians, and
call De Meetin House ob de Free Man Dem, Alexandrians, and of
them of Cilicia and of
togeda wid some oda Jew dem dat come Asia, disputing with
fom Cilicia an Asia, dey come an staat fa Stephen.
aagy wid Stephen. 10 Bot God Sperit gii 10 And they were not
Stephen heapa sense so dat wen e taak, able to resist the wisdom
and the spirit by which
nobody neba hab nottin mo fa say. 11 So he spake.
dem Jew wa been ginst Stephen, dey gone
11 Then they suborned
an find some oda man dem an pay um fa lie men, which said, We
bout Stephen. Dey hab de man dem say, have heard him speak
We yeh dis man Stephen da taak bad ginst blasphemous words
against Moses, and
Moses an ginst God. 12 So den, dey pit dem against God.
wod een de people yea, an de people been
12 And they stirred up
stir op. De Jew leada an Law teacha dem the people, and the el-
been stir op too. Dey gone an grab hole ta ders, and the scribes, and
came upon him, and
Stephen an bring um ta de Jew Council. caught him, and brought
13 Den dey find people fa lie bout Stephen him to the council,
dey. Dey say, All de time dis man da taak 13 And set up false
bad ginst we House ob God an ginst de Law witnesses, which said,
dat God gii Moses. 14 We done yeh um taak, This man ceaseth not to
speak blasphemous
say dat dis man Jedus dat come fom words against this holy
Nazareth, e gwine stroy God House. An e place, and the law:
gwine change all dem ting wa we da do 14 For we have heard
taday, dat Moses been laan we ole people. him say, that this Jesus of
15 All dem dat been seddown dey een de Nazareth shall destroy
this place, and shall
Jew Council beena look scraight at Stephen, change the customs
an dey see dat e face look like de face ob a which Moses delivered
us.
angel. 15 And all that sat in
Stephen Taak ta de Council the council, looking
7
stedfastly on him, saw his
1De head man ob de Jew priest dem face as it had been the
aks Stephen say, All dat wa dem face of an angel.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
420 De Postle Dem 7
7
,6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 421
de eight day atta e bon. An atta wile, wen and Isaac begat Jacob;
and Jacob begat the
Isaac hab a son, wa e name Jacob, e twelve patriarchs.
circumcise um pon de eight day atta e bon. 9 And the patriarchs,
An wen Jacob hab e tweb son dem, e moved with envy, sold
Joseph into Egypt: but
circumcise um. Dem we own ole people God was with him,
leada wa staat de tweb tribe dem een we 10 And delivered him
Jew nation. out of all his afflictions,
and gave him favour and
9 Now den Joseph broda dem been
wisdom in the sight of
jealous ob um. Cause ob dat, dey sell um fa Pharaoh king of Egypt;
and he made him gover-
slabe een Egypt lan. Bot God been dey wid nor over Egypt and all his
Joseph. 10 God beena hep Joseph all de house.
time wen trouble hab um. E sabe um outta 11 Now there came a
dearth over all the land
e fliction. Wen dey tek Joseph an gone fo of Egypt and Chanaan,
Pharaoh, de king ob Egypt, God bless and great affliction: and
Joseph an gim sense an fabor een Pharaoh our fathers found no
sustenance.
eye. So Pharaoh mek Joseph gobna fa rule 12 But when Jacob
oba Egypt, an e mek um de rula oba heard that there was corn
Pharaoh own house. 11 Den de dry in Egypt, he sent out our
fathers first.
drought come eenta all ob Egypt lan an 13 And at the second
Canaan lan. Plenty people suffa fa true. An time Joseph was made
we ole people ain been able fa find nottin known to his brethren;
and Joseph's kindred was
fa nyam. 12 Wen Jacob yeh say dat grain made known unto
been stillyet dey een Egypt, e sen e chullun Pharaoh.
14 Then sent Joseph,
wa come fa be we ole fada. Jacob sen um and called his father Ja-
dey fa buy food. Dat been de fus time e cob to him, and all his
chullun gone dey. 13 De secon time wen kindred, threescore and
fifteen souls.
dey gone ta Egypt lan, Joseph tell e broda
15 So Jacob went
dem who dat e been, an King Pharaoh down into Egypt, and
come fa know bout Joseph fambly. 14 Den died, he, and our fathers,
Joseph sen wod ta e fada Jacob fa aks um 16 And were carried
fa come ta Egypt lan wid all de fambly. over into Sychem, and
laid in the sepulchre that
Dey been sebenty-fibe people een de Abraham bought for a
fambly. 15 Jacob gone down ta Egypt. Dey sum of money of the sons
of Emmor the father of
een Egypt, e an all e chullun, we ole Sychem.
people, dey beena lib dey til all done dead. 17 But when the time
16 Dey tote dey dead body an gone bury of the promise drew nigh,
um back een Shechem een de tomb dat which God had sworn to
Abraham, the people
Abraham been buy fom Hamor son dem. grew and multiplied in
17 Wen de time beena come close fa Egypt,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
422 De Postle Dem 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 423
30 Now den, wen foty yeah been pass, 30 And when forty
years were expired, there
one angel come ta Moses een de wildaness appeared to him in the
wilderness of mount Sina
close ta de high hill name Mount Sinai, een an angel of the Lord in a
a fire dat beena come outta a bush. 31 Wen flame of fire in a bush.
31 When Moses saw it,
Moses see dat, e beena wonda tommuch. E he wondered at the sight:
gone close fa look good at um, an e yeh de and as he drew near to
behold it, the voice of the
boice ob God de Lawd da taak ta um say, Lord came unto him,
32 Saying, I am the God of
32 A de God ob ya ole people, de God ob
thy fathers, the God of Abra-
Abraham, Isaac an Jacob. Wen Moses yeh ham, and the God of Isaac,
dat, e tremble, cause e been too scaid so and the God of Jacob. Then
Moses trembled, and durst not
dat e ain eben shrow e eye op fa look. behold.
33 Then said the Lord
33 De Lawd tell um say, Tek ya shoe off ya
to him, Put off thy shoes
foot, cause de place dey weh ya da stan, from thy feet: for the
place where thou stand-
dat holy groun. 34 Fa true A see de bad est is holy ground.
fliction ob me people dey een Egypt lan. A 34 I have seen, I have
seen the affliction of my
done yeh um da groan, an A done come people which is in Egypt,
down fa sabe dem fom suffa. Come on yah! and I have heard their
groaning, and am come
A gwine sen ya back ta Egypt. down to deliver them.
35 Now den, dat de same Moses dat de And now come, I will
Israel people ain been wahn, wen dey aks send thee into Egypt.
35 This Moses whom
um say, Who mek ya a rula an a jedge oba they refused, saying,
Who made thee a ruler
we? God esef sen dat Moses fa rule oba and a judge? the same
dem people an sabe um. An God nyuse de did God send to be a ruler
and a deliverer by the
angel dat come ta Moses fom de fire dat hand of the angel which
been een de bush, fa tell Moses. 36 Den appeared to him in the
bush.
Moses lead de people outta Egypt lan. An 36 He brought them
out, after that he had
God do plenty miracle an sign een Egypt shewed wonders and
lan an at de Red Sea an een de wildaness signs in the land of Egypt,
and in the Red sea, and in
lan weh dey beena lib fa foty yeah. 37 Dat the wilderness forty
years.
de same Moses dat tell de Israel people 37 This is that Moses,
say, God gwine tek one ob oona own which said unto the chil-
dren of Israel, A prophet
people an mek um a prophet, same like e shall the Lord your God
done ta me. 38 Dat de Moses dat been dey raise up unto you of your
brethren, like unto me;
wid de Israel people wen dey beena geda him shall ye hear.
38 This is he, that was
een de wildaness. E been dey wid we ole in the church in the wil-
people an wid de angel wa taak ta um derness with the angel
which spake to him in the
pontop Mount Sinai. God gim e message mount Sina, and with our
wa gwine lib faeba, fa gii we. fathers: who received the
lively oracles to give unto
39 Bot we ole people ain do wa Moses us:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
424 De Postle Dem 7
39 To whom our fa- tell um fa do. Dey ton dey back pon um, an
thers would not obey, but
thrust him from them, een dey haat dey been wahn fa go back ta
and in their hearts turned Egypt lan. 40 Dey tell Aaron say, Mek we
back again into Egypt,
some god dem fa lead de way fa we. Dat
40 Saying unto Aaron, man Moses dat bring we outta Egypt lan,
Make us gods to go be- we ain know wa happen ta um. 41 Dat de
fore us: for as for this Mo-
ses, which brought us out time wen dey mek ting wa look like a calf
of the land of Egypt, we fa woshup, an dey offa sacrifice ta dat idol.
wot not what is become
of him. Dey hab feas an mek merry fa sake ob dat
ting wa dey deysef been mek. 42 Bot den
41 And they made a
calf in those days, and of- God ton e back pon de Israel people. E lef
fered sacrifice unto the um fa woshup dem ting wa dey een de sky,
idol, and rejoiced in the
works of their own
like de staa dem an de moon. Dat stan
hands. same like dey say een de book dat de
42 Then God turned,
prophet dem write. Dey say:
and gave them up to wor- Oona Israel people yah,
ship the host of heaven; e ain been fa me
as it is written in the book
of the prophets, O ye dat oona beena kill dem animal
house of Israel, have ye an sacrifice um jurin
offered to me slain beasts
and sacrifices by the space de foty yeah wen oona been dey
of forty years in the een de wildaness, ainty?
wilderness? 43 Oona beena tote de tent dat keep
43 Yea, ye took up the dat god name Molech,
tabernacle of Moloch, an de ting dat oona mek
and the star of your god
Remphan, figures which dat look like de staa
ye made to worship ob oona god Rephan.
them: and I will carry you
away beyond Babylon. Oona mek dem idol fa woshup um.
So den, A gwine git people
44 Our fathers had the
tabernacle of witness in fa tek oona faaway,
the wilderness, as he had way pass Babylon.
appointed, speaking unto 44 Wen we ole people been dey een de
Moses, that he should
make it according to the desat, dey hab de tent wa show dat God
fashion that he had seen. dey long wid um. Same fashion God been
45 Which also our fa- tell Moses how fa mek dat tent dey, dat
thers that came after how Moses mek um. 45 We ole fada dat
brought in with Jesus
into the possession of the been dey fus, dey dead an lef dey tent ta
Gentiles, whom God we fada dem. An dey tote um wen dey
drave out before the face
of our fathers, unto the gone wid Joshua an tek oba de lan fom
days of David; dem oda nation dat God been dribe outta
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 425
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
426 De Postle Dem 7, 8
8
And when he had said 1An Saul been dey, da gree dat dey
this, he fell asleep.
oughta kill Stephen.
Chapter 8
1 And Saul was con- Saul Mek de Choch People
senting unto his death. Suffa
And at that time there
was a great persecution Fom dat day wen dey kill Stephen, de
against the church which Jew leada dem staat fa mek de bleeba dem
was at Jerusalem; and
they were all scattered ob de choch een Jerusalem suffa too bad.
abroad throughout the Cep fa de postle dem, all de bleeba dem
regions of Judaea and Sa-
maria, except the
ron way outta de city. Dey gone all oba de
apostles. country roun bout een Judea an Samaria.
2 And devout men car-
2 Some man dem wa feah God, dey gone
ried Stephen to his burial,
and made great lamenta- an bury Stephen. Dey weep an wail loud fa
tion over him. um.
3 As for Saul, he made
havock of the church, en- 3 Bot Saul wok fa stroy de bleeba dem
tering into every house, ob de choch. E gone fom house ta house fa
and haling men and
women committed them find um, all de man an ooman dem, an e
to prison. drag um off ta de jailhouse.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 8 427
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
428 De Postle Dem 8
word of God, they sent God wod, dey sen Peter an John ta um.
unto them Peter and
John:
15 An wen Peter an John git ta Samaria,
15 Who, when they dey pray fa de people dat been bleebe pon
were come down, prayed
for them, that they might Jedus. Dey aks God fa mek de Holy Sperit
receive the Holy Ghost: come eenta um, 16 cause de Holy Sperit
16 (For as yet he was
fallen upon none of them: ain come down eenta none ob um yet.
only they were baptized Philip jes beena bactize um een de Lawd
in the name of the Lord
Jesus.) Jedus name. 17 Den Peter an John lay dey
17 Then laid they their han pon dem people head an pray fa um,
hands on them, and they
received the Holy Ghost. an de Holy Sperit come een um.
18 And when Simon 18 Now den, Simon see dat de Holy
saw that through laying
on of the apostles' hands Sperit come eenta dem people wa bleebe
the Holy Ghost was pon Jedus wen de postle Peter an John lay
given, he offered them
money, dey han pon dey head. So e offa fa pay
19 Saying, Give me
also this power, that on Peter an John fa dat powa. 19 E tell um
whomsoever I lay hands, say, Oona mus gii me dis powa yah too,
he may receive the Holy
Ghost. so dat wen A lay me han pon somebody
20 But Peter said unto
him, Thy money perish
head, de Holy Sperit gwine come eenta dat
with thee, because thou poson dey.
hast thought that the gift 20 Peter ansa um say, Leh ya be loss
of God may be purchased
with money. faeba, long wid ya money, cause ya tink ya
21 Thou hast neither able fa buy wa God da gii we. 21 Ya ain
part nor lot in this mat-
ter: for thy heart is not hab no paat een we wok, cause ya haat ain
right in the sight of God. right een God eye. 22 Mus ton way fom dis
22 Repent therefore of
this thy wickedness, and
ebil ting ya been wahn fa do. An mus pray
pray God, if perhaps the ta de Lawd fa see ef e gwine paadon ya fa
thought of thine heart tink susha ting een ya haat. 23 Cause A see
may be forgiven thee.
23 For I perceive that ya hab a bitta haat, an sin done mek ya e
thou art in the gall of bit- slabe.
terness, and in the bond
of iniquity. 24 Simon ansa um say, Please sah, pray
24 Then answered Si-
mon, and said, Pray ye to
ta de Lawd fa me, so dat none ob dem ting
the Lord for me, that ya say ain gwine happen ta me.
none of these things 25 So Peter an John tell de people wa
which ye have spoken
come upon me. God done an wa dey know bout Jedus an
25 And they, when
wa e da do fa um, an dey splain de wod ob
they had testified and
preached the word of the de Lawd. Den dey gone back ta Jerusalem.
Lord, returned to Jerusa- Wiles dey beena gwine, dey beena tell de
lem, and preached the
gospel in many villages people een plenty Samaria settlement de
of the Samaritans. Good Nyews bout Jedus.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 8 429
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
430 De Postle Dem 8, 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9 431
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
432 De Postle Dem 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9 433
23 Atta plenty day pass, de Jew people 23 And after that many
days were fulfilled, the
hab a meetin an mek scheme fa kill Saul. Jews took counsel to kill
24 Bot somebody tell Saul wa de Jew him:
people beena plan fa do ta um. Day an 24 But their laying
await was known of Saul.
night dem Jew people beena watch an And they watched the
wait by de city gyate fa ketch um an kill gates day and night to
kill him.
um. 25 Bot one night, de people wa bleebe
25 Then the disciples
wa Saul beena tell um bout Jedus, dey pit took him by night, and
Saul een a basket an pass um oba de wall let him down by the wall
in a basket.
roun de city, an dey leddown de basket
26 And when Saul was
wid Saul eenside um, down ta de groun. come to Jerusalem, he as-
sayed to join himself to
Saul een Jerusalem the disciples: but they
were all afraid of him,
26 Saul gone ta Jerusalem fa try fa jine and believed not that he
was a disciple.
op wid Jedus ciple dem, bot dey ain bleebe
27 But Barnabas took
Saul one ob dem, so dey all been scaid ob him, and brought him to
um. 27 Bot Barnabas hep Saul. E tek um ta the apostles, and de-
de postle dem. E tell um bout how Saul clared unto them how he
had seen the Lord in the
been see de Lawd pon de road ta Damascus way, and that he had spo-
an how de Lawd taak ta um. Barnabas tell ken to him, and how he
had preached boldly at
um too bout how Saul ain been scaid fa tell Damascus in the name of
all de people een Damascus bout Jedus. Jesus.
28 So den, Saul stay dey wid de bleeba 28 And he was with
dem, an e gone roun all oba Jerusalem. E them coming in and go-
ing out at Jerusalem.
ain been scaid tall fa tell ebrybody bout de
Lawd. 29 Saul beena taak an spute wid de 29 And he spake boldly
in the name of the Lord
Jew people wa taak de Greek language Jesus, and disputed
too. Bot dem people beena try fa kill um. against the Grecians: but
they went about to slay
30 De bredren wa bleebe pon Jedus yeh him.
say dey been wahn fa kill Saul, so dey tek
30Which when the bre
um down ta Caesarea an sen um way ta thren knew, they brought him
Tarsus. down to Caesarea, and sent
31 Jurin dat time, nobody ain mek de him forth to Tarsus.
choch people all oba Judea an Galilee an 31 Then had the
Samaria suffa no mo. Dey come fa be mo churches rest throughout
all Judaea and Galilee
scronga een de fait, an de Holy Sperit and Samaria, and were
beena hep um, so dat mo an mo people edified; and walking in
the fear of the Lord, and
bleebe pon Jedus. Dey beena do wa God in the comfort of the Holy
wahn, da gii hona ta de Lawd. Ghost, were multiplied.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
434 De Postle Dem 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9, 10 435
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
436 De Postle Dem 10
10 And he became
very hungry, and would
de flat roof ob de house weh e beena stay,
have eaten: but while fa pray. 10 Peter been hongry an e been
they made ready, he fell
into a trance, wahn sompin fa nyam. Wiles de people
11 And saw heaven een de house beena fix some food, God
opened, and a certain
vessel descending unto show Peter one wision. 11 E see heaben
him, as it had been a open op. Sompin dat look like a big bed
great sheet knit at the
four corners, and let sheet beena come down. Dat sheet beena
down to the earth:
12 Wherein were all leddown fom heaben by e fo cona til e git
manner of fourfooted
beasts of the earth, and
ta de groun. 12 All kinda critta, animal an
wild beasts, and creeping reptile wa crawl pon de groun an wile bod,
things, and fowls of the
air. been dey pon de bed sheet. 13 Peter yeh a
13 And there came a boice da tell um say, Peter, git op. Kill
voice to him, Rise, Peter;
kill, and eat. some dem an nyam um!
14 But Peter said, Not 14 Bot Peter say, No, Lawd! A ain neba
so, Lord; for I have never
eaten any thing that is gwine nyam nottin dat we Jew Law say ain
common or unclean.
15 And the voice spake fit fa nyam.
unto him again the sec- 1 5 D e b oice tell Peter gi n say,
ond time, What God hath
cleansed, that call not Wasoneba God done mek good fa nyam,
thou common.
16 This was done ya mus dohn say e ain fit fa nyam. 16 Dat
thrice: and the vessel was happen shree time an den all ob a sudden
received up again into
heaven. dat ting like a bed sheet gone back op
17 Now while Peter
doubted in himself what
eenta heaben.
this vision which he had 17 Dat wision wa Peter see mek um
seen should mean, be-
hold, the men which wonda, an e been wahn fa ondastan wa dat
were sent from Cornelius
had made enquiry for Si-
wision mean. Same time, de man dem dat
mon's house, and stood Cornelius sen been find out weh Simon
before the gate,
18 And called, and house been. Dey come an beena stanop
asked whether Simon, een front ob de gyate. 18 Dey holla say, A
which was surnamed Pe-
ter, were lodged there. man name ob Simon Peter da stay yah?
19 While Peter thought 19 Peter still beena try fa ondastan wa
on the vision, the Spirit
said unto him, Behold, God been show um een dat wision, wen
three men seek thee.
20 Arise therefore, and God Sperit tell um say, Look! Shree man
get thee down, and go dey yah, da look fa ya. 20 Mus git op an go
with them, doubting
nothing: for I have sent down fa meet um. Mus dohn be scaid fa go
them. wid um, cause A done sen um ta ya.
21 Then Peter went
down to the men which 21 Peter git op an gone down fa meet um.
were sent unto him from
Cornelius; and said, Be- E tell dem man say, A de man oona da
hold, I am he whom ye
seek: what is the cause
look fa. Hoccome oona come?
wherefore ye are come? 22 Dey tell um say, De Roman offisa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 10 437
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
438 De Postle Dem 10
of God.
32 Send therefore to
ya. 32 Sen some man dem ta Joppa fa
Joppa, and call hither Si- bring back one man name Simon, wa dey
mon, whose surname is call Peter. Simon Peter da stay wid noda
Peter; he is lodged in the
house of one Simon a tan- man name Simon, wa da wok wid lezza,
ner by the sea side: who, dey close ta de seasho. 33 So den A sen fa
when he cometh, shall
speak unto thee.
ya right way, an ya been good fa come.
33 Immediately there- Now den, we all yah fa yeh ebryting de
fore I sent to thee; and
thou hast well done that Lawd tell ya fa tell we. An God dey yah
thou art come. Now
therefore are we all here
wid we.
present before God, to
hear all things that are Peter Tell bout Jedus
commanded thee of God.
34 Then Peter opened 34 Peter say, Now A know fa true, dat
his mouth, and said, Of a
truth I perceive that God God treat all people de same way.
is no respecter of persons: 35 Ebrybody fom ebry nation, ebrybody
35 But in every nation
he that feareth him, and wa da woshup God an do wa right, God
worketh righteousness, is cept um. 36 Oona know dat dis de wod
accepted with him.
36 The word which God been sen ta de Jew people een Israel.
God sent unto the chil- E tell um de Good Nyews dat dey kin hab
dren of Israel, preaching
peace by Jesus Christ: (he peace wid God shru Jedus Christ, wa Lawd
is Lord of all:) oba all people. 37 Oona know how de wod
37 That word, I say, ye
know, which was pub-
spread all oba Judea. Dat staat een Galilee
lished throughout all atta John beena tell de people fa stop dey
Judaea, and began from sin an come leh um bactize um. 38 Oona
Galilee, after the baptism
which John preached; know dat God pick Jedus, wa come fom
38 How God anointed
Jesus of Nazareth with
Nazareth, an mek de Holy Sperit come
the Holy Ghost and with eenta um an gim powa. Jedus gone all oba,
power: who went about
doing good, and healing da do good ta people, an da heal all dem
all that were oppressed of
the devil; for God was
wa been onda de powa ob de Debil. Jedus
with him. been able fa do all dem ting yah cause God
39 And we are wit-
nesses of all things which dey wid um. 39 We see all de ting dem dat
he did both in the land of Jedus done een de country ob de Jew
the Jews, and in Jerusa-
lem; whom they slew and people, an een Jerusalem too. An dey kill
hanged on a tree: Jedus, nail um ta de cross. 40 Bot God mek
40 Him God raised up
the third day, and shew- Jedus git op fom mongst de dead people
ed him openly;
41 Not to all the peo-
an lib gin atta shree day, an e leh um
ple, but unto witnesses appeah ta we. 41 Jedus ain appeah ta all
chosen before of God, de people. E jes appeah ta we, de people
even to us, who did eat
and drink with him after God been pick fa shim. Atta Jedus git op
he rose from the dead. fom mongst de dead people an lib gin, we
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 10, 11 439
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
440 De Postle Dem 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 11 441
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
442 De Postle Dem 11, 12
seek Saul:
26 And when he had
plenty people bleebe pon de Lawd.
found him, he brought 25 Den Barnabas gone ta Tarsus fa look
him unto Antioch. And it fa Saul. 26 Wen e find um, e bring um ta
came to pass, that a
whole year they assem- Antioch. Barnabas an Saul stay ta Antioch
bled themselves with the fa a whole yeah. Dey beena meet wid de
church, and taught much
people. And the disciples
choch people an laan a heap ob um dey.
were called Christians Antioch been de fus place weh de people
first in Antioch. staat fa call dem wa bleebe pon Jedus
27 And in these days
came prophets from Je- Christian.
rusalem unto Antioch. 27 Same time, some prophet dem come
28 And there stood up
one of them named down fom Jerusalem ta Antioch. 28 One
Agabus, and signified by dem prophet name Agabus. E stanop, an
the Spirit that there
should be great dearth God Sperit gim powa fa tell bout de dry
throughout all the world: drought dat been bout fa come oba all de
which came to pass in the
days of Claudius Caesar.
wol. (Dis dry drought come een dat time
29 Then the disciples, wen Claudius beena rule een Rome.) 29 So
every man according to dem wa bleebe een Antioch gree fa hep
his ability, determined to
send relief unto the dey Christian bredren wa hab need, dem
brethren which dwelt in wa lib een Judea. Dey gree dat ebry
Judaea:
30 Which also they Christian een Antioch gwine gii wa e able
did, and sent it to the el- fa gii. 30 An dey done dat. Dey gii
ders by the hands of Bar-
nabas and Saul. Barnabas an Saul de money fa cyaa um ta
de choch elda dem een Jerusalem.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 12 443
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
444 De Postle Dem 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 12, 13 445
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
446 De Postle Dem 13
5 And when they were wod. An John Mark been dey wid um fa
at Salamis, they preached
the word of God in the hep um.
synagogues of the Jews: 6 Dey gone all de way cross de islant til
and they had also John to
their minister. dey come ta Paphos. An dey meet one root
6 And when they had
gone through the isle man dey wa name Bar-Jedus. E been a Jew
unto Paphos, they found dat call esef a prophet, bot e ain been fa
a certain sorcerer, a false
prophet, a Jew, whose true. 7 Bar-Jedus beena stay longside de
name was Barjesus:
7 Which was with the islant gobna. Dat gobna name Sergius
deputy of the country, Paulus, an e been a man wa hab sense.
Sergius Paulus, a prudent
man; who called for Bar- Now de gobna sen fa Barnabas an Saul,
nabas and Saul, and de- cause e been wahn fa yeh God wod. 8 Bot
sired to hear the word of
God. de root man Elymas (dat de Greek name fa
8 But Elymas the sor-
cerer (for so is his name Bar-Jedus), e gone ginst Barnabas an Saul.
by interpretation) with- E try fa mek Gobna Sergius Paulus stop
stood them, seeking to
turn away the deputy bleebe pon Jedus. 9 Now Saul, wa dey call
from the faith.
9 Then Saul, (who also Paul too, e been full op wid de Holy Sperit.
is called Paul,) filled with Saul gone an look haad at Elymas. 10 E
the Holy Ghost, set his
eyes on him, say, Ya de Debil chile! Ya fight ginst ebry
10 And said, O full of
all subtilty and all mis-
good ting! Ya haat full op wid bad trick an
chief, thou child of the ceitful ting. Ya ain neba gwine stop try fa
devil, thou enemy of all
righteousness, wilt thou change de Lawd true way eenta a lie,
not cease to pervert the ainty? 11 Now den, de Lawd done pit e han
right ways of the Lord?
11 And now, behold, ginst ya. Ya gwine be bline. Ya ain gwine
the hand of the Lord is see de sunlight fa some time.
upon thee, and thou shalt
be blind, not seeing the Same time Elymas eye gone daak. E
sun for a season. And im-
mediately there fell on staat fa wanda roun, da look fa somebody
him a mist and a dark- fa hole e han an lead um, cause e bline.
ness; and he went about
seeking some to lead him 12 Wen de gobna see wa happen, e bleebe
by the hand.
12 Then the deputy, pon Jedus. E been too stonish wen e laan
when he saw what was bout de Lawd.
done, believed, being as-
tonished at the doctrine
of the Lord. Paul Dem Gone ta Antioch een Pisidia
13 Now when Paul and
his company loosed from 13 Paul dem lef Paphos. Dey git a boat
Paphos, they came to
Perga in Pamphylia: and an sail ta Perga een Pamphylia. Dey een
John departing from Perga, John Mark lef Paul dem an gone
them returned to Jerusa-
lem. back ta Jerusalem. 14 Den Paul dem lef
14 But when they de- Perga an gone ta Antioch een Pisidia. Wen
parted from Perga, they
came to Antioch in de Jew Woshup Day come, dey gone eenta
Pisidia, and went into the de Jew meetin house an seddown. 15 De
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13 447
people read fom de Law dat God gii Moses synagogue on the sab-
bath day, and sat down.
an fom wa de prophet dem done write. 15 And after the read-
Den de rula dem ob de Jew meetin house ing of the law and the
prophets the rulers of the
sen wod ta Paul dem, tell um say, synagogue sent unto
Bredren, ef oona hab some wod fa them, saying, Ye men and
courage de people, we wahn oona fa taak brethren, if ye have any
word of exhortation for
ta um. 16 Paul stanop. E mek sign ta de the people, say on.
people wid e han fa mek um stop fa taak, 16 Then Paul stood up,
and beckoning with his
an e tell um say, hand said, Men of Israel,
Oona, me people ob Israel, an all oona and ye that fear God, give
audience.
wa ain no Jew bot oona woshup God, all 17 The God of this peo-
ob oona mus listen ta wa A gwine tell ple of Israel chose our fa-
thers, and exalted the
oona! 17 De God ob dis Israel people done people when they dwelt
pick we ole people. Wen dey been down as strangers in the land of
dey een Egypt lan, God bless um a whole Egypt, and with an high
arm brought he them out
heap. Den by e great powa, God bring de of it.
18 And about the time
Israel people outta Egypt lan. 18 An God of forty years suffered he
pit op wid um fa bout foty yeah wen dey their manners in the
wilderness.
been dey een de desat. 19 E stroy de people 19 And when he had
ob seben nation een Canaan lan. Den e gii destroyed seven nations
in the land of Chanaan,
e Israel people dat lan fa dem an dey he divided their land to
chullun chullun fa dey own. 20 All dat tek them by lot.
20 And after that he
bout fo hundud an fifty yeah fo e all done gave unto them judges
happen. about the space of four
Atta dat, God gii e Israel people jedge hundred and fifty years,
until Samuel the prophet.
dem fa rule oba um, til de time wen de 21 And afterward they
prophet Samuel come. 21 Den de people desired a king: and God
gave unto them Saul the
aks God fa pick a king fa rule oba um. God son of Cis, a man of the
gim Saul, Kish chile, wa come fom tribe of Benjamin, by the
Benjamin tribe. King Saul rule oba Israel space of forty years.
22 And when he had
foty yeah. 22 Den atta God tek de powa removed him, he raised
way fom Saul, e pick David fa be king een up unto them David to be
their king; to whom also
Israel. God tell bout David say, A done he gave testimony, and
said, I have found David
find David, Jesse chile, one man dat A the son of Jesse, a man af-
heppy wid fa true. E gwine do all dat A ter mine own heart,
which shall fulfil all my
wahn um fa do. 23 Jedus one ob David will.
chullun chullun. An God pick um fa sabe e 23 Of this man's seed
hath God according to his
Israel people. Dat happen same like God promise raised unto Is-
been promise. 24 Fo Jedus staat e wok, rael a Saviour, Jesus:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
448 De Postle Dem 13
24 When John had first John beena preach, say ta de Israel people
preached before his com-
ing the baptism of repen- dey haffa change dey sinful way an dohn
tance to all the people of do um no mo, an come fa git bactize.
Israel. 25 Jes fo John finish op de wok dat God
25 And as John ful-
filled his course, he said, sen um fa do, e tell de people say, Who
Whom think ye that I oona tink A da? A ain de one dat oona
am? I am not he. But, be-
hold, there cometh one beena look fa. Bot look yah! Dat one dey
after me, whose shoes of gwine come wen A done done de wok God
his feet I am not worthy
to loose. sen me fa do. A ain wot nuff eben fa loose
26 Men and brethren, de shoe dat e weah pon e foot!
children of the stock of
Abraham, and whosoever
26 Bredren, oona wa Abraham chullun
among you feareth God, chullun, an oona mongst we wa ain no Jew
to you is the word of this
salvation sent.
bot da woshup God, listen op! Dis message
27 For they that dwell bout sabation, God sen um fa we! 27 De
at Jerusalem, and their people dat lib een Jerusalem an dey leada
rulers, because they
knew him not, nor yet the dem ain been know who dat Jedus da. Dey
voices of the prophets ain know e come fa sabe um. Dey ain
which are read every sab-
bath day, they have ful- ondastan bout de wod dem dey beena read
filled them in condemn- ebry Woshup Day, dem wod dat de
ing him.
28 And though they prophet dem done write. Stillyet, wen de
found no cause of death people condemn Jedus, dey mek wa dem
in him, yet desired they
Pilate that he should be
prophet done been write bout Jedus come
slain. true. 28 De people ain find nottin bad dat
29 And when they had
fulfilled all that was writ-
Jedus done do fa mek um kill um. Stillyet,
ten of him, they took him dey aks Pilate fa hab um kill Jedus. 29 Wen
down from the tree, and dey done do all dat dem prophet done
laid him in a sepulchre.
30 But God raised him been write bout Jedus, dey tek um down
from the dead: fom de cross an pit um een a tomb. 30 Bot
31 And he was seen
many days of them which God mek um git op fom mongst de dead
came up with him from people an lib gin. 31 Jedus appeah plenty
Galilee to Jerusalem,
who are his witnesses
time ta de people dat been gone long wid
unto the people. um fom Galilee ta Jerusalem. Now, dem
32 And we declare
unto you glad tidings,
people beena tell oda Israel people all bout
how that the promise um. 32 We come yah fa tell oona de Good
which was made unto the Nyews, wa God done promise we ole
fathers,
33 God hath fulfilled people dat e gwine do, 33 We dey chullun
the same unto us their chullun, an God done do um fa we wen e
children, in that he hath
raised up Jesus again; as mek Jedus git op fom mongst de dead
it is also written in the people an lib gin. Like dey write een de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13 449
do, e dead. Dey bury um close ta e ole 37 But he, whom God
people, an e body rot. 37 Bot de one dat raised again, saw no
corruption.
God mek git op fom mongst de dead
people an lib gin, e body ain rot tall. 38 So 38 Be it known unto
you therefore, men and
den, bredren, A wahn fa mek oona know fa brethren, that through
true dat we da tell oona say, dat cause ob this man is preached unto
you the forgiveness of
Jedus, God paadon oona sin. 39 A wahn fa sins:
mek oona know dat ebrybody wa bleebe
pon Jedus, God da free um fom all dey sin 39 And by him all that
believe are justified from
dat Moses Law ain been able fa free oona all things, from which ye
fom. 40 Oona mus tek cyah den, so dat wa could not be justified by
de prophet dem been say ain gwine the law of Moses.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
450 De Postle Dem 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13, 14 451
14 Sa m e way, w en Paul an
1 1 And it came to pass
Barnabas been dey een Iconium, in Iconium, that they
went both together into
dey gone ta de Jew meetin house. Dey taak the synagogue of the
ta de people dey een susha good way dat a Jews, and so spake, that a
great multitude both of
heapa Jew dem bleebe pon Jedus. An a the Jews and also of the
heapa people dat ain Jew bleebe pon Greeks believed.
2 But the unbelieving
Jedus too. 2 Bot de Jew dem dat ain wahn Jews stirred up the
fa bleebe, dey stir op de people dat ain Jew Gentiles, and made their
an mek um ton ginst de Christian bredren. minds evil affected
against the brethren.
3 De postle Paul an Barnabas stay a long 3 Long time therefore
time dey een Iconium. Dey ain been scaid abode they speaking
boldly in the Lord, which
tall fa tell de people bout de Lawd. An de gave testimony unto the
Lawd show dat Paul an Barnabas beena word of his grace, and
granted signs and won-
tell um de trute wen dey say de Lawd ders to be done by their
mussyful an good, cause e gim powa fa do hands.
4 But the multitude of
plenty sign an miracle. 4 De people een de the city was divided: and
city tek side ginst one noda een two group. part held with the Jews,
Some people been fa de Jew dem, an some and part with the
apostles.
been fa de postle dem. 5 And when there was
5 Den de people dat ain Jew, de Jew an assault made both of
the Gentiles, and also of
dem an dey leada dem mek scheme fa do the Jews with their rul-
de postle dem bad an fa chunk stone pon ers, to use them despite-
fully, and to stone them,
um. 6 Wen de postle dem yeh dat, dey ron 6 They were ware of it,
way Lycaonia. Dey gone ta Lystra an and fled unto Lystra and
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
452 De Postle Dem 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 14 453
beena leh all people waak een dey own walk in their own ways.
17 Nevertheless he left
way. 17 Stillyet, e all de time beena show not himself without wit-
um who e da by de good e da do fa um all. ness, in that he did good,
and gave us rain from
God da gii oona rain dat come down fom heaven, and fruitful sea-
de cloud, an e da mek wa oona plant beah sons, filling our hearts
dey fruit wen de right time come. E da gii with food and gladness.
18 And with these say-
oona plenty food an da mek oona haat ings scarce restrained
heppy fa true. 18 Eben wen de postle dem they the people, that they
tell de people all dat, e ain been easy fa had not done sacrifice
unto them.
stop dat crowd wa wahn fa mek sacrifice 19 And there came
ta de postle. thither certain Jews from
19 Den some Jew come fom Antioch een Antioch and Iconium,
who persuaded the peo-
Pisidia an fom Iconium. Dey taak ginst de ple, and, having stoned
postle dem til de crowd gree fa do Paul, drew him out of the
city, supposing he had
wasoneba dey wahn. Dey chunk stone pon been dead.
Paul an drag um outta de city, cause dey 20 Howbeit, as the dis-
tink e done dead. 20 Bot wen de people dat ciples stood round about
bleebe pon Jedus gone an geda roun Paul, him, he rose up, and
came into the city: and
e git op an gone back eenta de city. De nex the next day he departed
day Paul an Barnabas gone ta Derbe. with Barnabas to Derbe.
21 And when they had
Dey Go Back ta Antioch een Syria preached the gospel to
that city, and had taught
21 Paul an Barnabas tell de people dey many, they returned
again to Lystra, and to
een Derbe de Good Nyews. Cause ob dat, Iconium, and Antioch,
plenty people bleebe an waak een Jedus
22 Confirming the
way. Den de postle dem gone back ta
souls of the disciples, and
Lystra, den ta Iconium an den ta Antioch exhorting them to con-
een Pisidia. 22 Paul an Barnabas beena tinue in the faith, and
that we must through
hep dem dat bleebe pon Jedus fa bleebe much tribulation enter
um mo an mo. An dey courage um fa keep into the kingdom of God.
on een dey fait. Paul an Barnabas tell de 23 And when they had
people say, we haffa suffa plenty een dis ordained them elders in
every church, and had
wol fo we pass oba an gone ta weh God prayed with fasting, they
rule. 23 Een ebry choch, Paul an Barnabas commended them to the
pick some elda fa be een chaage. Dey pray Lord, on whom they
believed.
ta God an fast. Den dey lef um een de Lawd
han, de Lawd dey bleebe pon. 24 And after they had
24 Wen Paul an Barnabas done waak passed throughout Pisi-
dia, they came to Pam-
shru Pisidia, dey gone ta Pamphylia. phylia.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
454 De Postle Dem 14, 15
25 And when they had 25 Atta dey tell de people een Perga de
preached the word in
Perga, they went down wod ob de Lawd, dey gone down ta
into Attalia: Attalia. 26 Fom Attalia dey git a big boat
26 And thence sailed
to Antioch, from whence an sail ta Antioch. Dat de city weh de
they had been recom- choch people been pit Paul an Barnabas
mended to the grace of
God for the work which
een God han, da aks God fa bless um fa do
they fulfilled. e wok. An dat de wok dey done now.
27 And when they 27 Wen dey git ta Antioch, dey geda de
were come, and had
gathered the church to- choch people togeda, an dey tell um all dat
gether, they rehearsed all God been hep um fa do, an how God done
that God had done with
them, and how he had open op de way fa de people dat ain Jew fa
opened the door of faith bleebe pon Jedus. 28 Paul an Barnabas
unto the Gentiles.
28 And there they stay dey a long time wid de bleeba dem wa
abode long time with the waak een de way ob de Lawd Jedus.
disciples.
De Meetin een Jerusalem
Chapter 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 15 455
Pharisee group say, De people wa ain Jew 5 But there rose up cer-
tain of the sect of the
haffa git circumcise, an we haffa chaage Pharisees which believ-
um fa do dem ting dat Moses Law say dey ed, saying, That it was
needful to circumcise
haffa do. them, and to command
6 De postle dem an de choch elda dem them to keep the law of
Moses.
meet fa taak bout dat. 7 Atta dey done taak 6 And the apostles and
elders came together for
a whole heap, Peter stanop fa taak. E say, to consider of this matter.
7 And when there had
Bredren, oona know dat way back, God been much disputing, Pe-
been pick me fom mongst oona fa tell de ter rose up, and said unto
them, Men and brethren,
people dat ain Jew de Good Nyews so dat ye know how that a good
dey kin yeh um an bleebe pon Jedus. 8 An while ago God made
choice among us, that the
God, wa know all people haat, show dat e Gentiles by my mouth
should hear the word of
wahn um fa ton ta um, wen e gim de Holy the gospel, and believe.
Sperit, same like e been gii we. 9 God ain 8 And God, which
knoweth the hearts, bare
mek no diffunce twix we Jew an dem dat them witness, giving
ain Jew. We all haffa bleebe de same way. them the Holy Ghost,
even as he did unto us;
An cause dey bleebe, e tek way dey sin 9 And put no differ-
outta dey haat. 10 So den, hoccome oona ence between us and
them, purifying their
da try fa do dis ting dat God done show we hearts by faith.
dat we ain oughta do. Oona da try fa see ef 10 Now therefore why
tempt ye God, to put a
dat gwine bex God? Hoccome we da come yoke upon the neck of the
an pit a load pon dem bleeba, dat same disciples, which neither
our fathers nor we were
load dat we ole people ain been able fa able to bear?
11 But we believe that
tote an dat load wa wesef ain able fa tote through the grace of the
needa? 11 Mus dohn do dat! We bleebe dat Lord Jesus Christ we
shall be saved, even as
we Lawd Jedus hab mussy pon we an sabe they.
12 Then all the multi-
we. Same way dey too bleebe dat de Lawd tude kept silence, and
Jedus hab mussy an sabe dem. gave audience to Barna-
bas and Paul, declaring
12 Nobody een de meetin ain say one what miracles and won-
wod wen dey yeh Barnabas an Paul tell ders God had wrought
among the Gentiles by
bout all de sign an miracle dem God done them.
13 And after they had
shru um mongst dem people dat ain Jew. held their peace, James
13 Atta Barnabas an Paul taak, James say, answered, saying, Men
and brethren, hearken
Bredren, listen ta me! 14 Simon jes tell we unto me:
14 Simeon hath de-
bout how God fus show e cyah bout de clared how God at the
people dat ain Jew wen e call some ob um first did visit the Gentiles,
to take out of them a peo-
fa be e own people. 15 De wod ob de ple for his name.
prophet dem gree fa true wid dis. Dem 15 And to this agree
the words of the pro-
prophet write een God Book say, phets; as it is written,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
456 De Postle Dem 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 15 457
ta Antioch. Een dat letta dey write say, Gentiles in Antioch and
Syria and Cilicia:
We de postle dem an choch elda dem, 24 Forasmuch as we
oona bredren. We da say hey ta oona, all have heard, that certain
de bredren dat ain Jew an dat bleebe pon which went out from us
have troubled you with
Jedus, all oona wa lib een Antioch, Syria, words, subverting your
an Cilicia. 24 We yeh say some man dem souls, saying, Ye must be
circumcised, and keep
dat gone out fom we own people yah done the law: to whom we
mek ting haad fa oona an opsot oona wid gave no such command-
ment:
dem ting dey tell oona. We ain neba 25 It seemed good unto
chaage um fa tell oona dem ting. 25 So we us, being assembled with
one accord, to send cho-
all yah done gree fa sen some we own man sen men unto you with
dem fa go ta oona, long wid Paul an our beloved Barnabas
Barnabas, we own deah fren. 26 Wen some and Paul,
26 Men that have haz-
people wahn fa kill um, Paul an Barnabas arded their lives for the
been ready fa dead, fa wok fa we Lawd name of our Lord Jesus
Christ.
Jedus Christ. 27 So den, we da sen Judas 27 We have sent there-
an Silas fa tell oona de same ting we done fore Judas and Silas, who
shall also tell you the
write oona een dis letta. 28 De Holy Sperit same things by mouth.
ain wahn we fa pit no mo haada load pon 28 For it seemed good
to the Holy Ghost, and to
oona, an we ain wahn fa do dat needa. Cep us, to lay upon you no
we da chaage oona fa keep dese rule yah. greater burden than
29 Oona mus dohn nyam no food dat these necessary things;
29 That ye abstain
people done sacrifice ta dey idol. Mus from meats offered to
dohn nyam no blood. Mus dohn nyam no idols, and from blood,
and from things stran-
animal dat still hab e blood een um cause e gled, and from fornica-
been scrangle. An mus dohn hab no oda tion: from which if ye
keep yourselves, ye shall
man or ooman, cep jes ya own husban or do well. Fare ye well.
wife. Oona gwine do de right ting ef oona 30 So when they were
ain do none ob dem ting yah dat we done dismissed, they came to
Antioch: and when they
write bout ta oona. God bless oona. had gathered the multi-
30 De Jerusalem choch people sen de tude together, they deliv-
ered the epistle:
man dem ta Antioch. Dey gone dey an 31 Which when they had
geda all de choch people dey togeda an read, they rejoiced for the
consolation.
gim de letta. 31 Wen de choch people een 32 And Judas and
Antioch read de letta, dey been too heppy Silas, being prophets also
themselves, exhorted the
fa dat message dat courage um. 32 Judas brethren with many
an Silas been prophet too, so dey taak a words, and confirmed
them.
whole heap ta de bredren dey fa courage 33 And after they had
um an hep um bleebe mo betta. 33 Dey tarried there a space, they
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
458 De Postle Dem 15, 16
were let go in peace from been stay dey some time een Antioch. De
the brethren unto the
apostles. Antioch bredren bless Judas an Silas fo
34 Notwithstanding it dey lef um, da aks God fa bless um wen
pleased Silas to abide
there still. dey gone back ta dem dat been sen um.
35 Paul also and Bar-
nabas continued in
[34 Bot den Silas cide e oughta stay dey.]
Antioch, teaching and 35 Paul an Barnabas stay on een
preaching the word of
the Lord, with many oth- Antioch. Dey an plenty oda Christian
ers also.
36 And some days after
bredren beena laan de people, da tell um
Paul said unto Barnabas, de wod ob de Lawd.
Let us go again and visit
our brethren in every city Paul an Barnabas Go Dey Own Way
where we have preached
the word of the Lord, and 36 Atta some time, Paul tell Barnabas
see how they do.
37 And Barnabas de- say, Leh we go back fa see de bredren een
termined to take with
them John, whose sur-
ebry city weh we beena tell de Lawd wod.
name was Mark. Leh we see how dey da. 37 Barnabas been
38 But Paul thought
not good to take him with wahn fa tek John, wa dey call Mark, wid
them, who departed from um. 38 Bot Paul tink e ain good fa tek Mark
them from Pamphylia,
and went not with them wid um, cause wen dey done been een
to the work. Pamphylia, Mark lef um. E ain been go wid
39 And the contention
was so sharp between um fa hep um finish op de wok. 39 Paul an
them, that they departed
asunder one from the Barnabas beena aagy tommuch bout dat,
other: and so til dey cide fa lef one noda. Barnabas gone
Barnabas took Mark, and
sailed unto Cyprus; wid Mark an ketch a boat an sail ta Cyprus.
40 And Paul chose 40 Paul pick Silas fa go wid um. Fo e gone,
Silas, and departed, be-
ing recommended by the de Antioch bredren aks de Lawd fa bless
brethren unto the grace
of God. um an tek cyah ob um. 41 Paul gone all
41 And he went oba Syria an Cilicia. E beena courage an
through Syria and Cilicia,
confirming the churches. hep de choch people dey.
Chapter 16
1 Then came he to Timothy Go Wid Paul an Silas
Derbe and Lystra: and,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16 459
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
460 De Postle Dem 16
spake unto the women seddown dey an taak ta some ooman dem
which resorted thither.
14 And a certain wo- dat beena geda dey. 14 One ob dem ooman
man named Lydia, a dat beena listen name Lydia. E come fom
seller of purple, of the
city of Thyatira, which de city ob Thyatira, an e beena sell purple
worshipped God, heard closs. Lydia been a ooman wa woshup
us: whose heart the Lord
opened, that she at-
God. De Lawd mek um listen op good ta
tended unto the things wa Paul tell um, an e bleebe um. 15 Dey
which were spoken of bactize Lydia an all de people dat been dey
Paul.
15 And when she was een e house. Den Lydia eenbite we ta e
baptized, and her house- house an tell we say, Ain oona see dat A
hold, she besought us, trus de Lawd fa true? So den, oona mus
saying, If ye have judged
me to be faithful to the come an stay ta me house. An e beena aks
Lord, come into my we, til we come stay dey.
house, and abide there.
And she constrained us.
16 And it came to pass, Paul an Silas een de Jailhouse een Philippi
as we went to prayer, a 16 One day we beena gwine ta de place
certain damsel possessed
with a spirit of divination weh de Jew people pray. One slabe gyal
met us, which brought come fa meet we. A ebil sperit been hab
her masters much gain by
soothsaying: dat gyal, mek um able fa tell people wa
17 The same followed gwine happen ta um. An de gyal massa
Paul and us, and cried, dem beena mek a heapa money wen e do
saying, These men are
the servants of the most dat. 17 Dis gyal folla Paul an all ob we. E
high God, which shew beena holla say, Dem man yah da saab de
unto us the way of
salvation.
great God dat mo betta den all de oda res!
18 And this did she Dey da tell oona de way fa git sabe! 18 De
many days. But Paul, be- gyal beena do dat same ting ebry day. Atta
ing grieved, turned and
said to the spirit, I com-
plenty day, Paul git burden down. E ton
mand thee in the name of roun ta de slabe gyal an tell de ebil sperit
Jesus Christ to come out eenside um say, Een Jedus Christ name
of her. And he came out
the same hour. an by e powa, A da chaage ya fa come
19 And when her mas- outta dis gyal. Dat same time dey, de ebil
ters saw that the hope of sperit come outta de gyal an lef um. 19 De
their gains was gone,
they caught Paul and massa dem ob de slabe gyal see dat de gyal
Silas, and drew them into ain gwine be able fa mek money fa um gin.
the marketplace unto the
rulers, Dey grab hole ta Paul an Silas an drag um
20 And brought them ta de maakut place, ta de leada dem dat
to the magistrates, say- hab tority dey. 20 Dey tek um ta de Roman
ing, These men, being
Jews, do exceedingly court ta de jedge dem, an dey tell um say,
trouble our city, Dem man yah, dey Jew people an dey da
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16 461
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
462 De Postle Dem 16
31 And they said, Be- 31 Paul an Silas ansa de gyaad say, Ya
lieve on the Lord Jesus
Christ, and thou shalt be haffa bleebe pon de Lawd Jedus, an God
saved, and thy house. gwine sabe ya, an all de people dat lib een
32 And they spake ya house. 32 Den Paul an Silas tell de
unto him the word of the
Lord, and to all that were gyaad an all de people een e house de wod
in his house. ob de Lawd. 33 Dat same time een de
33 And he took them middle ob dat night, de gyaad tek Paul an
the same hour of the Silas an wash off dey bruise. An right den
night, and washed their
stripes; and was bap- Paul an Silas bactize de gyaad an all de
tized, he and all his, people een e house. 34 De gyaad tek Paul
straightway.
an Silas eenta e own house an gim sompin
34 And when he had fa nyam. An de gyaad an all de people een
brought them into his
house, he set meat before
e house been too heppy, cause now dey
them, and rejoiced, be- bleebe pon God.
lieving in God with all his 35 Wen day clean, de Roman jedge dem
house.
sen dey police offisa ta de jailhouse gyaad
35 And when it was
fa chaage um say, Leh dem man go free.
day, the magistrates sent
the serjeants, saying, Let 36 So de gyaad tell Paul say De jedge
those men go. dem done sen fa chaage me fa leh ya an
36 And the keeper of Silas go free. Oona kin go now. A da aks
the prison told this say- God fa leh e peace be wid oona.
ing to Paul, The magis- 37 Paul tell dem jedge police offisa say,
trates have sent to let you
go: now therefore depart, De Roman jedge dem ain neba jedge we
and go in peace. fa see ef we done bad. Stillyet, dey done
37 But Paul said unto beat we out een de open, een front ob all
them, They have beaten de people. An we Roman people too! Den
us openly uncondemned,
being Romans, and have dey chunk we eenta de jailhouse. Now dey
cast us into prison; and wahn fa mek we go dout nobody know
now do they thrust us out
privily? nay verily; but bout dat, ainty? We ain gwine go dat way!
let them come them- Leh dem Roman jedge deysef come yah, an
selves and fetch us out.
leh we go wid dem outta de jailhouse.
38 And the serjeants 38 De police offisa dem gone an tell de
told these words unto the Roman jedge dem wa Paul say. Wen dey
magistrates: and they
feared, when they heard yeh say Paul an Silas been Roman people,
that they were Romans. de jedge dem been scaid. 39 So dey gone ta
39 And they came and Paul an Silas een de jailhouse an tell um
besought them, and dey saary. Dey leh Paul an Silas loose an
brought them out, and de-
sired them to depart out
gone wid um outta de jailhouse. An dey
of the city. beg um say, mus go way outta we city.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16, 17 463
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
464 De Postle Dem 17
7 Whom Jason hath re- Dem man ain da keep de law dat de
ceived: and these all do
contrary to the decrees of Roman rula Caesar gii we, cause dey all da
Caesar, saying that there say we hab noda king, de one dey call
is another king, one
Jesus. Jedus. 8 Wen de crowd an de city leada
8 And they troubled
the people and the rulers dem yeh wa dem Jew an de screet people
of the city, when they beena say, dey been big trouble an nise
heard these things.
9 And when they had een de city. 9 De city leada dem mek Jason
taken security of Jason,
and of the other, they let an de oda Christian dem pay bail money.
them go. Den dey leh um gone home.
10 And the brethren
immediately sent away
Paul and Silas by night Paul an Silas Go ta Berea
unto Berea: who coming
thither went into the syn-
10 Wen night come, de Christian
agogue of the Jews. bredren sen Paul an Silas ta Berea. An wen
11 These were more
noble than those in
dey git dey, dey gone ta de Jew meetin
Thessalonica, in that they house. 11 De people een Berea been mo
received the word with heppy fa listen ta wa Paul tell um den de
all readiness of mind, and
searched the scriptures people een Thessalonica. Dey been glad fa
daily, whether those yeh Paul message. An ebryday dey read
things were so.
12 Therefore many of God Book fa see ef Paul da tell um de trute.
them believed; also of 12 So plenty Jew people bleebe pon Jedus.
honourable women
which were Greeks, and An plenty de Greek portant ooman dem an
of men, not a few.
13 But when the Jews Greek man dem bleebe, too. 13 Bot de Jew
of Thessalonica had dem een Thessalonica yeh say dat Paul da
knowledge that the word
of God was preached of
tell de Berea people God wod. So dem
Paul at Berea, they came Thessalonica Jew gone ta Berea too, an pit
thither also, and stirred wod een de crowd yea fa stir um op. 14 So
up the people.
14 And then immedi- right way de Christian bredren sen Paul
ately the brethren sent way ta de seasho. Bot Silas an Timothy
away Paul to go as it
were to the sea: but Silas beena stay een Berea. 15 De man dem dat
and Timotheus abode
there still. gone long wid Paul, dey trabel wid um til
15 And they that con- dey git ta Athens. Den Paul tell um fa go
ducted Paul brought him
unto Athens: and receiv-
tell Timothy an Silas fa come meet um
ing a commandment unto soon as dey kin. So de man dem gone back
Silas and Timotheus for ta Berea.
to come to him with all
speed, they departed.
16 Now while Paul Paul een Athens
waited for them at Ath-
ens, his spirit was stirred 16 Wiles Paul beena wait fa Timothy an
in him, when he saw the Silas een Athens, e see dat de people dey
city wholly given to
idolatry. hab a whole heapa idol. Cause ob dat, Paul
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 17 465
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
466 De Postle Dem 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 17, 18 467
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
468 De Postle Dem 18
upon your own heads; I cloes fo dem fa show e ain gree wid um. E
am clean: from hence-
forth I will go unto the tell um say, Ef God condemn oona, oona
Gentiles. haffa blame oonasef! A ain sponsable. Atta
7 And he departed
thence, and entered into
taday A ain gwine stay mongst oona. A da
a certain man's house, gwine fa tell de people dat ain Jew bout
named Justus, one that Jedus. 7 So den, Paul lef de Jew people
worshipped God, whose
house joined hard to the dey een de meetin house. E gone fa stay ta
synagogue. one man house dat ain Jew. E name Titius
8 And Crispus, the
chief ruler of the syna- Justus, an e been a man wa woshup God.
gogue, believed on the Titius Justus house been longside de Jew
Lord with all his house;
and many of the Corinthi- meetin house. 8 Now de big leada een de
ans hearing believed, and Jew meetin house been name Crispus. E an
were baptized.
9 Then spake the Lord
all de people een e house been bleebe pon
to Paul in the night by a de Lawd. An a heapa oda people dey een
vision, Be not afraid, but Corinth yeh wa Paul say. Dey bleebe pon
speak, and hold not thy
peace: Jedus an git bactize.
10 For I am with thee, 9 One night de Lawd taak ta Paul een a
and no man shall set on wision. De Lawd tell um say, Mus dohn
thee to hurt thee: for I
have much people in this feah. Mus keep on da tell de people wa A
city. tell ya fa say. Mus dohn git weary.
11 And he continued 10 Cause A right yah wid ya. Ain nobody
there a year and six
months, teaching the gwine be able fa do ya no haam, cause a
word of God among heapa people een dis city blongst ta me.
them.
11 Paul stay dey een Corinth one yeah an
12 And when Gallio
was the deputy of Achaia, six mont, da laan de people de wod ob
the Jews made insurrec- God.
tion with one accord
against Paul, and brought
12 Bot wen Gallio been de Roman gobna
him to the judgment seat, een Achaia, de Jew people geda togeda.
13 Saying, This fellow Dey grab hole ta Paul an tek um ta court fa
persuadeth men to wor-
ship God contrary to the mek de gobna jedge um. 13 Dey tell de
law. gobna say, Dis man da try fa laan we
14 And when Paul was people fa woshup God een way dat mek
now about to open his
mouth, Gallio said unto um do wa ain right coddin ta de law!
the Jews, If it were a mat- 14 Paul been bout ready fa taak, wen
ter of wrong or wicked
lewdness, O ye Jews, rea- Gallio tell de Jew dem say, Ef Paul broke
son would that I should de law or do some oda kinda ebil ting, den
bear with you:
A been gwine haffa listen ta oona. 15 Bot
15 But if it be a ques-
tion of words and names, wen oona jes da taak bout diffunt wod an
and of your law, look ye diffunt name een oona own Jew law, A ain
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 18 469
gwine jedge dem ting. Oona gwine haffa to it; for I will be no judge
of such matters.
cide wa fa do. 16 An Gallio mek um lef de 16 And he drave them
court. 17 Den dey all grab hole ta from the judgment seat.
Sosthenes, de leada ob de Jew meetin 17 Then all the Greeks
took Sosthenes, the chief
house. Dey beat um op right dey een front ruler of the synagogue,
ob de court. Bot Gallio ain pay no mind ta and beat him before the
judgment seat. And
dat. Gallio cared for none of
Paul Go Back ta Antioch those things.
18 Paul beena stay some time wid de 18 And Paul after this
tarried there yet a good
Christian dem een Corinth. Den e lef dem while, and then took his
bredren an e ketch a boat ta Syria. Priscilla leave of the brethren, and
sailed thence into Syria,
an Aquila gone long wid um. Bot fo Paul and with him Priscilla
gone, wen e been een Cenchrea, e mek a and Aquila; having shorn
his head in Cenchrea: for
wow ta God fa do sompin. So e cut e hair he had a vow.
pon e head same like how de Jew people 19 And he came to
beena do wensoneba dey promise God fa Ephesus, and left them
there: but he himself en-
do sompin. 19 Wen dey git ta Ephesus, tered into the synagogue,
Paul lef Priscilla an Aquila, an e gone and reasoned with the
eenta de Jew meetin house fa taak ta de Jews.
20 When they desired
Jew people an splain God wod ta um dey. him to tarry longer time
20 Dey beg Paul fa stay mo longa wid um. with them, he consented
Bot Paul ain gree fa stay. 21 Steada dat, not;
21 But bade them fare-
wen Paul staat fa lef um, e tell um say, Ef well, saying, I must by all
God wahn me fa come back, A gwine come means keep this feast that
back ta oona. So e gone an ketch a boat, cometh in Jerusalem: but
I will return again unto
da sail fom Ephesus. you, if God will. And he
22 Wen Paul git ta Caesarea, e gone op sailed from Ephesus.
22 And when he had
ta Jerusalem an wisit de choch people. landed at Caesarea, and
Den e gone ta Antioch. 23 Paul stay a wile gone up, and saluted the
een Antioch, an den e trabel all roun de church, he went down to
Antioch.
arie ob Galatia an Phrygia. E courage all
23 And after he had
dem wa waak een de way ob de Lawd, an spent some time there, he
hep um bleebe God wod mo an mo. departed, and went over
all the country of Galatia
and Phrygia in order,
Apollos een Ephesus an Corinth strengthening all the
24 Jurin dat time, one Jew man name disciples.
Apollos come ta Ephesus. E been bon een 24 And a certain Jew
named Apollos, born at
Alexandria. Dat man know how fa taak too Alexandria, an eloquent
good, an e know all bout wa been write man, and mighty in the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
470 De Postle Dem 18, 19
scriptures, came to Ephe- down een God Book. 25 Apollos been laan
sus.
25 This man was in- bout God way. E been too heppy fa taak
structed in the way of the bout Jedus, an de ting dem wa e beena
Lord; and being fervent
in the spirit, he spake and
laan de people been true. Bot e jes know
taught diligently the bout how John beena bactize. 26 Apollos
things of the Lord, know- ain been scaid tall fa taak ta de people een
ing only the baptism of
John. de Jew meetin house. Bot wen Priscilla an
26 And he began to Aquila yeh wa Apollos say, dey eenbite um
speak boldly in the syna-
gogue: whom when fa go ta dey house an splain ta um mo
Aquila and Priscilla had betta bout God way. 27 Now den, wen
heard, they took him
unto them, and ex- Apollos been wahn fa go oba ta Achaia, de
pounded unto him the Ephesus bredren courage um, an dey write
way of God more
perfectly.
letta ta dem wa waak een de Lawd way
27 And when he was een Achaia. Dey tell um say, Wen Apollos
disposed to pass into come ta oona, oona oughta gim haaty
Achaia, the brethren
wrote, exhorting the dis- welcome. An wen Apollos git ta Achaia, e
ciples to receive him: meet dem people dat cause ob God mussy
who, when he was come,
helped them much which been bleebe. An e hep um plenty, 28 cause
had believed through Apollos taak too good, an wid powa, dey
grace:
28 For he mightily een de place weh de people all geda. E win
convinced the Jews, and out oba all wa de Jew dem say, an show
that publickly, shewing
by the scriptures that Je-
um dat coddin ta God wod, Jedus de
sus was Christ. Messiah fa true.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19 471
4 An Paul say, Wen John beena bactize 4 Then said Paul, John
verily baptized with the
people, e tell um e bactize um fa show dat baptism of repentance,
dey done change dey sinful way an ain saying unto the people,
gwine do um no mo. John tell um say, that they should believe
on him which should
Mus bleebe pon de one dat gwine come come after him, that is,
atta A gone. Dat de Lawd Jedus dat John on Christ Jesus.
5 When they heard
beena taak bout. this, they were baptized
5 Wen de bleeba dem yeh wa Paul say, in the name of the Lord
dey git bactize een de name ob de Lawd Jesus.
6 And when Paul had
Jedus. 6 Paul lay e han pon dey head an de laid his hands upon them,
Holy Sperit come pon um. Dey staat fa the Holy Ghost came on
taak dem language dat dey ain neba laan, them; and they spake
with tongues, and pro-
an dey taak God message. 7 All togeda dey phesied.
been bout tweb man wa git bactize.
7 And all the men were
8 Paul been dey een Ephesus fa shree about twelve.
mont, an all dat time e beena go eenta de
8 And he went into the
Jew meetin house fa taak ta de people dey. synagogue, and spake
E ain been scaid one bit. E been try fa boldly for the space of
bring um fa bleebe een de Lawd. E done three months, disputing
and persuading the
dat, da tell um pint by pint bout how God things concerning the
rule. 9 Bot some dem people been haad kingdom of God.
head. Dey ain been wahn fa bleebe pon 9 But when divers
Jedus. An out een de open, een front ob were hardened, and be-
lieved not, but spake evil
ebrybody, dey shrow slam bout de Way ob of that way before the
de Lawd. So Paul lef um an gone. E tek de multitude, he departed
from them, and separated
Christian bleeba dem wid um. An Paul the disciples, disputing
gone ebry day ta Tyrannus place weh daily in the school of one
people come togeda fa taak bout diffunt Tyrannus.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
472 De Postle Dem 19
the evil spirits went out dat been een um come out fom um.
of them.
13 Then certain of the 13 Some Jew people beena trabel roun fa
vagabond Jews, exor- dribe out ebil sperit dem fom eenside
cists, took upon them to
call over them which had
people. Dey try, too, fa nyuse de name ob
evil spirits the name of de Lawd Jedus fa dribe out de ebil sperit
the Lord Jesus, saying, dem. Dey tell dem ebil sperit say, A da
We adjure you by Jesus
whom Paul preacheth. chaage oona een Jedus name, dat Jedus
14 And there were
wa Paul da taak bout. A da chaage oona fa
seven sons of one Sceva, a
Jew, and chief of the come out. 14 Dey been one ob de Jew
priests, which did so. priest leada dem name Sceva. Sceva hab
15 And the evil spirit
answered and said, Jesus seben son, an dey beena chaage de ebil
I know, and Paul I know; sperit dem dat way, een Jedus name.
but who are ye? 15 Bot de ebil sperit tell um say, A
16 And the man in
whom the evil spirit was know Jedus, an A know Paul, bot who ya
leaped on them, and da?
overcame them, and pre-
vailed against them, so 16 De man dat hab de ebil sperit eenside
that they fled out of that um jomp pon Sceva boy dem. E mo
house naked and
wounded. scronga den all ob um. E teah dey cloes off
17 And this was known um an gash um op. E beat um til dey ron
to all the Jews and
Greeks also dwelling at way fom outta de house. 17 Wen all de Jew
Ephesus; and fear fell on people an dem wa ain Jew, all dem dat lib
them all, and the name of
the Lord Jesus was
dey een Ephesus yeh bout dat, dey been
magnified. scaid, an dey been hole op de name ob de
18 And many that be-
Lawd Jedus. 18 Heapa dem dat bleebe pon
lieved came, and con-
fessed, and shewed their Jedus come an taak out een de open fo de
deeds. people, bout de bad ting dem dey beena
19 Many of them also
do. 19 Heapa dem people dat beena wok
which used curious arts
brought their books to- root, dey come dey an bring dey book dem
gether, and burned them wa tell how fa wok root. Dey geda all dem
before all men: and they
counted the price of book togeda an bun um op out een de open
them, and found it fifty weh all de people been able fa shim. Wen
thousand pieces of silver.
dey count op de money dat all dem book
20 So mightily grew
the word of God and cost, dey been fifty tousan silba coin. 20 So
prevailed. den, dat de way de wod ob de Lawd keep
21 After these things on da spread all oba. An mo an mo people
were ended, Paul pur-
posed in the spirit, when bleebe pon Jedus.
he had passed through De Ruckus een Ephesus
Macedonia and Achaia,
to go to Jerusalem, say- Atta all dat happen, Paul cide fa go
21
ing, After I have been shru Macedonia an Achaia pon e way ta
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19 473
Jerusalem. Paul say, Atta A gone dey, A there, I must also see
Rome.
haffa go an wisit Rome too. 22 Timothy
an Erastus been two ob dem dat beena hep 22 So he sent into Mac-
edonia two of them that
Paul dey. Paul sen um on ta Macedonia, an ministered unto him,
e stay on fa a leetle wile mo een de arie ob Timotheus and Erastus;
Asia. but he himself stayed in
Asia for a season.
23 Bot dat same time, a ruckus come op
mongst de people dey een Ephesus. Dey 23 And the same time
beena fight bout de Way ob de Lawd. there arose no small stir
about that way.
24 One man dey name Demetrius beena
tek silba an mek ting. E beena mek dem 24 For a certain man
leetle house wa da look like de same house named Demetrius, a sil-
versmith, which made
weh de people go fa woshup op de idol wa silver shrines for Diana,
name Diana. Demetrius an e wokman dem brought no small gain
unto the craftsmen;
beena mek a whole heapa money dat way.
25 So Demetrius call togeda all e wokman 25 Whom he called to-
dem, an de oda wokman dem dat beena do gether with the workmen
of like occupation, and
de same kinda wok. E tell um say, said, Sirs, ye know that
Bredren, oona know dis wok da mek we a by this craft we have our
wealth.
whole heapa money. 26 Oona da see an
oona da yeh fa oonasef wa dis man Paul da 26 Moreover ye see
do an say. E say dat god dat people mek and hear, that not alone
at Ephesus, but almost
wid dey han ain no true god tall. E taak so throughout all Asia, this
good dat plenty people yah een Ephesus Paul hath persuaded and
turned away much peo-
an people all oba de arie ob Asia done ple, saying that they be
bleebe wa e tell um. 27 So den, A ain jes da no gods, which are made
taak bout we wok an how de people kin with hands:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
474 De Postle Dem 19
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19, 20 475
37 Oona done bring dem man yah, bot dey 37 For ye have brought
hither these men, which
ain tief nottin fom de house weh de god are neither robbers of
Diana dey. An dey ain taak bad ginst we churches, nor yet blas-
phemers of your goddess.
god Diana needa. 38 Ef Demetrius an e 38 Wherefore if Deme-
wokman dem got sompin ginst somebody trius, and the craftsmen
an wahn fa cuse um, de courthouse wide which are with him, have
a matter against any
open. Leh um go ta de court an mek dey man, the law is open, and
chaage. 39 Bot ef oona wahn fa taak bout there are deputies: let
them implead one
sompin else, oona haffa tell de city leada another.
dem fa call all de people togeda an do wa 39 But if ye enquire
any thing concerning
de law say, een a open meetin. 40 Cause ob other matters, it shall be
wa we da do yah, A scaid de Roman tority determined in a lawful
assembly.
dem gwine say we sponsable fa a ruckus. 40 For we are in dan-
Ef dey cuse we, we ain gwine be able fa ger to be called in ques-
splain all dis ruckus, cause dey ain no tion for this day's uproar,
there being no cause
reason fa um. 41 Atta e say dat, e tell de whereby we may give an
people wa been geda togeda dey fa go account of this con-
course.
home. 41 And when he had
thus spoken, he dismis-
Ta Macedonia an Achaia sed the assembly.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
476 De Postle Dem 20
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 20 477
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
478 De Postle Dem 20
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 20, 21 479
whole yeah A ain neba stop fa waan ebry ceased not to warn every
one night and day with
one ob oona. A beena tell oona wa God tears.
say, day an night, wid de eyewata da ron 32 And now, brethren,
I commend you to God,
down me face. and to the word of his
32 Now A da lef oona een God han an A grace, which is able to
build you up, and to give
da lef e wod dat tell oona bout God blessin you an inheritance
among all them which
pon oona. God wod able fa hep oona fa are sanctified.
33 I have coveted no
bleebe pon Jedus mo an mo, an God gwine man's silver, or gold, or
gii oona de blessin dat e been promise fa apparel.
34 Yea, ye yourselves
gii ta dem wa blongst ta um. 33 A ain neba know, that these hands
hab de big eye fa wa blongst ta nobody. A have ministered unto my
necessities, and to them
ain wahn dey silba, dey gole, needa dey that were with me.
35 I have shewed you
fine cloes. 34 Oona know dat A beena wok all things, how that so la-
wid me own han fa git all wa A need, an fa bouring ye ought to sup-
port the weak, and to
git all wa dey need fa dem wa gone long remember the words of
wid me too. 35 Een all A done do, A show the Lord Jesus, how he
said, It is more blessed to
oona dat we haffa wok haad like dis so dat give than to receive.
36 And when he had
we kin hep dem dat ain hab wa dey need. thus spoken, he kneeled
Mus memba wa de Lawd Jedus esef tell we down, and prayed with
them all.
say, De one wa da gii, e gwine git blessin 37 And they all wept
sore, and fell on Paul's
mo den de one dat da git. neck, and kissed him,
36 Atta Paul taak, e kneel down wid all 38 Sorrowing most of
all for the words which
ob um an pray. 37 De people all beena cry he spake, that they
down wiles dey beena hug an kiss Paul, da should see his face no
more. And they accompa-
tell um bye. 38 De ting dat mek de people nied him unto the ship.
saaful mo den all, been dat e tell um dat Chapter 21
dey ain neba gwine shim gin. So den, dey 1 And it came to pass,
gone long wid Paul ta de big boat. that after we were gotten
from them, and had
launched, we came with
Paul Trabel ta Jerusalem a straight course unto
Coos, and the day follow-
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
480 De Postle Dem 21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 21 481
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
482 De Postle Dem 21
27 And when the seven Dey Grab Hole ta Paul een God House
days were almost ended,
the Jews which were of 27 Jes fo de seben day been oba, some
Asia, when they saw him Jew people dat come fom de arie ob Asia
in the temple, stirred up
all the people, and laid see Paul eenside God House. Dem Jew
hands on him, people stir op all de crowd an grab hole ta
28 Crying out, Men of
Paul. 28 Dey holla ta de crowd say,
Israel, help: This is the People ob Israel, come hep we! Dis de
man, that teacheth all man dat been gwine all oba, da laan de
men every where against
the people, and the law, people, da say bad ting ginst we Israel
and this place: and fur- people, ginst we Law dat God gii Moses an
ther brought Greeks also
into the temple, and hath ginst God House. An mo den dat, now e
polluted this holy place. done bring people wa ain Jew eenta God
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 21 483
House. E done mek dis place dat blongst ta 29 (For they had seen
before with him in the
God dorty een God eye! 29 (Dem Jew say city Trophimus an Ephe-
dat, cause dey been see Trophimus wid sian, whom they sup-
posed that Paul had
Paul een de city. Trophimus come fom brought into the temple.)
Ephesus, so dem Jew tink Paul been tek 30 And all the city was
Trophimus eenta God House.) moved, and the people
30 Den heapa people staat fa mek ran together: and they
took Paul, and drew him
trouble all oba de city. De people come da out of the temple: and
ron fom all oba. Dey geda togeda dey an forthwith the doors were
shut.
grab hole ta Paul, an dey drag um outta 31 And as they went
God House. Right den dey shet de door ob about to kill him, tidings
God House. 31 Den dem people beena try came unto the chief cap-
tain of the band, that all
fa kill Paul. Bot somebody gone an tell de Jerusalem was in an
commanda ob de Roman sodja dem, da uproar.
32 Who immediately
say all de people een Jerusalem been een a took soldiers and centuri-
ruckus. 32 Right den, de commanda tek ons, and ran down unto
some offisa an some sodja dem an ron them: and when they saw
the chief captain and the
down fa meet de people dat been dey. Wen soldiers, they left beating
de people see de commanda an e sodja of Paul.
dem, dey stop da beat Paul. 33 De 33 Then the chief cap-
tain came near, and took
commanda gone ta Paul an res um. E gii de him, and commanded
sodja dem orda fa tie Paul op wid two him to be bound with two
chains; and demanded
chain. Den e aks de people say, Who dis who he was, and what he
man? Wa e done? 34 Some people een de had done.
crowd holla one ting. Some holla noda 34 And some cried one
thing, some another,
ting. De nise ob de ruckus been so loud dat among the multitude:
de commanda ain been able fa find out wa and when he could not
know the certainty for
been happen. So e chaage de sodja fa tek the tumult, he com-
Paul op eenta de place weh de sodja dem manded him to be carried
beena lib. 35 Wen dey git ta de step, de into the castle.
35 And when he came
sodja dem been haffa cyaa Paul, cause de upon the stairs, so it was,
people been so wile ginst Paul. 36 Dey all that he was borne of the
beena folla atta Paul, da holla say, Kill soldiers for the violence
of the people.
um! 36 For the multitude of
the people followed after,
Paul Taak ta de People crying, Away with him.
37 Jes wen de sodja dem been ready fa 37 And as Paul was to
be led into the castle, he
cyaa Paul eenside de place weh dey lib, said unto the chief cap-
Paul aks de commanda say, Please sah, tain, May I speak unto
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
484 De Postle Dem 21, 22
22
unto them in the Hebrew 1 Paul tell um say, Oona we
tongue, saying,
bredren an we fada dem, listen op
Chapter 22
now. Leh me tell oona wa A done do. Den
1 Men, brethren, and oona ain gwine wahn fa condemn me!
fathers, hear ye my de- 2 Wen dey yeh Paul da taak Hebrew, dey
fence which I make now hush op eben mo.
unto you.
2 (And when they 3 Den Paul tell um say, A a Jew. A bon
heard that he spake in the een Tarsus oba dey een Cilicia. Bot A been
Hebrew tongue to them,
they kept the more si- raise yah een Jerusalem, an Gamaliel been
lence: and he saith,) me teacha. E tek time fa laan me all de Law
3 I am verily a man
which am a Jew, born in dat we ole people done lef we. An A gii
Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, mesef fa do wa God wahn, jes like all ob
yet brought up in this city
at the feet of Gamaliel,
oona yah taday. 4 A beena fight ginst de
and taught according to people dat folla dis Way, an mek some ob
the perfect manner of the um suffa til dey dead. A beena grab hole ta
law of the fathers, and
was zealous toward God, man dem an ooman dem an tie um op an
as ye all are this day. chunk um eenta de jailhouse. 5 De head
4 And I persecuted this
way unto the death, bind- man ob de Jew priest dem an all de leada
ing and delivering into dem een de Jew Council kin tell oona dat
prisons both men and
women. A da tell oona de trute. A eben been git
5 As also the high letta fom dem leada fa tek ta de Jew
priest doth bear me wit-
ness, and all the estate of
bredren een Damascus. A beena gwine dey
the elders: from whom fa grab hole ta dem people dey wa da folla
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 22 485
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
486 De Postle Dem 22
witness unto all men of done see an wa ya done yeh. 16 Now den,
what thou hast seen and
heard. hoccome ya da wait? Git op. Leh um
16 And now why bactize ya, an pray ta de Lawd Jedus
tarriest thou? arise, and
be baptized, and wash
Christ fa wash way ya sin.
away thy sins, calling on
the name of the Lord. God Sen Paul ta de People dat Ain Jew
17 And it came to pass,
that, when I was come 17A gone back ta Jerusalem. An wen A
again to Jerusalem, even beena pray een God House, God show me
while I prayed in the tem-
ple, I was in a trance; a wision. 18 A see de Lawd. E tell me say,
18 And saw him saying
Go, git outta Jerusalem right now. Cause
unto me, Make haste, and
get thee quickly out of Je- de people dey ain gwine bleebe wa ya tell
rusalem: for they will not um bout me. 19 A ansa um say, Lawd, dey
receive thy testimony
concerning me. know A nyuse fa gone fom one Jew meetin
19 And I said, Lord, house ta de nex fa grab hole ta dem people
they know that I impris-
oned and beat in every
dat bleebe pon ya. A nyuse fa chunk um
synagogue them that be- een de jailhouse an beat um op. 20 An A
lieved on thee: been dey too wen dey kill Stephen, de man
20 And when the blood
of thy martyr Stephen dat beena tell people bout ya. A beena gree
was shed, I also was fa hab um kill Stephen, an A beena gyaad
standing by, and consent-
ing unto his death, and de coat dem ob de people wen dey beena
kept the raiment of them kill um. 21 Den de Lawd tell me say, Mus
that slew him.
21 And he said unto go way, cause A gwine sen ya way off ta de
me, Depart: for I will people dat ain Jew.
send thee far hence unto 22 De people listen ta wa Paul say til e
the Gentiles.
22 And they gave him say God been sen um way ta de people dat
audience unto this word,
and then lifted up their ain Jew. Den dey staat fa holla say, Leh
voices, and said, Away
with such a fellow from
we git rid ob Paul! Leh we kill um an sen
the earth: for it is not fit um way fom dis wol! E ain fit fa lib! 23 De
that he should live.
23 And as they cried
people beena holla loud, an dey shrow off
out, and cast off their dey coat an dey shrow dort op een de air.
clothes, and threw dust 24 De commanda ob de Roman sodja dem
into the air,
24 The chief captain tell e sodja dem fa cyaa Paul eenta de place
commanded him to be
brought into the castle, weh dey lib. E chaage um fa beat Paul fa
and bade that he should mek um taak, an tell um hoccome de
be examined by scourg-
ing; that he might know people beena holla ginst um like dis.
wherefore they cried so
against him. 25 Bot wen dey tie Paul op an scretch um
25 And as they bound out fa beat um, Paul taak ta de offisa wa
him with thongs, Paul
said unto the centurion beena stanop dey. Paul aks um say, De
that stood by, Is it lawful law ain tell oona dat oona kin beat a
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 22, 23 487
Roman citizen wen nobody ain eben jedge for you to scourge a man
that is a Roman, and
um, needa find out dat e done sompin bad, uncondemned?
ainty dough?
26 When the centurion
26 Wen de offisa yeh wa Paul say, e
heard that, he went and
gone fa tell de commanda say, Wa ya da told the chief captain,
saying, Take heed what
do? Dis man a Roman citizen! thou doest: for this man
27 So den de commanda gone ta Paul an is a Roman.
aks um say, Tell me fa true, ya a Roman 27 Then the chief cap-
citizen? tain came, and said unto
Paul ansa say, Yeah, A a Roman him, Tell me, art thou a
Roman? He said, Yea.
citizen.
28 De commanda say, A pay plenty 28 And the chief cap-
tain answered, With a
money fa git fa be a Roman citizen. great sum obtained I this
Paul tell um say, Bot me modda an me freedom. And Paul said,
But I was free born.
fada been Roman citizen, so A bon a
Roman citizen. 29 Then straightway
29 Right den de sodja dem dat been they departed from him
which should have exam-
gwine beat Paul fa mek um taak, dey ton ined him: and the chief
back an lef um. An de commanda, too, captain also was afraid,
after he knew that he was
been scaid wen e yeh dat Paul been a a Roman, and because he
Roman citizen, cause e been mek de sodja had bound him.
dem tie Paul op wid chain. 30 On the morrow, be-
cause he would have
Dey Tek Paul ta de Council known the certainty
wherefore he was ac-
30 De commanda been wahn fa know jes cused of the Jews, he
loosed him from his
wa de Jew people beena cuse Paul bout. So bands, and commanded
de nex day e hab e sodja dem tek off Paul the chief priests and all
their council to appear,
chain. Den e chaage de leada dem ob de and brought Paul down,
priest dem an all de memba dem ob de Jew 23
,22 and set him before them.
Council fa come meet togeda. An e bring
Paul, an mek um stanop een front ob um. Chapter 23
1 And Paul, earnestly
23
1 Paul look scraight at de memba beholding the council,
said, Men and brethren,I
dem een de Jew Council, an e tell have lived in all good
um say, Bredren, all ob me life, right op ta conscience before God
until this day.
taday, A beena lib scraight so dat A ain
hab no doubt een me haat dat A da do 2 And the high priest
Ananias commanded
right fo God. 2 Ananias, de head man ob them that stood by him to
de priest dem tell dem dat beena stanop smite him on the mouth.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
488 De Postle Dem 23
3 Then said Paul unto close ta Paul fa slap e mout. 3 Den Paul tell
him, God shall smite
thee, thou whited wall: Ananias say, God gwine slap ya! Ya like a
for sittest thou to judge wall dat people paint white fa mek um
me after the law, and
commandest me to be
look good! Ya da seddown dey fa jedge me
smitten contrary to the coddin ta de Law, bot ya da broke de Law
law? wen ya chaage dem people fa slap me,
4 And they that stood
by said, Revilest thou
ainty?
God's high priest? 4 Dem dat beena stanop close ta Paul
5 Then said Paul, I wist tell um say, Dat de head man ob de priest
not, brethren, that he was
the high priest: for it is
dem ya da shrow slam at! 5 Paul ansa um
written, Thou shalt not say, Bredren, A ain been know dat e de
speak evil of the ruler of head priest. Cause God Book say, Mus
thy people.
6 But when Paul per- dohn taak bad bout a rula ob ya people.
ceived that the one part 6 Now den, Paul see dat de people een
were Sadducees, and the de Jew Council been mix. Some dem been
other Pharisees, he cried
out in the council, Men Sadducee an some been Pharisee. So e call
and brethren, I am a out een de Council tell um say, Bredren, A
Pharisee, the son of a
Pharisee: of the hope and a Pharisee an de son ob a Pharisee. Dey
resurrection of the dead I wahn fa jedge me yah cause A bleebe dat
am called in question.
God gwine mek de people dat done dead
7 And when he had so
said, there arose a dissen-
lib gin.
sion between the Phari- 7 Wen Paul say dat, de Pharisee dem an
sees and the Sadducees: de Sadducee dem staat fa spute an taak
and the multitude was
divided. ginst one noda. De people all beena aagy
ginst one noda. 8 (De Sadducee dem say
8 For the Sadducees
say that there is no resur- dat wen somebody done dead, e ain neba
rection, neither angel, gwine lib gin. An dey say dey ain no angel
nor spirit: but the Phari-
sees confess both.
needa no sperit. Bot de Pharisee dem
bleebe dat wen somebody dead, e gwine
9 And there arose a
great cry: and the scribes
lib gin. An dey bleebe een angel an sperit
that were of the Pharisees' fa true.) 9 Den de Pharisee an de Sadducee
part arose, and strove, dem holla mo loud. Some ob de Jew Law
saying, We find no evil in
this man: but if a spirit or teacha dem dat been Pharisee stanop an
an angel hath spoken to aagy een a loud boice say, We ain find
him, let us not fight
against God. nottin dat dis man Paul done bad! Ef a
10 And when there angel or a sperit been taak ta um fa true,
arose a great dissension, we ain oughta fight ginst God!
the chief captain, fearing 10 Dem people aagy so scrong an wile til
lest Paul should have
been pulled in pieces of de commanda been scaid de people been
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 23 489
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
490 De Postle Dem 23
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 23, 24 491
de Jew dem han. 28 A been wahn fa know have known the cause
wherefore they accused
hoccome dey beena cuse um, so A cyaa um him, I brought him forth
ta de Jew Council. 29 A find out dat e ain into their council:
29 Whom I perceived
done nottin fa mek um kill um or fa mek to be accused of ques-
um chunk um een de jailhouse. Dey beena tions of their law, but to
have nothing laid to his
hole um cause dey say e done sompin ginst charge worthy of death
or of bonds.
dey Jew Law. 30 Wen A yeh say dat de Jew 30 And when it was
people done scheme an mek plan fa kill told me how that the
Jews laid wait for the
um, dat mek me sen um ta ya right den. An man, I sent straightway
A done chaage de Jew people dat done to thee, and gave com-
mandment to his accus-
cuse um fa go ta ya too, fa mek dey case ers also to say before thee
what they had against
ginst um. him. Farewell.
31 So de sodja dem done wa dey 31 Then the soldiers,
as it was commanded
commanda chaage um fa do. Dey tek Paul them, took Paul, and
brought him by night to
an gone dat night ta Antipatris. 32 Wen Antipatris.
day clean, dem sodja gone back ta de place 32 On the morrow they
left the horsemen to go
weh dey lib. Bot dey lef de man dem dat with him, and returned
beena ride hoss fa tek Paul. 33 Wen dey git to the castle:
33 Who, when they
ta Caesarea, dey tek Paul ta de gobna an came to Caesarea, and
delivered the epistle to
gim de letta. 34 De gobna read de letta an the governor, presented
aks wa arie ob de country Paul come fom. Paul also before him.
34 And when the gov-
Wen e find out dat Paul come fom Cilicia, ernor had read the letter,
35 e tell Paul say, A gwine hole ya case til he asked of what prov-
ince he was. And when
dem Jew dat cuse ya come yah. An e he understood that he
was of Cilicia;
chaage de gyaad dem fa pit Paul een de 35 I will hear thee, said
bighouse dat Herod been build an gyaad he, when thine accusers
are also come. And he
um dey. commanded him to be
kept in Herod's judgment
hall.
Dey Cuse Paul Fo Felix Chapter 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
492 De Postle Dem 24
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 24 493
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
494 De Postle Dem 24, 25
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 25 495
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
496 De Postle Dem 25
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 25, 26 497
dem ob de sodja dem, an de leada dem een and Bernice, with great
pomp, and was entered
de city. Wen Festus chaage um fa bring into the place of hearing,
with the chief captains,
Paul, dey bring um een. 24 Festus say, and principal men of the
King Agrippa an all people dey yah. Oona city, at Festus' command-
ment Paul was brought
look pon dis man! All de Jew people een forth.
24 And Festus said,
Jerusalem an dem yah een Caesarea da King Agrippa, and all
holla say e ain oughta lib no mo. 25 Bot A men which are here pres-
ent with us, ye see this
ain find nottin dat e done fa mek me jedge man, about whom all the
um fa dead. An e say e wahn fa go fo de multitude of the Jews
have dealt with me, both
rula, so A done cide fa sen um dey. 26 Bot at Jerusalem, and also
here crying that he ought
A ain hab nottin dat A kin write ta Caesar not to live any longer.
bout dis man. A done bring um fo oona, an 25 But when I found
that he had committed
mos ob all A bring um ta ya, King Agrippa, nothing worthy of death,
and that he himself hath
so dat atta we quizzit um an find out bout appealed to Augustus, I
e case, A kin hab sompin fa write ta have determined to send
him.
Caesar. 27 Cause A tink dat e ain mek no 26 Of whom I have no
sense fa sen a prisona ta Caesar ef A ain certain thing to write
unto my lord. Wherefore
able fa tell um wa bad ting dat prisona I have brought him forth
before you, and specially
done do. before thee, O king
Agrippa, that, after ex-
amination had, I might
Paul Taak fo King Agrippa have somewhat to write.
26
27 For it seemeth to
1 Den King Agrippa tell Paul say, me unreasonable to send
Ya kin taak fa yasef now. So a prisoner, and not withal
to signify the crimes laid
Paul pit e han op an staat fa ansa bout wa against him.
been happen. 2 E say, King Agrippa, A Chapter 26
1 Then Agrippa said
heppy fa dis chance dat A hab fa stanop fo unto Paul, Thou art per-
ya taday an ansa fa all de bad ting dem dat mitted to speak for thy-
self. Then Paul stretched
de Jew people say A done. 3 A heppy dat forth the hand, and an-
swered for himself:
ya know all bout how de Jew people lib, 2 I think myself happy,
an de ting dem dey kin spute bout wid one king Agrippa, because I
shall answer for myself
noda. So den, A da beg ya fa tek time fa this day before thee
touching all the things
listen ta all A da tell ya now. whereof I am accused of
4 All de Jew people know how A beena the Jews:
3 Especially because I
lib fom wen A been a chile. Dey know fom know thee to be expert in
de fus ob me life, how A been dey wid me all customs and questions
which are among the
own people an een Jerusalem. 5 Dey been Jews: wherefore I be-
seech thee to hear me
know me fa a long time, an ef dey wahn fa patiently.
taak true, dey kin tell oona. A beena lib 4 My manner of life from
my youth, which was at
scraight, a good memba ob de Pharisee the first among mine own
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
498 De Postle Dem 26
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 26 499
light yah been too bright, mo bright den 14 And when we were
all fallen to the earth, I
de sun. 14 We all faddown ta de groun. An heard a voice speaking
A yeh one boice da taak ta me een de unto me, and saying in
the Hebrew tongue, Saul,
Hebrew language say, Saul, Saul, wa mek Saul, why persecutest
ya fight ginst me so? Ya da haam yasef thou me? it is hard for
thee to kick against the
wen ya fight me, same like a ox wen e da pricks.
kick ginst de stick ob e owna. 15 A aks, 15 And I said, Who art
Who ya da, Lawd? De Lawd ansa me say, thou, Lord? And he said, I
am Jesus whom thou
A Jedus dat ya da fight. 16 Now git op, persecutest.
stan pon ya foot. A done appeah ta ya fa 16 But rise, and stand
upon thy feet: for I have
tell ya dat A done pick ya fa wok fa me. Ya appeared unto thee for
gwine tell oda people bout wa ya done see this purpose, to make
thee a minister and a wit-
taday an wa A gwine show ya. 17 A gwine ness both of these things
sabe ya fom ya own Jew people an A which thou hast seen,
and of those things in the
gwine sabe ya fom de people dat ain Jew, which I will appear unto
dem dat A gwine sen ya ta. 18 Ya gwine thee;
17 Delivering thee
open dey eye. Ya gwine ton um way fom from the people, and
de daak an bring um eenta de light. Ya from the Gentiles, unto
gwine ton um way fom onda Satan powa whom now I send thee,
18 To open their eyes,
an bring um ta God, so dat dey gwine and to turn them from
bleebe pon me. An cause dey bleebe pon darkness to light, and
from the power of Satan
me, God gwine paadon dey sin an dey unto God, that they may
gwine hab dey place mongst de people dat receive forgiveness of
sins, and inheritance
God done pick fa e own. among them which are
sanctified by faith that is
Paul Tell bout E Wok in me.
19 Whereupon, O king
19 So den, King Agrippa, A beena do Agrippa, I was not dis-
dem ting dat de boice dat come outta obedient unto the heav-
enly vision:
heaben een dat wision tell me fa do. 20 Fus 20 But shewed first
A gone an tell de people een Damascus, unto them of Damascus,
and at Jerusalem, and
den een Jerusalem, an den all oba Judea. throughout all the coasts
An A tell de people dat ain Jew too. A tell of Judaea, and then to the
Gentiles, that they should
um all dat dey haffa ton fom dey sin an repent and turn to God,
come ta God. Dey oughta do dem ting dat and do works meet for
show dey done ton fom dey sin. 21 Cause repentance.
21 For these causes the
ob dat, dem Jew grab hole ta me wen A Jews caught me in the
been dey een God House, an dey try fa kill temple, and went about
to kill me.
me. 22 Bot God beena hep me all de time, 22 Having therefore
an eben taday. So den, A da stanop yah an obtained help of God, I
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
500 De Postle Dem 26
continue unto this day, tell all ob oona. A da tell de leetle one dem
witnessing both to small
and great, saying none an de big leada dem. A da tell oona de
other things than those trute bout God, da say jes de same ting dat
which the prophets and
Moses did say should de prophet dem an Moses done beena say
come: gwine happen. 23 Dey been say dat de
23 That Christ should
suffer, and that he should Messiah haffa suffa an dead. Dey say dat e
be the first that should
rise from the dead, and
gwine be de fus fa git op fom mongst de
should shew light unto dead people an lib gin, an dat e gwine tell
the people, and to the
Gentiles. e own Jew people an de people dat ain
24 And as he thus Jew bout de light ob God sabation.
spake for himself, Festus
said with a loud voice, 24 Wen Paul say dat, Festus holla say,
Paul, thou art beside thy- Paul, ya crazy! Ya done study an laan
self; much learning doth
make thee mad. sommuch til dat da mek ya crazy!
25 But he said, I am
not mad, most noble 25 Paul ansa say, Mos gran Festus, A
Festus; but speak forth
the words of truth and
ain crazy! De wod dem A da say, dey mek
soberness. sense an dey de trute. 26 King Agrippa, ya
26 For the king
knoweth of these things, know bout dem ting yah. A know dat dey
before whom also I speak ain been hide fom ya, cause dey ain been
freely: for I am persuaded
that none of these things done een a cona weh ain nobody kin shim.
are hidden from him; for So A ain scaid fa tell ya bout um. 27 King
this thing was not done in
a corner. Agrippa, ya bleebe wa de prophet dem tell
27 King Agrippa, be-
lievest thou the proph- we, ainty? A know ya bleebe um.
ets? I know that thou 28 King Agrippa tell Paul say, Ya tink
believest.
28 Then Agrippa said dat een susha leetle wile, ya gwine mek me
unto Paul, Almost thou
persuadest me to be a come fa be a Christian?
Christian. 29 Paul ansa say, Ef e jes a leetle wile
29 And Paul said, I
would to God, that not or ef e tek a long time, A da pray ya gwine
only thou, but also all come ta Christ. A da pray ta God fa ya, an
that hear me this day,
were both almost, and al- all de oda res dat da listen ta me taday, dat
together such as I am, ex-
cept these bonds. all ob oona gwine come fa be like me, cep
30 And when he had
thus spoken, the king
fa dem chain yah dat A da weah.
rose up, and the gover- 30 Den de king an de gobna an Bernice,
nor, and Bernice, and
they that sat with them: an all de oda people dat been seddown dey,
31 And when they dey git op. 31 Wen dey gone out, dey tell one
were gone aside, they
talked between them- noda say, Dis man yah ain done nottin fa
selves, saying, This man mek um kill um or mek um chunk um een de
doeth nothing worthy of
death or of bonds. jailhouse. 32 King Agrippa tell Festus say,
32 Then said Agrippa
unto Festus, This man
Ya been able fa set dis man free ef e ain
might have been set at been say e wahn fa hab Caesar jedge e case.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27 501
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
502 De Postle Dem 27
10 And said unto them, waan de oda people een de boat. 10 E tell
Sirs, I perceive that this
voyage will be with hurt um say, Oona me fren, A see dat we trabel
and much damage, not now gwine mek we suffa tommuch wen
only of the lading and
ship, but also of our lives.
we come outta yah. Dey gwine be plenty
haam ta we, an de load, an de boat too. An
11 Nevertheless the
centurion believed the
dey gwine be loss ob life too. 11 Bot de
master and the owner of aamy offisa ain tek wa Paul say. E listen ta
the ship, more than those wa de boat captain an de man wa own de
things which were spo-
ken by Paul. boat say. 12 De haaba weh dey been ain
12 And because the ha-
been good fa stay een oba de winta time.
ven was not commodious So mos all de man dem been wahn fa sail
to winter in, the more outta dey an go on an try fa reach Phoenix.
part advised to depart
thence also, if by any Dat been a haaba een Crete dat open ta de
means they might attain wata ta soutwest an ta de nortwest. Dey
to Phenice, and there to
winter; which is an haven
been wahn fa stay dey til de winta been
of Crete, and lieth toward pass.
the south west and north De Big Storm
west.
A leetle breeze fom de sout staat fa
13
13 And when the south
wind blew softly,
blow, an de man dem been tink dey kin
supposing that they had sail like dey been plan. So dey loose de
obtained their purpose, boat an sail um pass, close ta de sho ob
loosing thence, they
sailed close by Crete. Crete Islant. 14 Purty soon, a big, big wind
like a hurricane blow down fom de islant.
14 But not long after
there arose against it a Dey call dat wind de Norteasta. 15 De
tempestuous wind, called wind shake de boat scrong. Dey try fa ton
Euroclydon.
de boat fa go ginst de wind an sail ta Crete,
15 And when the ship bot de big wind ain leh we go dat way. So
was caught, and could we ain try dat no mo, an we leh de wind
not bear up into the
wind, we let her drive. tek de boat long. 16 De breeze ain blow so
16 And running under
bad wiles we beena pass sout ob a leetle
a certain island which is islant name Cauda. Dey we manage fa fix
called Clauda, we had de small lifeboat mo betta pon de big boat,
much work to come by
the boat: bot dat ain been easy fa do. 17 De man
dem pull de lifeboat eenta de big boat. Den
17 Which when they
dey tie rope tight roun de big boat fa mek
had taken up, they used
helps, undergirding the sho e ain gwine fall apaat. Sandbank been
ship; and, fearing lest dey een de wata close ta de sho ob Libya,
they should fall into the
quicksands, strake sail, so dey been scaid dat de big boat gwine
and so were driven. fasten dey pon de sandbank. Dey pull de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27 503
sail down an leh de wind tek de boat long. 18 And we being ex-
ceedingly tossed with a
18 De boat beena shake tommuch een de
tempest, the next day
big storm. So de nex day, dey staat fa they lightened the ship;
19 And the third day
shrow way some ob de boat load eenta de we cast out with our own
wata. 19 De tird day, dey tek an pull some hands the tackling of the
ob de ting dem like sail an tackle fom ship.
20 And when neither
eenside de boat an shrow um way eenta de sun nor stars in many
wata. 20 Fa plenty day, we ain been able fa days appeared, and no
small tempest lay on us,
see de sun an we ain been able fa see de all hope that we should
staa. An de wind keep on da blow scrong, be saved was then taken
away.
til at las we beena tink we gwine dead fa 21 But after long absti-
sho. nence Paul stood forth in
21 De man dem een de boat ain nyam the midst of them, and
said, Sirs, ye should have
nottin fa a long time. Paul stanop wen dey hearkened unto me, and
geda togeda an say, Oona been spose fa not have loosed from
Crete, and to have gained
tek wa A been tell oona, wen A say oona this harm and loss.
ain oughta sail fom Crete. Den we ain 22 And now I exhort
you to be of good cheer:
beena haffa suffa all dis damage an loss. for there shall be no loss
22 Bot now, A da beg oona, mus tek of any man's life among
you, but of the ship.
courage! Nobody ain gwine dead. Jes de 23 For there stood by
boat gwine git stroy. 23 Las night de God me this night the angel of
God, whose I am, and
dat A blongst ta an dat A da woshup, e sen whom I serve,
e angel ta me. Dat angel come stan by me. 24 Saying, Fear not,
24 E say, Paul, mus dohn feah! Ya haffa Paul; thou must be
brought before Caesar:
stanop fo Caesar een Rome. An God show e and, lo, God hath given
blessin. E done gii ya all dem dat da sail thee all them that sail
with thee.
wid ya. Nobody ain gwine dead. 25 So 25 Wherefore, sirs, be
oona mus tek courage! Cause A trus God of good cheer: for I be-
lieve God, that it shall be
dat all e done tell me, e gwine happen jes even as it was told me.
like e say. 26 Bot de wind gwine blow we 26 Howbeit we must
ta sho pon some islant. be cast upon a certain
27 Pon de day dat mek foteen, een de island.
27 But when the four-
night, de big wind still beena dribe de big teenth night was come,
boat cross de Mediterranean Sea. Een de as we were driven up and
down in Adria, about
middle ob de night time, de man dem dat midnight the shipmen
beena wok dey een de boat been tink we deemed that they drew
beena come close ta sho. 28 So dey drop near to some country;
28 And sounded, and
line fa medja, an dey find dat de wata been found it twenty fathoms:
one hundud an twenty foot deep. Atta and when they had gone
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
504 De Postle Dem 27
a little further, they leetle wile, dey medja de wata gin, an dey
sounded again, and
found it fifteen fathoms. find dat de wata been ninety foot deep.
29 Then fearing lest we 29 De man dem dat wok een de boat been
should have fallen upon
rocks, they cast four an- scaid dat de boat gwine smash op pontop
chors out of the stern, ob dem big stone close ta de sho. So dey
and wished for the day.
30 And as the shipmen drop fo anka down eenta de wata fom de
were about to flee out of back ob de boat fa try fa mek de boat stop
the ship, when they had
let down the boat into the fa drift. An dey beena pray fa mek day
sea, under colour as clean. 30 Den de man dem dat beena wok
though they would have
cast anchors out of the een de big boat try fa scape fom dey. Dey
foreship,
31 Paul said to the cen- leh down de small lifeboat dat been dey
turion and to the soldiers,
Except these abide in the
eenside de big boat pon de wata, an dey
ship, ye cannot be saved. mek like dey gwine pit out some anka fom
32 Then the soldiers
cut off the ropes of the
de front ob de boat. 31 Paul tell de aamy
boat, and let her fall off. offisa an de sodja dem say, Ef dem man
33 And while the day
yah ain stay eenside de big boat, oona
was coming on, Paul be-
sought them all to take gwine dead! 32 So de sodja dem cut de
meat, saying, This day is rope dat been tie fa hole de small lifeboat,
the fourteenth day that
ye have tarried and con- an leh de lifeboat gone way eenta de wata.
tinued fasting, having 33 Jes fo day clean, Paul beg all de man
taken nothing.
34 Wherefore I pray dem fa nyam, say, Fa foteen day now
you to take some meat: oona beena wait, an oona ain nyam nottin.
for this is for your health: 34 A da beg oona fa nyam some ration, so
for there shall not an hair
fall from the head of any dat oona kin git mo scronga an lib. Cause
of you.
35 And when he had
ain none ob oona gwine loss eben one hair
thus spoken, he took fom ya head. Nottin gwine haam oona.
bread, and gave thanks to 35 Atta Paul say dat, e tek some bread an
God in presence of them
all: and when he had bro- tell God tankya fo all ob um. Den e broke
ken it, he began to eat.
36 Then were they all de bread an staat fa nyam. 36 Dat courage
of good cheer, and they
also took some meat.
um all, an dey all nyam some ration too.
37 And we were in all 37 All togeda dey been two hundud
in the ship two hundred sebenty six ob we dey eenside de big boat.
threescore and sixteen
souls. 38 Atta ebrybody been nyam til dey
38 And when they had
eaten enough, they light-
sattify, dey shrow way all de wheat eenta
ened the ship, and cast de wata fa mek de big boat mo lighta.
out the wheat into the
sea.
39 And when it was De Shipwreck
day, they knew not the
land: but they discovered Wen day clean, dey see de sho, bot
39
a certain creek with a nobody ain know nottin bout um. Bot dey
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27, 28 505
see a bay wid a sandy beach. Dey cide dat shore, into the which
they were minded, if it
ef dey able fa do um, dey gwine mek de big were possible, to thrust
boat go eenta de bay an op pon ta de sho in the ship.
40 And when they had
dey. 40 Dey cut de rope dat hole de anka taken up the anchors,
dem an lef dem anka een de wata. Same they committed them-
selves unto the sea, and
time, dey loose de rope dat beena tie op loosed the rudder bands,
and hoised up the main-
dem oar dat steer de boat. Den dey hice op sail to the wind, and
de big sail een de front ob de boat fa leh de made toward shore.
41 And falling into a
wind blow de boat an tek um ta de sho. place where two seas
41 Bot de boat hit a sandbank. De front met, they ran the ship
aground; and the fore-
paat ob de boat fasten dey pon de groun an part stuck fast, and re-
mained unmoveable, but
ain been able fa moob eben one leetle bit. the hinder part was bro-
An de scrong swellin ob de wata broke op ken with the violence of
the waves.
de back paat ob de boat. 42 And the soldiers'
42 De sodja dem plan fa kill all de counsel was to kill the
prisoners, lest any of
prisona dem so dat none ob um ain able fa them should swim out,
and escape.
swim ta sho an ron way. 43 Bot de offisa ob 43 But the centurion,
de sodja dem ain wahn um fa kill Paul, so e willing to save Paul, kept
them from their purpose;
ain leh um kill de prisona dem. E gii orda and commanded that
ta all de man dem dat been able fa swim, fa they which could swim
should cast themselves
jomp eenta de wata fus an swim ta de sho. first into the sea, and get
44 Den de oda people haffa go nex an grab to land:
44 And the rest, some
hole ta some wood plank or some oda on boards, and some on
piece dat broke off de boat, an dey nyuse broken pieces of the ship.
And so it came to pass,
dat fa git ta sho. An dat how dey done, so that they escaped all safe
dat dey all git ta de sho an nottin ain haam to land.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
506 De Postle Dem 28
4 And when the bar- 4 De people dat lib pon de islant see de
barians saw the venomous
beast hang on his hand, snake da hang fom Paul han, an dey tell
they said among them- one noda say, Dis man yah done kill
selves, No doubt this man
is a murderer, whom, somebody fa sho. Cause eben dough e
though he hath escaped been sabe fom de wata, de god dem ain
the sea, yet vengeance
suffereth not to live.
gwine leh um lib! 5 Bot Paul shake e han
5 And he shook off the oba de fire an de snake faddown eenside.
beast into the fire, and An Paul ain been haam eben one leetle bit.
felt no harm.
6 Howbeit they looked 6 De people beena wait fa see Paul swell
when he should have op or jes faddown an dead all ob a sudden,
swollen, or fallen down
dead suddenly: but after cause ob de snake. Atta dey been wait a
they had looked a great long time, dey see dat nottin ain happen ta
while, and saw no harm
come to him, they Paul. So den, dey change dey mind an
changed their minds, and beena say, Paul a god!
said that he was a god. 7 Publius been de head man een dat
7 In the same quarters
were possessions of the islant, an e hab a big faam close ta dey. E
chief man of the island, been heppy fa see we, an e tek we ta e
whose name was Publius;
who received us, and house. We stop dey shree day an e tek
lodged us three days good cyah ob we. 8 Now Publius fada been
courteously.
8 And it came to pass, sick een bed. E hab feba an de back door
that the father of Publius trot. Paul gone eenta e room fa shim. Den
lay sick of a fever and of a
bloody flux: to whom Paul pray ta God fa de man an lay e han
Paul entered in, and pon um, an God heal um. 9 Wen dat
prayed, and laid his
hands on him, and healed
happen, de oda sick people een de islant
him. come ta Paul, an dey been heal. 10 Dey gii
9 So when this was
done, others also, which
we plenty ting fa hona we. Den wen we
had diseases in the is- been ready fa sail, dey gii we plenty ting fa
land, came, and were we trabel. Dey gii we all wa we been need
healed:
10 Who also honoured fa git ta de oda side ob de wata.
us with many honours;
and when we departed, Paul Dem Trabel fom Malta ta Rome
they laded us with such
things as were necessary. 11 Atta we been shree mont een Malta,
11 And after three
months we departed in a we sail way een a big boat dat done been
ship of Alexandria, which dey een Malta all de winta. Dey call de
had wintered in the isle,
whose sign was Castor boat De Twin God Dem, an e done come
and Pollux. outta Alexandria. 12 We git ta a city name
12 And landing at Syr-
acuse, we tarried there Syracuse an stay dey shree day. 13 Den we
three days.
13 And from thence we sail way fom dey an gone ta a city name
fetched a compass, and Rhegium. De nex day de sout wind staat fa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 28 507
blow. An de day atta dat, we git ta Puteoli. came to Rhegium: and af-
ter one day the south
14 We meet some Christian bredren dey, wind blew, and we came
an dey aks we fa stay wid um one week fo the next day to Puteoli:
14 Where we found
we gone on. An dat de way we git ta Rome. brethren, and were de-
15 De Christian bredren een Rome yeh say sired to tarry with them
seven days: and so we
we beena come ta Rome, so dey come faa went toward Rome.
as de Maakut ob Appius an a place name 15 And from thence,
De Shree Bodin House Dem fa meet we. when the brethren heard
of us, they came to meet
Wen Paul see dem bredren dey, e tell God us as far as Appii forum,
tankya an e tek courage. and The three taverns:
whom when Paul saw, he
thanked God, and took
Een Rome courage.
16 And when we came
16 Wen we git ta Rome, dey ain pit Paul to Rome, the centurion
een de jailhouse. Dey leh um lib een a delivered the prisoners to
the captain of the guard:
house by esef, bot dey hab a sodja gyaad but Paul was suffered to
um. dwell by himself with a
17 Atta shree day, Paul call de Jew soldier that kept him.
17 And it came to pass,
leada dem een Rome fa come meet wid that after three days Paul
um. Atta dey been geda, Paul tell um say, called the chief of the
Jews together: and when
Bredren, A ain done nottin ginst we they were come together,
people. A ain done nottin ginst de way we he said unto them, Men
and brethren, though I
Jew people lib, de way dat we ole people have committed nothing
been gii we. Bot jes de same, de Jew dem against the people, or
customs of our fathers,
grab hole ta me een Jerusalem an mek me yet was I delivered pris-
prisona. Den dey han me oba ta de Roman oner from Jerusalem into
the hands of the Romans.
dem. 18 Wen de Roman dem jedge me 18 Who, when they
case, dey been wahn fa leh me loose, cause had examined me, would
dey see dat A ain done nottin fa mek um have let me go, because
there was no cause of
kill me. 19 Bot de Jew dem fight ginst me, death in me.
da say de Roman dem ain oughta leh me 19 But when the Jews
spake against it, I was
loose. So den A been haffa say dat A wahn constrained to appeal
de Roman rula Caesar fa jedge me. Bot A unto Caesar; not that I
ain been hab no chaage fa mek ginst me had ought to accuse my
nation of.
own people, de Jew dem. 20 Cause ob dat, 20 For this cause there-
A call oona fa see oona an taak wid oona. fore have I called for you,
to see you, and to speak
Fa true, dey chain me fa sake ob de one dat with you: because that for
de Israel people da hope fa. the hope of Israel I am
bound with this chain.
21 Dey ansa Paul say, We ain git no 21 And they said unto
letta fom Judea bout ya. An none ob we him, We neither received
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
508 De Postle Dem 28
letters out of Judaea con- Jew bredren dat come fom dey ain tell we
cerning thee, neither any
of the brethren that came no nyews bout ya. Dey ain say nottin bad
shewed or spake any bout ya needa. 22 Bot we wahn fa yeh wa
harm of thee.
ya bleebe, cause we know dat people all
22 But we desire to oba da taak bad ginst dis group dat ya
hear of thee what thou done jine.
thinkest: for as concern-
ing this sect, we know 23 So dey cide pon a time fa come meet
that every where it is spo- gin wid Paul. Wen de day come, plenty
ken against.
people, eben mo den been dey de fus time,
23 And when they had geda togeda fa meet wid um een de place
appointed him a day,
there came many to him weh e beena stay. Paul taak fom maanin ta
into his lodging; to whom night, da splain ta um an da tell um all
he expounded and testi-
fied the kingdom of God,
bout how God rule. E read de Law dat God
persuading them con- been gii Moses, an dem ting dat de prophet
cerning Jesus, both out of dem been write, da try fa sho de people de
the law of Moses, and out
of the prophets, from trute bout Jedus. 24 Some people bleebe
morning till evening. dat Paul taak true, bot oda dem ain bleebe
24 And some believed um. 25 So dey ain gree mongst deysef, an
the things which were dey lef Paul place an gone pon dey way.
spoken, and some be-
lieved not. Dat been atta Paul been say, De Holy
Sperit say de trute wen e tell de prophet
25 And when they
agreed not among them-
Isaiah fa tell oona ole people say,
selves, they departed, af-
26 Go tell dis people say:
ter that Paul had spoken Oona gwine yeh an yeh,
one word, Well spake the
Holy Ghost by Esaias the bot oona ain neba
prophet unto our fathers, gwine ondastan.
26 Saying, Go unto this Oona gwine look an look,
people, and say, Hearing bot oona ain neba gwine see.
ye shall hear, and shall 27 Cause dem people git haad haat.
not understand; and see-
ing ye shall see, and not Dey done stop op dey yea
perceive:
an cyahn yeh nottin,
27 For the heart of this an dey done shet dey eye.
people is waxed gross, Cause ob dat, dey ain able
and their ears are dull of
hearing, and their eyes fa see wid dey eye,
have they closed; lest dey ain able fa yeh wid dey yea,
they should see with their
eyes, and hear with their dey ain able fa ondastan
ears, and understand wid dey haat,
with their heart, and
should be converted, and an dey ain able fa ton ta me
I should heal them. fa heal um.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 28 509
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Paul Letta
,28
1
Romans Ta Dem Een Rome
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 1 511
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
512 Rome 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 1 513
saab dem ting wa God mek, steada woshup served the creature more
than the Creator, who is
an saab de God wa mek all ting. Dat de blessed for ever. Amen.
God we oughta praise faeba an eba! Amen.
26 Cause people do dat, God lef um lone
an leh um go on an do dem dorty ting wa
26 For this cause God
dey een dey haat, ting wa oughta mek um gave them up unto vile
too shame. De ooman dem deysef lef off da affections: for even their
sleep wid husban an da do dorty ting wid women did change the
natural use into that
oda ooman, wa God ain mek ooman fa do which is against nature:
wid oda ooman. 27 Same way so, de man
dem too lef off da sleep wid dey ooman an
do wa dey wahn fa do een dey haat, dem 27 And likewise also
dorty ting wid oda man wa God ain mek the men, leaving the nat-
ural use of the woman,
man fa do wid oda man. Man dem do dorty burned in their lust one
ting dem wid oda man wa oughta mek um toward another; men
with men working that
too shame. Cause ob dat, God punish um which is unseemly, and
wid de punishment dey oughta git fa de receiving in themselves
dorty ting dem dey done. that recompence of their
error which was meet.
28 Pontop ob dat, cause people ain see
fit fa pit dey haat pon de true ting wa dey
know bout God, God lef um lone an leh um 28 And even as they
go on an tink all de time bout dem dorty did not like to retain God
ting so dat now dey jes da do dem ting wa in their knowledge, God
gave them over to a rep-
dey ain oughta do. 29 Dey haat full op wid robate mind, to do those
all kind ob wickity ting. Dey da do all kind things which are not
convenient;
ob ebil. All de time dey da wahn wa oda
people got, an dey da do one noda bad
tommuch. Dey full op wid de big eye an
dey jealous ob one noda. Dey da kill one 29 Being filled with all
unrighteousness, fornica-
noda an fight one noda. Dey da ceebe one tion, wickedness, covet-
noda an dey da tink bad ting bout one ousness, maliciousness;
full of envy, murder, de-
noda. Dey onrabble dey mout, da taak bad bate, deceit, malignity;
bout oda people. 30 Dey da da hole oda whisperers,
people cheap. Dey hate God. Dey shrow
slam at one noda. Dey tink dey mo betta
den oda people, an dey da brag bout 30 Backbiters, haters
deysef. Dey da tink op mo way fa do bad of God, despiteful, proud,
boasters, inventors of evil
ting all de time. An dey ain pay no mind ta things, disobedient to
dey fada, needa so dey modda. 31 Dey ain parents,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
514 Rome 1, 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 2 515
people jes da lib fa deysef. Dey ain wahn fa 8 But unto them that
are contentious, and do
waak een de true way an do wa dey oughta not obey the truth, but
do. Dey da waak een de ebil way, jes da do obey unrighteousness, in-
dignation and wrath,
wa dey ain oughta do. God gwine show e
bex fa true wid dem an punish um too bad. 9 Tribulation and an-
9 E gwine be too bad fa all people wa keep guish, upon every soul of
man that doeth evil, of
on da do ebil. Fus de Jew people an den de the Jew first, and also of
people wa ain Jew, dey all gwine suffa too the Gentile;
bad, ef dey keep on da do ebil. 10 Bot all de 10 But glory, honour,
people wa da do good ting, God gwine and peace, to every man
that worketh good, to the
praise um an gim hona an peace, fus de Jew first, and also to the
Jew people an den de people wa ain Jew. Gentile:
11 Cause God da jedge all people de same 11 For there is no re-
way. spect of persons with
12 All de people wa ain hab de Law wa God.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
516 Rome 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 2, 3 517
3
1 Well den, wa good e da fa be a Jew? 3
,2 men, but of God.
Wa good e da fa be circumcise? 2 A da
tell oona say, dey plenty good ting fa de Chapter 3
Jew dem een ebry way! Fus off, God gii e 1 What advantage then
hath the Jew? or what
wod ta de Jew dem so dey gwine keep um profit is there of cir-
an tell oda people. 3 Some dem Jew ain do cumcision?
wa God wahn um fa do, ainty? Dat ain 2 Much every way:
chiefly, because that unto
mean dat cause ob dat, God ain gwine them were committed
keep ta e wod. 4 Fa true, dat ain so tall! the oracles of God.
God gwine keep ta e wod fa sho, eben ef all 3 For what if some did
not believe? shall their
people da lie. Jes like dey done write een unbelief make the faith of
God Book, say, God without effect?
Ebry time God da taak, 4 God forbid: yea, let
God be true, but every
people see dat wasoneba e say, man a liar; as it is writ-
dat right, fa true. ten, That thou mightest
God gwine win out oba ebrybody be justified in thy say-
ings, and mightest over-
wa cuse um. come when thou art
5 Bot wa ef de ebil we da do show eben judged.
5 But if our unrigh-
mo betta dat God da do right. Wa we
teousness commend the
gwine say ta dat? Kin we say God ain do righteousness of God,
right wen e punish we fa de ebil we done? what shall we say? Is God
unrighteous who taketh
(A da taak yah like people taak.) 6 Dat ain vengeance? (I speak as a
so! Ef God ain do right, den fa sho e cyahn man)
jedge de people ob de wol, ainty? 6 God forbid: for then
how shall God judge the
7 Bot some people kin aagy say, Ef de world?
lie A da lie gwine show eben mo betta dat 7 For if the truth of
God da taak true, an dat mek people gim God hath more abounded
through my lie unto his
mo glory, hoccome God stillyet condemn glory; why yet am I also
me, da say A a sinna? 8 So den, people kin judged as a sinner?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
518 Rome 3
8 And not rather, (as say, Leh we do ebil so dat good gwine
we be slanderously re-
ported, and as some af-
come outta dat ebil we do. Fa true, some
firm that we say,) Let us people shrow slam pon we, da say A done
do evil, that good may say dat! God gwine jedge dem people wa
come? whose damnation
is just. da tell lie pon me like dat, an gim wa dey
desaab.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 3 519
15 Dey ron quick so dey kin haam 15 Their feet are swift
to shed blood:
people an kill um.
16 Destruction and mi-
16 Ebryweh dey go, dey stroy
sery are in their ways:
an mek people suffa. 17 And the way of
17 Dey ain know nottin tall bout peace. peace have they not
18 Dey ain neba laan fa feah God. known:
19 Now den, we know dat ebryting wa 18 There is no fear of
God before their eyes.
done been write een de Jew Law da taak ta
dem people wa spose fa lib coddin ta dat 19 Now we know that
what things soever the
Law. De Law dey so nobody kin say e ain law saith, it saith to them
know wa right fa do, an so all de people who are under the law:
een de whole wol gwine haffa ansa ta God that every mouth may be
stopped, and all the
fa wa dey done. 20 So e ain cause a poson world may become guilty
do wa de law say e haffa do, dat gwine before God.
mek dat poson right een God eye. Steada 20 Therefore by the
dat, de Law dey fa mek people know dey deeds of the law there
shall no flesh be justified
sin. in his sight: for by the law
De Way God Done Mek is the knowledge of sin.
Ebryting Right
21 But now the righ-
21 Bot now God done show we de way e teousness of God without
done mek ebryting right twix esef an all de the law is manifested, be-
ing witnessed by the law
people een de wol. An dat ain coddin ta de and the prophets;
Law, eben dough wa de Law say an wa de
22 Even the righteous-
prophet dem beena say, dey da tell we ness of God which
bout dat way. 22 God mek ebryting right
is by faith of Jesus Christ
twix esef an people ef dey bleebe pon unto all and upon all
Jedus Christ. God do dat fa all people wa them that believe: for
there is no difference:
bleebe pon Jedus, fa de Jew people an fa
dem people wa ain Jew. Cause dey ain no 23 For all have sinned,
diffunce tall tween um. 23 All people done and come short of the
glory of God;
sin an ain able fa do right nuff fa medja op
ta God glory. 24 Bot God show we e 24 Being justified
freely by his grace
blessin, fa mek ebryting right twix um an through the redemption
all people. E done dis wen Jedus Christ that is in Christ Jesus:
buy all people wid e blood fa mek um free
25 Whom God hath set
fom sin. 25 God pick Jedus an sen um fa forth to be a propitiation
sacrifice e life een we place. An wen Jedus through faith in his
blood, to declare his righ-
dead fa we sin, dat de way God paadon teousness for the remis-
people sin wen dey bleebe pon um. Een dis sion of sins that are past,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
520 Rome 3, 4
4
then that Abraham our
father, as pertaining to
Leh we study bout Abraham, we ole
1
the flesh, hath found? people leada. Wa e find out bout how
2 For if Abraham were
God mek all ting right? 2 Ef God mek all
justified by works, he ting right twix Abraham an esef cause ob
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 4 521
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
522 Rome 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 4 523
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
524 Rome 4, 5
5
,4
God Mek All Ting Scraight
Twix We an Esef
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 5 525
dead fa we, e done mek all ting scraight blood, we shall be saved
from wrath through him.
twix we an God. So we eben mo sho dat
cause ob Christ, God ain gwine be bex wid 10 For if, when we
we pon dat day wen e gwine jedge all were enemies, we were
reconciled to God by the
people. 10 We been God enemy, bot e done death of his Son, much
bring we back ta esef an mek we e fren, more, being reconciled,
we shall be saved by his
wen e Son dead fa we. Now dat we done life.
come back ta God, we eben mo sho dat
God ain gwine neba punish we, cause 11 And not only so, but
we also joy in God
Christ da lib gin. 11 An dat ain all. We da through our Lord Jesus
rejaice cause ob wa we Lawd Jedus Christ Christ, by whom we have
done, wen e bring we back ta God. now received the atone-
ment.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
526 Rome 5, 6
but the free gift is of haffa git punish. Bot now wen people sin,
many offences unto
justification. God ain mek dem dead fa dey sin, like dey
been jue fa dead. E tell um say, dey ain
17 For if by one man's guilty, an e mek all ting scraight twix dem
offence death reigned by an esef. 17 Fa true, cause one man sin, fom
one; much more they dat time dey, all people been haffa dead
which receive abundance
of grace and of the gift of cause ob wa dat one man Adam do. Bot wa
righteousness shall reign happen cause ob wa de one man Jedus
in life by one, Jesus
Christ.) Christ done, dat a whole heap mo betta!
All de people wa cept God blessin eben
18 Therefore as by the dough dey ain fit fa git um, all people wa
offence of one judgment cept de way God mek all ting scraight twix
came upon all men to
condemnation; even so
esef an dem, an dey ain got fa pay fa dat,
by the righteousness of dey all gwine git dey paat fa rule een life
one the free gift came shru de one man Jedus Christ.
upon all men unto justifi-
cation of life. 18 So den, God condemn all people
cause ob one man sin. Same way so, God
19 For as by one man's done mek all people free an gii nyew life
disobedience many were cause ob dat right ting wa one man done.
made sinners, so by the
obedience of one shall
19 An wen de one man sin, dat mek all
many be made righteous. people sinna. Same way so, cause de one
man do wa God tell um fa do, God mek all
20 Moreover the law ting right tween esef an plenty people.
entered, that the offence 20 God sen de Law fa mek people
might abound. But where
sin abounded, grace did ondastan mo bout how dey sin fa true. Bot
much more abound: wen people da sin mo, God da bless we mo
an mo. 21 God da show we e blessin so dat
21 That as sin hath jes like sin been git powa fa mek all people
reigned unto death, even
so might grace reign dead, same way so, God blessin pon we got
through righteousness powa fa mek we git life wa ain neba gwine
unto eternal life by Jesus
Christ our Lord.
end, now dat God done mek all ting
scraight twix esef an people cause ob wa
we Lawd Jedus Christ done.
6
,5
6
Chapter 6 So den, wa we gwine say? Fa true,
1
1 What shall we say we mus dohn keep on da sin so dat
then? Shall we continue
in sin, that grace may God gwine keep on da bless we mo an mo,
abound? ainty? 2 Fa sho, we mus dohn go on een we
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 6 527
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
528 Rome 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 6, 7 529
Chapter 7
We Ain Bine Op ta de Law No Mo 1 Know ye not, breth-
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
530 Rome 7
members to bring forth dey beena kill we. 6 Bot now we free fom
fruit unto death.
6 But now we are de-
de Law. Cause we done dead wid Christ an
livered from the law, that de Law wa nyuse fa keep we all tie op like
being dead wherein we prisona, dat Law ain got no mo powa oba
were held; that we
should serve in newness we. We ain saab God een de ole way, wa
of spirit, and not in the dey been write down een de Law fa tell we
oldness of the letter.
7 What shall we say
wa fa do. Now we da saab God een de
then? Is the law sin? God nyew way dat God Holy Sperit da hep we
forbid. Nay, I had not lib.
known sin, but by the De Law Show We Sin
law: for I had not known
lust, except the law had Well den, wa we fa say? De Law sin?
7
said, Thou shalt not No, de Law ain sin tall! A ain been fa know
covet.
wa sin da, ef de Law ain been show me. A
8 But sin, taking occa-
sion by the command- ain been fa know dat e ain right fa cobish ef
ment, wrought in me all de Law ain been say, Ya mus dohn cobish
manner of concupis-
cence. For without the
nottin. 8 Bot wen de Law say A mus dohn
law sin was dead. cobish, sin been git e chance fa mek me
9 For I was alive with- cobish all kind ob ting dat ain blongst ta
out the law once: but
when the commandment
me. Ef dey ain no law, sin ain got no powa.
came, sin revived, and I E jes dead. 9 A nyuse fa lib dout know wa
died. de law say. Bot wen A come fa know de
10 And the command-
ment, which was ordained
law, dat show me wa ting A haffa do an wa
to life, I found to be unto ting A mus dohn do, an dat mek me wahn fa
death. sin bad. 10 Cause ob dat, A been like
11 For sin, taking occa-
somebody wa dead een sin. So de law wa
sion by the command-
ment, deceived me, and been fa gii me life, e mek det come pon me.
by it slew me. 11 De law gii sin e chance, an e ceebe me.
12 Wherefore the law An e been de law dat sin tek fa kill me.
is holy, and the com- 12 So den, de Law come fom God. E
mandment holy, and just,
and good. holy. An wa de Law tell we fa do, dat holy,
13 Was then that an e right fa we fa do, an e good fa we.
which is good made 13 Dat mean fa say dat de Law, wa good,
death unto me? God for-
bid. But sin, that it might
mek me dead? Fa sho, de Law ain neba do
appear sin, working dat! Sin done um. Sin tek de Law, wa good,
death in me by that fa kill me, so dat people gwine know jes
which is good; that sin by
the commandment might wa sin da. An cause de Law say we mus
become exceeding sinful. dohn sin, dat mek sin wossa.
14 For we know that
the law is spiritual: but I
De Fight Wa Dey Eenside We
am carnal, sold under sin. 14 We know dat de Law come fom God,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 7, 8 531
y
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
532 Rome 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 8 533
sin, stillyet, God Sperit da mek ya hab life, 11 But if the Spirit of
him that raised up Jesus
cause Christ done mek all ting right tween from the dead dwell in
oona an God. 11 De Sperit ob God wa mek you, he that raised up
Christ from the dead
Jedus git op fom mongst de dead an lib shall also quicken your
gin, e da lib dey eenside ya. So den, God mortal bodies by his
Spirit that dwelleth in
wa mek Jedus Christ git op an lib gin, e you.
gwine mek ya body, wa gwine dead, git op
12 Therefore, breth-
an lib gin too. God Sperit wa da lib dey ren, we are debtors, not
eenside ya, e gwine do dat. to the flesh, to live after
12 So den, me Christian bredren, we the flesh.
mus do wa God Sperit tell we fa do. We ain 13 For if ye live after
fa do wa we sinful haat tell we fa do. the flesh, ye shall die: but
if ye through the Spirit do
13 Cause ef ya jes da lib de way ya sinful
mortify the deeds of the
haat tell ya fa lib, ya gwine dead. Bot ef ya body, ye shall live.
leh God Sperit gii ya powa so dat ya stop 14 For as many as are
do dem ting ya body wahn ya fa do, ya led by the Spirit of God,
gwine lib. 14 Den all de people wa da leh they are the sons of God.
God Sperit lead um, dey God chullun. 15 For ye have not re-
15 Cause de Sperit wa God gii ya ain one ceived the spirit of bond-
age again to fear; but ye
wa mek ya scaid, like slabe scaid ob dey have received the Spirit
massa. Steada dat, God gii oona de Sperit of adoption, whereby we
cry, Abba, Father.
wa mek ya God chullun. An de Sperit gii
we powa fa call God say, Fada! Me Fada! 16 The Spirit itself
16 God Sperit da jine wid we own sperit, fa beareth witness with our
spirit, that we are the
say we God chullun. 17 An cause we God children of God:
chullun, we gwine git de blessin dem wa 17 And if children,
God beena keep fa e people. An long wid then heirs; heirs of God,
Christ, we gwine git wa God beena keep fa and joint-heirs with
Christ; if so be that we
Christ. We know dat de trute, since we got suffer with him, that we
we paat een Christ suffrin so dat we kin git may be also glorified
together.
we paat too, een de life ob glory wa Christ
got. 18 For I reckon that
the sufferings of this
present time are not wor-
De Glory wa Gwine Come Bye an Bye thy to be compared with
the glory which shall be
18 A reckon dat wa we da suffa now een revealed in us.
dis time ain nottin tall wen we tink bout de
life ob glory wa God gwine show we bye 19 For the earnest ex-
pectation of the creature
an bye. 19 All de ting dem wa God done waiteth for the manifes-
mek da wait, da look fowaad fa de time tation of the sons of God.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
534 Rome 8
20 For the creature wen God gwine show whodat e chullun da.
was made subject to van-
ity, not willingly, but by
20 Dem ting wa God mek, e mek um so dat
reason of him who hath dey ain wot nottin. Ain cause dey ain
subjected the same in
hope,
wahn fa do wa dey spose fa do, bot God
21 Because the crea- mek um like dat cause e wahn um fa keep
ture itself also shall be on da look fowaad een hope. 21 Cause God
delivered from the bond-
age of corruption into the
gwine free dem ting e been mek, so dat dey
glorious liberty of the ain gwine haffa rot no mo. God gwine free
children of God. um so dat e kin gim dat same glory wa
22 For we know that blongst ta e chullun. 22 We know dat right
the whole creation
groaneth and travaileth op ta dis time, all ting wa God mek, dey da
in pain together until groan, jes like a ooman da groan wid pain
now.
wen e da bon a baby. 23 An ain jes dem
23 And not only they, ting yah wa da groan. Bot we wa got God
but ourselves also, which Sperit, de fus paat ob dat glory wa da
have the firstfruits of the
Spirit, even we ourselves come, we too da groan een we haat wiles
groan within ourselves, we da wait, da look fowaad ta de time wen
waiting for the adoption,
to wit, the redemption of God gwine gii we all we oughta git as
our body. chullun wa God done mek e own. An God
24 For we are saved by gwine set we body free fom dis wol, wen e
hope: but hope that is gii we we nyew body. 24 Fom de time God
seen is not hope: for what
a man seeth, why doth he
sabe we, we beena look fowaad ta dat
yet hope for? glory wa da come. Bot ef we done got wa
25 But if we hope for
we da look fowaad ta, we ain haffa look
that we see not, then do fowaad ta um no mo. Cause ef we done got
we with patience wait for um, fa sho, we ain gwine look fowaad fa
it.
git um, ainty? 25 Bot cause we da look
26 Likewise the Spirit fowaad ta wa we ain got yet, we ain mind
also helpeth our infirmi-
ties: for we know not fa wait fa um.
what we should pray for 26 Same way so, God Sperit, too, da hep
as we ought: but the
Spirit itself maketh inter-
we wen we ain da stan scrong een we fait
cession for us with een God. We ain know how we oughta
groanings which cannot pray. Bot de Sperit, e da pray ta God fa we,
be uttered.
da groan een a way dat we ain able fa say
27 And he that search- een wod. 27 An God, wa look at wa we
eth the hearts knoweth
what is the mind of the wahn een we haat, e da ondastan wa de
Spirit, because he maketh Sperit mean. Cause de Sperit da pray ta
intercession for the saints
according to the will of
God fa e people, an e da pray jes wa God
God. wahn um fa pray.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 8 535
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
536 Rome 8, 9
38 For I am persuaded,
we, Christ wa lob we da mek we able fa
that neither death, nor win out oba all dem ting all de time.
life, nor angels, nor prin- 38 Cause A know fa sho dat dey ain nottin
cipalities, nor powers,
nor things present, nor able tall fa mek God stop fa lob we. Ef we
things to come, done dead or ef we da lib, e da lob we.
39 Nor height, nor Angel dem ain able fa stop um, needa dem
depth, nor any other ebil sperit, needa ting wa come een dis
creature, shall be able to time yah or een de time fa come, 39 needa
separate us from the
love of God, which is in de powa dem wa dey op oba de cloud,
Christ Jesus our Lord. needa dem dey pon de eart. Ain nottin wa
God mek kin mek God stop fa lob we. E
show we dat by wa Jedus Christ we Lawd
done fa we.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 9 537
time leada dem wa God pick. An wen all, God blessed for ever.
Amen.
Christ come fa be a man yah, e been bon a
6 Not as though the
Jew. Leh we praise God, wa da rule oba word of God hath taken
all! Leh we praise um faeba! Amen. none effect. For they are
6 A ain da tell oona dat God ain do wa e not all Israel, which are
of Israel:
been promise fa do. Fa sho, God do wa e
7 Neither, because
promise, cause ain all de people dem wa they are the seed of Abra-
bon eenta Israel fambly blongst ta de true ham, are they all chil-
Israel people dem wa God pick. 7 E ain all dren: but, In Isaac shall
thy seed be called.
de people bon eenta Abraham fambly wa
8 That is, They which
blongst ta Abraham true fambly wa God are the children of the
pick. Bot God been promise Abraham say, flesh, these are not the
children of God: but the
Isaac chullun gwine be ya fambly. 8 Dat children of the promise
mean fa say dat God ain pick all de chullun are counted for the seed.
bon eenta Abraham fambly fa blongst ta 9 For this is the word
God fambly. Steada dat, jes de chullun bon of promise, At this time
cause God promise um ta Abraham, dey will I come, and Sara
shall have a son.
blongst ta Abraham true fambly wa God
pick. 9 Cause wen God promise Abraham, 10 And not only this;
but when Rebecca also
e tell um say, Bout dis time nex yeah, A had conceived by one,
gwine come back ta ya, an ya wife Sarah even by our father Isaac;
gwine bon a son. 11 (For the children be-
10 An dat ain all, cause Rebecca two son ing not yet born, neither
having done any good or
dem hab de same fada, we fada fada Isaac. evil, that the purpose of
11-12 Bot fa show dat wasoneba God been God according to election
plan fa be, dat so e gwine happen, God might stand, not of
works, but of him that
pick de one e wahn. Fo de two son dem calleth;)
been bon, an fo dey got a chance fa do 12 It was said unto her,
good or do bad, God tell Rebecca say, Ya The elder shall serve the
fus bon son, e gwine saab ya oda son. God younger.
say dat fa show dat de chile wa e pick, e de 13 As it is written, Ja-
one wa God been call, an ain fa sake ob wa cob have I loved, but
Esau have I hated.
dat son do or wa de oda son do. 13 Dat jes
like dey write een God Book say, A been 14 What shall we say
lob Jacob, bot A been hate Esau. then? Is there unrigh-
teousness with God? God
14 Well den, wa we gwine say? We ain forbid.
gwine say dat God ain do wa right, ainty?
15 For he saith to Mo-
Fa true, God da do wa right all de time. ses, I will have mercy on
15 Wen God taak ta Moses, e tell um say, whom I will have mercy,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
538 Rome 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 9 539
E ain call we jes fom mongst de Jew dem, Jews only, but also of the
Gentiles?
bot fom mongst dem wa ain Jew too.
25 Dat wa God tell we een de book wa
25 As he saith also in
Hosea write, say: Osee, I will call them my
De people wa ain me own people, people, which were not
A gwine call um Me people. my people; and her be-
loved, which was not
De nation wa A ain been lob, beloved.
A gwine call dem
Me people wa A lob. 26 And it shall come to
26 An een dat same place weh God tell pass, that in the place
where it was said unto
um say, them, Ye are not my peo-
Oona ain me own people, ple; there shall they be
called the children of the
een dat same place dey, living God.
de God wa da lib gwine call
dem e own chullun. 27 Esaias also crieth
27 Isaiah taak bout de people ob Israel say, concerning Israel,
Eben dough dey a whole heapa Though the number of
the children of Israel be
people ob Israel, like de grain as the sand of the sea, a
ob sand dem pon de seasho, remnant shall be saved:
God gwine sabe jes a few ob um.
28 Cause de Lawd gwine 28 For he will finish
the work, and cut it short
finish op e jedgiment in righteousness: because
pon all de people ob de wol a short work will the Lord
make upon the earth.
too fast.
29 E stan jes like Isaiah say. E say,
29 And as Esaias said
Ef de Lawd wa got powa mo den all before, Except the Lord of
ain leh we hab some ob we Sabaoth had left us a
granchullun chullun, seed, we had been as
Sodoma, and been made
we been done fa, like unto Gomorrha.
jes like de people ob Sodom
an Gomorrah. 30 What shall we say
then? That the Gentiles,
De Jew People an de Good Nyews which followed not after
righteousness, have at-
30 So den, wa we gwine say? We say dat tained to righteousness,
even the righteousness
de people dem wa ain Jew ain beena try fa which is of faith.
mek all ting right wid God, bot God done
mek all ting right twix esef an dem, cause
31 But Israel, which
dey trus een Christ. 31 Bot de Jew people followed after the law of
wa God been pick, dey beena folla haad righteousness, hath not
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
540 Rome 9, 10
attained to the law of atta a law fa mek all ting right wid dem an
righteousness.
God, an dey ain been able fa do um. 32 An
32 Wherefore? Be- hoccome dey ain do um? Cause dey beena
cause they sought it not by
faith, but as it were by
hope een de wok dey beena do fa mek um
the works of the law. For right wid God. Dey ain trus een God. Dey
they stumbled at that beena stumble pon de stone wa da mek
stumblingstone;
people stumble. 33 Dat wa dey write bout
33 As it is written, Be-
een God Book wen dey say,
hold, I lay in Sion a
stumblingstone and rock Oona look yah!
of offence: and whoso- A pit a stone een Zion
ever believeth on him
shall not be ashamed. wa gwine mek people stumble.
Dat a stone wa gwine mek
people faddown.
10
,9
Bot de one wa trus een um ain
neba gwine be pit ta shame.
10
Chapter 10 1 Me Christian bredren, wid all me
1 Brethren, my heart's haat A wahn God fa sabe me
desire and prayer to God people, de Jew dem. A da pray ta God fa
for Israel is, that they
might be saved. dat. 2 A know dey wahn fa please God too
2 For I bear them re- bad, bot dey ain ondastan de right way.
cord that they have a zeal 3 Cause dey ain pay no mind ta how God
of God, but not according
to knowledge. da mek all ting right. Dey beena try fa find
3 For they being igno- dey own way. So dey ain gree fa folla God
rant of God's righteous- way fa mek all ting right twix esef an dem.
ness, and going about to
establish their own righ- 4 God da mek all ting right wid dem wa
teousness, have not sub- bleebe pon Christ, an so dey ain got no
mitted themselves unto
the righteousness of God. need no mo fa try fa git right wid God shru
4 For Christ is the end de Law.
of the law for righteous-
ness to every one that
believeth.
God Wahn fa Sabe All People
5 For Moses describeth Moses been write bout de people wa
5
the righteousness which tink dat God mek all ting right twix esef an
is of the law, That the
man which doeth those dem ef dey kin do all wa God Law say.
things shall live by them. Moses write say, De people wa kin do
6 But the righteous-
ebryting de Law say, dey gwine find life.
ness which is of faith
speaketh on this wise, 6 Bot wa dey write een God Book bout de
Say not in thine heart, way God mek all ting right twix esef an de
Who shall ascend into
heaven? (that is, to bring people wa bleebe pon um, dis wa e say:
Christ down from above:) Mus dohn say een ya haat, who dat gwine
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 10 541
go op eenta heaben? (so dat e kin bring 7 Or, Who shall de-
scend into the deep?
Christ down fa hep we). 7 An mus dohn (that is, to bring up Christ
say needa, who dat gwine go down ta de again from the dead.)
8 But what saith it?
place ob de dead? (so dat e kin bring The word is nigh thee,
Christ op fom outta dey ta we). 8 Wa God even in thy mouth, and in
thy heart: that is, the
Book say? E say, God wod right yah, close word of faith, which we
ta ya. Ya kin taak bout um an ya kin study preach;
9 That if thou shalt
pon um. Dat de wod we da taak bout ta confess with thy mouth
all people say, oona mus bleebe pon the Lord Jesus, and shalt
Christ. 9 Cause ef ya tell de people say believe in thine heart
that God hath raised him
Jedus, e Lawd an ya bleebe een ya haat from the dead, thou shalt
dat God mek Jedus git op fom mongst de be saved.
10 For with the heart
dead people an lib gin, den God gwine man believeth unto righ-
sabe ya. 10 Cause wen we bleebe pon teousness; and with the
mouth confession is
Jedus een we haat, God mek all ting right made unto salvation.
twix we an esef. An wen we tell people say 11 For the scripture
we bleebe pon Jedus, God sabe we. 11 Dey saith, Whosoever believ-
eth on him shall not be
write een God Book say, All people wa ashamed.
bleebe pon um ain gwine hab no cause fa 12 For there is no dif-
ference between the Jew
be saary bout um. 12 Cause dey jes one and the Greek: for the
God fa all people, an e da sabe de Jew same Lord over all is rich
unto all that call upon
people an de people wa ain Jew, all een de him.
same way. Dey all blongst ta de same 13 For whosoever shall
Lawd, an e da bless all dem tommuch wa call upon the name of the
Lord shall be saved.
da call pon um. 13 Jes like dey write een 14 How then shall they
God Book say, Ebrybody wa da call pon call on him in whom they
de name ob de Lawd gwine be sabe. have not believed? and
how shall they believe in
14 Bot how people gwine pray ta de him of whom they have
Lawd ef dey ain bleebe pon um? An how not heard? and how shall
they hear without a
dey gwine bleebe pon um ef dey ain neba preacher?
yeh bout um? An how dey gwine yeh bout 15 And how shall they
um ef nobody ain neba gone an tell um preach, except they be
sent? as it is written, How
bout um? 15 An how people gwine tell um beautiful are the feet of
ef nobody ain sen um? Like dey write een them that preach the gos-
pel of peace, and bring
God Book say, How purty de foot dem ob glad tidings of good
de people wa da bring de Good Nyews. things!
16 Bot some ob de people ain pay no mind 16 But they have not
all obeyed the gospel. For
ta de Good Nyews. De prophet Isaiah say, Esaias saith, Lord, who
Lawd, who done bleebe de message we hath believed our report?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
542 Rome 10, 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11 543
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
544 Rome 11
not see, and bow down so dat dey ain able fa see.
their back alway.
Leh um mek um suffa
cause ob dey trouble,
11 I say then, Have
they stumbled that they so dat dey back bend down
should fall? God forbid: all de time.
but rather through their 11 So, leh me aks oona noda queshon:
fall salvation is come unto
the Gentiles, for to pro- Wen de Jew people been stumble, dat
voke them to jealousy. mean fa say dey faddown an ain got no
chance fa git op gin? No, dat ain true tall!
12 Now if the fall of Cause de Jew people sin, God ton ta de
them be the riches of the people wa ain Jew an sabe um, fa mek de
world, and the diminish-
ing of them the riches of Jew dem jealous ob de people wa ain Jew.
the Gentiles; how much 12 De sin ob de Jew dem been bring big
more their fulness?
blessin ta de wol. Dey loss out wen dey ain
wahn fa do wa God wahn um fa do, an dat
13 For I speak to you bring big blessin ta de people wa ain Jew.
Gentiles, inasmuch as I
am the apostle of the Bot de blessin gwine come tommuch wen
Gentiles, I magnify mine all de Jew people come back ta God!
office:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11 545
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
546 Rome 11
natural branches, be graf- branch wa been broke off back pon dey
fed into their own olive
tree? own tree gin.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11, 12 547
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
548 Rome 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 12, 13 549
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
550 Rome 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 13, 14 551
wen God gwine sabe we da come mo closa sleep: for now is our sal-
vation nearer than when
now den de time wen we fus been bleebe we believed.
pon Jedus Christ. 12 De night mos pass. De
day close by now. So den, leh we stop do 12 The night is far
spent, the day is at hand:
dem bad ting wa wickity people da do een let us therefore cast off
de daak. Like sodja, wa pit on dey aama the works of darkness,
and let us put on the ar-
een de day, leh we tek op dem ting wa we mour of light.
kin fight wid, an leh we be ready fa fight
een de light. 13 Leh we lib a clean life, like 13 Let us walk hon-
estly, as in the day; not in
people wa dey een de light ob day. We mus rioting and drunkenness,
dohn lib loose life. Mus dohn be dronka. not in chambering and
Mus dohn lib bad life an do all kind ob ebil wantonness, not in strife
and envying.
ting. Mus dohn fight wid people or git de
big eye cause ob wa dey got. 14 Steada dat, 14 But put ye on the
mus leh de Lawd Jedus Christ rule oba we. Lord Jesus Christ, and
make not provision for
An we mus dohn pay no mind ta dem bad the flesh, to fulfil the lusts
ting wa we sinful haat tell we fa do. thereof.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
552 Rome 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 14 553
drink, ya mus lef dat tween yasef an God. 22 Hast thou faith?
Wen somebody da do ting wa e bleebe fa have it to thyself before
God. Happy is he that
be right, an e ain doubt, needa say ta esef e condemneth not himself
done wrong, dat one heppy fa true. 23 Bot in that thing which he
alloweth.
ef somebody doubt een e haat wen e da 23 And he that
nyam some kind ob food, den e da doubteth is damned if he
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
554 Rome 14, 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 15 555
Like dey write een God Book say, For this cause I will con-
fess to thee among the
So den, A gwine praise ya Gentiles, and sing unto
mongst all de nation dem. thy name.
A gwine sing praise ta ya name.
10 And again he saith,
10 An dey write gin een God Book say,
Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with
Oona wa ain Jew, his people.
oona oughta praise God long
11 And again, Praise
wid dem wa God done pick! the Lord, all ye Gentiles;
11 An dey write gin say, and laud him, all ye
people.
Oona all wa ain Jew,
oona oughta praise de Lawd. 12 And again, Esaias
Leh all people praise um! saith, There shall be a
12 An Isaiah, too, say, root of Jesse, and he that
shall rise to reign over
One poson fom Jesse fambly line the Gentiles; in him shall
gwine come. the Gentiles trust.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
556 Rome 15
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 15, 16 557
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
558 Rome 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 16 559
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
560 Rome 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinthians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
562 1 Corinth 1
9 God is faithful, by
God fa do all wa e promise. E done call
whom ye were called
unto the fellowship of his oona fa folla longside e Son, we Lawd
Son Jesus Christ our Jedus Christ.
Lord.
Oona Mus Gree wid One Noda
10 Now I beseech you,
brethren, by the name of Me Christian bredren, A da beg oona
10
our Lord Jesus Christ, by de tority ob de name ob we Lawd Jedus
that ye all speak the same
thing, and that there be Christ, oona all mus gree wid one noda een
no divisions among you; de way oona tink an een wa oona wahn fa
but that ye be perfectly
joined together in the do. Den dey ain gwine be nottin fa oona fa
same mind and in the spute bout. 11 A da tell oona dis, me
same judgment.
11 For it hath been de-
bredren, cause some ob de people fom
clared unto me of you, Chloe house done bring me wod say,
my brethren, by them quarrellin gwine on mongst oona. 12 Leh
which are of the house of
Chloe, that there are con- me splain wa A mean! One ob oona da say,
tentions among you. A da do wa Paul say. Noda da say, A da
12 Now this I say, that do wa Apollos say. Some oda one ob oona
every one of you saith, I
am of Paul; and I of da say, A da do wa Cephas say. An noda
Apollos; and I of Cephas; one da say, A da do wa Christ say.
and I of Christ. 13 Christ ain teah op eenta diffunt paat,
13 Is Christ divided?
was Paul crucified for ainty? A, Paul, ain been de one wa dey
you? or were ye baptized done kill pon de cross fa oona, ainty? An
in the name of Paul?
wen oona git bactize, dey ain bactize oona
14 I thank God that I
baptized none of you, but een Paul name, ainty? 14 A tank de Lawd
Crispus and Gaius; dat A ain bactize none ob oona, cep fa
15 Lest any should say Crispus an Gaius. 15 So den, dey ain
that I had baptized in nobody kin say oona been bactize een me
mine own name.
name. 16 (A done bactize Stephanas too,
16 And I baptized also
an all dem wa lib een e house. Oda den
the household of Ste-
phanas: besides, I know dat, A ain memba ef A bactize no oda
not whether I baptized poson.) 17 Christ ain sen me so A kin
any other.
bactize people. E sen me so A kin go roun
17 For Christ sent me da tell people de Good Nyews. An A ain fa
not to baptize, but to
preach the gospel: not
tell um wid purty wod. A da tell um plain,
with wisdom of words, cause A ain wahn fa tek nottin way fom de
lest the cross of Christ powa ob Christ pon de cross.
should be made of none
effect.
God Show E Powa an E Sense Shru Christ
18 For the preaching
of the cross is to them De trute bout de cross ain mek no
18
that perish foolishness; sense tall ta dem wa pon dey way fa be loss
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 1 563
faeba. Bot ta we wa God da sabe, dat show but unto us which are
saved it is the power of
de powa ob God. 19 Dey done write een God.
God Book say, 19 For it is written, I
A gwine tek de wise wod will destroy the wisdom
of the wise, and will
ob de people dem wa nyuse bring to nothing the un-
jes dey own sense, derstanding of the
prudent.
an A gwine bring um ta nottin. 20 Where is the wise?
All de laanin dem people git fom where is the scribe?
book, A gwine chunk um out. where is the disputer of
this world? hath not God
20 Weh dem people wa hab a heapa
made foolish the wisdom
sense? Weh de Jew Law teacha dem? Weh of this world?
dem wa kin aagy good een de wol taday? 21 For after that in the
wisdom of God the world
God done show dat all de sense dat people by wisdom knew not
got een dis wol plain foolish. God, it pleased God by
21 God mek um so dat de people ob dis the foolishness of preach-
ing to save them that
wol ain know um by dey own sense. God believe.
nyuse a foolish story fa sabe dem wa da 22 For the Jews re-
quire a sign, and the
bleebe pon um. 22 De Jew people wahn fa Greeks seek after wis-
see miracle, an dem wa ain Jew da try fa dom:
figga ting out by dey own sense. 23 Bot 23 But we preach
Christ crucified, unto the
now we da tell people bout Christ an how Jews a stumblingblock,
e done dead pon de cross. Dat bumfumble and unto the Greeks
de Jew dem, an dem wa ain Jew, dey say foolishness;
dat ain mek no sense tall. 24 Bot ta dem wa 24 But unto them
God call fa come ta um, Jew people an which are called, both
Jews and Greeks, Christ
dem wa ain Jew all two, we preach bout the power of God, and
Christ, God powa an God sense. 25 Cause the wisdom of God.
wa God do dat look like e ain mek no sense 25 Because the foolish-
een people eye, dat mek way mo sense fa ness of God is wiser than
men; and the weakness of
true den people sense. An wen people tink God is stronger than men.
God weak, eben den e got mo powa den all
26 For ye see your call-
de scrent ob man. ing, brethren, how that
26 Me Christian bredren, memba wa not many wise men after
kind ob people oona been wen God call the flesh, not many
mighty, not many noble,
oona. Ain many ob oona hab sense, coddin are called:
ta de people ob de wol. Ain many ob oona 27 But God hath cho-
hab powa. Ain many ob oona bon eenta sen the foolish things of
the world to confound
portant fambly. 27 Bot God pick wa people the wise; and God hath
een de wol tink ain mek no sense tall fa chosen the weak things
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
564 1 Corinth 1, 2
of the world to confound shame dem wa got dis wol sense. E pick
the things which are
mighty; dem wa ain got no powa tall, fa shame
28 And base things of dem wa scrong. 28 God pick dem wa
the world, and things
which are despised, hath
people hole cheap an tink dey ain wot
God chosen, yea, and nottin. God do dat fa mek wa people ob de
things which are not, to wol tink walyable mount ta nottin.
bring to nought things
that are: 29 Cause ob dis, dey ain nobody kin brag
29 That no flesh bout nottin front ob God. 30 God de one
should glory in his
presence. wa mek oona come fa be one wid Jedus
30 But of him are ye in Christ. God gii we good sense. Christ mek
Christ Jesus, who of God
is made unto us wisdom, all ting right tween we an God. E mek we
and righteousness, and come fa be God own people an set we free.
sanctification, and 31 So den, like dey write een God Book
redemption:
31 That, according as say, Ef people wahn fa brag, leh um brag
it is written, He that bout wa de Lawd done.
glorieth, let him glory in
the Lord.
Wa We Say bout Christ pon de Cross
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 2 565
dat de ting fa true dat God been 10 But God hath re-
git ready fa dem wa lob um. vealed them unto us by
his Spirit: for the Spirit
10 Bot God hab e Sperit show we dis yah searcheth all things, yea,
wa e ain neba show people fo now. God the deep things of God.
Sperit find out ebryting, eben all de secret 11 For what man
ting dem bout God. 11 Cause nobody ain knoweth the things of a
man, save the spirit of
know wa noda poson da tink bout eenside man which is in him?
dat poson haat. Jes dat poson own sperit even so the things of God
eenside um know dat. Same way so, knoweth no man, but the
Spirit of God.
nobody ain ondastan wa God da tink bout,
cep God own Sperit. 12 We ain got de 12 Now we have re-
ceived, not the spirit of
sperit ob de wol eenside we. We got de the world, but the spirit
Holy Sperit wa God sen we, so dat we kin which is of God; that we
might know the things
ondastan all dem ting wa God gii we. that are freely given to us
13 So den, wen we tell dem ting yah, we of God.
ain taak wid de kinda sense people laan 13 Which things also
we. We da taak dem wod dat God Sperit we speak, not in the
show we. Wen we laan people wa leh God words which man's wis-
dom teacheth, but which
Sperit rule oba um, we splain bout dem the Holy Ghost teacheth;
true ting dat de Sperit da tell we. 14 De comparing spiritual
things with spiritual.
poson wa ain got God Sperit eenside um, e
ain pay no mind ta dem ting dat God Sperit 14 But the natural man
receiveth not the things
da gii we, cause dem ting ain mek no sense of the Spirit of God: for
tall ta um. E ain able fa ondastan um, they are foolishness unto
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
566 1 Corinth 2, 3
him: neither can he know cause e God Sperit wa able fa mek people
them, because they are
spiritually discerned.
ondastan dem ting. 15 Bot de poson wa leh
God Sperit rule oba um, e able fa jedge all
15 But he that is spiri-
tual judgeth all things,
ting. Bot ain nobody kin jedge de poson
yet he himself is judged wa hab God Sperit. 16 Cause like dey write
of no man. een God Book say,
16 For who hath Whodat kin ondastan wa de Lawd
known the mind of the da study e head bout?
Lord, that he may in-
struct him? But we have Ain nobody able fa tell um
the mind of Christ. wa fa do, ainty?
Bot we da tink same way Christ da tink.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 3 567
Apollos wata um. Bot God de one dat mek 7 So then neither is he
that planteth any thing,
de plant grow. 7 So den, de one wa plant neither he that watereth;
de seed an de one wa wata um, dey all two but God that giveth the
increase.
ain nottin. God de one wa count mo den
8 Now he that planteth
all, cause e da mek de plant grow. 8 De one and he that watereth are
wa plant an de one wa wata, all two wok fa one: and every man shall
receive his own reward
de same ting. An God gwine gii ebrybody e according to his own
pay fa de wok e done. 9 Cause we paatna, labour.
fa do God wok togeda. An oona stan like 9 For we are labourers
together with God: ye are
fiel dat God da wok. God's husbandry, ye are
Oona stan too like house dat God da God's building.
build. 10 God mek um so dat A been able 10 According to the
grace of God which is
fa do de wok fa be de massa builda wa got given unto me, as a wise
sense. A done pit down de solid groun. masterbuilder, I have laid
Noda poson da build pontop um. Bot ebry the foundation, and an-
other buildeth thereon.
poson mus tek cyah how e da build. But let every man take
11 Jedus Christ de onliest solid groun. Ain heed how he buildeth
thereupon.
nobody able fa pit down no oda solid
11 For other founda-
groun. 12 Now den, wen people da build tion can no man lay than
pontop dis yah solid groun, some ob um that is laid, which is Je-
sus Christ.
been nyuse gole, silba or fine stone. Oda
people kin nyuse wood, hay or straw fa 12 Now if any man
build. 13 Ebrybody gwine know de kind ob build upon this founda-
tion gold, silver, precious
wok, good or bad, dat ebrybody done wen stones, wood, hay, stub-
e beena build. Dey gwine know how ble;
people done, wen de day come wen God
13 Every man's work
gwine jedge all people. Dat gwine show
shall be made manifest:
ebrybody bout um. Cause dat de day wen for the day shall declare
de fire gwine show jes wa kind ob wok it, because it shall be re-
vealed by fire; and the
ebry poson done. Dat fire gwine test um fa fire shall try every man's
see ef e done good wok, or ef e wok bad. work of what sort it is.
14 Ef wa a poson done build pontop de
14 If any man's work
solid groun ain bun op een de fire, God abide which he hath built
gwine gim e payback fa e wok. 15 Bot ef thereupon, he shall re-
ceive a reward.
wa a poson done build git bun op een de
fire, dat poson gwine loss out. E gwine be 15 If any man's work
sabe, bot e gwine come out like somebody shall be burned, he shall
suffer loss: but he himself
wa been fa bun eenside a fire bot jes shall be saved; yet so as
haadly git out. by fire.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
568 1 Corinth 3, 4
16 Know ye not that ye 16 Fa sho, oona know dat oona God own
are the temple of God,
and that the Spirit of God house an God Sperit da lib eenside oona,
dwelleth in you? ainty dough? 17 Ef a poson stroy God own
17 If any man defile
house, God gwine stroy dat poson. Cause
the temple of God, him
shall God destroy; for the dat God own house wa blongst ta um dat
temple of God is holy, de poson stroy. An fa true, oona God own
which temple ye are.
18 Let no man deceive
house.
himself. If any man 18 Mus dohn none ob oona bleebe wa
among you seemeth to be ain true. Ef one mongst oona tink e got
wise in this world, let
him become a fool, that sense, coddin ta people ob dis wol, e mus
he may be wise. pit way e own sense an be like a fool wa
19 For the wisdom of ain mek no sense, so dat e kin git sense fa
this world is foolishness
with God. For it is writ- true. 19 Cause wa de people ob dis wol
ten, He taketh the wise in tink mek sense, dat ain mek no sense tall
their own craftiness.
een God eye. Like dey write een God Book
20 And again, The
Lord knoweth the say, De Lawd da ketch dem wa nyuse dey
thoughts of the wise, that own sense een dis wol an trap um een dey
they are vain.
foxy way. 20 An dey write gin say, De
21 Therefore let no
man glory in men. For all people dat got sense jes coddin ta dis wol,
things are yours; de Lawd know dat wa dey da study bout
22 Whether Paul, or ain wot nottin. 21 So den, ain nobody
Apollos, or Cephas, or the
world, or life, or death, or oughta brag bout wa people kin do. Ain
things present, or things nottin dat ain blongst ta oona. 22 Paul,
to come; all are yours;
Apollos, an Peter, dis wol, an life an det,
23 And ye are Christ's;
and Christ is God's. dem ting wa dey yah now an dem wa
gwine come fa be bye an bye, all dem
blongst ta oona. 23 An oona blongst ta
Christ, an Christ blongst ta God.
Chapter 4 De Postle Dem ob Christ
4
1 Let a man so account
of us, as of the ministers
People oughta know dat we Christ
1
of Christ, and stewards of saabant, an God gii we chaage fa mek
the mysteries of God.
2 Moreover it is re-
people know dem ting bout God dat
quired in stewards, that a people ain neba know. 2 An fodamo, dem
man be found faithful. wa been pit een chaage mus show dat dey
3 But with me it is a
very small thing that I gwine do wasoneba dey massa tell um fa
should be judged of you, do. 3 Now A ain warry much tall ef oona or
or of man's judgment:
yea, I judge not mine
some oda people jedge me. Fa true, A ain
own self. eben jedge mesef. 4 Een me haat A tink A
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 4 569
ain guilty ob nottin. Bot dat ain mean A 4 For I know nothing
by myself; yet am I not
ain got no fault. De Lawd, e de one wa da hereby justified: but he
jedge me. 5 So oona mus dohn jedge that judgeth me is the
Lord.
nobody fo de right time come. Oona mus 5 Therefore judge
wait til de Lawd come. E gwine bring ta nothing before the time,
light de ting dem wa dey een de daak now. until the Lord come, who
both will bring to light
E gwine mek ebrybody know wa people the hidden things of
wahn een dey haat fa do. Wen de Lawd darkness, and will make
manifest the counsels of
come, dat de time wen God gwine praise the hearts: and then shall
ebry poson coddin ta how dat poson every man have praise of
God.
oughta git praise. 6 And these things,
6 Me Christian bredren, fa oona sake, A brethren, I have in a fig-
ure transferred to myself
da taak bout Apollos an mesef fa laan oona and to Apollos for your
dat oona oughta jes folla de ting dem wa sakes; that ye might learn
been write down. Mus dohn do nottin mo. in us not to think of men
above that which is writ-
Den none ob oona ain gwine brag bout one ten, that no one of you be
poson, an ton ya back pon noda one. puffed up for one against
another.
7 Whodat mek oona mo betta den oda 7 For who maketh thee
people? God gii oona wasoneba oona got, to differ from another?
and what hast thou that
ainty? So den, ef dat so, hoccome oona da thou didst not receive?
brag an mek like God ain gii oona wa oona now if thou didst receive
it, why dost thou glory, as
got. if thou hadst not received
8 Oona tink now oona done git all oona it?
8 Now ye are full, now
need, ainty? Oona done git rich! Oona da ye are rich, ye have
lib like king, eben dough we ain been dey reigned as kings without
wid oona, ainty? A wish oona been king fa us: and I would to God ye
did reign, that we also
true, so we too kin rule longside oona. might reign with you.
9 Cause e seem ta me dat God pit we wa 9 For I think that God
postle way down low een de las place ob hath set forth us the apos-
tles last, as it were ap-
all, jes like people dat been condemn fa pointed to death: for we
dead een front ob all de oda people an de are made a spectacle
unto the world, and to
angel dem too. 10 We fool fa Christ, bot angels, and to men.
oona got sommuch sense fom Christ, 10 We are fools for
ainty? We ain got no scrent, bot oona Christ's sake, but ye are
wise in Christ; we are
scrong fa true, ainty dough? People gii weak, but ye are strong;
oona hona an pit oona way op high. Bot ye are honourable, but
dey ain gii we no hona tall! 11 Right op ta we are despised.
11 Even unto this pres-
now, we ain got nuff fa nyam an drink. We ent hour we both hunger,
ain hab nottin bot rag fa weah. People and thirst, and are naked,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
570 1 Corinth 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 5 571
5
,4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
572 1 Corinth 5, 6
6
ing a matter against an- Ef one ob oona got aught ginst ya
1
other, go to law before
the unjust, and not before Christian broda, mus dohn cyaa um ta
the saints?
2 Do ye not know that
court ta de jedge wa ain know God. Stead
the saints shall judge the ob dat, leh God people handle de case.
world? and if the 2 Ain oona know dat de time da come wen
world shall be judged by
you, are ye unworthy to God people gwine jedge de whole wol? So
judge the smallest mat- den, ef oona gwine jedge de whole wol, fa
ters?
3 Know ye not that we sho, oona able fa jedge de leetle case yah.
shall judge angels? how 3 Ain oona know dat we gwine jedge
much more things that angel? Well den, ef we gwine jedge angel,
pertain to this life?
4 If then ye have judg- we oughta be way mo able fa jedge dem
ments of things pertain- case een dis life yah! 4 So ef oona haffa
ing to this life, set them
to judge who are least es- hab susha case, oona ain gwine tek um fa
teemed in the church. be jedge front ob people dat ain got no
5 I speak to your
shame. Is it so, that there standin een de choch, ainty? 5 A say dis fa
is not a wise man among mek oona shame! Oona ain gwine tell me
you? no, not one that
shall be able to judge be-
dat dey ain none mongst oona dat got
tween his brethren? sense fa jedge de case wen oona Christian
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 6 573
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
574 1 Corinth 6, 7
Chapter 7
1 Now concerning the
Paul Wod bout Marry Bidness
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 7 575
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
576 1 Corinth 7
believeth not, and she be man wa bleebe hab wife wa ain bleebe pon
pleased to dwell with
him, let him not put her
de Lawd, an de wife gree fa keep on da lib
away. wid um, de man mus dohn worce e wife.
13 And the woman
13 Same way so, ef a ooman wa bleebe hab
which hath an husband
that believeth not, and if husban wa ain bleebe, an de husban gree
he be pleased to dwell fa keep on da lib wid um, de ooman mus
with her, let her not leave
him. dohn worce e husban. 14 Cause de husban
14 For the unbelieving wa ain bleebe done come fa be one wid e
husband is sanctified by
the wife, and the unbe- wife, so God gwine tek de husban like one
lieving wife is sanctified ob e own. An cause de wife wa ain bleebe
by the husband: else
were your children un-
done come fa be one wid e husban, God
clean; but now are they gwine tek de wife like one ob e own. Ef dat
holy. ain been so, dey chullun ain gwine be fit fa
15 But if the unbeliev-
ing depart, let him de- God. Bot de way e stan, dey fit fa God.
part. A brother or a sister 15 Bot ef de husban or de wife wa ain
is not under bondage in
such cases: but God hath bleebe wahn fa lef um, leh um lef um. Wen
called us to peace. dat happen, de husban or wife wa bleebe,
16 For what knowest
thou, O wife, whether e free fa go e own way. God call we fa hab
thou shalt save thy hus- peace. 16 Wife, how ya gwine know ya ain
band? or how knowest
thou, O man, whether
gwine sabe ya husban? Husban, how ya
thou shalt save thy wife? gwine know ya ain gwine sabe ya wife?
17 But as God hath dis-
tributed to every man, as
the Lord hath called ev- De Way Oona Oughta Waak wid God
ery one, so let him walk.
And so ordain I in all 17 Ebrybody oughta lib e life de same
churches.
18 Is any man called way dat de Lawd mek fa um, like e been
being circumcised? let wen God call um. Dis de chaage A gii een
him not become uncir-
cumcised. Is any called all de choch dem. 18 Ef a man done been
in uncircumcision? let circumcise wen God call um, e ain oughta
him not be circumcised.
19 Circumcision is tek way de maak dat show e circumcise. Ef
nothing, and uncircum- a man ain been circumcise wen God call
cision is nothing, but the
keeping of the command- um, e ain oughta hab um circumcise um.
ments of God. 19 Ef a man circumcise or ef e ain
20 Let every man abide
in the same calling
circumcise, dat ain mean nottin. Wen ya
wherein he was called. da do wa God say, dat wa count mo den
21 Art thou called be-
all. 20 Ebrybody oughta keep on de same
ing a servant? care not for
it: but if thou mayest be way e been wen God call um. 21 Ef ya been
made free, use it rather. a slabe wen God call ya, mus dohn leh dat
22 For he that is called
in the Lord, being a ser-
trouble ya. Bot ef ya git de chance fa be
vant, is the Lord's free free, tek um. 22 Cause whosoneba been a
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 7 577
slabe wen de Lawd call um, e de Lawd free man: likewise also he
that is called, being free,
poson. Same way so, whosoneba been a is Christ's servant.
free poson wen de Lawd call um, e Christ 23 Ye are bought with
slabe. 23 God done buy oona. E done pay a price; be not ye the ser-
vants of men.
fa oona wen Christ dead pon de cross. So 24 Brethren, let every
now oona e slabe. Mus dohn leh nottin ob man, wherein he is
dis wol mek oona come fa be slabe ob oda called, therein abide with
God.
people. 24 Me Christian bredren, ebry one 25 Now concerning
ob oona oughta waak wid God de same virgins I have no com-
way ya been wen God call ya. mandment of the Lord:
yet I give my judgment,
as one that hath obtained
Wod fa Dem wa Ain Marry mercy of the Lord to be
faithful.
25 Now A say dis yah bout dem wa ain
26 I suppose therefore
marry yet. God ain gii me no rule bout um, that this is good for the
bot A da tell oona wa A jedge fa be right. present distress, I say,
that it is good for a man
An God wa show mussy ta me gii me sense, so to be.
so dat wen A da taak, people kin bleebe wa
27 Art thou bound
A tell um. unto a wife? seek not to
26 Cause ob de trouble time now, A tink be loosed. Art thou
loosed from a wife? seek
e mo betta fa ebrybody fa stay same like e not a wife.
been. 27 Ef ya hab a wife, ya ain oughta try
28 But and if thou
fa git rid ob um. Ef ya ain marry, oona ain marry, thou hast not
oughta go da look fa a wife. 28 Bot ef a sinned; and if a virgin
man wa ain marry git marry, dat ain no marry, she hath not
sinned. Nevertheless
sin. An ef a ooman wa ain know no man git such shall have trouble in
marry, dat ain no sin. Bot dem wa marry the flesh: but I spare you.
gwine hab a whole heapa trouble een dis 29 But this I say, breth-
life. A ain wahn oona fa haffa suffa dem ren, the time is short: it
remaineth, that both they
trouble. 29 Me Christian bredren, A mean that have wives be as
fa say dey ain much time lef. Fom now on, though they had none;
leh de man dem wa hab wife lib same like 30 And they that weep,
dem wa ain hab no wife. 30 Leh dem wa da as though they wept not;
weep an wail lib like dey ain sad. Leh dem and they that rejoice, as
though they rejoiced not;
wa da rejaice lib like dey ain da rejaice. An and they that buy, as
leh dem wa da buy ting lib like dey ain hab though they possessed
not;
dem ting. 31 Dem wa hab bidness wid ting
een dis wol ain oughta spen all dey time 31 And they that use
this world, as not abusing
pon um. Cause dis wol like we shim, e da it: for the fashion of this
pass way. world passeth away.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
578 1 Corinth 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 8 579
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
580 1 Corinth 8, 9
10 For if any man see somebody wa ain know yet wa ting right
thee which hast knowl-
edge sit at meat in the bout dis, e see one ob oona wa know wa
idol's temple, shall not right, da nyam food eenside de house weh
the conscience of him
which is weak be embold-
people woshup idol? Wen e see ya, e gwine
ened to eat those things tink e kin nyam de food wa done been
which are offered to sacrifice ta idol, ainty? 11 So den, dis ting
idols;
11 And through thy ya know gwine stroy de oda broda Christ
knowledge shall the weak done dead fa, cause e ain know no betta
brother perish, for whom
Christ died? yet. 12 Wen ya do dat, ya da sin ginst ya
12 But when ye sin so Christian broda, an ya da hut um cause ya
against the brethren, and
wound their weak con- courage um fa do wa e ain know right fa
science, ye sin against do. Dat mean ya da sin ginst Christ. 13 So
Christ.
13 Wherefore, if meat
den, ef wa A nyam gwine mek me
make my brother to of- Christian broda fall eenta sin, A ain neba
fend, I will eat no flesh gwine nyam no mo ob dat meat. Cause A
while the world stan-
deth, lest I make my ain wahn fa be sponsable fa mek me broda
brother to offend. fall eenta sin.
Chapter 9 De Right wa a Postle Hab
9
1 Am I not an apostle?
Ain A a free man? Ain A a postle?
1
am I not free? have I not
seen Jesus Christ our Ain A done see Jedus we Lawd wid
Lord? are not ye my work me own eye? An fa true, cause ob me wok
in the Lord?
2 If I be not an apostle as a postle, oona come fa be one wid de
unto others, yet doubtless Lawd, ainty dough? 2 Eben ef oda people
I am to you: for the seal of
mine apostleship are ye ain tink A a postle fa sho, A a postle ta
in the Lord. oona! Cause ob de way oona da waak wid
3 Mine answer to them
that do examine me is de Lawd, oona show dat fa true A a postle.
this, 3 Wen people quizzit me, da say A ain
4 Have we not power
to eat and to drink? da do right, dis yah wa A kin ansa um. 4 Fa
5 Have we not power true, we got de right fa tek food an drink,
to lead about a sister, a ainty? 5 Ain we got de right fa hab a wife
wife, as well as other
apostles, and as the breth- long wid we wen we da trabel, same like
ren of the Lord, and de oda postle dem an de Lawd broda dem
Cephas?
6 Or I only and Barna- an Peter da do? 6 Ya da say Barnabas an
bas, have not we power to me, jes we two haffa keep on da wok fa we
forbear working?
7 Who goeth a warfare libin, same time we da wok fa de Lawd?
any time at his own 7 Ain no sodja wa haffa pay e own way,
charges? who planteth a
vineyard, and eateth not
ainty? Ain no faama wa plant grape wine
of the fruit thereof? or an den ain nyam none ob de grape ob dat
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 9 581
wine. An ain nobody wa mind sheep dat who feedeth a flock, and
eateth not of the milk of
ain git none ob de sheep milk, ainty the flock?
dough? 8 Say I these things as
8 A ain tink dem ting outta me own a man? or saith not the
law the same also?
head, cause de Law dat God gii Moses say 9 For it is written in
de same ting. 9 Dey write een de Law dat the law of Moses, Thou
God gii Moses say, Mus dohn tie op de ox shalt not muzzle the
mouth of the ox that
mout so e ain able fa nyam wiles e da tread treadeth out the corn.
out de grain. Now den, ain fa sake ob dem Doth God take care for
oxen?
ox dat God say dat, ainty? 10 Fa sho, God
10 Or saith he it alto-
mean we wen e say dat, ainty dough? Dey gether for our sakes? For
done write dat fa we sake. Cause de our sakes, no doubt, this
plowman wa da plow de groun an de one is written: that he that
ploweth should plow in
wa da geda de haabis, all two dem oughta hope; and that he that
do dey wok wid de hope dat dey gwine git thresheth in hope should
be partaker of his hope.
dey paat ob dat haabis. 11 We beena plant 11 If we have sown
God seed een oona haat. Ef we git haabis unto you spiritual things,
fom oona ob dem ting dat we body need fa is it a great thing if we
shall reap your carnal
lib, dat ain tommuch, ainty? 12 Ef oda things?
people got a right fa tink oona gwine gim 12 If others be partak-
dem ting dey body need, ain we got a right ers of this power over
you, are not we rather?
eben mo den dem? Nevertheless we have not
Stillyet, we ain mek nyuse ob we right. used this power; but suf-
fer all things, lest we
Stead ob dat, we pit op wid all kind ob ting should hinder the gospel
so dat nottin ain gwine stop de Good of Christ.
Nyews bout Christ. 13 Fa sho, oona know 13 Do ye not know that
they which minister
dat dem wa da wok een God House git dey about holy things live of
ration fom dey wok een God House. An the things of the temple?
and they which wait at
dem wa mek animal sacrifice pon de alta the altar are partakers
een God House git dey paat ob de meat wa with the altar?
dey da sacrifice. 14 Same way so, de Lawd 14 Even so hath the
chaage we, say dem wa da preach de Good Lord ordained that they
which preach the gospel
Nyews bout Christ, dey oughta git wa dey should live of the gospel.
need fa lib cause ob de wok dey da do. 15 But I have used
15 Bot A ain neba aks nobody fa gii me none of these things: nei-
ther have I written these
none ob dem good ting wa A got a right fa things, that it should be
hab. An A ain da write dis letta ta oona so done unto me: for it
were better for me to die,
cause A da look fa dem ting fom oona now. than that any man should
A ain gwine leh nobody tek way me right make my glorying void.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
582 1 Corinth 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 9, 10 583
too oughta ron een susha way dat oona the prize? So run, that ye
gwine win de prize. 25 Ebrybody wa da may obtain.
25 And every man that
ron een a race gwine do all dey kin do fa striveth for the mastery is
mek dey body fit, so dey able fa ron mo temperate in all things.
Now they do it to obtain a
betta. Dey do all dat fa git a crown pon dey corruptible crown; but
head dat ain gwine las long. Bot we gwine we an incorruptible.
26 I therefore so run,
git a crown dat las faeba. 26 Well den, A da not as uncertainly; so
pit all me haat eenta de race. A ain da do fight I, not as one that
beateth the air:
like a boxa man wa ain neba hit de one e 27 But I keep under my
da fight ginst. 27 A treat me body rough, A body, and bring it into
da do all dem ting wa mek me able fa tek subjection: lest that by
any means, when I have
chaage ob me body. A da do dat so dat God preached to others, I my-
ain neba gwine tell me dat atta A done self should be a casta-
way.
preach de Good Nyews ta people all oba, A
ain fit fa win de prize.
Chapter 10
Paul Waan Dem een Corinth 1 Moreover, brethren,
I would not that ye
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
584 1 Corinth 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 10 585
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
586 1 Corinth 10, 11
other: for why is my lib- ya mind. Bot dat gwine trouble de mind ob
erty judged of another
man's conscience? de one wa tell ya bout um.
30 For if I by grace be a Now den, ya aks jes cause dat gwine
partaker, why am I evil
spoken of for that for
trouble de mind ob somebody else, wa dat
which I give thanks? haffa do wid me? 30 Ef A tank God fa me
31 Whether therefore
food fo A nyam um, fa sho ain nobody
ye eat, or drink, or what-
soever ye do, do all to the oughta shrow slam pon me, say A da do
glory of God. bad cause A nyam de food wa A done tank
32 Give none offence,
neither to the Jews, nor God fa, ainty?
to the Gentiles, nor to the 31 Ebryting oona do, ef ya da nyam or
church of God:
33 Even as I please all ya da drink or ya da do oda ting, ya oughta
men in all things, not seek- do ebryting een susha way dat God git de
ing mine own profit, but
the profit of many, that
praise fa um. 32 Ya oughta lib ya life so dat
they may be saved. ya ain gwine mek no trouble fa Jew
people, or fa people wa ain Jew, or fa de
people ob God choch. 33 Oona oughta do
11
,10
11
brethren, that ye remem- 1 So oona oughta do like A da do,
ber me in all things, and een de same way A da do like
keep the ordinances, as I
delivered them to you. Christ.
3 But I would have you How fa Do Wen Oona
know, that the head of
every man is Christ; and
da Woshup Togeda
the head of the woman is 2 Oona da do good, cause een ebryting
the man; and the head of
Christ is God. oona da memba me an da folla ebryting de
4 Every man praying same way A laan oona. 3 Bot A wahn oona
or prophesying, having
his head covered, dishon-
fa ondastan dat Christ de head oba ebry
oureth his head. man, de husban de head oba e wife, an
5 But every woman
God de head ob Christ. 4 So de man wa
that prayeth or prophe-
sieth with her head un- kiba e head wen e da pray or wen e da tell
covered dishonour- eth people God wod, e ain hona Christ. 5 An
her head: for that is even
all one as if she were de ooman wa ain kiba e head wen e da
shaven. pray or wen e da tell God wod, e ain hona e
6 For if the woman be
not covered, let her also husban. E like dat ooman head shabe. 6 Ef
be shorn: but if it be a a ooman ain kiba e head, den e oughta git
shame for a woman to be
shorn or shaven, let her
e hair cut off. Bot wen de ooman shabe e
be covered. head or cut e hair, e bring shame pon esef,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 11 587
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
588 1 Corinth 11
19 For there must be dey haffa be group mongst oona dat cyahn
also heresies among you,
that they which are ap- gree wid one noda, fa show dem mongst
proved may be made oona wa da waak een God way fa true.
manifest among you. 20 Wen oona geda togeda, oona kin tink
20 When ye come to-
gether therefore into one oona da nyam de Lawd Suppa, bot e ain so.
place, this is not to eat the 21 Cause wen oona nyam, ebry one ob
Lord's supper.
21 For in eating every oona go head an nyam e own food an dohn
one taketh before other wait fa nobody else. So some people stay
his own supper: and one
is hungry, and another is hongry, an some people git dronk. 22 Fa
drunken. sho, wen oona wahn fa nyam an drink,
22 What? have ye not
houses to eat and to drink oona got oona own house fa do dat een,
in? or despise ye the ainty? Oona treat God choch like dort an
church of God, and
shame them that have
mek shame de people wa ain got nottin,
not? What shall I say to ainty? Wa A gwine say ta oona? A gwine
you? shall I praise you in tell oona say oona do good bout dis? Fa
this? I praise you not.
23 For I have received sho, A ain gwine do dat!
of the Lord that which 23 So den, de Lawd gii me dis wa A pass
also I delivered unto you,
That the Lord Jesus the on ta oona. De same night wen dey han
same night in which he oba de Lawd Jedus ta dem wa been wahn
was betrayed took bread:
24 And when he had fa kill um, E pick op a bread. 24 E tell God
given thanks, he brake it, tankya fa um, an e broke um op. Den e say,
and said, Take, eat: this is
my body, which is bro-
Dis me body A broke fa oona. Oona mus
ken for you: this do in re- do same like dis fa memba me. 25 Same
membrance of me. way so, wen dey done nyam suppa, e pick
25 After the same man-
ner also he took the cup, op de cup. E say, Dis cup de nyew
when he had supped, say- cobnant seal wid me blood. Oona mus do
ing, This cup is the new
testament in my blood: dis fa memba me wensoneba oona drink
this do ye, as oft as ye um like dis.
drink it, in remembrance
of me.
26 Cause til de Lawd come back,
26 For as often as ye wensoneba oona nyam dis bread an drink
eat this bread, and drink
this cup, ye do shew the
fom dis cup, oona da mek people know dat
Lord's death till he come. de Lawd done dead fa all people. 27 So
27 Wherefore whoso-
den, wensoneba somebody da nyam de
ever shall eat this bread,
and drink this cup of the Lawd bread or drink fom e cup een a way
Lord, unworthily, shall dat ain show hona, dat poson dey, e guilty
be guilty of the body and
blood of the Lord. ob sin, cause e ain gii hona ta de Lawd
28 But let a man exam- body an e blood. 28 Ebrybody oughta look
ine himself, and so let
him eat of that bread, and
eenside e haat good fa see ef e right wid
drink of that cup. God, fo e nyam de bread an drink fom de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 11, 12 589
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
590 1 Corinth 12
6 And there are diver- diffunt way fa saab de Lawd, bot all we da
sities of operations, but it
is the same God which saab de same Lawd. 6 People wa know
worketh all in all. how fa do plenty diffunt kinda wok, bot de
7 But the manifesta-
tion of the Spirit is given
same God da mek all people know how fa
to every man to profit do all dem wok. 7 God da gii ebrybody
withal. sompin fa show dat e Sperit powa da wok
8 For to one is given by
the Spirit the word of eenside um fa de good ob all de people.
wisdom; to another the 8 God Sperit da mek one poson able fa
word of knowledge by
the same Spirit; taak wid sense. Same time, de same Sperit
9 To another faith by da mek noda one able fa laan people. 9 De
the same Spirit; to an-
other the gifts of healing same Sperit da gii one poson fait. E da gii
by the same Spirit; oda one powa fa heal sick people. 10 An de
10 To another the
working of miracles; to
same Sperit da gii one poson powa fa do
another prophecy; to an- miracle. Same time, e da gii noda one
other discerning of spir- powa fa taak God wod. De Sperit da mek
its; to another divers
kinds of tongues; to an- oda one able fa know ef God Sperit or oda
other the interpretation sperit da mek people taak wa dey da taak.
of tongues:
11 But all these work- God Sperit da mek oda poson able fa taak
eth that one and the self- oda language. An e da mek noda one able
same Spirit, dividing to
every man severally as he fa tapetate dem oda language. 11 Dat de
will. same Holy Sperit wa da gii ebrybody dey
12 For as the body is
one, and hath many
gif fa do wa e wahn um fa do.
members, and all the
members of that one One Body wa Got Plenty Paat
body, being many, are
one body: so also is 12 Same way a body hab all kinda paat,
Christ. an all dem ting paat ob de same body, e de
13 For by one Spirit
are we all baptized into same say so wid Christ. 13 De same Holy
one body, whether we be Sperit done bactize we all, an we come fa
Jews or Gentiles, whe-
ther we be bond or free; be one body. Some ob we Jew people, an
and have been all made oda people ain Jew. Some slabe an oda
to drink into one Spirit.
14 For the body is not people free. An de same Sperit done come
one member, but many. eenside all ob we.
15 If the foot shall say, 14 De body ain got jes one paat. De body
Because I am not the
hand, I am not of the got plenty paat. 15 Ef de foot say, A ain a
body; is it therefore not han, so A ain blongst ta de body, dat ain
of the body?
16 And if the ear shall mean fa say de foot ain still paat ob de
say, Because I am not the body. 16 An ef de yea say, A ain a eye, so
eye, I am not of the body;
is it therefore not of the
A ain blongst ta de body, dat ain mean fa
body? say de yea ain still paat ob de body. 17 Ef
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 12 591
de one whole body been jes a eye, how e 17 If the whole body
were an eye, where were
gwine yeh? Ef de one whole body been jes the hearing? If the whole
a yea, how e gwine be able fa smell ting? were hearing, where were
18 Bot fa true, God pit ebry paat yah een the smelling?
18 But now hath God
de body jes de way e wahn um. 19 Ef all set the members every
one of them in the body,
dem diffunt paat yah been jes one paat, de as it hath pleased him.
body ain gwine be a body tall. 20 Bot fa 19 And if they were all
one member, where were
true dey plenty paat, stillyet dey mek op the body?
jes one body. 20 But now are they
many members, yet but
21 So den, de eye cyahn tell de han say, one body.
21 And the eye cannot
A kin do dout ya! De head cyahn tell de say unto the hand, I have
foot say, A kin do dout ya. 22 No, we no need of thee: nor
again the head to the
cyahn do dout dem body paat wa we tink feet, I have no need of
ain got much scrent. 23 An dem paat ob de you.
22 Nay, much more
body wa we tink ain wot nottin, dey de those members of the
body, which seem to be
one we tek cyah ob mo betta. An dem paat more feeble, are neces-
wa ain so fine fa see, we kiba dem op. sary:
23 And those members
24 Bot we ain haffa kiba op dem paat wa of the body, which we
think to be less honour-
fine fa see. God done pit all de paat togeda able, upon these we be-
een de body een susha way so dat dem stow more abundant
honour; and our uncome-
paat wa we tink ain wot sommuch git hona ly parts have more abun-
mo den dem oda one. 25 God done dis so dant comeliness.
24 For our comely
dat dey ain gwine be no quarrellin een de parts have no need: but
God hath tempered the
body. Bot de diffunt paat fa lib een susha body together, having
way dat dey hab de same cyah fa one given more abundant
honour to that part which
noda. 26 Ef one paat da suffa, all de oda lacked:
25 That there should
paat suffa wid um. Ef one paat git praise, be no schism in the body;
all de oda paat rejaice wid um. but that the members
should have the same
27 Now den, oona mek op Christ body. care one for another.
26 And whether one
Ebry one ob oona a paat ob dat body. member suffer, all the
28 Dat so e stan een de choch. God been pit members suffer with it;
or one member be hon-
all de paat dem een place. Fus, de postle oured, all the members
dem, secon, de prophet dem, tird, de rejoice with it.
27 Now ye are the
teacha dem. Den God pit dem wa da do body of Christ, and mem-
miracle. Atta dem, e pit dem wa e gii powa bers in particular.
28 And God hath set
fa heal, an den dem wa able fa hep oda some in the church, first
people, den dem wa able fa lead oda apostles, secondarily pro-
phets, thirdly teachers,
people. An den, dem wa e gii de gif fa taak after that miracles, then
oda language. 29 Fa sho, all de people ain gifts of healings, helps
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
592 1 Corinth 12, 13
Lob
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 13 593
gwine rejaice oba no ebil ting, bot oona 7 Beareth all things,
believeth all things, hop-
gwine rejaice oba wa true. 7 Ef oona lob eth all things, endureth
people, oona gwine beah op onda ebryting all things.
wa people do ta oona. Oona gwine be
ready fa bleebe good ting bout people.
Oona gwine hope fa de betta bout um, an 8 Charity never faileth:
but whether there be
oona gwine pit op wid people an lob um prophecies, they shall
eben wen oona da suffa. fail; whether there be
8 Lob ain neba gwine end. De wod wa tongues, they shall cease;
whether there be knowl-
God tell e people fa taak, time da come edge, it shall vanish
wen dem people ain gwine taak um no mo. away.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
594 1 Corinth 14
14
,13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 14 595
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
596 1 Corinth 14
17 For thou verily good fa true, wen oona tell God tankya,
givest thanks well, but
the other is not edified. oona ain da hep de oda one wa da listen ta
oona, tall.
18 A da tell God tankya cause A da taak
18 I thank my God, I dem diffunt kind ob language mo den all
speak with tongues more ob oona. 19 Stillyet, wen we people ob de
than ye all:
choch da meet togeda, A tink e mo betta
dat A say fibe wod wa people gwine
19 Yet in the church I ondastan an wa gwine laan um sompin,
had rather speak five den fa say ten tousan wod een diffunt kind
words with my under-
standing, that by my voice ob language dat people ain ondastan.
I might teach others also, 20 Me Christian bredren, oona mus
than ten thousand words
in an unknown tongue.
dohn tink like chullun. Fa true, oona
oughta be like leetle chullun wen e come
20 Brethren, be not
ta ebil, bot oona mus tink like grownop
children in understand- people. 21 Dey write een God Book dat de
ing: howbeit in malice be Lawd say,
ye children, but in under-
standing be men. A gwine bring people
wa come outta oda country
wa taak oda language dem dat
21 In the law it is writ- dis people ain ondastan.
ten, With men of other A gwine bring dem come-
tongues and other lips
will I speak unto this peo- yah people fa taak
ple; and yet for all that ta dis people.
will they not hear me,
saith the Lord.
Bot eben den, dis people ain
gwine pay no tention ta Me.
22 So den, wen God mek somebody able fa
22 Wherefore tongues taak diffunt kind ob language wa people
are for a sign, not to them ain ondastan, dat fa show de people wa ain
that believe, but to them bleebe dat God hab powa. Dat ain fa dem
that believe not: but
prophesying serveth not wa bleebe God. Bot wen God mek
for them that believe not, somebody able fa tell de wod wa e tell um
but for them which
believe. fa say, dat fa people wa bleebe. Dat ain fa
dem wa ain bleebe God.
23 So ef all de people ob de choch geda
23 If therefore the togeda an den dey all staat fa taak diffunt
whole church be come to- kind ob language dem wa people ain
gether into one place,
and all speak with
ondastan, wen de people wa ain know
tongues, and there come bout dem kinda ting an ain bleebe pon
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 14 597
God come eenta de choch meetin, dey in those that are un-
learned, or unbelievers,
gwine say oona outta oona head, ainty? will they not say that ye
24 Bot ef all de choch people da tell de are mad?
wod wa God gim fa say, wen somebody wa
ain ondastan bout dem kind ob ting an ain 24 But if all prophesy,
bleebe God come eenta de choch meetin, and there come in one
that believeth not, or one
wen e yeh wa dey da say, e gwine come fa unlearned, he is con-
know fa true dat e a sinna. An wa e yeh vinced of all, he is judged
of all:
fom all dem gwine mek um jedge esef.
25 All de ting wa hide eenside e haat
25 And thus are the se-
gwine come out fa all fa know. So e gwine crets of his heart made
kneel down an woshup God an tell de manifest; and so falling
people say, Fa true, God dey dey wid down on his face he will
worship God, and report
oona! that God is in you of a
truth.
God Ain Wahn Ting Mix Op
een de Choch Meetin Dem
26 How is it then,
26 So den, me Christian bredren, dis wa brethren? when ye come
A mean. Wensoneba oona geda togeda fa together, every one of
you hath a psalm, hath a
woshup, some ob oona gwine hab a song doctrine, hath a tongue,
fa praise God. Noda one gwine hab sompin hath a revelation, hath an
fa laan de oda res ob de people. Noda one interpretation. Let all
things be done unto
hab sompin fa tell dat God da show um. edifying.
Noda one gwine taak diffunt kind ob
language wa people ain ondastan. Noda
one gwine splain wa dat one done say. All 27 If any man speak in
an unknown tongue, let it
dem ting yah wa oona do, dey haffa be fa be by two, or at the most
hep de choch people waak mo betta een by three, and that by
course; and let one
God way. 27 Ef some people gwine taak interpret.
dem diffunt kind ob language wa people
ain ondastan, den no mo den two or shree
oughta taak. Dey oughta taak one atta 28 But if there be no
noda, an somebody mus splain wa dey da interpreter, let him keep
silence in the church; and
say. 28 Bot ef dey ain nobody dey wa kin let him speak to himself,
splain, den dem people yah wa da taak een and to God.
diffunt kind ob language mus dohn say
nottin een de choch meetin. Dey mus taak
29 Let the prophets
jes een dey own haat an ta God. 29 Two speak two or three, and
or shree people wa God gii wod fa tell, dey let the other judge.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
598 1 Corinth 14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 599
15
,14
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
600 1 Corinth 15
preach, and so ye be- dem oda postle tell oona bout de Good
lieved.
Nyews, we all da tell de same Good
12 Now if Christ be Nyews, an dis wa oona bleebe.
preached that he rose
from the dead, how say
some among you that We Christian Gwine Lib Gin
there is no resurrection of
the dead?
Now den, we beena tell oona say,
12
God done mek Christ git op fom mongst de
13 But if there be no
resurrection of the dead,
dead an lib gin. So hoccome some ob oona
then is Christ not risen: da say, God ain gwine mek dem wa done
14 And if Christ be not
dead lib gin? 13 Ef dat so, dat mean fa say
risen, then is our preach- God ain eben mek Christ lib gin. 14 An ef
ing vain, and your faith is God ain mek Christ lib gin, den de Good
also vain.
Nyews we da tell people ain mean nottin,
15 Yea, and we are an oona trus een Christ ain mean nottin
found false witnesses of
God; because we have
needa. 15 An eben mo den dat, oona da say
testified of God that he we da lie bout God, cause we beena say e
raised up Christ: whom done mek Christ git op fom mongst de
he raised not up, if so be
that the dead rise not. dead an lib gin. Bot ef dat true wa oona da
16 For if the dead rise
say, dat God ain mek people wa done dead
not, then is not Christ lib gin, dat mean fa say God ain mek Christ
raised: lib gin. 16 Cause ef God ain mek de people
17 And if Christ be not wa done dead lib gin, dat mean fa say e ain
raised, your faith is vain; mek Christ lib gin needa. 17 An ef God ain
ye are yet in your sins.
mek Christ lib gin, oona trus een Christ ain
18 Then they also mount ta nottin, an oona sin stillyet da
which are fallen asleep in rule oba oona. 18 Ef God ain mek Christ lib
Christ are perished.
gin, dat mean fa say too, dat dem wa done
dead, wa beena bleebe pon Christ, dey
19 If in this life only
we have hope in Christ, done loss faeba. 19 Ef de hope we hab een
we are of all men most Christ good jes fa dis wol, people oughta
miserable.
be saary fa we mo den fa all de oda people
een all de wol.
20 But now is Christ
20 Bot fa true, God done mek Christ git
risen from the dead, and
become the firstfruits of op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. E de fus
them that slept. mongst a whole heapa people God gwine
mek git op fom mongst de dead an lib gin.
21 For since by man 21 Cause jes one man done bring det eenta
came death, by man came
also the resurrection of de wol. Same way so, one man mek dem
the dead. wa done dead lib gin an git op outta dey
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 601
grabe. 22 All people dead cause dey one 22 For as in Adam all
die, even so in Christ
wid Adam. Same way so, God gwine mek shall all be made alive.
all dem wa come fa be one wid Christ lib 23 But every man in
gin. 23 Bot ebrybody gwine lib gin coddin his own order: Christ the
firstfruits; afterward they
ta e own time. Christ fus, den wen e come that are Christ's at his
back, dem wa blongst ta Christ gwine git coming.
op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. 24 Den 24 Then cometh the
end, when he shall have
de end gwine come. Christ gwine win out delivered up the king-
oba all dem wa da rule an all dem wa hab dom to God, even the Fa-
ther; when he shall have
tority an powa. Den Christ gwine han oba put down all rule and all
all e da rule ta God so dat God e Fada authority and power.
gwine be King oba all. 25 Christ haffa rule 25 For he must reign,
till he hath put all ene-
til God done win out oba all e enemy an pit mies under his feet.
um down onda e foot. 26 De las enemy 26 The last enemy that
God gwine stroy gwine be det. 27 Cause shall be destroyed is
death.
dey write een God Book say, God done pit 27 For he hath put all
all ting onda e foot. Now wen e say all things under his feet. But
ting done been pit onda um, fa sho, dat when he saith all things
are put under him, it is
ain mean God esef been pit onda um, manifest that he is ex-
cause God de one wa da pit all ting onda cepted, which did put all
things under him.
Christ. 28 Bot wen all ting done been pit
onda Christ rule, den Christ, de Son, e 28 And when all things
shall be subdued unto
gwine be onda God, wa done pit all ting him, then shall the Son
onda Christ. So den, God gwine be great also himself be subject
unto him that put all
mo den all, an rule oba all. things under him, that
29 Now den, leh we taak bout de people God may be all in all.
wa dey da bactize fa sake ob dem wa done 29 Else what shall they
dead. Ef, like some people da say, God ain do which are baptized for
the dead, if the dead rise
mek dem wa done dead lib gin fa true, not at all? why are they
hoccome people go git bactize fa sake ob then baptized for the
dead?
dem wa done dead? 30 An wa bout we?
30 And why stand we
Hoccome we da pit wesef een danja all de in jeopardy every hour?
time? 31 Me Christian bredren, ebry day A
31 I protest by your re-
da look det een de eye! A da tell oona dis fa joicing which I have in
true, cause ob me praise ta God fa oona Christ Jesus our Lord, I
die daily.
een Jedus Christ we Lawd. 32 Right yah
een Ephesus A done fight fa me life jes like 32 If after the manner
of men I have fought with
A beena fight wid wile beast dem. Ef A beasts at Ephesus, what
done dat jes fa sattify mesef, wa good dat advantageth it me, if the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
602 1 Corinth 15
dead rise not? let us eat gwine do me? Ef God ain mek dem people
and drink; for to morrow
we die.
wa done dead lib gin, den jes like dey say,
Leh we nyam an drink an hab a good
33 Be not deceived:
time, cause demarra we gwine dead.
evil communications cor-
rupt good manners. 33 Oona mus dohn leh nobody fool oona.
Ef good people keep on da waak longside
34 Awake to righteous-
ebil people, den de good one dem gwine be
ness, and sin not; for
some have not the knowl- ruint. 34 Oona oughta git oona sense back.
edge of God: I speak this Mus dohn waak een ebil way no mo. Cause
to your shame.
some ob oona ain know God. Oona oughta
35 But some man will be too shame wen A say dat ta oona.
say, How are the dead
raised up? and with what De Body We Gwine Git Wen We Lib Gin
body do they come?
Somebody gwine aks say, How God
35
36 Thou fool, that gwine mek people wa done dead git op
which thou sowest is not
quickened, except it die: fom mongst de dead an lib gin? Wa kinda
body dey gwine hab? 36 Ya a fool man!
37 And that which
Wen ya plant seed een de groun, de seed
thou sowest, thou sowest
not that body that shall ain gwine staat fa sprout an grow cep e
be, but bare grain, it may done dead fus. 37 Wa ya da plant een de
chance of wheat, or of
some other grain: groun, dat jes a seed no mo, like a grain ob
wheat or oda seed. Wa ya da plant ain de
38 But God giveth it a big plant wa gwine grow op atta a wile
body as it hath pleased
him, and to every seed fom de seed. 38 God da mek de seed ton
his own body. eenta de body ob a plant, jes like e wahn
um fa be. E da mek ebry kind ob seed ton
39 All flesh is not the
same flesh: but there is eenta e own kind ob plant.
one kind of flesh of men, 39 All ting wa hab life ain hab de same
another flesh of beasts,
another of fishes, and an-
kind ob body. People hab one kind ob
other of birds. body, animal hab noda kind. Bod hab
noda kind ob body, an fish hab noda kind.
40 There are also celes-
40 Same way so, dey some body wa dey
tial bodies, and bodies
terrestrial: but the glory een heaben an oda body wa dey een dis
of the celestial is one, and wol. Bot dey one kind ob beauty wa
the glory of the terrestrial
is another. blongst ta de body dem een heaben. Dey
noda kind ob beauty wa blongst ta de body
41 There is one glory of dem een dis wol. 41 An de sun hab e own
the sun, and another
glory of the moon, and kind ob beauty. De moon hab noda. De
another glory of the stars: staa dem hab noda, an eben mongst de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 603
staa dem, one hab one kind ob beauty an for one star differeth from
another star in glory.
noda hab diffunt kind.
42 Dat so e gwine be wen God mek dem 42 So also is the resur-
wa done dead git op fom mongst de dead an rection of the dead. It is
sown in corruption; it is
lib gin. Wen dey bury de body yah, dat raised in incorruption:
body da perish. Bot de body wa God gwine 43 It is sown in dishon-
mek lib gin, dat body ain neba gwine our; it is raised in glory: it
perish. 43 Wen dey bury de body, e ain hab is sown in weakness; it is
raised in power:
no hona tall. Bot wen God mek um git op, e
gwine be too purty. Wen dey bury de body, 44 It is sown a natural
e ain hab no scrent tall. Bot wen God mek body; it is raised a spiri-
tual body. There is a nat-
um git op, e gwine be scrong. 44 De body ural body, and there is a
dey bury, dat a body wa come fom de dort. spiritual body.
Bot de body wa God gwine mek git op, dat 45 And so it is written,
de body wa come fom de Sperit. Fa sho, dey The first man Adam was
made a living soul; the
a body fom de dort, an dey haffa be a body last Adam was made a
fom de Sperit. 45 Dey write een God Book quickening spirit.
say, God mek de fus man, Adam, fa be a
46 Howbeit that was
poson wa git life. Bot de las Adam, e come not first which is spiri-
fa be a sperit wa da gii life. 46 De body de tual, but that which is
Sperit da gii ain come fus. De body wa natural; and afterward
that which is spiritual.
come fom de dort come fus, an atta dat de
body dat de Sperit da gii. 47 God done tek 47 The first man is of
de dort ob de groun een dis wol fa mek de the earth, earthy: the sec-
ond man is the Lord from
fus man. De secon man come fom heaben. heaven.
48 De people wa blongst ta dis wol, dey jes
48 As is the earthy,
like de man wa God mek fom de dort ob dis such are they also that
wol. Dem wa blongst ta heaben, dey jes like are earthy: and as is the
de man wa come fom heaben. 49 We beena heavenly, such are they
also that are heavenly.
hab body wa like de body ob de man wa
God done mek fom de dort ob dis wol. 49 And as we have
Same way so, we gwine be like de man wa borne the image of the
earthy, we shall also
come fom heaben. bear the image of the
50 Me Christian bredren, dis wa A mean heavenly.
fa say ta oona. De body ob dis wol wa God
50 Now this I say,
mek flesh an blood, dat cyahn hab no paat brethren, that flesh and
dey weh God da rule. An nottin dat dead blood cannot inherit the
kingdom of God; neither
gwine hab no powa fa ton eenta ting wa doth corruption inherit
cyahn neba dead. 51 Leh me tell oona incorruption.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
604 1 Corinth 15, 16
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 16 605
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
606 1 Corinth 16
you with the brethren: bredren. Bot e ain sho dat e oughta go jes
but his will was not at all
to come at this time; but now. Wen e git de chance, e gwine come
he will come when he see oona.
shall have convenient
time.
13 Watch ye, stand fast De Las Wod ob Paul een Dis Letta
in the faith, quit you like
men, be strong.
13Oona mus keep oona eye open.
14 Let all your things Stanop fa true fa de fait oona hab een de
be done with charity. Lawd. Mus hab courage an be scrong fa
15 I beseech you,
brethren, (ye know the God. 14 Een ebryting oona da do, oona
house of Stephanas, that mus lob de people.
it is the firstfruits of
Achaia, and that they
15 Oona done yeh bout Stephanas an e
have addicted them- fambly. Dey been de fus fa bleebe pon
selves to the ministry of
the saints,)
Christ een Achaia. An dey beena gii dey
16 That ye submit life da wok fa God people. 16 Me Christian
yourselves unto such, bredren, A da beg oona fa folla dem kind
and to every one that
helpeth with us, and ob leada yah an all de oda people wa da
laboureth. jine um, da wok haad wid um.
17 I am glad of the
coming of Stephanas and 17 A heppy dat Stephanas, Fortunatus,
Fortunatus and Achaicus: an Achaicus done come. Wen oona ain
for that which was lack-
ing on your part they been able fa come, dey done mek op fa
have supplied. wen A ain hab oona wid me. 18 Dey beena
18 For they have re-
freshed my spirit and
mek me haat glad, jes like dey mek oona
yours: therefore ac- haat glad. People like dem kind yah, dey
knowledge ye them that
are such. fit fa git hona fom oona.
19 The churches of 19 Dem choch een Asia province da tell
Asia salute you. Aquila
and Priscilla salute you oona hey. Aquila an Priscilla an de people
much in the Lord, with ob de choch wa da geda een dey house, da
the church that is in their
house.
tell oona hey een de Lawd wid all dey haat.
20 All the brethren 20 An all de Christian bredren yah say hey.
greet you. Greet ye one
another with an holy Tell one noda hey een de name ob de
kiss. Lawd.
21 The salutation of me
Paul with mine own 21 Now A wid me own han da write dis
hand. paat: A Paul da tell oona hey.
22 If any man love not
the Lord Jesus Christ, let
22 Ef dey somebody wa ain got no lob fa
him be Anathema Mara- de Lawd, leh dey be a cuss pon um. We
natha.
23 The grace of our Lawd da come!
Lord Jesus Christ be with 23 A pray dat de Lawd Jedus bless oona.
you.
24 My love be with you 24 A lob oona all een Jedus Christ.
all in Christ Jesus. Amen. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Paul Secon Letta
Ta Dem Een Corinth 2 Corinthians
,6
1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
608 2 Corinth 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 1 609
done been plan fa come see oona pon me 16 And to pass by you
into Macedonia, and to
way ta Macedonia an den stop by gin fa come again out of Mace-
see oona wen A come back fom dey. Dat donia unto you, and of
you to be brought on my
way, oona been able fa hep sen me pon me way toward Judaea.
way ta Judea. 17 Fa sho, wen A plan fa do
17 When I therefore
dat an den me plan change op, A ain been was thus minded, did I
like no poson wa ain serious bout wa e do, use lightness? or the
ainty? Wen A plan fa do sompin, fa true, A things that I purpose, do I
purpose according to the
ain tink jes bout mesef, like people ob de flesh, that with me there
wol do. Oona ain tink dat A say Yeah should be yea yea, and
nay nay?
one minute an No de oda minute, ainty?
18 Sho as God ain neba lie, wa we say ta 18 But as God is true,
our word toward you was
oona ain Yeah an No. We ain say fus not yea and nay.
one ting an den change um ta noda.
19 Cause Jedus Christ, God Son, wa Silas, 19 For the Son of God,
Jesus Christ, who was
Timothy an me beena tell oona bout, e ain preached among you by
no poson wa say Yeah one minute an us, even by me and
No de oda minute. Bot all de time Jedus Silvanus and Timotheus,
was not yea and nay, but
Christ de ansa Yeah fom God. 20 Cause in him was yea.
ebry one ob de promise dem wa God
20 For all the promises
promise got de ansa Yeah een Christ. Dat
of God in him are yea,
wa mek we say Amen een Jedus Christ and in him Amen, unto
name wensoneba we da praise God. the glory of God by us.
21 God de one wa da mek we an oona stan
21 Now he which
scrong, da know fa sho dat we all one een stablisheth us with you in
Christ. God de one wa done pick all ob we Christ, and hath anointed
us, is God;
fa do e wok. 22 E done pit e maak pon we
fa show dat we e own people. An e pit e 22 Who hath also
Sperit eenside we haat fa mek we know sealed us, and given the
earnest of the Spirit in
dat fa true we gwine git all wa e gwine gii our hearts.
we.
23 God me witness! E know wa dey een 23 Moreover I call God
for a record upon my
me haat! A been mek op me mind A ain soul, that to spare you I
gwine come ta oona een Corinth, cause A came not as yet unto
Corinth.
ain wahn fa mek oona feel bad. 24 Now
den, we ain da try fa tell oona wa oona 24 Not for that we
haffa bleebe, cause oona stan scrong een have dominion over your
faith, but are help-ers of
oona trus een Jedus. We da wok togeda your joy: for by faith ye
wid oona fa mek oona rejaice. stand.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
610 2 Corinth 2
2
2
,1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 2, 3 611
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
612 2 Corinth 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 3, 4 613
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
614 2 Corinth 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 4, 5 615
5
1 We know dat ef dis tent we lib een, 1 For we know that if
we body yah een dis wol, git stroy, our earthly house of this
tabernacle were dis-
God got a place fa we fa lib een heaben. solved, we have a build-
Dat a house wa God mek wa gwine las ing of God, an house not
faeba. 2 Fa true, wiles we da lib yah, we da made with hands, eternal
in the heavens.
groan, cause we wahn fa pit on we nyew 2 For in this we groan,
cloes. We wahn fa be eenside we house earnestly desiring to be
clothed upon with our
een heaben. 3 Cause wen we dey eenside house which is from
we house een heaben, we ain neba gwine heaven:
3 If so be that being
be dout nottin fa kiba we op. 4 Wiles we clothed we shall not be
still da lib yah eenside dis tent, we da found naked.
4 For we that are in this
groan wid we hebby burden we da tote. tabernacle do groan, be-
Dat ain fa say dat we wahn fa come outta ing burdened: not for
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
616 2 Corinth 5
that we would be un- we body dat we got een dis wol. Bot we
clothed, but clothed
upon, that mortality wahn God fa pit we house fom heaben pon
might be swallowed up we, so dat life wa gwine las faeba gwine
of life.
5 Now he that hath swalla op we body yah wa gwine dead.
wrought us for the self- 5 God de one wa done ready we fa dis
same thing is God, who nyew house, an e gii we e Holy Sperit fa
also hath given unto us
the earnest of the Spirit. show we dat.
6 Therefore we are al- 6 So den, cause we know dem ting yah,
ways confident, knowing
that, whilst we are at we ain neba gii op. We know dat all de
home in the body, we are time dis body yah we house, we ain gone
absent from the Lord:
7 (For we walk by yet fa lib een de house dat God da keep fa
faith, not by sight:) we. 7 Cause we da waak coddin ta fait. We
8 We are confident, I ain da waak jes by wa we da see wid we
say, and willing rather to
be absent from the body, eye. 8 A da tell oona, we ain neba gii op.
and to be present with An fa sho, we wahn fa go way fom dis body
the Lord.
an go lib wid de Lawd. 9 Bot weza we da
9 Wherefore we la-
bour, that, whether pres- lib een we body yah or way op een heaben,
ent or absent, we may be de ting we wahn mo den all, we wahn fa
accepted of him.
do dem ting wa gwine mek we Lawd
10 For we must all ap-
pear before the judgment sattify. 10 Cause we all gwine haffa stanop
seat of Christ; that every fo Christ jedgiment seat. E gwine jedge we,
one may receive the
things done in his body,
an ebrybody gwine git e payback fa e wok
according to that he hath wen e been dey een dis life, weza e good or
done, whether it be good bad.
or bad.
11 Knowing therefore
Christ Mek All Ting Right
the terror of the Lord, we Twix God an We
persuade men; but we are So den, we know wa e mean fa be
11
made manifest unto God;
and I trust also are made scaid ob de Lawd, so we da try fa taak ta
manifest in your con- people fa win um oba ta de Lawd. God
sciences.
12 For we commend
know we shru an shru, an A hope dat oona
not ourselves again unto ondastan we een oona haat too. 12 We ain
you, but give you occa- da try fa tell oona gin dat we good. We da
sion to glory on our be-
half, that ye may have try fa gii oona good reason fa be heppy
somewhat to answer cause ob we. Den oona gwine be able fa
them which glory in ap-
pearance, and not in ansa dem wa da brag bout wa people da do
heart. so dat oda people kin shim, steada bout wa
13 For whether we be dey eenside a poson haat. 13 Ef e look like
beside ourselves, it is to
God: or whether we be
we ain got no sense, den dat fa sake ob
sober, it is for your cause. God, ainty? Ef oona bleebe we got sense,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 5, 6 617
Chapter 6
6
1 So den, we wa da wok togeda wid 1 We then, as workers
God da beg oona. Mus dohn leh de together with him, be-
seech you also that ye re-
blessin wa God gii oona go fa nottin. ceive not the grace of
2 Cause God say, God in vain.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
618 2 Corinth 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 6 619
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
620 2 Corinth 6, 7
7
Chapter 7 1 Me deah Christian fren dem, God
1 Having therefore mek all dem promise yah fa we. So
these promises, dearly
beloved, let us cleanse den, leh we mek we life clean fa true fom
ourselves from all filthi- sin. Mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid no ebil
ness of the flesh and
spirit, perfecting holiness
ting dat gwine mek we body or we sperit
in the fear of God. dorty een God eye. Leh we lib jes fa God,
2 Receive us; we have wa we blongst ta, an show dat we da hona
wronged no man, we
have corrupted no man,
um fa true.
we have defrauded no
man. Paul Full Op wid Joy
3 I speak not this to
2 Open op oona haat fa we. We ain do
condemn you: for I have
said before, that ye are in nobody nottin bad. We ain stroy nobody
our hearts to die and live
with you.
fait. We ain tek no wantage ob nobody. 3 A
4 Great is my boldness ain say dem ting yah fa condemn oona.
of speech toward you, Cause, like A done tell oona, oona een we
great is my glorying of
you: I am filled with com-
haat all de time. We lob oona sommuch
fort, I am exceeding joy- dat nottin kin keep we fom oona. We
ful in all our tribulation. togeda wid oona all de time, weza we da
5 For, when we were
come into Macedonia,
lib or we dead. 4 A sho dat oona ain gwine
our flesh had no rest, but disappaint we. Oona da mek me too
we were troubled on ev- heppy. Eben dough we got plenty trouble,
ery side; without were
fightings, within were stillyet A got plenty courage, A full op wid
fears. joy.
6 Nevertheless God, 5 Eben wen we come ta Macedonia, we
that comforteth those
that are cast down, com- body ain got no chance fa res. We been
forted us by the coming flicted dey pon all side. People beena aagy
of Titus;
wid we an we been scaid. 6 Bot God, wa da
7 And not by his com-
ing only, but by the con- courage dem wa got hebby haat, e courage
solation wherewith he we wen Titus come. 7 An we ain been
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 7 621
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
622 2 Corinth 7, 8
8
1 Moreover, brethren,
we do you to wit of the
Me Christian bredren, we wahn fa
1
grace of God bestowed on mek ya know bout de blessin wa God
the churches of Macedo-
nia; been gii de choch dem een Macedonia.
2 How that in a great 2 Eben dough dey beena suffa a heapa
trial of affliction the
abundance of their joy trouble wa test um fa true, stillyet dey
and their deep poverty
abounded unto the riches heppy. An cause ob dat, dey wahn fa hep
of their liberality. oda people, an dey gii way a whole heapa
3 For to their power, I
bear record, yea, and be- ting, eben wen dey ain got much tall ob
yond their power they dey own. 3 A da tell oona fa true dat dey
were willing of them-
selves; gii all dey able fa gii an eben mo den dat,
4 Praying us with
much intreaty that we
cause dey wahn fa do um. 4 Dey beena beg
would receive the gift, we wid all dey haat fa leh um hab de
and take upon us the fel-
lowship of the minister- blessin fa be able fa gii ta God people wa
ing to the saints.
5 And this they did, not
got need. 5 We ain beena spect um fa do all
as we hoped, but first dey done. Fus dey gii de Lawd dey life an
gave their own selves to den pit deysef een we han, jes like God
the Lord, and unto us by
the will of God. wahn um fa do. 6 So den, we courage
6 Insomuch that we
desired Titus, that as he Titus, wa staat dis wok, fa go on wid um an
had begun, so he would
also finish in you the
hep oona fa finish op dis special wok weh
same grace also. oona da gii plenty, cause oona lob oona
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 8 623
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
624 2 Corinth 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 9 625
9
,8
9
ministering to the saints,
1 Fa true, A ain need fa write oona it is superfluous for me to
bout de offrin dat de Christian dem write to you:
gwine sen ta Judea fa hep God people dey. 2 For I know the for-
wardness of your mind,
2 Cause A know dat oona wahn fa hep, an
for which I boast of you
A beena taak bout dat good ting oona do. to them of Macedonia,
that Achaia was ready a
A da tell de people een Macedonia say, year ago; and your zeal
We Christian bredren een Achaia been hath provoked very
ready fa hep oona since las yeah. Plenty many.
3 Yet have I sent the
dem dey een Macedonia staat fa hep wen brethren, lest our boast-
dey yeh how oona wahn fa hep too bad. ing of you should be in
3 Bot A da sen bredren yah ta oona now so vain in this behalf; that,
as I said, ye may be
dat me good wod bout oona hep ain gwine ready:
be jes empty taak, an oona gwine be ready 4 Lest haply if they of
wid wa oona wahn fa gii fa hep een dis Macedonia come with
me, and find you unpre-
wok, jes like A beena say. 4 Ef oona ain pared, we (that we say
ready an some ob we Christian bredren not, ye) should be
ashamed in this same
fom Macedonia come wid me an see dat confident boasting.
oona ain got nottin ready yet fa gii, we 5 Therefore I thought
gwine be too shame an oona gwine be it necessary to exhort the
brethren, that they would
shame mo den we. Cause we been sho dat go before unto you, and
oona been ready fa hep. 5 Dat mek me tink make up beforehand
your bounty, whereof ye
dat A mus courage dem Christian bredren had notice before, that
yah fa try fa go ta oona fo A come, an hep the same might be ready,
as a matter of bounty, and
oona git ready, fo A git ta oona, wa oona not as of covetousness.
promise fa gii. Den dat gwine be ready 6 But this I say, He
wen A come. An dat gwine show dat oona which soweth sparingly
shall reap also sparingly;
da gii cause oona wahn fa gii, an e ain and he which soweth
cause somebody da mek oona gii. bountifully shall reap
6 Wa A mean fa say, de one wa ain plant also bountifully.
7 Every man according
bot a leetle bit ob seed ain neba gwine as he purposeth in his
haabis a big crop. Bot de one wa plant heart, so let him give; not
plenty seed gwine haabis a whole heapa grudgingly, or of neces-
sity: for God loveth a
crop. 7 Ebrybody mus gii wa e mek op e cheerful giver.
mind fa gii. E mus dohn gii wid sad haat 8 And God is able to
jes cause dey mek um gii. God lob de one make all grace abound
toward you; that ye, al-
wa heppy een e haat fa gii. 8 An God able ways having all suffi-
fa gii oona all oona need, an plenty mo ciency in all things, may
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
626 2 Corinth 9, 10
abound to every good too, so dat all de time oona gwine git all
work:
9 (As it is written, He
oona need, an a heap mo dat oona kin gii
hath dispersed abroad; fa ebry good wok. 9 Like dey write een
he hath given to the poor: God Book say,
his righteousness remain-
eth for ever. De one wa da waak scraight
10 Now he that minis-
da gii plenty ting ta dem
tereth seed to the sower wa ain got nottin.
both minister bread for Dem good ting e da do
your food, and multiply
your seed sown, and in- gwine las faeba.
crease the fruits of your 10 God da gii de faama seed, an e da gii
righteousness;)
bread fa nyam. Same way so, God gwine
11 Being enriched in
every thing to all bounti-
gii oona, too, all de seed oona need fa
fulness, which causeth plant an e gwine mek um grow. Oona da
through us thanksgiving do a heapa good ting, an God gwine mek
to God.
dat seed grow fa be a big crop fa true.
12 For the administra-
11 God gwine gii oona nuff ting all de time
tion of this service not
only supplieth the want so dat oona gwine be able fa gii plenty all
of the saints, but is abun- de time. Den people gwine tell God tankya
dant also by many
thanksgivings unto God; fa wa oona gii we fa cyaa ta um. 12 Dis
13 Whiles by the ex- wok wa oona da do ain jes fa gii God
periment of this ministra- people wa dey need. Dis wok da mek um
tion they glorify God for
your professed subjection
tell God tankya plenty. 13 Dis wok wa
unto the gospel of Christ, oona da do da show dat oona trus God fa
and for your liberal distri- true. Dat gwine mek God people praise
bution unto them, and
unto all men; God, cause oona da folla de way ob de
14 And by their prayer Good Nyews ob Christ wa oona da tell
for you, which long after people bout, an cause oona da gii dem an
you for the exceeding
grace of God in you.
oda people plenty ting. 14 So den, dey
15 Thanks be unto God
gwine pray fa oona wid all dey haat, cause
for his unspeakable gift. ob de blessin wa God been gii oona mo den
all. 15 Leh we tell God tankya fa wa e gii
10
,9
we, wa mo greata den we kin say!
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 10 627
beg oona dat wen A come ta oona, oona 2 But I beseech you,
ain gwine mek me hab scrong mout that I may not be bold
when I am present with
mongst oona, like A plan fa do mongst that confidence, where-
some people wa tink dat we da waak een with I think to be bold
against some, which
de way ob de wol. 3 Fa true, we da lib een think of us as if we walk-
de wol, bot we ain da fight dis waa like ed according to the flesh.
3 For though we walk
people ob de wol da fight. 4 De weapon in the flesh, we do not
dem wa we tek fa fight wid, dey ain wa war after the flesh:
4 (For the weapons of
people ob dis wol fight wid. We got our warfare are not car-
weapon wa got powa fom God fa stroy de nal, but mighty through
scrong place dem ob de enemy. 5 We da God to the pulling down
of strong holds;)
nyuse dem weapon fa show dat de 5 Casting down imagi-
aagyment dem dat people da aagy bout nations, and every high
thing that exalteth itself
God, dey ain mek no sense. We da stroy against the knowledge of
ebryting wa people wa tink dey high op da God, and bringing into
captivity every thought
nyuse fa keep people fom know bout God. to the obedience of
Ebry kinda way people da tink, we res um Christ;
6 And having in a
an pit um een de jailhouse til e ready fa readiness to revenge all
obey Jedus Christ. 6 An wen fa true oona disobedience, when your
do all wa oona oughta do, we gwine be obedience is fulfilled.
7 Do ye look on things
ready fa punish whosoneba ain da do wa e after the outward appear-
oughta do. ance? If any man trust to
7 Oona da look jes at wa people see. Ef himself that he is Christ's,
let him of himself think
somebody dey wa da tink dat fa sho e this again, that, as he is
blongst ta Christ, leh um memba dat jes Christ's, even so are we
Christ's.
like e blongst ta Christ, same fashion we 8 For though I should
blongst ta Christ. 8 A ain gwine be shame boast somewhat more of
our authority, which the
eben ef A taak a leetle tommuch bout de Lord hath given us for ed-
tority de Lawd gii we. E sen we fa come ification, and not for your
destruction, I should not
hep oona grow op een Christ. E ain sen we be ashamed:
fa stroy oona. 9 A ain wahn oona fa tink 9 That I may not seem
dat A da write oona dem letta fa mek oona as if I would terrify you
by letters.
scaid. 10 Some people da taak say, Paul 10 For his letters, say
da write haad ting full ob powa een dem they, are weighty and
powerful; but his bodily
letta yah wa e sen we. Bot wen e yah wid presence is weak, and his
we, e ain look like e got no powa tall, an e speech contemptible.
taak ain mount ta nottin. 11 Ef people da 11 Let such an one
think this, that, such as
taak dat way, leh um ondastan dat wa we we are in word by letters
write een we letta wen we ain dey wid when we are absent, such
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
628 2 Corinth 10, 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 11 629
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
630 2 Corinth 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 11 631
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
632 2 Corinth 11, 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 12 633
gone op dey or ef jes e sperit gone op, bot I cannot tell: God know-
eth;)
God know.) 4 Op dey e yeh ting dem wa 4 How that he was
nobody ain able fa tell, an wa nobody ain caught up into paradise,
spose fa taak bout. 5 A gwine brag bout dis and heard unspeakable
words, which it is not
man yah. Bot A ain gwine brag bout mesef, lawful for a man to utter.
cep A taak jes bout dem ting wa show dat 5 Of such an one will I
A ain able fa do nottin by mesef. 6 Eben ef glory: yet of myself I will
not glory, but in mine
A wahn fa taak bout de good A done, A ain infirmities.
gwine be no fool. Cause A been gwine taak 6 For though I would
desire to glory, I shall not
wa de trute fa sho. Bot A ain gwine taak be a fool; for I will say the
bout mesef. Cause A ain wahn fa mek truth: but now I forbear,
people tink dat A a betta poson den wa dey lest any man should think
of me above that which
see me do an wa dey yeh me say. he seeth me to be, or that
7 Bot so dat de heapa good ting wa God he heareth of me.
7 And lest I should be
show me ain gii me de big head, A been git exalted above measure
sompin like a torn een me body, wa da hut through the abundance
of the revelations, there
me bad. Dat Satan messenja wa come fa was given to me a thorn
beat pon me so dat A ain gwine be proud. in the flesh, the messen-
8 Shree time A done pray an aks de Lawd ger of Satan to buffet me,
lest I should be exalted
say, please tek way dis ting yah fom me. above measure.
9 De Lawd ansa say, De blessin wa A da 8 For this thing I be-
gii ya, dat all wa ya need. Cause wen sought the Lord thrice,
that it might depart from
somebody ain able fa do nottin fa esef, dat me.
de time wen me powa mo greata, een dat 9 And he said unto me,
poson life. So A mo heppy fa taak bout wa My grace is sufficient for
thee: for my strength is
A cyahn do by mesef, so dat de powa ob made perfect in weak-
Christ kin mek e home een me. 10 So den, ness. Most gladly there-
fore will I rather glory in
fa sake ob Christ, A heppy fa suffa. A my infirmities, that the
heppy wen A weak an wen people shrow power of Christ may rest
upon me.
slam at me. A heppy wen haad time come 10 Therefore I take
pon me, an wen people fight ginst me, an pleasure in infirmities, in
A got all kind ob trouble cause ob Christ. reproaches, in necessi-
ties, in persecutions, in
Cause de time wen A ain able fa hep mesef, distresses for Christ's
dat de time wen A mo scronga fa true. sake: for when I am
weak, then am I strong.
11 I am become a fool
Paul Wahn fa Hep de Christian Dem
in glorying; ye have com-
11 A da taak like a fool, bot oona been pelled me: for I ought to
have been commended of
mek me do dat. Fa true, oona oughta you: for in nothing am I
beena taak good bout me. Cause dem big behind the very chiefest
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
634 2 Corinth 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 12, 13 635
Chapter 13
De Las Ting Dem wa Paul
1 This is the third time I
Waan Bout am coming to you. In the
13
1 Dis de tird time A da come wisit mouth of two or three
witnesses shall every
oona. Dey write een God Book say, word be established.
Ef dey say somebody do bad, fa settle de 2 I told you before, and
case, two or shree people haffa be dey wa foretell you, as if I were
present, the second time;
done shim wen de poson done bad. 2 A and being absent now I
done waan oona wa beena sin, an all dem write to them which
heretofore have sinned,
oda people, wen A been dey wid oona de and to all other, that, if I
secon time. Now wiles A gone fom oona, A come again, I will not
spare:
da waan oona gin. Wen A come back, A
3 Since ye seek a proof
gwine punish all dem wa sin, fa true. of Christ speaking in me,
3 Wen A do dat, oona gwine git wa oona which to you-ward is not
weak, but is mighty in
wahn, cause oona wahn me fa show oona you.
dat Christ da taak shru me. Christ ain weak 4 For though he was
wid oona. E powa big mongst oona. 4 E ain crucified through weak-
ness, yet he liveth by the
show e powa wen dey kill um pon de cross. power of God. For we
Stillyet, God powa mek um lib gin. Same also are weak in him, but
we shall live with him by
fashion, we wa one wid Christ ain got no the power of God toward
powa, bot wiles we da wok wid oona, we you.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
636 2 Corinth 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians
Paul Letta
Ta Dem Een Galatia ,3
1 Galatians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
638 Galatians 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 1, 2 639
2
,1
2
1 Then fourteen years
1 Atta foteen yeah, A gone back op ta after I went up again to
Jerusalem. Barnabas gone long wid Jerusalem with Barna-
me, an A tek Titus long too. 2 A gone ta bas, and took Titus with
me also.
Jerusalem cause God show me dat A 2 And I went up by rev-
oughta go dey. A hab meetin wid jes de elation, and communi-
cated unto them that
leada dem ob de choch an splain ta um de gospel which I preach
message ob Good Nyews dat A da tell ta de among the Gentiles, but
privately to them which
people wa ain Jew. A meet wid jes de were of reputation, lest
leada dem, cause A ain wahn fa hab de by any means I should
run, or had run, in vain.
wok wa A beena do an de wok wa A da do 3 But neither Titus,
now mount ta nottin. 3 Titus, wa come wid who was with me, being
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
640 Galatians 2
a Greek, was compelled me, e a Greek. Stillyet, dey ain eben mek
to be circumcised:
um git circumcise. 4 Dey been some
4 And that because of people dey dat beena mek like dey bleebe
false brethren unawares
brought in, who came in
pon Jedus Christ. Dey sneak een mongst
privily to spy out our lib- we fa find out bout wa we bleebe. Dey see
erty which we have in dat cause we trus een Jedus Christ, we free
Christ Jesus, that they
might bring us into fa do all ting wa God wahn we fa do. An
bondage: dem people dey been wahn fa mek we
5 To whom we gave slabe ta de Jew Law. 5 Bot we ain gree
place by subjection, no, eben one minute fa leh um change de true
not for an hour; that the
truth of the gospel might message ob de Good Nyews. Cause we
continue with you. wahn dat true Good Nyews fa be wid oona
6 But of these who
an be sabe faeba fa oona.
seemed to be somewhat, 6 Now dem people een Jerusalem dat
(whatsoever they were, it dey say leada een de choch, dey ain tell me
maketh no matter to me:
God accepteth no mans nottin fa mek me change de message ob de
person:) for they who Good Nyews dat A beena tell people. Ain
seemed to be somewhat in
conference added noth- no neba mind ta me who dem people da,
ing to me: cause God ain neba jedge nobody coddin
ta wa e appeah fa be. 7 So dem choch
7 But contrariwise, leada see dat dey ain oughta change nottin
when they saw that the
gospel of the uncircumci-
bout de Good Nyews dat A beena tell. Bot
sion was committed unto dey see dat fa true, God been pick me an
me, as the gospel of the sen me fa go tell de people wa ain Jew de
circumcision was unto
Peter; Good Nyews. Same way, God pick Peter an
sen um fa tell de Jew people. 8 Cause God
8 (For he that wrought powa beena wok een me fa sen me fa go
effectually in Peter to the tell de Good Nyews ta de people dat ain
apostleship of the cir-
cumcision, the same was Jew, jes like God powa beena wok een
mighty in me toward the Peter fa sen um fa go tell de Jew people.
Gentiles:) 9 James, Peter, an John, dem wa people
say been de big leada dem een de choch,
9 And when James,
dey see dat God been bless me fa gii me dis
Cephas, and John, who
seemed to be pillars, per- special wok yah fa do. So dey shake me
ceived the grace that was han an Barnabas han, fa show dat we one
given unto me, they gave
to me and Barnabas the een we wok fa God. Dey gree wid we dat
right hands of fellowship; we oughta go wok mongst de people wa
that we should go unto the
heathen, and they unto ain Jew, an dey oughta go wok mongst de
the circumcision. Jew people. 10 Dey jes aks we fa do one
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 2 641
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
642 Galatians 2, 3
the works of the law: for ebryting right twix dat poson an God.
by the works of the law
shall no flesh be justified. Same way so, we too trus een Jedus Christ,
so dat God mek ebrtyting right twix we an
17 But if, while we
esef, cause we trus een Christ. Ain been
seek to be justified by
Christ, we ourselves also cause we da do wa de Jew Law say we
are found sinners, is haffa do. God ain neba gwine mek ting
therefore Christ the min-
ister of sin? God forbid. right wid nobody jes cause dat one da do
wa de Jew Law say. 17 We pit we hope pon
18 For if I build again God fa mek ebrtyting right twix esef an
the things which I de-
stroyed, I make myself a we, cause now we one wid Christ. Bot
transgressor. wiles we da hope dat way, ef e ton out dat
we da sin jes like dem wa ain Jew, dat ain
19 For I through the mean dat Christ da coax we fa sin, ainty?
law am dead to the law, No, dat ain so! 18 Ef A staat fa build op wa
that I might live unto
God. A done been knock down, dat mean fa say
A da broke de Law an A da sin fa true.
20 I am crucified with 19 Cause A jes like somebody wa done
Christ: nevertheless I dead, so de Jew Law ain hab no powa oba
live; yet not I, but Christ
liveth in me: and the life me no mo. Dat Law esef done mek me dat
which I now live in the way. All dis happen so dat A kin lib fa God.
flesh I live by the faith of 20 A done dead wid Christ pon de cross.
the Son of God, who
loved me, and gave him- Now Christ de one wa da lib een me an gii
self for me. me life. Now A da trus een God Son, wa lob
me an gii e life fa me sake, an dat mek me
21 I do not frustrate
lib de way A da lib. 21 So den, A ain gwine
the grace of God: for if
righteousness come by say de way God gii e blessin ain wot
the law, then Christ is nottin. Ef somebody kin do wa de Jew Law
dead in vain.
say e haffa do, an dat kin mek all ting right
twix dat poson an God, den dat mean fa
3
,2
3
1 O foolish Galatians,
who hath bewitched you, People ob Galatia! Oona ain got no
1
that ye should not obey sense! Whodat da mix op oona til
the truth, before whose
eyes Jesus Christ hath
oona ain know wa oona da do? A beena
been evidently set forth, tell oona cleah as day, how people kill
crucified among you? Jedus Christ pon de cross. 2 Oona tell me
2 This only would I
learn of you, Received ye
jes dis. God ain gii oona e Sperit cause
the Spirit by the works of oona da do wa de Jew Law tell oona fa do,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 3 643
ainty? E gii oona e Sperit cause oona yeh de the law, or by the hearing
of faith?
Good Nyews an bleebe um, ainty dough? 3 Are ye so foolish?
3 Oona ain got no sense? God Sperit mek having begun in the
oona staat fa lib dis nyew way. Fa sho, Spirit, are ye now made
perfect by the flesh?
oona ain wahn fa try fa lib de res ob oona
life oona own way, jes by oona own powa, 4 Have ye suffered so
ainty? 4 Oona tink say all wa happen ta many things in vain? if it
be yet in vain.
oona ain mean nottin? Fa true, dat haffa
mean plenty ta oona! 5 God ain da gii oona 5 He therefore that
de Sperit an mek miracle happen mongst ministereth to you the
oona cause oona da do wa de Jew Law tell Spirit, and worketh mira-
cles among you, doeth he
oona fa do, ainty? E da do all dat jes cause it by the works of the law,
oona yeh de Good Nyews an bleebe um. or by the hearing of
faith?
6 Now den, leh we tink bout wa happen
ta Abraham. Dey write een God Book say, 6 Even as Abraham be-
Abraham trus God, an cause ob dat, all lieved God, and it was ac-
ting been mek scraight twix esef an God. counted to him for
righteousness.
7 So den, oona oughta ondastan dat de
people wa trus een God fa true, dey
7 Know ye therefore
Abraham chullun chullun. Dey Abraham that they which are of
chullun chullun mo den dem wa done been faith, the same are the
children of Abraham.
bon ta Abraham fambly. 8 Fo e happen,
God Book been say God gwine mek
8 And the scripture,
ebryting right twix esef an dem people dat foreseeing that God
ain Jew, wen dey trus pon um fa true. An fo would justify the heathen
e happen, wa dey done write een God Book through faith, preached
before the gospel unto
show how Abraham been yeh de Good Abraham, saying, In thee
Nyews wen God tell um say, A gwine shall all nations be
blessed.
nyuse ya fa bless all de people een de wol.
9 Abraham trus een God fa true, an God
9 So then they which
bless um. Same way, God da bless all dem be of faith are blessed
dat trus een um fa true, jes like e bless with faithful Abraham.
Abraham.
10 De one wa tink ebrtyting gwine be 10 For as many as are
right twix um an God cause e da try fa do of the works of the law
are under the curse: for it
wa de Jew Law say, dat one dey da lib all is written, Cursed is every
de time da know God gwine pit e cuss pon one that continueth not
in all things which are
um. Cause dey write een God Book say, written in the book of the
God gwine pit e cuss pon de one wa ain da law to do them.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
644 Galatians 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 3 645
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
646 Galatians 3, 4
given life, verily righ- mek ebryting right twix dem people an
teousness should have
been by the law. esef wen dey do wa dat special law say.
22 But the scripture 22 Bot dey write een God Book say, sin da
hath concluded all under rule all de wol, so dat God gwine gii dem
sin, that the promise by
faith of Jesus Christ wa trus een Jedus Christ wa e promise fa
might be given to them gim. An wa e promise fa gim come jes wen
that believe.
23 But before faith
dey trus een Jedus.
came, we were kept un- 23 Fo de time come wen people been
der the law, shut up unto able fa trus een Jedus Christ, de Jew Law
the faith which should af-
terwards be revealed. dat Moses gii we beena guard we like we
24 Wherefore the law been prisona. We been shet op een de
was our schoolmaster to jailhouse by de law til dat time come wen
bring us unto Christ, that
we might be justified by God show people de way dey oughta trus
faith. een Jedus. 24 So den, til Christ come, de
25 But after that faith Jew Law been like a poson wa da rule oba
is come, we are no longer
under a schoolmaster. we fa try fa mek we do wa we oughta do.
26 For ye are all the De law done dis so dat wen Christ done
children of God by faith come, God been able fa mek ebryting right
in Christ Jesus.
27 For as many of you
tween we an esef wen we trus een Christ.
as have been baptized 25 Bot now dat we kin trus een Christ, de
into Christ have put on Jew Law ain rule oba we no mo.
Christ.
26 Cause oona trus een Jedus Christ,
28 There is neither God done mek all ob oona e chullun.
Jew nor Greek, there is 27 Ebry one ob oona wa done git bactize,
neither bond nor free,
there is neither male nor oona come fa be one wid Christ, an so
female: for ye are all one oona all come fa be like Christ. 28 Jew an
in Christ Jesus.
dem wa ain Jew, slabe an free man, man
29 And if ye be Christ's,
an ooman, all ob oona come fa be one een
then are ye Abraham's
seed, and heirs according Jedus Christ. 29 Cause oona all blongst ta
to the promise. Christ, dat mean fa say oona Abraham
chullun chullun, an oona gwine git wa
4
,3
4
heir, as long as he is a 1 Wa A mean fa say, wen a poson
child, differeth nothing stillyet a leetle chile, e ain gwine git
from a servant, though he
be lord of all; de propaty dat e fada promise um. Wen e a
2 But is under tutors chile, dey gwine treat um like a saabant,
and governors until the
time appointed of the
eben dough e got all dat propaty. 2 Wiles e
father. still a chile, dey people wa tek cyah ob um.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 4 647
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
648 Galatians 4
as ye are: ye have not in- be like me, cause A come fa be like oona.
jured me at all.
Oona ain done me no bad ting. 13 Oona
13 Ye know how know hoccome A fus tell oona de Good
through infirmity of the Nyews bout Jedus Christ. Cause A been
flesh I preached the gos-
pel unto you at the first. sick, A git de chance fa preach ta oona.
14 Wen A been sick down, dat mek ting
14 And my temptation
haad fa oona fa true. Stillyet, oona ain
which was in my flesh ye
despised not, nor re- neba hole me cheap. Oona ain say A ain
jected; but received me wot nottin. Steada dat, oona treat me too
as an angel of God, even
as Christ Jesus. good an tek me een, jes like oona tek een
one ob God angel. Oona tek me een, jes
15 Where is then the like oona tek een Jedus Christ. 15 Oona
blessedness ye spake of?
for I bear you record, been too heppy! Wa happen fa change all
that, if it had been possi- dat? Fa true, A know oona been ready fa
ble, ye would have
plucked out your own
gii me ebryting oona got, eben ef A aks
eyes, and have given oona fa tek out ya own eyeball an gim ta
them to me. me. 16 Now cause A da tell oona de trute,
16 Am I therefore be- oona tink say A done come fa be oona
come your enemy, be- enemy?
cause I tell you the truth? 17 Dem oda people da try haad fa hab
17 They zealously af- oona go dey way, bot dey ain op ta no good
fect you, but not well; fa oona. Dey wahn fa mek oona stop gree
yea, they would exclude wid me so dat oona kin try mo haada fa
you, that ye might affect
them. folla dey way. 18 E a fine ting fa try haad ef
oona wahn fa do good. An oona oughta do
18 But it is good to be
zealously affected always
like dat all de time, eben wen A ain dey wid
in a good thing, and not oona. 19 Me deah chullun, A da feel pain fa
only when I am present oona sake. An dis pain dat A feel, e jes like
with you.
de pain dat a ooman feel wen e chile wahn
19 My little children, fa bon. A gwine feel dis pain yah til oona
of whom I travail in birth come fa lib like people wa hab Christ een
again until Christ be
formed in you, um fa true. 20 Wid all me haat A wahn fa be
wid oona now, so dat A kin stop da taak
20 I desire to be pres-
ent with you now, and to
scrong wod ta oona. A so consaan bout
change my voice; for I oona, A ain know wa fa do.
stand in doubt of you.
Hagar an Sarah
21 Tell me, ye that de-
sire to be under the law, See yah, oona wa wahn fa hab de Jew
21
do ye not hear the law? Law rule oba oona, oona ain ondastan fa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 4 649
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
650 Galatians 4, 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 5 651
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
652 Galatians 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 5, 6 653
dat dey ain do jes wa dey wahn fa do. Dey 24 And they that are
Christ's have crucified
ain no law ginst people wa da lib dis way. the flesh with the affec-
24 Dem people wa blongst ta Jedus Christ tions and lusts.
ain leh dey own sinful haat rule oba um no 25 If we live in the
mo. Dey done dead ta deysef like Spirit, let us also walk in
the Spirit.
somebody wa dead pon a cross. Dey ain do
all dem bad ting no mo, dem ting wa dey 26 Let us not be desir-
own sinful haat wahn um fa do. 25 God ous of vain glory, provok-
ing one another, envying
Sperit gii we life. So den we mus leh um one another.
tell we de way we oughta lib. 26 We ain
oughta git de big head, an we ain oughta
mek oda people bex wid we. Fodamo, we
mus dohn cobish ting wa one noda got. 6
,5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
654 Galatians 6
8 For he that soweth to like wen a faama plant seed, e gwine git
his flesh shall of the flesh
reap corruption; but he wasoneba e plant. Same way, wen
that soweth to the Spirit somebody do bad ting dat e sinful haat jes
shall of the Spirit reap
life everlasting.
wahn fa do fa please esef, God gwine
punish dat one. E gwine git stroy. An wen
9 And let us not be somebody do wa God Sperit tell um fa do
weary in well doing: for
in due season we shall
fa please God, dat one gwine git haabis ob
reap, if we faint not. life dat ain neba gwine end. 9 So we mus
dohn git tired fa do good. Cause ef we ain
10 As we have there-
gii op, de time gwine come wen we gwine
fore opportunity, let us
do good unto all men, es- git a good haabis. 10 So den, any time we
pecially unto them who git de chance, we oughta do good ta all
are of the household of
faith. people, an eben mo ta we Christian
bredren, cause dey blongst ta we fambly
11 Ye see how large a een Christ.
letter I have written unto
you with mine own hand. De Las Wod Paul Write een Dis Letta
Oona see de big letta dem A da mek,
11
12 As many as desire
to make a fair shew in the
as A da write ta oona wid me own han
flesh, they constrain you now. 12 De people wa da try fa mek oona
to be circumcised; only git circumcise, dey jes wahn fa show off an
lest they should suffer
persecution for the cross brag bout how dey body look. Dey da do
of Christ. all dat jes so dat people ain gwine mek um
suffa. Cause people gwine mek um suffa ef
13 For neither they dey taak bout how Christ done dead pon
themselves who are cir-
cumcised keep the law;
de cross fa sabe people. 13 Eben dem wa
but desire to have you git circumcise ain do wa de Law say. Dey
circumcised, that they wahn fa hab oona git circumcise so dat dey
may glory in your flesh.
kin brag, say oona done leh um circumcise
14 But God forbid that
oona. 14 Fa me own paat, A ain gwine brag
I should glory, save in the bout nottin cep de det ob we Lawd Jedus
cross of our Lord Jesus Christ pon de cross. Cause Jedus done
Christ, by whom the
world is crucified unto dead pon de cross, de way ob de wol ain
me, and I unto the world. mean nottin ta me no mo. A done dead ta
dem way, an dis wol ain got nottin fa do
15 For in Christ Jesus wid me no mo. 15 Ef we git circumcise or
neither circumcision ef we ain git circumcise, dat ain mean
availeth any thing, nor
uncircumcision, but a nottin tall. Bot de ting wa matta mo den
new creature. all, e dat God change we life, mek we a
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 6 655
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 1 657
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
658 Ephesians 1, 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 2 659
been gwine suffa cause God bex wid we, and were by nature the
children of wrath, even
cause ob we sin, jes like all dem oda as others.
people.
4 But God, who is rich
4 Bot God lob we sommuch. Cause ob
in mercy, for his great
dat, e hab a whole heapa mussy pon we. love wherewith he loved
5 So den, eben wen we been dead cause we us,
ain do wa God tell we fa do, God gii we life 5 Even when we were
togeda wid Christ. Wen God sabe oona, dead in sins, hath quick-
ened us together with
dat ain been cause dat fittin coddin ta wa Christ, (by grace ye are
ya done do. 6 Cause we blongst ta Jedus saved;)
Christ, God done mek we git op fom 6 And hath raised us
mongst de dead people, jes like e mek up together, and made us
sit together in heavenly
Christ git op an lib gin, an e mek we fa places in Christ Jesus:
seddown fa rule wid Christ een heaben.
7 God done dis fa show fa all time fa come 7 That in the ages to
come he might shew the
how walyable fa true e blessin pon we, mo exceeding riches of his
den we kin eba tell. An e show how e lob grace in his kindness to-
ward us through Christ
we by wa e done shru Jedus Christ. 8 Wen Jesus.
God sabe oona, dat ain been cause dat 8 For by grace are ye
fittin coddin ta wa ya done do. E done dis saved through faith; and
cause oona trus een Christ. Eben dat trus that not of yourselves: it
is the gift of God:
wa oona got ain come fom oonasef. E de
gif fom God. 9 So den, oona ain got nottin 9 Not of works, lest
fa brag bout, cause dey ain nottin oona kin any man should boast.
do fa sabe oonasef. 10 God de one wa mek 10 For we are his
we, an e mek we one wid Jedus Christ fa workmanship, created in
do dem good ting dat e plan way back Christ Jesus unto good
works, which God hath
yonda. before ordained that we
should walk in them.
Christ Mek We All One People
11 Wherefore remem-
11 Cause ob dat, oona wa ain Jew, oona ber, that ye being in time
oughta memba wa oona nyuse fa be. Oona past Gentiles in the flesh,
who are called Uncir-
mongst dem wa de Jew people call cumcision by that which
people wa ain circumcise, an dey call is called the Circumcision
in the flesh made by
deysef people wa been circumcise. (Dat hands;
mean fa say dem man cut dey son dem fa
show dey God people.) 12 Oona memba 12 That at that time ye
were without Christ, be-
dat back den, oona ain been one wid ing aliens from the com-
Christ. Dey ain been count oona mongst de monwealth of Israel, and
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
660 Ephesians 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 2, 3 661
Now e jes like oona wid God people come and foreigners, but fel-
lowcitizens with the
fom de same country. We all blongst ta saints, and of the house-
God fambly togeda. 20 Oona, too, come fa hold of God;
be paat ob de buildin wa got de postle dem 20 And are built upon
an de prophet dem fa e foundation. An the foundation of the
Jedus Christ, e de fus stone, wa gii scrent apostles and prophets,
Jesus Christ himself be-
ta de buildin. 21 Jedus Christ, e de one wa ing the chief corner stone;
mek all dat buildin fit togeda an da mek 21 In whom all the
um grow bigga an bigga fa be God own building fitly framed to-
house wa blongst ta de Lawd. 22 Oona too, gether groweth unto an
holy temple in the Lord:
come fa be one wid Jedus Christ, an e da
build oona togeda wid all de oda res wa 22 In whom ye also
are builded together for
bleebe, eenta a buildin weh God da lib, by an habitation of God
e Sperit. through the Spirit.
wa Ain Jew
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
662 Ephesians 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 3, 4 663
groun an grip de groun tight. An dat lob faith; that ye, being
rooted and grounded in
gwine be a scrong foundation fa oona. love,
18 So den, A pray dat oona, togeda wid all 18 May be able to com-
prehend with all saints
de oda res ob God people, gwine hab powa what is the breadth, and
fa ondastan hommuch Christ lob we fa length, and depth, and
true, how wide e lob, an how long, how height;
19 And to know the
high e lob, an how deep. 19 A da pray dat love of Christ, which
God mek oona come fa know dis lob ob passeth knowledge, that
Christ, eben dough dey ain none ob we kin ye might be filled with all
the fulness of God.
know all bout how e lob we. Den wen oona 20 Now unto him that
know how Christ lob oona fa true, oona is able to do exceeding
kin be all full op een oona life wid all wa abundantly above all that
we ask or think, accord-
God da. ing to the power that
20 Leh we gii glory ta God! Cause ob e worketh in us,
21 Unto him be glory
powa wa da wok eenside ob we, God able in the church by Christ
fa do faa way mo den all we gwine eba aks Jesus throughout all
fa or eben tink ob. 21 Leh we gii glory ta ages, world without end.
Amen.
God! Leh all we people wa een de choch an
wa one wid Jedus Christ gii glory ta um, fa
all time, fa eba an eba! Amen.
4
,3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
664 Ephesians 4
and through all, and in E de Lawd wa rule oba all. E da wok shru
you all.
all, an e een all.
7 But unto every one of 7 Now den, Christ done bless we fa mek
us is given grace accord-
ing to the measure of the
ebry one ob we able fa do a special wok.
gift of Christ. Ebry one ob we hab we own gif. 8 Dat wa
8 Wherefore he saith,
mek um write een God Book say,
When he ascended up on Wen e gone op
high, he led captivity ta de mos high place,
captive, and gave gifts
unto men. e tek wid um dem wa e win
an e gii e people gif.
9 (Now that he as-
cended, what is it but
9 Wa dat dey mean wen dey say, E gone
that he also descended op? Dat mean fa say, fo e gone op, e done
first into the lower parts
of the earth?
been come down ta de mos deep place ob
de eart. 10 Dat one wa come down, e de
10 He that descended
is the same also that as-
same one wa gone op high pass all de
cended up far above all heaben, so dat e gwine full ob ebryweh.
heavens, that he might 11 E mek some people postle, an some
fill all things.)
prophet. Some ob um, dey evangelist fa
11 And he gave some, tell oda people de Good Nyews. Some oda,
apostles; and some, pro-
phets; and some, evange- dey pastor an teacha. 12 Christ do dis fa
lists; and some, pastors mek God people ready an able fa do de
and teachers;
wok dat dem wa trus een Christ oughta do,
12 For the perfecting so dat de body ob Christ, de choch, gwine
of the saints, for the work grow scrong an git build op 13 til we all
of the ministry, for the
edifying of the body of
togeda gwine come fa be one people, da
Christ: gree een we fait an een wa we know bout
God Son. Den we gwine trus een God een
13 Till we all come in
the unity of the faith, and
ebryting til we all done grown op een God,
of the knowledge of the jes like Christ. 14 Een dat time we ain
Son of God, unto a per- gwine be like leetle chullun no mo, wa kin
fect man, unto the mea-
sure of the stature of the change wa dey bleebe wensoneba dey yeh
fulness of Christ: a nyew ting. Dey like a leeleetle boat dat
14 That we henceforth
de wata kin toss all oba, an de big wind kin
be no more children, keep on da change an da blow dat boat one
tossed to and fro, and car- way atudda. Now we ain gwine be like
ried about with every
wind of doctrine, by the dem leeleetle chullun. Wen ceitful people
sleight of men, and cun- try fa laan we, dey jes like dat wind. Bot
ning craftiness, whereby
they lie in wait to
dey ain gwine mek we bleebe all kind ob
deceive; wrong ting wa ain true tall. 15 Steada dat,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 4 665
we mus lob one noda, da tell one noda wa 15 But speaking the
truth in love, may grow
true. Ef we do dat, we gwine grow op mo up into him in all things,
an mo een ebry way fa be one wid Christ, which is the head, even
Christ:
de head ob de choch. 16 Christ, de head,
16 From whom the
got chaage ob all de diffunt paat dem ob whole body fitly joined
de body, so dat dey all jine togeda jes so. together and compacted
by that which every joint
An ebry jaint een de body da hep fa keep supplieth, according to
all de body togeda, cause all de paat dem the effectual working in
da jine togeda fa be one. So den, wen ebry the measure of every
part, maketh increase of
one ob dem paat da do wa e oughta do, all the body unto the edify-
de body da grow an git build op, as all de ing of itself in love.
paat dem lob one noda mo an mo. 17 This I say therefore,
and testify in the Lord,
that ye henceforth walk
De True Life wa God Gii not as other Gentiles
walk, in the vanity of
17 Een de Lawd name, A da chaage oona their mind,
say, oona mus dohn lib oona life no mo 18 Having the under-
like dem wa ain know God da lib. Wa dem standing darkened, being
people tink ain wot nottin. 18 Dey haat ain alienated from the life of
God through the igno-
open, so dey cyahn ondastan de life dat rance that is in them, be-
God gii. Dey ain got no paat een dat true cause of the blindness of
their heart:
life wa God gii ta people, cause dey haat
haad as a rock, an dat mek um so dat dey 19 Who being past
ain know nottin tall. 19 Dey ain got no feeling have given them-
selves over unto lascivi-
shame bout nottin no mo. Dey mek op dey ousness, to work all
mind fa waak all de time een de ebil way. uncleanness with greedi-
ness.
Dey lib loose life, an dey da wahn fa do all 20 But ye have not so
kind ob ebil ting mo an mo. learned Christ;
20 Now den, wa oona been laan bout
21 If so be that ye have
Christ ain neba been like dat! 21 Fa sho, heard him, and have
people beena tell oona bout Christ, an been taught by him, as
the truth is in Jesus:
oona wa folla um beena laan de trute dat
een Jedus. 22 So den, oona mus gii op 22 That ye put off con-
oona ole sef, dat ole way wa mek oona do cerning the former con-
versation the old man,
dem bad ting oona nyuse fa do. Oona ole which is corrupt accord-
sef beena stroy oona, da mek oona wahn fa ing to the deceitful lusts;
do schemy ting wa mek oona sin. 23 Oona 23 And be renewed in
mus leh God Sperit change de way oona the spirit of your mind;
tink. 24 Oona mus be de nyew poson wa 24 And that ye put on
God mek fa be like esef. Dat nyew poson the new man, which after
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
666 Ephesians 4, 5
5
1 Be ye therefore fol-
lowers of God, as dear So den, oona mus try fa be like God,
1
children; cause oona e chullun wa e lob fa true.
2 And walk in love, as
2 Oona life mus be full op wid lob een all
Christ also hath loved us,
and hath given himself dat oona do, jes like Christ lob we an done
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 5 667
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
668 Ephesians 5
whatsoever doth make able fa see fa true wa dat ting da. Cause all
manifest is light.
14 Wherefore he saith, wa de light shine pon, we eye kin see.
Awake thou that sleepest, Cause de light mek we see ebryting. 14 Dat
and arise from the dead,
and Christ shall give thee
wa mek um write say,
light. Ya wa da sleep, wake op.
15 See then that ye
walk circumspectly, not
Git op fom mongst de
as fools, but as wise, dead people an lib gin!
16 Redeeming the An Christ gwine gii ya light.
time, because the days 15 Oona mus tek cyah how oona da lib
are evil.
17 Wherefore be ye not oona life. Mus dohn lib like people wa ain
unwise, but understand- got no sense. Mus lib like dem wa got
ing what the will of the sense. 16 Ebry chance oona git fa do good,
Lord is.
18 And be not drunk oona mus do all dat oona able fa do. Cause
with wine, wherein is ex- dis time yah a ebil time. 17 So den, mus
cess; but be filled with dohn do nottin foolish, bot ondastan wa de
the Spirit;
Lawd wahn oona fa do.
19 Speaking to your- 18 Mus dohn be dronka, full op wid
selves in psalms and
hymns and spiritual wine til oona do bad ting wa gwine dribe
songs, singing and mak- oona ta ruint. Steada dat, oona mus lib full
ing melody in your heart
to the Lord; op wid de Holy Sperit eenside oona.
19 Wen oona da taak wid one noda, oona
20 Giving thanks al-
ways for all things unto
oughta nyuse de wod ob de psalms an
God and the Father in the hymn an speritual. Oona oughta sing um
name of our Lord Jesus wid all oona haat fa praise de Lawd.
Christ;
20 Oona mus tell we Fada God tankya all
21 Submitting your- de time fa all ting, een de name ob we
selves one to another in
the fear of God. Lawd Jedus Christ.
22 Wives, submit your-
How Husban an Wife Oughta Lib
selves unto your own
husbands, as unto the Oona mus obey one noda, cause oona
21
Lord.
hona Christ.
23 For the husband is 22 Wife, ya mus obey ya husban, jes like
the head of the wife, even
as Christ is the head of
ya obey de Lawd. 23 Cause de husban de
the church: and he is the head ob de wife. E got tority oba e wife jes
savio
ur of the body.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 5, 6 669
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
670 Ephesians 6
mayest live long on the an ya gwine lib a long time yah een de
earth.
lan.
4 And, ye fathers, pro- 4 Oona wa fada, mus dohn say an do
voke not your children to
wrath: but bring them up
ting ta oona chullun wa gwine mek um
in the nurture and admo- bex. Steada dat, oona mus laan um de
nition of the Lord. Christian way.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 6 671
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
672 Ephesians 6
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
674 Philippians 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 1 675
Good Nyews bout Christ, bot dey ain do 17 But the other of
love, knowing that I am
dat wid clean haat. Dey jes wahn fa git set for the defence of the
head ob oda people. Dey mean fa mek me gospel.
suffa mo yah een de jailhouse wen dey do 18 What then? not-
withstanding, every way,
dat. whether in pretence, or
18 Wa dey da do fa mek trouble fa me in truth, Christ is preach-
ain matta ta me tall. Wa matta mos, dat ed; and I therein do re-
joice, yea, and will re-
dey da tell people bout Christ. Ef dey da joice.
tell bout um fa Christ sake, or ef dey da tell 19 For I know that this
bout um fa dey own sake, A heppy fa true shall turn to my salvation
through your prayer, and
cause dey da tell bout Christ, an A gwine the supply of the Spirit
be too heppy cause ob dat. 19 A know fa of Jesus Christ,
sho dat cause ob oona pray an de hep wa 20 According to my
come fom de Sperit ob Jedus Christ, all dat earnest expectation and
wa done happen ta me gwine ton out fa set my hope, that in nothing I
shall be ashamed, but
me free. 20 A da hope wid all me haat an A that with all boldness, as
spect dat A ain neba gwine be shame cause always, so now also
Christ shall be magnified
A ain do wa A spose fa do. An A da hope an in my body, whether it be
spect dat all de time, A gwine be scrong ef by life, or by death.
A dead or ef A ain dead, so dat ebryting A 21 For to me to live is
da do gwine mek people praise Christ. Christ, and to die is gain.
21 Fa me own paat, Christ all me life, an ef
22 But if I live in the
A dead, A gwine git life wa mo betta den flesh, this is the fruit of
dis life yah. 22 Bot ef A keep on da lib, A my labour: yet what I
shall choose I wot not.
kin do mo good wok fa Christ. So den, A
ain know ef A wahn fa lib or fa dead. 23 For I am in a strait
betwixt two, having a de-
23 Dey time A wahn fa lib, an dey time A
sire to depart, and to be
wahn fa dead. Bot A wahn fa true fa stop with Christ; which is far
better:
da lib yah een dis ole wol an go fa lib wid
Christ. Dat gwine be faa way mo betta fa 24 Nevertheless to
me. 24 Bot e gwine be betta fa oona ef A abide in the flesh is more
needful for you.
keep on da lib yah een dis wol, so dat A kin
hep oona. 25 Cause ob dat, A know A 25 And having this
confidence, I know that I
gwine stay yah. A ain gwine dead yet. A shall abide and continue
gwine keep on da lib an da hep all ob oona with you all for your fur-
therance and joy of faith;
fa trus een Jedus Christ mo an mo, an fa
hep oona git mo joy een oona fait. 26 A 26 That your rejoicing
may be more abundant in
gwine do dis so dat wen A come fa see Jesus Christ for me by my
oona gin, oona gwine hab mo cause fa coming to you again.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
676 Philippians 1, 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 2 677
esef. 4 Ebry one ob oona mus dohn jes 4 Look not every man
on his own things, but ev-
study bout how fa protec e own ting. Mus ery man also on the
study bout how fa protec oda people ting things of others.
too.
5 Oona oughta tink een oona haat same 5 Let this mind be in
you, which was also in
like Jedus Christ: Christ Jesus:
6 E been God fa true,
stillyet e ain tink e oughta try 6 Who, being in the
fa stan same like God stan. form of God, thought it
7 Stead ob dat, not robbery to be equal
with God:
Jedus gii op all e high place,
an e mek esef fa be 7 But made himself of
jes like a saabant. no reputation, and took
E come eenta de wol like a man. upon him the form of a
8 E mek esef tek low an e been ready servant, and was made in
the likeness of men:
fa do all wa God tell um fa do,
E done dead ta esef, 8 And being found in
eben gree fa dead pon a cross. fashion as a man, he
9 Cause ob dat, God raise um op humbled himself, and be-
came obedient unto
an mek um hab high place, death, even the death of
the cross.
mo high op den all oda,
an God gim de name wa great
9 Wherefore God also
mo den all oda name. hath highly exalted him,
10 So dat, fa show hona ta de name and given him a name
ob Jedus, which is above every
name:
all dem een heaben,
an een dis wol, 10 That at the name of
an all dem wa dey onda dis wol, Jesus every knee should
all ob um gwine bow down bow, of things in heaven,
and things in earth, and
fo Jedus. things under the earth;
11 All dem gwine tell ebrybody
out een de open, say, 11 And that every
Jedus Christ, e de Lawd. tongue should confess
So ebrybody gwine praise that Jesus Christ is Lord,
to the glory of God the
God de Fada. Father.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
678 Philippians 2
much more in my ab- wen A been dey wid oona, bot now eben
sence, work out your own
salvation with fear and mo so wen A ain dey wid oona, mus keep
trembling. on da do wa A say. Mus try eben mo fa do
13 For it is God which all oona kin so dat God sabation een oona
worketh in you both to haat gwine git mo an mo greata. Oona
will and to do of his good oughta do dat, an know oona sponsable ta
pleasure.
God an mus show um hona. 13 Cause God
14 Do all things with-
da wok eenside oona haat so dat oona
out murmurings and
disputings: wahn fa do wa e wahn, an so dat oona able
fa do um.
15 That ye may be
14 Oona mus dohn grumble bout one
blameless and harmless,
the sons of God, without noda an mus dohn aagy wensoneba oona
rebuke, in the midst of a
crooked and perverse na-
da do sompin. 15 Den oona gwine hab
tion, among whom ye clean haat, an oona gwine be chullun ob
shine as lights in the God dat ain mix op wid no sin, eben dough
world;
oona dey yah een de wol, wid people wa
16 Holding forth the
wickity an wa da lib bad life all de time.
word of life; that I may Den oona life gwine shine fa um like staa
rejoice in the day of light op de sky. 16 Oona mus tell ebrybody
Christ, that I have not run
in vain, neither laboured de wod wa da mek um lib fa true. Den wen
in vain. de day come dat Christ come back, A
gwine be heppy fa true bout oona, cause
17 Yea, and if I be of- oona life gwine show dat all de haad wok
fered upon the sacrifice wa A done fa oona sake ain gone fa nottin.
and service of your faith,
I joy, and rejoice with 17 Bot A heppy, an A da rejaice wid all
you all. ob oona, eben ef dey kill me an me blood
git pour out like a offrin pon de sacrifice
18 For the same cause dat oona da mek ta God cause oona trus
also do ye joy, and re-
joice with me. een Christ. 18 Same way so, oona oughta
be heppy wid me.
19 But I trust in the
Lord Jesus to send De Wok ob Timothy an Epaphroditus
Timotheus shortly unto 19 A spect fa sen Timothy fa come ta
you, that I also may be of
good comfort, when I oona tareckly, ef de Lawd Jedus wahn um
know your state. dat way. Den wen e come back e kin tell
me bout oona, an dat gwine courage me.
20 For I have no man 20 A ain got nobody else like Timothy, wa
likeminded, who will
naturally care for your cyah bout oona de way e cyah bout oona.
state. E da cyah bout oona fa true. 21 All dem
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 2, 3 679
oda jes da study bout how dey kin hep 21 For all seek their
own, not the things
deysef. Dey ain study bout how dey kin which are Jesus Christ's.
hep fa tell people bout Jedus Christ. 22 Bot 22 But ye know the
proof of him, that, as a
oona know Timothy been show e da do son with the father, he
good wok. E da wok wid me jes like e me hath served with me in
the gospel.
son an A e fada, fa hep mo an mo people 23 Him therefore I
bleebe de Good Nyews. 23 So den, A hope hope to send presently,
fa sen Timothy ta oona wensoneba A know so soon as I shall see how
it will go with me.
wa gwine happen ta me. 24 An de Lawd 24 But I trust in the
mek me bleebe dat tareckly A, too, gwine Lord that I also myself
shall come shortly.
come ta oona. 25 Yet I supposed it
25 A mek op me mind dat A haffa sen necessary to send to you
Epaphroditus, my broth-
me bredren Epaphroditus, fa go back ta er, and companion in la-
oona. E beena do Christ wok wid me an bour, and fellowsoldier,
but your messenger, and
been Christ sodja wid me fa fight fa Christ. he that ministered to my
E been oona messenja, wa oona sen fa hep wants.
26 For he longed after
me git wa A need. 26 Epaphroditus wahn you all, and was full of
fa see all ob oona too bad. E opsot cause heaviness, because that
oona yeh say e been sick. 27 Fa true, e ye had heard that he had
been sick.
been sick down, an e come neah ta det. Bot 27 For indeed he was
God hab mussy pon um, an e hab mussy sick nigh unto death: but
God had mercy on him;
pon me too, so A ain haffa be eben mo sad. and not on him only, but
on me also, lest I should
28 So den, dat mek me wahn eben mo fa have sorrow upon sor-
sen Epaphroditus ta oona so dat wen oona row.
28 I sent him therefore
shim, oona gwine be heppy gin, an den A the more carefully, that,
ain gwine warry sommuch bout um. when ye see him again,
ye may rejoice, and that I
29 Gim haaty welcome an rejaice dat e
may be the less sorrow-
come ta oona, cause e oona broda een de ful.
29 Receive him there-
Lawd. Oona oughta gii hona ta people like fore in the Lord with all
dat. 30 Cause fa de sake ob Christ wok, e gladness; and hold such
pit e life een danja an e mos dead fa mek in reputation:
30 Because for the
op fa de hep dat oona ain been able fa gii work of Christ he was
me. nigh unto death, not re-
garding his life, to supply
How God Mek All ting Right your lack of service to-
Twix We an Esef ward me.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
680 Philippians 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 3 681
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
682 Philippians 3, 4
mark them which walk oona de right way fa go. Oona oughta pay
so as ye have us for an
ensample. mind ta dem wa waak een dat way.
18 (For many walk, of 18 Cause like A done tell oona plenty time
whom I have told you of-
ten, and now tell you
bout some people, an now as A da tell
even weeping, that they oona gin, da weep wen A say, de life dat
are the enemies of the plenty people lib mek um enemy ta Christ
cross of Christ:
19 Whose end is de- det pon de cross. 19 Dem people yah gwine
struction, whose God is be stroy een de end. Cause dey tek all wa
their belly, and whose
glory is in their shame, dey wahn fa dey own body dem, an ton dat
who mind earthly eenta dey god. Dey proud bout dem ting
things.)
20 For our conversa- wa oughta mek um too shame. An dey pay
tion is in heaven; from mind all de time ta jes dem ting dey yah
whence also we look for
the Saviour, the Lord Je-
een dis wol. 20 Bot we blongst ta heaben.
sus Christ: We look fowaad fa see we Sabior, de Lawd
21 Who shall change
our vile body, that it may
Jedus Christ. 21 Jedus got powa wa da
be fashioned like unto his mek um able fa rule oba all ting. An wid
glorious body, according dat powa, e gwine change dem lowly body
to the working whereby
he is able even to subdue wa we got now, an e gwine gim glory, like
all things unto himself. e own body.
4
4
,3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 4 683
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
684 Philippians 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
686 Colossians 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 1 687
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
688 Colossians 1, 2
2
Chapter 2 1 A wahn oona fa know how haad A
1 For I would that ye da try fa do all A kin fa oona an de
knew what great conflict
I have for you, and for Christian dem een Laodicea, an fa all oda
them at Laodicea, and for res dat ain meet me yet. 2 A do dat fa
as many as have not seen
my face in the flesh; courage oona an all ob um, fa true, as all
2 That their hearts ob oona come fa be one een oona lob fa
might be comforted, be-
ing knit together in love,
noda. Cause ob dat, oona kin ondastan de
and unto all riches of the trute fa sho, an dat kin mek oona full op
full assurance of under- wid trus dat walyable fa true. So den, oona
standing, to the acknowl-
edgement of the mystery all gwine know wa God ain neba been leh
of God, and of the Father, people know, wa Christ esef. 3 E de one wa
and of Christ;
3 In whom are hid all mek people know de sense wa God hab, an
the treasures of wisdom all de walyable ting wa e know, wa no
and knowledge.
4 And this I say, lest poson ain neba been know.
any man should beguile 4 A tell oona dis so dat oona ain gwine
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 2 689
leh nobody ceebe oona, da tell oona ting you with enticing words.
wa soun too fine bot ain true tall. 5 Cause 5 For though I be ab-
eben dough A ain dey wid oona, me haat sent in the flesh, yet am I
with you in the spirit,
wid oona fa true. A heppy fa see dat oona joying and beholding
all come fa be one togeda, an ain nobody your order, and the
able fa moob oona fom de good way oona stedfastness of your faith
in Christ.
da trus een Christ.
6 As ye have therefore
Oona Got de True Life een Christ
received Christ Jesus the
6 So den, jes like ya done mek Jedus Lord, so walk ye in him:
Christ ya Lawd, mus lib all de time een um
an waak e way wid um. 7 Oona mus fasten
7 Rooted and built up
scrong pon um, jes like a root fasten down in him, and stablished in
deep eenta de groun. Leh um be de the faith, as ye have
foundation ob oona life so dat oona pend been taught, abounding
therein with thanksgiv-
pon um mo an mo. Mus dohn leh nottin ing.
tall stop ya fom trus een um, jes like dey
been laan oona fa do. Pontop dat, mus be
full op wid praise, da tell God tankya all de 8 Beware lest any man
spoil you through philos-
time. ophy and vain deceit, af-
8 A da waan oona. Mus dohn leh ter the tradition of men,
after the rudiments of the
nobody trap ya wid dey own ceitful kinda world, and not after
sense wa ain mean nottin. De ting wa dem Christ.
people yah da taak, dey wa de ole people
been laan oda people way back. An de
sperit dem wa rule dis wol, dey mek um 9 For in him dwelleth
all the fulness of the God-
know dem ting yah. Dem ting yah ain head bodily.
come fom Christ. 9 Cause all ob wa God
da, e dey een Christ body. 10 An God gii
oona de true life wen oona come fa be one 10 And ye are com-
plete in him, which is the
wid Christ. Ain nottin mo dat oona need fa head of all principality
hab dat life. An Christ da rule oba all dem and power:
wa da rule an wa got tority.
11 Wen oona come fa be one wid Christ,
oona done git circumcise, too. An wen 11 In whom also ye are
circumcised with the cir-
oona git circumcise, dat ain been de cumcision made without
circumcision wa people do. Oona git hands, in putting off the
body of the sins of the
circumcise wid de circumcision wa Christ flesh by the circumcision
do, dat wa pit way oona ole wickity sef so of Christ:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
690 Colossians 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 2, 3 691
3
1 Wen God done mek Christ lib gin, e Chapter 3
mek oona git nyew life too. So den 1 If ye then be risen
with Christ, seek those
oona mus pit all oona haat pon de ting things which are above,
dem een heaben, weh Christ seddown, da where Christ sitteth on
the right hand of God.
rule at God right han side. 2 All de time
study pon dem ting wa dey een heaben an 2 Set your affection on
pit oona haat pon um. Mus dohn pit oona things above, not on
things on the earth.
haat pon de ting dem wa een dis wol.
3 Cause oona done dead. An now, de true 3 For ye are dead, and
life dat God gii ya, people ain shim, cause your life is hid with
Christ in God.
oona da waak close ta God shru Christ.
4 Christ we true life. Wen e gwine come
4 When Christ, who is
back ta de wol, oona gwine be wid um. An our life, shall appear,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
692 Colossians 3
then shall ye also appear den, jes like dey hona Christ an gim glory,
with him in glory.
oona gwine hab oona paat een e hona an
glory, too.
5 Mortify therefore
your members which are
upon the earth; fornica-
De Ole Life an de Nyew Life
tion, uncleanness, inordi- Mus kill de ting dem ob de wol wa dey
5
nate affection, evil
concupiscence, and cov- eenside ya haat fa trol ya. Mus dohn lie op
etousness, which is wid no man or ooman wa ain ya own, an
idolatry:
mus dohn lib doty. Mus dohn ron atta ting
ya ain spose fa hab. Mus dohn wahn fa do
6 For which things' no kind ob ebil ting, an mus dohn hab de
sake the wrath of God
cometh on the children of big eye. People wa do dat da woshup dem
disobedience: ting mo den God. 6 Cause people wahn fa
do all dem kind ob sinful ting yah, God
7 In the which ye also gwine be bex wid um fa true. 7 Oona
walked some time, when nyuse fa do dem same ting yah. Oona
ye lived in them.
nyuse fa waak een dem way an dey beena
rule oona.
8 Bot now, oona mus dohn do none ob
8 But now ye also put
off all these; anger, dem sinful ting yah no mo. Mus dohn git
wrath, malice, blas- bex. Mus dohn git mad op wid nobody.
phemy, filthy communi-
cation out of your mouth. Mus dohn be spiteful, da wahn fa do bad ta
noda poson. Mus dohn hole nobody cheap,
needa taak bad wod. 9 Mus dohn tell lie ta
9 Lie not one to an- one noda. Cause ya ain wa ya nyuse fa be
other, seeing that ye have
put off the old man with
no mo. Oona done lef de ole sinful life an
his deeds; de ting dem ya nyuse fa do. 10 Now ya
done come fa be a nyew poson. God mek
oona all nyew, an e da mek oona come fa
10 And have put on the
be like um mo an mo. E da do dat so dat
new man, which is re-
newed in knowledge af- one day we gwine know um fa true. 11 So
ter the image of him that den, cause God done dat, we all one een
created him:
God eye. Dey ain no diffunce tween Jew
people an dem wa ain Jew, people wa
11 Where there is nei-
b een circumcis e an dem wa ai n
ther Greek nor Jew, cir- circumcise, de come-yah people, dem wa
cumcision nor uncircum- ain cibilize, slabe people an free man. Dey
cision, Barbarian, Scyth-
ian, bond nor free: but ain nobody bot Christ wa matta fa true. An
Christ is all, and in all. e dey eenside all people dat bleebe pon
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 3 693
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
694 Colossians 3, 4
4
1 Oona massa, ya oughta do wa right
an good fa ya slabe dem, cause ya
Chapter 4 haffa memba dat ya sponsable ta a massa
1 Masters, give unto een heaben too.
your servants that which
is just and equal; know-
ing that ye also have a
Paul Tell We Mo Ting fa Do
Master in heaven. Oona mus keep on da pray all de time.
2
2 Continue in prayer, Pit oona haat pon dem ting wa oona da tell
and watch in the same God, an tell um tankya. 3 An wensoneba
with thanksgiving;
oona da pray, pray fa we too, so dat God
3 Withal praying also gwine gii we chance fa tell people de wod
for us, that God would
open unto us a door of ut-
bout Christ dat de people ain neba yeh. A
terance, to speak the dey een de jailhouse now een chain cause
mystery of Christ, for A tell people dis wod. 4 Pray fa me, so dat
which I am also in bonds:
A gwine be able fa tell dis wod jes like A
4 That I may make it
oughta do, an mek um plain so dat people
manifest, as I ought to
speak. gwine ondastan um.
5 Wen oona wid people wa ain trus een
5 Walk in wisdom to-
ward them that are with- Christ, do ebryting wid sense. Ebry chance
out, redeeming the time. oona git, mus show um dat oona da lib
6 Let your speech be al- Christ way. 6 Wen oona da taak wid um,
way with grace, seasoned taak een a way wa gwine mek um glad fa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 4 695
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
696 Colossians 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
698 1 Thessalonians 1, 2
with joy of the Holy beena mek oona suffa fa true, oona bleebe
Ghost:
de Good Nyews bout Jedus Christ wid joy
7 So that ye were
ensamples to all that be-
wa de Holy Sperit pit een oona haat. 7 So
lieve in Macedonia and den, de way oona da do an lib, dat mek all
Achaia. dem wa bleebe dey een Macedonia an
8 For from you sound- Achaia see an folla oona een de way. 8 De
ed out the word of the
Lord not only in Macedo- message bout de Lawd dat oona fus tell
nia and Achaia, but also people een Macedonia an Achaia ain stop
in every place your faith
to God-ward is spread
dey. De nyews bout how oona trus een
abroad; so that we need God done spread bout all oba. So dey ain
not to speak any thing. nottin dat we haffa say fa tell people bout
9 For they themselves um. 9 Dem people all da taak bout how
shew of us what manner
of entering in we had oona gii we a haaty welcome wen we
unto you, and how ye come ta oona. Dey da tell we how oona
turned to God from idols
to serve the living and
done lef de ebil idol dem wa oona beena
true God; saab an oona ton fa woshup God. An now
10 And to wait for his oona da saab de one true God wa da lib.
Son from heaven, whom 10 An dey da tell we how oona da wait fa
he raised from the dead,
even Jesus, which deliv- God Son, Jedus, fa come fom heaben back
ered us from the wrath to ta dis wol. God done mek Jedus git op fom
come.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. An
Jedus da sabe we so we ain gwine git stroy
wen God jedge de wol.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 2 699
Nyews cause e see dat e kin trus we fa be pleasing men, but God,
which trieth our hearts.
sponsable fa do um like e wahn we fa do. 5 For neither at any
We ain try fa do wa people wahn we fa do. time used we flattering
words, as ye know, nor a
An God da look at wa dey een we haat. cloke of covetousness;
5 Oona know fa true dat wen we taak ta God is witness:
6 Nor of men sought
oona, we ain neba sweet mout nobody. We we glory, neither of you,
ain hab de big eye fa oona gii we sompin. nor yet of others, when
We ain do dat, an God know wa dey een we might have been bur-
densome, as the apostles
we haat. 6 We ain beena try fa mek oona of Christ.
praise we, needa no oda people. We Christ 7 But we were gentle
among you, even as a
postle, so we got de right fa aks oona fa do nurse cherisheth her
ting fa we. Bot we ain aks oona fa nottin. children:
7 Jes like a modda tek good cyah wen e 8 So being affection-
ately desirous of you, we
tend ta e chullun, same fashion we beena were willing to have im-
tek good cyah wen we wok wid oona. parted unto you, not the
gospel of God only, but
8 Cause ob we lob fa oona, we been heppy
also our own souls, be-
fa come gii oona de Good Nyews ob God. cause ye were dear unto
us.
We eben been heppy fa gii oona we haat,
9 For ye remember,
da do all dat we kin fa oona. We lob oona brethren, our labour and
dat much! 9 We bredren, fa sho, oona travail: for labouring
night and day, because
memba how we beena wok long an haad we would not be charge-
day an night, so dat we ain been no able unto any of you, we
boddarashon fa oona, wiles we beena tell preached unto you the
gospel of God.
oona de Good Nyews ob God. 10 Ye are witnesses,
10 Oona know, oona wa bleebe pon and God also, how holily
Christ, how we beena do wen we been dey and justly and unblam-
eably we behaved our-
wid oona. An God know dat too. We life selves among you that
dey been holy, like God wahn um fa be. E believe:
11 As ye know how we
been scraight an clean, so ain nobody kin exhorted and comforted
blame we bout nottin. 11 Oona know we and charged every one of
beena treat all ob oona jes like a fada treat you, as a father doth his
children,
e own chullun. We beena courage oona. 12 That ye would walk
Wid all we haat we waan oona an beg worthy of God, who hath
oona. 12 We beg oona fa keep on da waak called you unto his king-
dom and glory.
een de way wa fit fa God people fa waak. 13 For this cause also
Cause God call oona fa be e own people thank we God without
dat e da rule. An e call oona fa git oona ceasing, because, when
ye received the word of
paat ob de glory dat e got. God which ye heard of
13 An dey noda reason we tell God us, ye received it not as
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
700 1 Thessalonians 2
the word of men, but as it tankya all de time. Wen we come an tell
is in truth, the word of
God, which effectually oona God wod, oona pay mind ta um. An
worketh also in you that oona ain tek um fa be wod wa people
believe.
bring, bot oona tek um fa be God wod. E
God wod fa true, an dat wod da wok
14 For ye, brethren,
became followers of the
eenside oona haat, oona wa bleebe. 14 Me
churches of God which in bredren, de same ting wa been happen ta
Judaea are in Christ Je- de people ob God choch dem wa blongst ta
sus: for ye also have suf-
fered like things of your Jedus Christ een Judea, dem ting happen
own countrymen, even as ta oona too. Jes like de Jew people beena
they have of the Jews:
mek God people een Judea suffa, same
way so, oona own countryman dem beena
15 Who both killed the
Lord Jesus, and their own mek oona suffa. 15 Dem people, de Jew
prophets, and have perse- people yah, dey done kill de Lawd Jedus
cuted us; and they please
not God, and are contrary
an de prophet dem too. An dey beena mek
to all men: we suffa, da mek we go way fom dey. Dey
mek God bex wid um tommuch! Dey de
16 Forbidding us to enemy ta all people. 16 Cause dey da try fa
speak to the Gentiles that keep we fom tell God wod ta de people wa
they might be saved, to
fill up their sins alway: ain Jew so dat God kin sabe um. Een dis
for the wrath is come way, dem people ob Judea all de time da
upon them to the
uttermost. full op wid sin. Dey ain neba stop fa sin.
Bot now at las, God bex tommuch wid um
17 But we, brethren, an e done jedge um!
being taken from you for
a short time in presence, Paul Wahn fa See de Christian
not in heart, endeavour-
ed the more abundantly Dem een Thessalonica
to see your face with 17 We bredren, fa all ob de shot time
great desire.
since we been haffa lef oona, we beena
18 Wherefore
miss oona fa true. Bot we da tink bout
we
would have come unto oona all de time. E jes dat we body ain dey
you, even I Paul, once wid oona. An so we beena try too haad fa
and again; but Satan hin-
dered us. come see oona. 18 We been wahn fa come
see oona. A, Paul, beena try oba an oba gin
fa come ta oona, bot Satan stop we fom
19 For what is our
hope, or joy, or crown of come. 19 Ain oona mek we hab hope an
rejoicing? Are not even joy? Ain oona de crownin glory ob we wok
ye in the presence of our
Lord Jesus Christ at his
wa gwine mek we heppy wen we stanop fo
coming? we Lawd Jedus Christ wen e come back?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 2, 3 701
Dat de trute, fa sho! 20 Yeah, dat so e stan. 20 For ye are our glory
and joy.
Oona we pride an joy!
3
,2
3
1 So den, wen we ain been able fa
Chapter 3
stan um no longa cause we ain yeh
1 Wherefore when we
nottin fom oona, we figga e mo betta fa we could no longer forbear,
fa stay by wesef ta Athens. 2 An we done we thought it good to be
left at Athens alone;
sen we broda, Timothy, fa go see oona. E 2 And sent Timotheus,
wok togeda wid we, da do God wok, da tell our brother, and minister
people all roun de Good Nyews bout of God, and our fellow-
labourer in the gospel of
Christ. We sen um fa courage oona an hep Christ, to establish you,
oona trus Christ mo an mo, 3 so dat ain and to comfort you con-
cerning your faith:
none ob oona gwine ton back fom trus
3 That no man should
Christ, eben dough people da mek oona be moved by these afflic-
suffa fa e sake. Oona know fa true dat dis tions: for yourselves
kind ob suffrin gwine come ta we wa know that we are ap-
pointed thereunto.
bleebe, cause dat paat ob wa God pick fa
we. 4 Wen we stillyet been dey wid oona, 4 For verily, when we
were with you, we told
we beena tell oona say de time gwine you before that we
come wen people gwine mek we suffa. An should suffer tribulation;
even as it came to pass,
oona know, fa sho, dat dat jes wa happen. and ye know.
5 So cause A ain been able fa wait no longa
5 For this cause, when
fa yeh bout oona, A done sen Timothy fa I could no longer forbear,
find out bout how oona fait stan. A been I sent to know your faith,
consaan dat somehow de Debil wa da lest by some means the
tempter have tempted
tempt gwine come tempt oona, an all we you, and our labour be in
wok dey wid oona gwine gone fa nottin. vain.
6 Bot now, Timothy done come back 6 But now when Timo-
fom oona, an e done tell we nyews bout theus came from you
unto us, and brought us
oona dat mek we heppy. E tell we say oona good tidings of your faith
keep on trus een Christ an lob one noda. and charity, and that ye
have good remembrance
An e tell we say oona glad all de time wen of us always, desiring
oona memba we, an oona wahn fa see we, greatly to see us, as we
jes like we wahn fa see oona. 7 So den, we also to see you:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
702 1 Thessalonians 3, 4
9 For what thanks can tell God tankya nuff fa oona, fa all de joy
we render to God again
for you, for all the joy een we haat wa God da gii we cause ob
wherewith we joy for oona. 10 Day an night, we da aks um wid
your sakes before our
God;
all we haat fa leh we come see oona face ta
10 Night and day pray- face, an leh we hep mek oona trus een
ing exceedingly that we Christ mo scronga, da laan oona wasoneba
might see your face, and
might perfect that which oona ain know yet.
is lacking in your faith? 11 We da pray dat God we Fada an we
11 Now God himself
and our Father, and our Lawd Jedus Christ gwine open op de way
Lord Jesus Christ, direct fa we fa come ta oona. 12 An we pray, too,
our way unto you.
12 And the Lord make dat de Lawd mek oona lob one noda an all
you to increase and oda people mo an mo, jes like we da lob
abound in love one to-
ward another, and to-
oona. 13 Dat de way we Lawd gwine mek
ward all men, even as we oona scrong een oona haat. Den oona ain
do toward you: gwine hab no sin, an oona gwine be God
13 To the end he may
stablish your hearts own people fa true, wen oona stanop fo we
unblameable in holiness Fada God een dat time wen we Lawd Jedus
before God, even our Fa-
ther, at the coming of our gwine come wid all dem wa blongst ta um.
Lord Jesus Christ with all
his saints. De Life wa God Wahn We fa Lib
4
Chapter 4 Me bredren, fo we done wid dis
1
1 Furthermore then we
beseech you, brethren,
letta, leh we tell oona dis las ting. We
and exhort you by the done laan oona de way oona mus lib fa
Lord Jesus, that as ye mek God heppy wid oona. An fa sho, dat
have received of us how
ye ought to walk and to de way oona da lib. Bot now, we da tell
please God, so ye would oona an chaage oona een de name ob we
abound more and more.
2 For ye know what Lawd Jedus, dat oona mus lib mo an mo
commandments we gave een God way. 2 Oona know dem ting wa
you by the Lord Jesus.
3 For this is the will of we been tell oona fa do, by de tority ob we
God, even your sanctifica- Lawd Jedus. 3 God wahn fa mek oona life
tion, that ye should ab-
stain from fornication:
holy an blongst ta um fa true. E ain wahn
4 That every one of oona fa hab nottin fa do wid loose life.
you should know how to 4 Ebry one ob oona man dem, ya mus tek
possess his vessel in sanc-
tification and honour; ya own ooman fa marry, een de way wa
5 Not in the lust of con-
holy an right een God an een people eye.
cupiscence, even as the
Gentiles which know not 5 Mus dohn ramify roun like de people ob
God: de wol wa ain know God. 6 Een dem ting
6 That no man go be-
yond and defraud his yah, no man oughta do e broda wrong.
brother in any matter: Mus dohn tek wantage ob e broda. We
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 4 703
done been tell oona dis fo an waan oona fa because that the Lord is
the avenger of all such, as
true, dat God gwine punish dem wa da do we also have forewarned
dis kinda sin yah. 7 God ain call we fa lib you and testified.
7 For God hath not
loose life. God call we fa lib een e holy called us unto unclean-
way. 8 So den, ef somebody ton e back pon ness, but unto holiness.
8 He therefore that
dis ting yah wa we da laan oona, dat one
despiseth, despiseth not
ain ton e back pon jes noda man. E ton e man, but God, who hath
back pon God, wa gii oona e Holy Sperit. also given unto us his
holy Spirit.
9 Dey ain no need fa write oona bout 9 But as touching
how oona oughta lob oona Christian brotherly love ye need
not that I write unto you:
bredren. Cause God been laan oona fa lob for ye yourselves are
one noda. 10 An fa true, oona da lob all de taught of God to love one
another.
Christian bredren dey all oba Macedonia.
10 And indeed ye do it
Bot bredren, we da beg oona fa go on da toward all the brethren
lob um mo an mo scronga. 11 Oona mus which are in all Macedo-
nia: but we beseech you,
mek op oona mind fa try fa lib peaceable brethren, that ye increase
an mind oona own bidness, an oona mus more and more;
wok wid oona own han, jes like we done 11 And that ye study to
be quiet, and to do your
chaage oona wen we been dey wid oona. own business, and to
12 Ef oona do dat, oona gwine mek de work with your own
people wa ain Christian look op ta oona. hands, as we commanded
you;
An oona ain gwine haffa pend pon 12 That ye may walk
nobody. honestly toward them
that are without, and that
ye may have lack of
De Lawd Jedus Gwine Come Back nothing.
13 We bredren, we wahn oona fa know 13 But I would not
have you to be ignorant,
de trute bout de people wa done dead, so brethren, concerning
dat oona ain gwine greebe like de oda them which are asleep,
people greebe, cause dey ain got no hope that ye sorrow not, even
as others which have no
een God fa de ebalastin life. 14 We bleebe hope.
dat Jedus done dead, bot e got op fom 14 For if we believe
mongst de dead people an e da lib gin. An that Jesus died and rose
again, even so them also
we bleebe dat een de same way, long wid which sleep in Jesus will
Jedus, God gwine bring wid um de people God bring with him.
15 For this we say unto
wa done dead wa bleebe pon um. God
you by the word of the
gwine bring um long wid Jedus. Lord, that we which are
15 Wen de Lawd Jedus come back, we alive and remain unto the
coming of the Lord shall
wa ain dead yet ain gwine go head ob dem not prevent them which
wa done dead. Dat wa de Lawd Jedus done are asleep.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
704 1 Thessalonians 4, 5
16 For the Lord himself say. 16 Cause wen de Lawd come back,
shall descend from
heaven with a shout, people gwine yeh a loud boice gii a
with the voice of the chaage. Den dey gwine yeh de boice ob de
archangel, and with the
trump of God: and the
head angel, an God trumpet gwine blow.
dead in Christ shall rise An de Lawd esef gwine come down fom
first: heaben. Den dem people wa done bleebe
17 Then we which are pon Jedus Christ wen dey dead, dey gwine
alive and remain shall be rise op fus. 17 Atta dat, all ob a sudden, we
caught up together with
them in the clouds, to wa ain dead yet an wa been lef yah, we
meet the Lord in the air: gwine be geda op een de cloud dem, long
and so shall we ever be
with the Lord. wid dem wa done dead. An we all gwine
go op togeda fa meet de Lawd een de sky.
18 Wherefore comfort
one another with these
An so we gwine be wid de Lawd faeba.
words. 18 So den, courage one noda wid dem wod
yah.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 5 705
oda res wa da sleep. Leh we stay wake an 7 For they that sleep
sleep in the night; and
tink scraight. 7 Cause een de night time they that be drunken are
people sleep, an een de night time people drunken in the night.
git dronk. 8 Bot we blongst ta de day, an so 8 But let us, who are of
the day, be sober, putting
we mus tink scraight bout how we da lib. on the breastplate of faith
We da pit on fait an lob same way de and love; and for an hel-
met, the hope of salva-
sodjaman da pit on e breastplate. We da tion.
pit on de sabation we know God da gii we, 9 For God hath not ap-
same way a sodjaman da pit on e helmet. pointed us to wrath, but
to obtain salvation by our
9 God ain pick we fa mek we suffa e
Lord Jesus Christ,
jedgiment. E pick we fa gii we sabation 10 Who died for us,
shru we Lawd Jedus Christ. 10 Cause that, whether we wake or
sleep, we should live to-
Jedus done dead fa we sake, so dat we kin gether with him.
go lib togeda wid um. Ain mek no 11 Wherefore comfort
nebamind weza we done dead, needaso ef yourselves together, and
we ain dead yet, wen e come back. 11 So edify one another, even
as also ye do.
cause ob dat, oona mus keep on da
12 And we beseech
courage one noda an hep one noda fa be you, brethren, to know
mo scronga een de Lawd, jes like oona them which labour
beena do. among you, and are over
you in the Lord, and ad-
monish you;
Paul Tell Um How fa Lib fa God 13 And to esteem them
12 We bredren, we beg oona fa hona very highly in love for
their work's sake. And be
oona leada dem, wa da wok haad dey at peace among your-
mongst oona. Dey de one dem dat God selves.
done pick fa tell oona wa fa do, an fa laan 14 Now we exhort you,
oona how oona oughta lib. 13 Oona mus brethren, warn them that
are unruly, comfort the
preciate um fa true, an lob um cause ob de feebleminded, support
wok dey da do. An oona mus lib peaceable the weak, be patient to-
ward all men.
wid one noda.
14 We bredren, we beg oona fa waan de 15 See that none ren-
der evil for evil unto any
people wa ain wahn fa do no wok. Courage man; but ever follow that
dem wa scaid. Hep dem wa ain scrong een which is good, both
among yourselves, and to
de fait, an beah wid ebrybody. 15 Mek sho all men.
dat nobody ain pay back ebil wid ebil. Mus 16 Rejoice evermore.
try all de time fa do good ta one noda an ta 17 Pray without ceas-
all people. ing.
16 Rejaice all de time. 17 Neba stop da 18 In every thing give
pray. 18 Ain mek no nebamind wa happen, thanks: for this is the will
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
706 1 Thessalonians 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
708 2 Thessalonians 1, 2
7 And to you who are wa da suffa now, God gwine tek way oona
troubled rest with us,
when the Lord Jesus shall suffrin, an e gwine tek way we suffrin too.
be revealed from heaven God gwine do dat wen de Lawd Jedus
with his mighty angels,
gwine come fom heaben wid e powaful
8 In flaming fire taking angel dem. 8 Wid flamin fire, e gwine
vengeance on them that come fa punish de people wa ain gii God
know not God, and that
obey not the gospel of no place een dey haat an ain pay no mind
our Lord Jesus Christ: ta wa de Good Nyews bout we Lawd Jedus
9 Who shall be pun- tell um fa do. 9 God gwine punish um wid
ished with everlasting de- ebalastin ruint an suffrin. E gwine shet um
struction from the
presence of the Lord, and out fom weh de Lawd dey. Dey ain neba
from the glory of his gwine see de glory ob de Lawd powa.
power; 10 Dat day, wen e come back, e gwine
10 When he shall come come fa git hona an praise fom all de
to be glorified in his people wa blongst ta um, all dem wa
saints, and to be admired
in all them that believe bleebe pon um. An oona too gwine jine
(because our testimony um, cause oona been bleebe wa we tell
among you was believed)
in that day. oona.
11 Dat mek we all de time pray fa oona.
11 Wherefore also we
pray always for you, that We da pray ta we God, da aks um fa mek
our God would count you oona fit fa lib de life dat e call oona fa lib.
worthy of this calling, and
fulfil all the good plea-
We pray dat by e powa, e gwine leh oona
sure of his goodness, and do all de good ting dem oona wahn fa do,
the work of faith with an finish all dem ting dat oona beena do,
power:
cause oona bleebe pon um. 12 Ef oona do
12 That the name of dat, oona gwine mek people gii hona ta we
our Lord Jesus Christ may
be glorified in you, and Lawd Jedus, an we Lawd Jedus gwine mek
ye in him, according to people hona oona, cause ob de blessin ob
the grace of our God and
the Lord Jesus Christ. we God an de Lawd Jedus Christ.
2
,1
2
Chapter 2 Now den, we wahn fa taak ta oona
1
1 Now we beseech you,
bout wen we Lawd Jedus Christ
brethren, by the coming
of our Lord Jesus Christ, gwine come back an geda we all togeda fa
and by our gathering to- be wid um. We Christian bredren, we da
gether unto him,
beg oona, 2 mus dohn leh nobody
2 That ye be not soon bumfumble oona no way, needa leh um git
shaken in mind, or be
troubled, neither by oona opsot all ob a sudden cause dey da
spirit, nor by word, nor tell oona say de day ob de Lawd done
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians 2 709
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
710 2 Thessalonians 2, 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians 3 711
spread all oba too quick an people gwine course, and be glorified,
even as it is with you:
gii hona ta de Lawd an tell um tankya fa e 2 And that we may be
wod, jes like wa happen wen oona yeh um. delivered from unreason-
2 Pray, too, dat God gwine sabe we fom able and wicked men: for
all men have not faith.
wickity an ebil people, cause ebrybody ain
3 But the Lord is faith-
bleebe de wod ob de Lawd. ful, who shall stablish
3 Bot de Lawd, e faitful. E gwine mek you, and keep you from
oona mo scronga an keep oona safe fom de evil.
4 And we have confi-
ebil one. 4 De Lawd gii we trus een oona, dence in the Lord touch-
so dat mek we know fa sho dat oona da do ing you, that ye both do
and will do the things
wa we chaage oona fa do, an oona gwine which we command you.
keep on do um.
5 And the Lord direct
5 We pray dat de Lawd gwine show
your hearts into the love
oona mo an mo how God da lob oona, an of God, and into the pa-
how Christ done beah op onda suffrin fa tient waiting for Christ.
none tall wen we been dey wid oona. 8 We 8 Neither did we eat
beena pay fa all de food people gii we. We any man's bread for
nought; but wrought
beena wok haad, fa true, day an night, fa with labour and travail
wa we been need, cause we ain been wahn night and day, that we
might not be chargeable
fa mek none ob oona haffa pay fa hep we. to any of you:
9 Dat ain fa say we ain got no right fa tell
9 Not because we have
oona fa gii we food an a place fa sleep. Bot not power, but to make
we beena do all dat wok dey an ain aks ourselves an ensample
oona fa nottin, cause we been wahn fa unto you to follow us.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
712 2 Thessalonians 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 TimothyM
1
1A, Paul, a postle ob Jedus Christ, da Chapter 1
write dis letta ta ya. God, wa sabe we, 1 Paul, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the com-
an we Lawd Jedus Christ, de one we da mandment of God our
trus een, dey chaage me fa be Jedus postle. Saviour, and Lord Jesus
2 A da write ta ya, Timothy, me own son Christ, which is our hope;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
714 1 Timothy 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 1, 2 715
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
716 1 Timothy 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 2, 3 717
e mus dohn lob money. 4 E mus see dat 4 One that ruleth well
ebryting go well een e own house. E mus his own house, having his
mek e chullun do wa e tell um fa do, an children in subjection
with all gravity;
dey mus look op ta um een all ting.
5 Cause ef a man ain able fa mek ebryting
5 (For if a man know
go well een e own house, fa sho e ain not how to rule his own
gwine be able fa tek cyah ob God choch, house, how shall he take
care of the church of
ainty? 6 E mus dohn be a man wa jes come God?)
fa know Christ, cause den e might git de
big head, an cause ob dat, God gwine 6 Not a novice, lest be-
jedge dat man, jes like e done jedge de ing lifted up with pride
Debil. 7 Den too, a choch leada mus be a he fall into the condem-
nation of the devil.
man dat cyaa esef good, so dat people wa
ain Christian taak good bout um. Ef e ain
7 Moreover he must
know how fa cyaa esef, dey gwine taak have a good report of
bad bout um. Den e gwine be too shame an them which are without;
lest he fall into reproach
faddown eenta de trap wa de Debil set fa and the snare of the
um. devil.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
718 1 Timothy 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 3, 4 719
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
720 1 Timothy 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 4, 5 721
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
722 1 Timothy 5
old, having been the wife yeah ole an e been faitful ta jes one man, e
of one man,
10 Well reported of for
husban. 10 Pontop dat, people haffa know
good works; if she have dat wida ooman fa de good ting e da do. E
brought up children, if oughta be a ooman wa raise e chullun
she have lodged strang-
ers, if she have washed right, an wa gii people haaty welcome ta e
the saints' feet, if she house. E oughta be a ooman wa wash de
have relieved the af-
flicted, if she have dili- foot ob God people an hep people wa da
gently followed every suffa. E oughta be a ooman wa all de time
good work.
beena do all kinda good wok.
11 But the younger 11 Ya mus dohn write no nyounga wida
widows refuse: for when
they have begun to wax ooman name down een de choch list.
wanton against Christ, Cause wen dem nyounga wida ooman
they will marry;
wahn fa git marry gin, dey kin ton way
12 Having damnation, fom Christ. 12 Een dat way, dey kin come
because they have cast
off their first faith.
fa be guilty, cause dey broke de promise
wa dey done been promise fus ta Christ.
13 And withal they 13 Fudamo, de nyounga wida ooman dem
learn to be idle, wander-
ing about from house to laan fa be idle, da gwine fom house ta
house; and not only idle, house. Pontop dat, dey kin onrabble dey
but tattlers also and busy-
bodies, speaking things mout da taak bout oda people an da
which they ought not. meddle een oda people bidness an da say
14 I will therefore that ting dey ain oughta say. 14 So den, A tink e
the younger women mo betta fa de nyounga wida ooman dem
marry, bear children,
guide the house, give
git marry gin an hab chullun, an mind e
none occasion to the ad- own house. Dey mus dohn gii de enemy
versary to speak nottin fa fault we bout. 15 Cause some ob
reproachfully.
de nyounga wida ooman dem done lef de
15 For some are al-
way ob de Lawd an dey da do wa Satan
ready turned aside after
Satan. wahn um fa do. 16 Wen a man or ooman
wa bleebe pon Christ got some fambly
16 If any man or
woman that believeth wida ooman dem, e mus hep um. E mus
have widows, let them dohn mek de choch consaan bout do dem
relieve them, and let not
the church be charged;
ting. Den de choch kin hep de wida ooman
that it may relieve them dem wa ain got nobody fa hep um.
that are widows indeed. 17 Bout de choch elda dem wa da do
17 Let the elders that good wok da lead de choch, specially dem
rule well be counted wor- wa da wok haad da preach an da teach, de
thy of double honour, es-
pecially they who labour people ob de choch oughta know, dey
in the word and doctrine. good nuff fa true fa git double dey pay.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 5, 6 723
18 Like dey write een God Book say, Mus 18 For the scripture
saith, Thou shalt not
dohn tie op de ox mout wiles e da tread out muzzle the ox that
de grain an De wokman oughta git de treadeth out the corn.
And, The labourer is wor-
pay e wok fa. 19 Ef somebody fault a thy of his reward.
choch elda, ya mus dohn listen ta um, 19 Against an elder re-
lessin two shree witness say dat fa true. ceive not an accusation,
20 Dem elda wa keep on da sin, ya mus but before two or three
witnesses.
buke um out een de open, fo all, so dat de 20 Them that sin re-
oda res gwine be scaid fa sin. buke before all, that oth-
21 Fo God an de Lawd Jedus Christ, an ers also may fear.
21 I charge thee before
God own angel dem, A chaage ya fa do God, and the Lord Jesus
dem ting yah wa A da tell ya fa do. Ya mus Christ, and the elect an-
gels, that thou observe
do um, da treat all people de same way. these things without pre-
Mus dohn fabor nobody een nottin tall. ferring one before an-
22 Mus dohn hurry fa pit ya han pon other, doing nothing by
partiality.
somebody head fa pray fa um fa go do God
wok. Mus dohn hab no paat een de sin ob 22 Lay hands suddenly
on no man, neither be
oda people. Ya mus dohn hab no sin tall partaker of other men's
een ya life. sins: keep thyself pure.
23 Ya mus dohn jes drink wata no mo. 23 Drink no longer wa-
Mus drink a leetle wine, too, fa mek ya ter, but use a little wine
for thy stomach's sake
food go down good, an fa hep ya wen ya and thine often infirmi-
git sick sommuch. ties.
24 Some people kin sin, an ebrybody kin
24 Some men's sins are
see wa dey da do. An dem wa sin een dat open beforehand, going
way kin know dey sin da go head ob um ta before to judgment; and
some men they follow
jedgiment. Bot oda people kin sin, an after.
nobody ain know now, bot people gwine
25 Likewise also the
know bye an bye. 25 Same way so, people good works of some are
kin do good wok an ebrybody kin see wa manifest beforehand; and
they that are otherwise
dey da do. Bot ef people ain able fa see cannot be hid.
dem good wok tareckly, eben so dem good 6
,5
6
1 All Christian slabe mus look pon Chapter 6
dey massa dem as people wa dey 1 Let as many servants
as are under the yoke
oughta hona een ebry way. All slabe mus count their own masters
do dis, so dat nobody ain gwine taak bad worthy of all honour,
that the name of God and
ginst God, needa taak bad bout dem ting his doctrine be not
we da laan um. 2 Dem slabe wa hab massa blasphemed.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
724 1 Timothy 6
2 And they that have wa bleebe pon Christ mus dohn tink say
believing masters, let
them not despise them, cause dey all broda een Christ, dey ain
because they are breth- gwine gim hona. Steada dat, dem slabe
ren; but rather do them
service, because they are
mus wok eben mo betta fa dey massa,
faithful and beloved, par- cause de wok dey da do gwine hep dey
takers of the benefit. massa wa bleebe pon Christ, dey massa wa
These things teach and
exhort. God lob.
3 If any man teach oth-
erwise, and consent not Dem Ting wa True
to wholesome words,
even the words of our an Dem Ting wa Ain True
Lord Jesus Christ, and to Ya mus laan people dem ting yah an
the doctrine which is ac-
cording to godliness; courage um fa do um. 3 De one wa da laan
4 He is proud, knowing people sompin diffunt, wa ain gree wid de
nothing, but doting about true wod dem wa we Lawd Jedus Christ
questions and strifes of
words, whereof cometh
tell we, an wa we da laan people bout how
envy, strife, railings, evil dey oughta waak wid God, 4 dat one dey
surmisings, too proud, an e ain ondastan nottin. E jes
5 Perverse disputings like fa aagy an fight bout wod. An dat bad,
of men of corrupt minds, cause dat da mek people jealous ob one
and destitute of the truth,
supposing that gain is noda. E mek um aagy an taak bad bout one
godliness: from such noda, an tink oda people wahn fa do um
withdraw thyself.
bad. 5 An e mek people aagy all de time
6 But godliness with cause dey ain tink right an dey ain laan wa
contentment is great
gain.
true bout Christ no mo. Dey tink say dey
oughta waak God way jes fa git plenty
7 For we brought noth-
ing into this world, and it
ting. Ya mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid
is certain we can carry um.
nothing out. 6 Now den, we git good ting fa true wen
8 And having food and we da waak God way an we sattify wid wa
raiment let us be there- we got. 7 We ain bring nottin eenta dis
with content.
wol, an we ain able fa cyaa nottin out. 8 So
9 But they that will be den, ef we got food fa nyam an cloes fa
rich fall into temptation
and a snare, and into
weah, we oughta be sattify. 9 Bot people
many foolish and hurtful wa wahn fa git plenty ting, dey fall eenta
lusts, which drown men temptation an dey git ketch een a trap. De
in destruction and
perdition. foolish ting wa dey wahn, wa ain no good
fa people, dat gwine ruint dey life an stroy
10 For the love of
money is the root of all dem fa true. 10 Cause de lob ob money da
evil: which while some mek a poson do all kinda ebil ting. Some
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 6 725
people, cause dey wahn money bad, done coveted after, they have
erred from the faith,
stop trus een God, an dey haat git broke. and pierced themselves
through with many
Dem Ting wa Paul Chaage sorrows.
Timothy fa Do 11 But thou, O man of
God, flee these things;
11 Bot Timothy, ya a man wa da gii ya and follow after righ-
life fa do wa God wahn, an ya mus dohn teousness, godliness,
hab nottin fa do wid dem ting yah. Try faith, love, patience,
meekness.
haad fa waak scraight, fa do wa God wahn,
fa trus God an lob people. An try haad fa 12 Fight the good fight
of faith, lay hold on eter-
beah op onda all ting an treat people wid a nal life, whereunto thou
kind haat. 12 Try haad as ya kin fa do ya art also called, and hast
professed a good profes-
bes wiles ya da fight de good fight ob fait. sion before many wit-
An tek hole ta de life wa ain neba gwine nesses.
end. Cause God done call ya ta dat life, 13 I give thee charge in
wen ya taak bout ya fait een Christ out een the sight of God, who
de open, fo plenty people. 13 A da chaage quickeneth all things,
and before Christ Jesus,
ya fo God, wa gii all ting life, an fo Jedus who before Pontius Pilate
Christ, wa ain been scaid fa taak plain bout witnessed a good confes-
sion;
de trute wen e been fo Pontius Pilate.
14 Ya mus keep de chaage, an mus dohn 14 That thou keep this
commandment without
git mix op wid no sin, so dat nobody ain spot, unrebukeable, until
gwine fault ya, fom now til wen we Lawd the appearing of our Lord
Jesus Christ:
Jedus Christ come back. 15 God gwine
mek um appeah wen de right time come. 15 Which in his times
De God we da praise, e de Rula oba all. E he shall shew, who is the
de King oba all king, de Lawd oba all lawd. blessed and only Poten-
tate, the King of kings,
16 God de onliest one wa ain neba gwine and Lord of lords;
dead. E da lib een de light dat nobody kin
16 Who only hath im-
git close ta. Ain no poson neba shim, an mortality, dwelling in the
ain no poson able fa shim. Leh we gim light which no man can
hona. Leh um hab powa fa rule faeba. approach unto; whom no
man hath seen, nor can
Amen. see: to whom be honour
17 Dem people wa rich an got heapa and power everlasting.
Amen.
ting een dis wol, ya mus chaage um. Tell
um say, dey mus dohn be proud, needa 17 Charge them that
trus een dat heapa fine ting dey got. Cause are rich in this world,
that they be not high-
ain nobody kin know fa sho how long e minded, nor trust in un-
gwine hab um. Steada dat, dey mus trus certain riches, but in the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
726 1 Timothy 6
living God, who giveth us een God. E de one wa da gii we all ting, an
richly all things to enjoy;
mo den nuff fa mek we haat glad.
18 That they do good, 18 Chaage um fa do good. Dey mus be rich
that they be rich in good een de heapa good wok dat dey da do all
works, ready to distrib-
ute, willing to communi- de time. Dey mus hab free han, da wahn fa
cate; gii people ting, an da share wa dey got.
19 Ef dey gwine do dat, dey gwine sto op
19 Laying up in store
for themselves a good
tredja fa deysef dat gwine mek um ready
foundation against the fa de time dat gwine come. Den dey gwine
time to come, that they be able fa tek hole ta dat life wa de true life
may lay hold on eternal
life. fa sho.
20 O Timothy, keep safe wa God trus ya
20 O Timothy, keep fa tek cyah ob. Dohn hab nottin fa do wid
that which is committed
to thy trust, avoiding pro-
dat kind ob taak wa ain got nottin fa do
fane and vain babblings, wid God. Ton way fom dem teachin wa ain
and oppositions of sci- gree wid God, wa some people call
ence falsely so called:
knowledge, bot dat ain so. 21 Cause
21 Which some pro- some people beena say dey got dat
fessing have erred con- knowledge an cause ob dat, dey done
cerning the faith. Grace
be with thee.
loss de way ob fait.
Amen. God blessin pon ya.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 TimothyM
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
728 2 Timothy 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 1, 2 729
beena keep on til e find me. 18 Leh de out very diligently, and
found me.
Lawd gim e mussy pon dat day! Ya know 18 The Lord grant unto
fa true hommuch Onesiphorus done wok him that he may find
mercy of the Lord in that
fa hep me een Ephesus. day: and in how many
things he ministered unto
me at Ephesus, thou
De Sodja wa Ain Gwine Ton Back knowest very well.
2
1 Me son, ya mus leh de blessin we git Chapter 2
1 Thou therefore, my
cause we one wid Jedus Christ mek ya son, be strong in the
keep scrong. 2 Dem wod wa ya yeh me say grace that is in Christ
fo plenty people, ya mus pass um on, da Jesus.
2 And the things that
tell dem ta faitful man dem wa gwine keep thou hast heard of me
um een dey haat an be able fa laan oda among many witnesses,
the same commit thou to
people dem same ting. faithful men, who shall
3 Ya mus beah op onda suffrin cause ya be able to teach others
also.
a true sodja ob Jedus Christ. 4 De sodja wa 3 Thou therefore en-
dey een de aamy gwine wahn fa mek de dure hardness, as a good
soldier of Jesus Christ.
offisa wa tell um wa fa do sattify wid um, 4 No man that warreth
so e ain gwine git mix op wid dem ting dat entangleth himself with
people wa ain sodja da do. 5 Same way so, the affairs of this life; that
he may please him who
de one wa da ron een a race ain gwine be hath chosen him to be a
able fa win de prize ef e ain da folla de rule soldier.
5 And if a man also
dem. 6 De faama wa done wok scronga fa strive for masteries, yet is
mek de crop, e oughta be fus fa git e paat he not crowned, except
he strive lawfully.
ob de haabis. 7 Study ya head pon wa A da 6 The husbandman
tell ya, cause de Lawd gwine mek ya able that laboureth must be
first partaker of the
fa ondastan all dem ting. fruits.
8 Memba Jedus Christ wa come fom 7 Consider what I say;
and the Lord give thee
David fambly line. God done mek um git understanding in all
op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. Dat wa things.
8 Remember that Jesus
A da taak bout wen A tell people de Good Christ of the seed of Da-
Nyews. 9 An cause A da tell people de vid was raised from the
dead according to my
Good Nyews, A da suffa yah. Dey eben gospel:
chain me op like a crimnal. Bot dey ain 9 Wherein I suffer
trouble, as an evil doer,
gwine chain God wod. 10 Cause ob dat, A even unto bonds; but the
da beah all ting fa sake ob de people wa word of God is not
bound.
God done pick, so dat dey too gwine git de 10 Therefore I endure
all things for the elect's
sabation wa come fom Jedus Christ an sakes, that they may also
bring um glory wa ain gwine neba end. obtain the salvation
which is in Christ Jesus
11 Fa true ya kin trus um wen dey say: with eternal glory.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
730 2 Timothy 2
11 It is a faithful say-
Ef we done dead wid Christ,
ing: For if we be dead
with him, we shall also we gwine lib wid um too.
live with him: 12 Ef we da beah op,
12 If we suffer, we
we gwine rule wid um too.
shall also reign with him: Ef we say we ain know um,
if we deny him, he also e too gwine say e ain know we.
will deny us: 13 Ef we ain faitful,
13 If we believe not, stillyet e gwine be faitful ta we.
yet he abideth faithful: he Cause fa true e ain gwine change
cannot deny himself.
wa e da, needa wa e promise we.
14 Of these things put
them in remembrance, De Wokman wa God Sattify Wid
charging them before the
Lord that they strive not 14 Ya mus keep on da memba ebrybody
about words to no profit,
but to the subverting of
bout dem ting yah. An chaage um fo de
the hearers. Lawd dat dey mus dohn aagy bout wod
dem wa ain mean nottin. Dat ain hep
15 Study to shew thy-
self approved unto God, a nobody, an e jes stroy de people wa da
workman that needeth yeh. 15 Do all ya kin do fa mek God sattify
not to be ashamed,
rightly dividing the word
fa true wid ya, a wokman wa ain got nottin
of truth. fa be shame fa, an wa da laan people God
true wod, een de right way jes like ya
16 But shun profane
and vain babblings: for
oughta laan um. 16 Stay way fom foolish
they will increase unto taak wa ain got nottin fa do wid God,
more ungodliness. cause dat jes gwine mek people stop fa
17 And their word will folla God mo an mo. 17 De ting wa dem
eat as doth a canker: of people laan oda people gwine spread mo
whom is Hymenaeus and an mo, like gangrene. Hymenaeus one ob
Philetus;
dem teacha, an Philetus noda one, 18 dey
18 Who concerning the done ton way fom de way ob trute, da say
truth have erred, saying de time wen people wa done dead gwine
that the resurrection is
past already; and over- git op fom dey grabe done pass. Dey da
throw the faith of some. opsot de fait ob some people wa beena
19 Nevertheless the
bleebe. 19 Bot fa sho, nottin ain gwine
foundation of God shake de scrong foundation dat God done
standeth sure, having this mek. An de wod dem wa been write pon
seal, The Lord knoweth
them that are his. And, dat foundation say, De Lawd know dem
Let every one that dat blongst ta um, an Ebrybody wa say e
nameth the name of
Christ depart from blongst ta de Lawd haffa stop fa do dem
iniquity. ting wa ain right.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 2, 3 731
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
732 2 Timothy 3
2 For men shall be lov- deysef, an dey gwine hab de big eye, da
ers of their own selves,
covetous, boasters, wahn ebryting. Dey gwine brag on deysef
proud, blasphemers, dis- an pit deysef op, da tink dey betta den oda
obedient to parents, un-
thankful, unholy,
people. Dey gwine sult people, an ain
gwine pay no mind ta wa dey modda,
needa dey fada tell um fa do. Dey ain
3 Without natural af-
fection, trucebreakers,
gwine tell nobody tankya fa nottin, an dey
false accusers, inconti- ain gwine hab no hona fa God. 3 Dey ain
nent, fierce, despisers of gwine cyah none tall bout oda people an
those that are good,
ain gwine hab mussy pon nobody. Dey
gwine tell lie bout one noda an hole one
4 Traitors, heady, noda cheap, an dey ain gwine be able fa
highminded, lovers of
pleasures more than lov- trol deysef. Dey gwine go wile ef people git
ers of God; een dey way, an dey gwine hate ebryting
dat good. 4 Dey ain gwine be people dat
5 Having a form of oda people kin trus. Dey gwine do ting
godliness, but denying dout dey study pon wa gwine happen
the power thereof: from
such turn away. cause ob wa dey done. Dey gwine be
biggity an lob dey own pledja. An dey ain
gwine lob God none tall. 5 Dey mek like
6 For of this sort are
they which creep into dey da folla God bot dey ain gree fa leh
houses, and lead captive God hab no powa oba dey life. Ya mus
silly women laden with
sins, led away with divers dohn mix wid dem people yah. 6 Cause
lusts, some dem sneak roun an mek dey way
eenta people house an go ton ooman dem
7 Ever learning, and haat, ooman wa ain know wa dey oughta
never able to come to the bleebe. Dem ooman burden down wid dey
knowledge of the truth.
plenty sin an dey da do all kind ob ebil ting
wa dey haat gim fa do. 7 Dem ooman
8 Now as Jannes and ready all de time fa jes keep on da laan,
Jambres withstood Mo- bot dey ain neba able fa know wa ting
ses, so do these also resist
the truth: men of corrupt true. 8 Jes like Jannes an Jambres been
minds, reprobate con- ginst Moses, same way so, dem people
cerning the faith.
yah, dey ginst de trute. Dey people wa ain
da tink right cause dey mind ebil. An God
9 But they shall pro- done ton um way cause dey ain bleebe
ceed no further: for their right. 9 Bot dey ain gwine go faa, cause
folly shall be manifest
unto all men, as theirs ebrybody gwine shim fa wa dey da, jes like
also was. wa happen ta Jannes an Jambres.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 3 733
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
734 2 Timothy 3, 4
4
,3
4
1 I charge thee there- 1 A da chaage ya fa true fo God an fo
fore before God, and the de Lawd Jedus Christ wa gwine jedge
Lord Jesus Christ, who
shall judge the quick and dem wa ain dead yet an dem wa done
the dead at his appearing dead. Cause Christ gwine come back ta de
and his kingdom;
wol an rule as King, A da chaage ya. 2 A
2 Preach the word; be tell ya dat all de time ya mus tell people de
instant in season, out of wod ob God. Ya mus be ready fa tell um
season; reprove, rebuke,
exhort with all longsuf-
wen dey da listen an wen dey ain wahn fa
fering and doctrine. listen. Ya mus show people wa right fa do.
Ya mus waan dem wa know wa dey da do
3 For the time will
come when they will not
ain right, fa stop. An mus courage um so
endure sound doctrine; dat dey waak scraight. An ya mus all de
but after their own lusts time beah wid um wiles ya keep on da laan
shall they heap to them-
selves teachers, having um de wod. 3 Ya mus do dis cause de time
itching ears; gwine come wen people ain gwine wahn
4 And they shall turn
fa yeh true teachin. Steada dat, dey gwine
away their ears from the folla wa dey haat tell um fa do. An dey
truth, and shall be turned gwine geda togeda mo an mo teacha dem
unto fables.
wa gwine jes tell dem ting dat de people
5 But watch thou in all like fa yeh. 4 Dem people gwine ton way
things, endure afflictions, fom yeh de trute, an dey gwine pay mind
do the work of an evan-
gelist, make full proof of ta dem story wa ain true. 5 Bot all de time
thy ministry. ya mus keep trol ob yasef. Ya mus beah op
onda suffrin. Mus keep on da tell people de
6 For I am now ready
to be offered, and the
Good Nyews, an ya mus do all dat ya
time of my departure is at oughta do een ya wok fa God.
hand. 6 Cause fa me own paat, now de time
done come fa me fa dead, like a sacrifice ta
7 I have fought a good
fight, I have finished my God. De time done come fa me fa lef dis
course, I have kept the life. 7 A done fight de good fight. De race
faith:
wa A beena ron done done. A ain neba
8 Henceforth there is
stop trus een God. 8 Now den, de prize da
laid up for me a crown of wait fa me, de crown dat de one wa waak
righteousness, which the scraight wid God gwine git. De Lawd wa
Lord, the righteous
judge, shall give me at da jedge right, e gwine gii me dat prize,
that day: and not to me dat day wen e gwine come back. An e ain
only, but unto all them
also that love his gwine gim jes ta me. E gwine gii dat prize
appearing. ta all dem wa look fowaad wid all dey haat
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 4 735
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
736 2 Timothy 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus
1
1 A, Paul, God saabant an a postle ob Chapter 1
Jedus Christ, da write dis letta. God 1 Paul, a servant of
pick me an sen me ta e people wa e done God, and an apostle of Je-
pick. E sen me fa hep um fa bleebe pon um sus Christ, according to
the faith of God's elect,
an fa know de true teachin ob we fait so and the acknowledging
dat dey gwine lib God way. 2 An cause ob of the truth which is after
godliness;
dat, dey kin look fowaad fa sho ta dey life
wa gwine las faeba an eba. God ain neba 2 In hope of eternal
life, which God, that can-
tell no lie, an e done promise fa gii we dat not lie, promised before
life wa ain gwine neba end. 3 An den, wen the world began;
de right time come dat e done pick, e mek
3 But hath in due times
people know e wod ob Good Nyews wa e manifested his word
sen. E gii me e wod fa tell people. An cause through preaching,
which is committed unto
God we Sabior chaage me fa go tell people me according to the com-
de wod, A da tell um all roun. mandment of God our
4 A da write dis letta ta ya, Titus, me Saviour;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
738 Titus 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 1, 2 739
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
740 Titus 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 2, 3 741
life we beena lib. E done gii e life fa mek and purify unto himself a
peculiar people, zealous
we haat clean, so dat we gwine be e own of good works.
people wa wahn fa do wa good wid all we
15 These things speak,
haat. and exhort, and rebuke
15 So den, ya mus laan dem ting yah ta with all authority. Let no
de bleeba dem. Wid all ya tority, ya mus man despise thee.
courage um fa do um an buke dem wa ain
da do um. Mus dohn leh nobody say dey
ain no need fa listen ta wa ya say.
3
,2
3
1 Ya mus memba de Christian dem Chapter 3
dat dey mus pay mind ta dem wa da 1 Put them in mind to
be subject to principali-
lead een de gobment an hab tority oba um. ties and powers, to obey
Dey mus do wa dey tell um fa do, an be magistrates, to be ready
to every good work,
ready fa do all dat good. 2 Tell um dey mus
dohn hole nobody cheap. Dey mus be 2 To speak evil of no
peaceable an treat people good. An all de man, to be no brawlers,
but gentle, shewing all
time dey mus mind dey mannas wid all meekness unto all men.
people. 3 Cause we too ain nyuse fa hab no
ondastandin bout God. Een dat time we 3 For we ourselves also
were sometimes foolish,
ain beena pay no mind ta God. We ain disobedient, deceived,
listen ta nobody. An we ain beena waak serving divers lusts and
een de right way. We ain been able fa trol pleasures, living in mal-
ice and envy, hateful, and
wesef, an wa we haat tell we fa do, jes dat hating one another.
we beena folla. We jes been wahn fa do all
kind ob bad ting fa gii we pledja. An we 4 But after that the
beena lib jes da study pon how fa do bad ta kindness and love of God
our Saviour toward man
people an be jealous ob um. People beena appeared,
hate we, an we beena hate one noda. 4 Bot
den God we Sabior sabe we, wen e show 5 Not by works of righ-
we e blessin an how e da lob ebrybody. teousness which we have
5 Ain been cause ob no good ting dat we done, but according to
his mercy he saved us, by
beena do dat e sabe we. Bot cause e hab the washing of regenera-
mussy pon we, e sabe we, shru de washin tion, and renewing of the
Holy Ghost;
wa mek we bon gin an git nyew life by de
Holy Sperit. 6 God pour out de Holy Sperit
6 Which he shed on us
pon we wid all e powa shru Jedus Christ abundantly through Je-
we Sabior. 7 God done dis so dat by Christ sus Christ our Saviour;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
742 Titus 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 3 743
fa do good deed, so dat dey kin hep oda works for necessary uses,
that they be not un-
people git wa dey need. Een dat way, dem fruitful.
wa trus een Christ gwine lib life wa count
fa sompin. 15 All that are with me
15 All de people yah da say hey ta ya. salute thee. Greet them
that love us in the faith.
An tell all we Christian fren dem hey. Grace be with you all.
God bless all ob oona. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philemon
Paul Letta Ta
1
,3 Philemon Philemon
1 Paul, a prisoner of 1 A, Paul, wa een de jailhouse fa sake ob
Jesus Christ, and Timo-
thy our brother, unto Jedus Christ, an we broda Timothy, da
Philemon our dearly be- write ya, Philemon, we deah Christian
loved, and fellow-
labourer, broda wa da hep we een de wok.
2 And to our beloved 2 A da write too ta ya, Apphia, we sista,
Apphia, and Archippus an ta Archippus, wa da wok long wid we
our fellowsoldier, and to
the church in thy house: een de fight. An A da write ta de bredren
3 Grace to you, and
wa da meet dey een ya house.
peace, from God our Fa- 3 We da pray dat God we Fada an we
ther and the Lord Jesus Lawd Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona
Christ.
peace een oona haat.
4 I thank my God,
making mention of thee
always in my prayers,
De Lob an Trus ob Philemon
5 Hearing of thy love All de time wen A da pray fa ya, A da
4
and faith, which thou tell me God tankya fa ya. 5 Cause A yeh
hast toward the Lord Je- say ya lob all God people an ya da trus een
sus, and toward all saints;
de Lawd Jedus. 6 A da pray dat de fait dat
6 That the communica-
tion of thy faith may be- oona hab een de Lawd Jedus gwine hep
come effectual by the oda people fa ondastan mo an mo bout de
acknowledging of every
good thing which is in
blessin dat God da gii we, wen we one een
you in Christ Jesus. Christ. 7 Wen A yeh how ya lob God
7 For we have great people, A been full op wid joy an A tek
joy and consolation in courage fa true. Cause me Christian broda,
thy love, because the
bowels of the saints are ya done mek God people haat glad.
refreshed by thee,
brother. Paul Aks Philemon fa Gii Onesimus
8 Wherefore, though I Haaty Welcome
might be much bold in 8 So den, eben dough A got de tority fa
Christ to enjoin thee that
which is convenient, chaage ya fa do wa ya oughta do, cause A
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philemon 745
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
746 Philemon
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Letta Ta De
Hebrew Dem ,1
Hebrews
1
1 Way back, plenty time an een 1 God, who at sundry
plenty diffunt way, God beena taak ta times and in divers man-
ners spake in time past
we ole people shru de prophet dem. 2 Bot unto the fathers by the
now wen de end time da come, God taak ta prophets,
we shru e Son. An shru e Son, God mek de
2 Hath in these last
wol, an e pass ebryting ta e Son. 3 God days spoken unto us by
Son, e de light wa da show we de bright his Son, whom he hath
appointed heir of all
glory ob God. Wen oona see de Son, oona things, by whom also he
da see God, cause de Son jes de same as made the worlds;
God. An de Son wod wa got powa fa true,
3 Who being the
da mek all ting stay jes like dey spose fa brightness of his glory,
stay. An atta de Son done dead fa people and the express image of
his person, and uphold-
sin, fa mek um clean een God eye, e gone ing all things by the word
ta heaben an seddown ta de right han side of his power, when he
ob God, wa got mo powa den all. had by himself purged
our sins, sat down on the
right hand of the Majesty
God Son Way Mo High Op on high;
Den de Angel Dem
4 God mek e Son way mo high op den de 4 Being made so much
angel dem, jes like de name wa God gim, better than the angels, as
he hath by inheritance
dat way mo betta den dey name. 5 Cause obtained a more excel-
God ain neba tell none ob e angel dem say, lent name than they.
Ya me Son.
Taday A done come 5 For unto which of
the angels said he at any
fa be ya Fada. time, Thou art my Son,
An God ain neba taak bout no angel say, this day have I begotten
thee? And again, I will be
A gwine be e Fada, to him a Father, and he
an e gwine be me Son. shall be to me a Son?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
748 Hebrew 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 1, 2 749
13 God ain neba tell none ob e angel dem 13 But to which of the
angels said he at any
say, time, Sit on my right
Seddown yah ta me right han side, hand, until I make thine
enemies thy footstool?
til A pit ya enemy dem
ondaneet ya foot. 14 Are they not all
14 So den, all de angel dem, dey good ministering spirits, sent
forth to minister for them
sperit wa da saab God. God da sen um fa who shall be heirs of
hep dem wa God gwine sabe. salvation?
De Way ob Sabation
5 God ain pick no angel fa hab chaage 5 For unto the angels
oba de wol fa come, wa we da taak bout. hath he not put in subjec-
tion the world to come,
6 Bot dey write someweh dey een God whereof we speak.
Book say,
O God, wa man da, 6 But one in a certain
place testified, saying,
dat mek ya consaan bout um? What is man, that thou
Wa mek we wa jes people, art mindful of him? or
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
750 Hebrew 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 2, 3 751
fa mek people dead. 15 Dat how Jedus set 15 And deliver them
who through fear of
free all dem people wa been jes like slabe death were all their life-
onda de Debil all de time dey lib, cause time subject to bondage.
16 For verily he took
dey been scaid fa dead. 16 Fa sho, Jedus not on him the nature of
ain come fa hep de angel dem. E come fa angels; but he took on
hep Abraham chullun chullun. 17 So den, him the seed of Abraham.
17 Wherefore in all
dey ain been no oda way bot dat Jedus things it behoved him to
mus come fa be jes like e bredren een ebry be made like unto his
brethren, that he might
way. E done dat so dat e able fa be de head be a merciful and faithful
man ob de priest dem, full op wid mussy, high priest in things per-
taining to God, to make
an da wok fa God wid all e haat, so dat e reconciliation for the sins
kin tek way de people sin an God kin fagib of the people.
18 For in that he him-
um. 18 Now, cause Jedus done been tempt self hath suffered being
an e suffa, fa true dat mek Jedus able fa tempted, he is able to
hep we wen we git tempt. succour them that are
tempted.
3
,2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
752 Hebrew 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 3, 4 753
Taday still dey een God Book fa we. Mus you be hardened through
the deceitfulness of sin.
courage one noda all de time so dat sin ain
gwine ceebe none ob oona an mek um hab 14 For we are made
partakers of Christ, if we
sinful haad haat. 14 Cause we all got we hold the beginning of our
paat wid Christ, bot jes ef we memba fa set confidence stedfast unto
we haat fa true pon um, jes like we beena the end;
4
1 Now den, God still da promise we, Chapter 4
say we kin go eenta dat place weh e 1 Let us therefore fear,
lest, a promise being left
gwine gii we res. So den, leh we tek cyah so us of entering into his
dat none ob oona ain gwine miss out an rest, any of you should
God gwine jedge ya say, Ya done miss ya seem to come short of it.
chance fa go eenta dat place weh A been 2 For unto us was the
gospel preached, as well
gwine gii ya res. 2 Cause people been tell as unto them: but the
we de Good Nyews, jes like dey done been word preached did not
profit them, not being
tell dem people way back dey een de desat. mixed with faith in them
Bot wa dey yeh ain hep um none tall. Cause that heard it.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
754 Hebrew 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 4, 5 755
5
1 Ebry head man ob de Jew priest ordained for men in
dem, e been pick fom mongst de man things pertaining to God,
that he may offer both
dem fa go fo God fa sake ob de people, so gifts and sacrifices for
dat e kin offa gif ta God an sacrifice fa de sins:
2 Who can have com-
people sin. 2 Cause de head man too, e a passion on the ignorant,
man an e kin do wa ain right. So den, e kin and on them that are out
of the way; for that he
hab mussy pon dem wa ain da do right an himself also is compassed
ain know no betta. 3 An cause e man too, with infirmity.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
756 Hebrew 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 5, 6 757
laan oona gin de fus true ting dem dat God and are become such as
have need of milk, and
tell we, ting dat we wa bleebe oughta laan not of strong meat.
fus ob all. Oona like leetle chullun wa
13 For every one that
haffa drink jes milk, cause oona ain ready useth milk is unskilful in
yet fa de solid food. 13 All dem wa still da the word of righteous-
laan dem fus trute, dey ain know yet how ness: for he is a babe.
6
1 So den, leh we dohn jes keep on da
study oba dem ting wa we fus beena
laan oona bout Christ. Leh we go on an Chapter 6
laan de ting dem wa gwine grow we op
1 Therefore leaving
een Christ. Leh we go on fom wa we fus the principles of the doc-
laan oona, wen we say people mus change trine of Christ, let us go
dey way an stop fa do de bad ting dem wa on unto perfection; not
laying again the founda-
gwine mek um dead, an dat people mus tion of repentance from
bleebe pon God. 2 Leh we go on fom wa dead works, and of faith
toward God,
we laan bout how we oughta git bactize,
an how we oughta lay han pon people an 2 Of the doctrine of
pray fa God blessin pon um. Leh we go on baptisms, and of laying
on of hands, and of resur-
fom wa we laan bout how God gwine mek rection of the dead, and
de people wa done dead git op an lib gin, of eternal judgment.
an how God gwine jedge all people, an wa
3 And this will we do,
e say gwine las faeba fa um. 3 Leh we go if God permit.
on an laan mo ting. We gwine do dat, ef
God leh we. 4 For it is impossible
for those who were once
4 Wen people beena waak een God way enlightened, and have
an den dey ton dey back pon God, ain tasted of the heavenly
gift, and were made par-
nottin gwine mek um ton fom dey sin an takers of the Holy Ghost,
come back ta God. Dem people been know
de trute wa come fom God. Dey done git 5 And have tasted the
good word of God, and
de blessin dem wa God gii. Dey done git de the powers of the world
Holy Sperit een dey haat. 5 Dey done find to come,
out fa deysef dat God wod good, an dey
6 If they shall fall
done feel de powa dem wa come wid de away, to renew them
time wen God gwine rule. 6 Ef people done again unto repentance;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
758 Hebrew 6
seeing they crucify to know all dat, an den dey still ton dey back
themselves the Son of
God afresh, and put him pon God, nottin ain gwine mek um ton
to an open shame. fom dey sin an come back ta God gin.
Cause dey da nail God Son ta de cross gin,
an dey hole um cheap.
7 For the earth which
7 Wen de groun da soak op good rain wa
drinketh in the rain that
cometh oft upon it, and faddown pon um plenty time, an dat groun
bringeth forth herbs meet da mek de plant grow an beah good crop
for them by whom it is
dressed, receiveth bless- dat dem wa hab de faam kin nyuse, dat de
ing from God: groun wa git God blessin. 8 Bot ef de groun
grow jes briah an ticket, dat groun ain wot
nottin tall. De time done come close wen
8 But that which
beareth thorns and briers God gwine cuss dat groun. Den fire gwine
is rejected, and is nigh bun um op.
unto cursing; whose end 9 Oona me deah fren, an eben dough we
is to be burned.
taak like dis, we sho bout oona. We know
oona da gwine een de betta way ob blessin
9 But, beloved, we are wa go long wid oona sabation. 10 God all
persuaded better things de time scraight wid all people, so e ain
of you, and things that
accompany salvation, gwine fagit de wok wa oona beena do. E
though we thus speak. ain fagit de lob oona beena show fa um,
wen oona beena hep oona Christian
bredren an how oona still keep on da hep
10 For God is not un-
righteous to forget your
um. 11 Now den, dis wa we wahn ebry one
work and labour of love, ob oona fa do. Oona oughta try wid all
which ye have shewed to- oona haat fa do wa God wahn, til oona
ward his name, in that ye
have ministered to the dead, so dat oona gwine git de ting dem
saints, and do minister. wa God got fa oona wa keep on da look fa
um. 12 We ain wahn oona fa git lazy. We
wahn oona fa be like dem people wa trus
11 And we desire that
every one of you do shew Christ an ain neba gii op. An cause dey do
the same diligence to the dat, dey gwine git wa God been promise fa
full assurance of hope
unto the end:
gim.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 6, 7 759
God, e gii e own name fa tek e wow. 14 E 13 For when God made
promise to Abraham, be-
tell Abraham say, Fa true, A gwine bless cause he could swear by
ya an A gwine gii ya a heapa granchullun no greater, he sware by
himself,
an granchullun chullun. 15 An so, atta 14 Saying, Surely bles-
Abraham wait an trus God fa a long time, e sing I will bless thee, and
git wa God been promise. 16 Wen a poson multiplying I will multi-
ply thee.
mek a wow, e kin tek de name ob one wa 15 And so, after he had
got mo tority an powa den e got. An cause patiently endured, he ob-
ob dat wow, people ain aagy no mo bout tained the promise.
um. 17 God been wahn fa show de people 16 For men verily
swear by the greater: and
dat e gwine gii wa e promise. E been wahn an oath for confirmation
fa show um too cleah dat e ain neba gwine is to them an end of all
strife.
change e mind bout wa e promise e gwine 17 Wherein God, will-
do. Cause ob dat, God mek a wow too. ing more abundantly to
18 God done dat, so dat dem two ting yah, shew unto the heirs of
promise the immutability
wa God promise an wa e mek a wow bout, of his counsel, confirmed
fa true dem two ting cyahn neba change, it by an oath:
cause God cyahn lie. Now den, dem two 18 That by two immu-
ting da courage we fa true, so dat we wa table things, in which it
gone ta God fa stay safe, we gwine pit all was impossible for God to
lie, we might have a
we haat pon wa God gwine gii we bye an strong consolation, who
bye. 19 An wa we pit we haat pon, dat jes have fled for refuge to lay
hold upon the hope set
like a anka fa we soul. Dat anka safe an ain before us:
change, eben a leetle bit. An wa we pit we
19 Which hope we
haat pon, dat gwine go pass de big curtain have as an anchor of the
ta de place weh God dey. 20 Jedus gone soul, both sure and
stedfast, and which
eenta dat place heada we. An e dey fa we entereth into that within
sake. E come fa be a head man ob de priest the veil;
dem faeba an eba, een de same way 20 Whither the fore-
Melchizedek been head man ob de priest runner is for us entered,
dem. even Jesus, made an high
priest for ever after the
Melchizedek de Priest order of Melchisedec.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
760 Hebrew 7
2 To whom also Abra- all e tek een de waa eenta ten paat, an e gii
ham gave a tenth part of
all; first being by inter- Melchizedek one paat. Een de fus place,
pretation King of righ- Melchizedek name mean, King wa da do
teousness, and after that
also King of Salem, which
right. An den dey call um King wa da
is, King of peace; bring peace, cause Salem, de city weh e
3 Without father, with- beena rule, mean peace. 3 Dey ain nottin
out mother, without de- tall been write down bout Melchizedek
scent, having neither modda or e fada, needa e fambly line. Dey
beginning of days, nor
end of life; but made like ain nottin needa bout wen e bon or wen e
unto the Son of God; dead. So e stan like God Son, cause e a
abideth a priest contin-
ually. priest faeba an eba.
4 Leh we study den pon how great dis
4 Now consider how
great this man was, unto Melchizedek been. Eben Abraham, de fada
whom even the patriarch ob all de Jew people, gim one paat outta
Abraham gave the tenth
of the spoils.
ten paat ob all e tek een de waa. 5 Now de
Law wa God gii Moses taak bout de
5 And verily they that
are of the sons of Levi,
granchullun chullun ob Levi wa come fa be
who receive the office of Jew priest dem. De Law say, de people ob
the priesthood, have a Israel mus wide op wa dey git eenta ten
commandment to take
tithes of the people ac- paat an gii one paat ta de Jew priest dem.
cording to the law, that Dat mean fa say, dey own countryman dem
is, of their brethren,
though they come out of beena gii dem Jew priest one paat outta
the loins of Abraham: ebry ten paat, eben dough dey all Abraham
6 But he whose de-
granchullun chullun. 6 Dis man
scent is not counted from Melchizedek ain come outta Levi fambly
them received tithes of line, stillyet e got one paat outta ebry ten
Abraham, and blessed
him that had the pro- paat ob all wa Abraham tek een de waa. An
mises. Melchizedek aks God fa bless Abraham, de
man wa God been mek de promise ta. 7 We
7 And without all con-
tradiction the less is know fa true dat de poson wa aks God fa
blessed of the better. bless noda poson, e mo high op den de one
wa git bless. 8 Now de priest dem wa come
8 And here men that
die receive tithes; but outta Levi fambly line an wa git one paat
there he receiveth them, of outta ebry ten paat, dey jes people wa haffa
whom it is witnessed that
he liveth.
dead. Bot Melchizedek, wa got one paat
outta ebry ten paat too, God say e da lib.
9 And as I may so say, 9 An we kin say wen Abraham pay one
Levi also, who receiveth
tithes, payed tithes in
paat outta e ten paat, dat been jes like Levi
Abraham. too pay one paat ta Melchizedek. (An Levi
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 7 761
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
762 Hebrew 7
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 7, 8 763
8
1 Now de ting wa we da tell oona mo Chapter 8
den all, dat we got susha head man ob 1 Now of the things
which we have spoken
de priest dem, jes like we beena taak bout. this is the sum: We have
E Jedus, de one wa seddown at de right such an high priest, who
is set on the right hand of
han side ob God shrone een heaben. the throne of the Majesty
2 Jedus da wok as head priest een de Mos in the heavens;
Holy Place weh God dey. Dat de real tent 2 A minister of the
ob woshup fa true, de tent wa de Lawd sanctuary, and of the true
tabernacle, which the
God pit op. No man ain pit um op. Lord pitched, and not
3 Ebry head man ob de priest dem, e man.
3 For every high priest
been pick so dat e kin offa gif an sacrifice is ordained to offer gifts
ta God. Same way so, we head man too and sacrifices: wherefore
mus hab sompin fa offa ta God. 4 Ef Jedus it is of necessity that this
man have somewhat also
been een dis wol now, e ain been fa be a to offer.
priest tall, cause de priest dem een dis wol 4 For if he were on
earth, he should not be a
wa da offa gif ta God jes like de Jew Law priest, seeing that there
say. 5 De wok wa dem priest do, dat ain de are priests that offer gifts
according to the law:
real ting. Dat a shada wa da show wa op 5 Who serve unto the
dey een heaben een de real woshup place example and shadow of
weh God dey. Dat hoccome wen Moses heavenly things, as Mo-
ses was admonished of
been ready fa build de tent ob woshup weh God when he was about
dem priest been gwine do dey wok, God to make the tabernacle:
for, See, saith he, that
tell um say, Ya mus be sho fa mek all ting thou make all things ac-
jes de same way A been show ya wen ya cording to the pattern
shewed to thee in the
been dey pon Mount Sinai. 6 So now we mount.
see dat God pick Jedus Christ fa do de wok 6 But now hath he ob-
tained a more excellent
ob a priest, an dat wok betta fa true, mo ministry, by how much
betta den de wok wa dem oda priest da do. also he is the mediator of
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
764 Hebrew 8
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 8, 9 765
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
766 Hebrew 9
6 Now when these now we ain hab time fa splain all dem ting
things were thus or-
dained, the priests went
yah ta oona.
always into the first ta- 6 Atta dey done git de place ready like
bernacle, accomplishing dat, wid all dem ting een dey place, de
the service of God.
priest dem kin go eenside de fus room
ebryday, weh dey da do dey wok fa God.
7 But into the second 7 Bot jes de head man ob de priest dem go
went the high priest alone eenta de secon room wa dey eenside. An e
once every year, not
without blood, which he go eenside dey jes one time ebry yeah.
offered for himself, and Wen e go een, e mus tek blood ob goat an
for the errors of the
people: bull an de ashesh ob heifer, wa e offa ta
God fa sake ob e own sin an fa all de oda
people sin dem wa dey ain know dey
8 The Holy Ghost this beena do. 8 De Holy Sperit nyuse all dem
signifying, that the way ting fa show we, long as de fus room een
into the holiest of all was
not yet made manifest, dat tent still beena stan, de way eenta De
while as the first taberna- Place Weh God Dey Mo Den Any Oda
cle was yet standing:
Place ain been open op yet. 9 Dis show we
de ting dem wa dey now at dis time. E
show we dat wen a poson come fa woshup
9 Which was a figure
for the time then present, God, all e da gii ta God an all animal
in which were offered sacrifice wa e da mek ta God, dey ain able
both gifts and sacrifices,
that could not make him
fa mek e haat clean like e oughta be. 10 All
that did the service per- dem ting yah een de law jes da taak bout
fect, as pertaining to the ting fa nyam an drink an how fa wash ting
conscience;
fa mek people clean een God eye. All dem
rule yah jes dey fa dis wol. Dey ain got
10 Which stood only in
nottin fa do wid people haat. An dey powa
meats and drinks, and di- go on jes til de time come wen God gwine
vers washings, and carnal change all ting.
ordinances, imposed on
them until the time of
11 Bot wen Christ come fa be de head
reformation. man ob de priest dem, e bring de good ting
dem wa we got now. De tent ob God weh
Christ pass shru, e mo fa true like e oughta
11 But Christ being be an much mo great den de tent wa dey
come an high priest of
good things to come, by a een dis wol. Ain no poson mek de place
greater and more perfect weh Christ done e wok, an dat place ain
tabernacle, not made
with hands, that is to say,
dey een dis wol, wa done been mek.
not of this building; 12 Wen Christ gone shru de tent, e gone
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 9 767
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
768 Hebrew 9
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 9, 10 769
priest dem, e haffa go eenta de mos holy entereth into the holy
place every year with
place yah one time ebry yeah wid blood blood of others;
wa ain e own. E tek animal blood. Bot
26 For then must he of-
Christ gone fa offa esef fa be a sacrifice ta ten have suffered since
God jes one time. E ain gone fa offa esef the foundation of the
oba an oba gin. 26 Cause den Christ been world: but now once in
the end of the world hath
gwine haffa suffa heapa time, fom de time he appeared to put away
wen God mek de wol. Stead ob dat, Christ sin by the sacrifice of
himself.
done come jes one time an no mo, now
wen de wol da come ta e end, fa sacrifice 27 And as it is ap-
esef, so dat e kin tek way sin. An sin ain pointed unto men once to
gwine be no mo. 27 All people haffa dead die, but after this the
judgment:
one time. An atta dey done dead, God
gwine jedge um fa all dey done do.
28 So Christ was once
28 Same way so, Christ, too, done dead jes
offered to bear the sins of
one time, as a sacrifice fa tek way de sin ob many; and unto them
that look for him shall he
a heapa people. An e gwine come back ta appear the second time
de wol a secon time. Bot dat time dey, e without sin unto
ain gwine come fa tek way people sin. E salvation.
10
1 De Jew Law show we bout dem Chapter 10
good ting wa da come, bot e ain 1 For the law having a
show we cleah bout how dey gwine be. E shadow of good things to
come, and not the very
jes like a shada. E ain like de real ting dem. image of the things, can
De people da offa de same kind ob never with those sacri-
fices which they offered
sacrifice ebry yeah, oba an oba gin. Dem year by year continually
sacrifice ob de Jew Law ain neba gwine make the comers there-
unto perfect.
hab powa fa mek de people dat come ta
God be all dat dey oughta be. 2 Ef dem
animal sacrifice been got powa fa true fa 2 For then would they
tek way de sin ob de people wa come fa not have ceased to be of-
fered? because that the
woshup God, den de people ain been fa worshippers once purged
mek no animal sacrifice no mo. Cause ef should have had no more
conscience of sins.
de sacrifice been mek dey haat clean fom
sin once an fa all time, dey ain been fa feel
guilty fa dey sin no mo. 3 Bot stead ob dat, 3 But in those sacrifices
there is a remembrance
de animal sacrifice wa de people da mek again made of sins every
ebry yeah, dey da mek um memba dey sin. year.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
770 Hebrew 10
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 10 771
Oba an oba gin, e offa op de same kind ob which can never take
away sins:
sacrifice, bot dem kind ob animal sacrifice
ain neba able fa tek way people sin. 12 Bot 12 But this man, after
he had offered one sacri-
Christ offa op jes one sacrifice an dat fice for sins for ever, sat
sacrifice got powa fa tek way people sin down on the right hand
of God;
faeba an eba. An wen e done offa op de
sacrifice, e gone an seddown ta God right 13 From henceforth
han. 13 E da wait dey, da look fa de time expecting till his enemies
be made his footstool.
wen God gwine stroy all e enemy an mek
um like a footstool onda e foot. 14 Cause 14 For by one offering
wid jes one sacrifice wa Christ mek, e done he hath perfected for
tek de people wa e da mek holy, an e mek ever them that are sancti-
fied.
um all dey oughta be faeba an eba.
15 De Holy Sperit, too, da show we dat
15 Whereof the Holy
dem ting yah true fa sho. Fus e say, Ghost also is a witness to
16 De Lawd say, atta dat time, us: for after that he had
said before,
dis de cobnant
A gwine mek wid um.
16 This is the covenant
A gwine mek um know
that I will make with
me law dem een dey haat, them after those days,
an A gwine mek um saith the Lord, I will put
my laws into their hearts,
memba dem ting faeba. and in their minds will I
17 Den de Holy Sperit say, write them;
A gwine fagit faeba an eba
de sin dey done, 17 And their sins and
iniquities will I remem-
an how dey broke me law dem. ber no more.
18 So wen God done fagib de people fa dey
sin, dey ain got fa offa no sacrifice neba 18 Now where remis-
gin fa tek way dey sin. sion of these is, there is no
more offering for sin.
Leh We Come Nigh ta God
19 Me bredren, cause ob Jedus blood wa 19 Having therefore,
brethren, boldness to en-
e gii wen e dead pon de cross, we ain got fa ter into the holiest by the
be scaid eben a leetle bit. We kin go right blood of Jesus,
eenta de place weh God dey. 20 Jedus
sacrifice e body fa open op a nyew way. E 20 By a new and living
body stan like de tick curtain wa hang way, which he hath con-
secrated for us, through
eenside God House fa kiba de place weh the veil, that is to say, his
God dey. (Dat tick curtain dey done teah flesh;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
772 Hebrew 10
21 And having an high fom top ta bottom wen Christ done dead
priest over the house of
God; pon de cross.) 21 We got a priest wa mo
den all de oda priest dem an e da rule oba
God House. 22 So den, leh we go right een
22 Let us draw near ta God. Wid all we haat leh we trus um fa
with a true heart in full
assurance of faith, having
true. Cause Jedus blood done clean we
our hearts sprinkled from haat so we ain feel guilty no mo. An we e
an evil conscience, and people wa done wash we body een clean
our bodies washed with
pure water. wata. 23 Leh we stan scrong an neba gii op
23 Let us hold fast the
da hope dat we gwine git de ting dem wa
profession of our faith
without wavering; (for he we say we bleebe God gwine gii we. Mus
is faithful that promised;) dohn doubt eben a leetle bit, cause God
24 And let us consider
one another to provoke promise we, an e gwine do wa e say, fa
unto love and to good true. 24 Leh we study how we kin courage
works:
25 Not forsaking the one noda fa show lob an do good. 25 An
assembling of ourselves leh we keep on da meet togeda. We mus
together, as the manner dohn folla some people ob de choch wa ain
of some is; but exhorting
one another: and so much keep on da meet. Stead ob dat, leh we
the more, as ye see the courage one noda. An leh we courage one
day approaching.
26 For if we sin wil- noda mo den eba, cause we see dat de
fully after that we have Lawd gwine come back soon.
received the knowledge 26 Atta we know wa true, ef we still
of the truth, there
remaineth no more sacri- keep on da sin eben wen we know betta,
fice for sins, dey ain no sacrifice no mo fa tek way we
27 But a certain fearful
looking for of judgment
sin. 27 Ef a poson da sin dat way, e oughta
and fiery indignation, be scaid cause e ain got nottin mo fa do bot
which shall devour the fa wait fa God fa jedge um an fa de big fire
adversaries.
28 He that despised
wa gwine bun op dem wa da fight ginst
Moses' law died without God. 28 Ef a poson ain do wa de Law wa
mercy under two or three God gii Moses tell um fa do, an ef two or
witnesses:
29 Of how much sorer
shree people gree da say dey shim wen e
punishment, suppose ye, broke de Law, den de tority dem kill dat
shall he be thought wor- one dey. Dey ain hab no mussy pon um.
thy, who hath trodden
under foot the Son of 29 So den, oona oughta know, de one wa
God, and hath counted da spise de Son ob God, God gwine punish
the blood of the cove-
nant, wherewith he was um mo fa true. Dat one dey da hole cheap
sanctified, an unholy Christ blood ob God cobnant wa tek way e
thing, and hath done de-
spite unto the Spirit of
sin, an e beena sult God Sperit wa hab
grace? mussy pon um. Dat one oughta git punish
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 10 773
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
774 Hebrew 10, 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11 775
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
776 Hebrew 11
14 For they that say come-yah people een dis wol. 14 De people
such things declare
plainly that they seek a wa taak like dat sho fa true dat dey beena
country. look fa a country wa gwine blongst ta um.
15 And truly, if they 15 Fa sho, dey ain beena tink bout de
had been mindful of that
country from whence country dat dey come fom. Cause ef dey
they came out, they beena tink bout dat place, dey been gwine
might have had opportu-
nity to have returned.
git de chance fa go back dey. 16 Stead ob
16 But now they desire dat, dey been wahn a country dat mo betta
a better country, that is, den weh dey come fom. Dey been wahn a
an heavenly: wherefore
God is not ashamed to be
country dey een heaben. So God ain shame
called their God: for he ob um, wen dey call um dey own God,
hath prepared for them a cause e done been mek a city ready fa um.
city.
17 By faith Abraham,
17 Cause Abraham trus God, wen God
when he was tried, of- test um, e gree fa offa op Isaac, e onliest
fered up Isaac: and he son, fa sacrifice um ta God. Abraham been
that had received the
promises offered up his ready fa sacrifice Isaac eben dough God
only begotten son, been promise um bout Isaac. 18 God
18 Of whom it was
said, That in Isaac shall
promise um say, Isaac gwine hab de
thy seed be called: chullun wa gwine gii ya ya granchullun
19 Accounting that chullun. 19 Abraham trus God dat ef
God was able to raise Isaac dead, God able fa mek Isaac lib gin.
him up, even from the
dead; from whence also An so we kin say, eben dough Isaac ain
he received him in a been dead den, e stan like a poson wa done
figure.
20 By
dead, bot e come back ta Abraham.
faith Isaac
blessed Jacob and Esau 20 Cause Isaac trus God, e tell Jacob an
concerning things to Esau say, God gwine bless oona. E beena
come.
taak bout de blessin dem wa dey gwine git
21 By faith Jacob,
when he was a dying,
later on. 21 Cause Jacob trus God, e bless
blessed both the sons of Joseph son dem, one by one, wen de time
Joseph; and worshipped, come wen Jacob been bout fa dead. An at
leaning upon the top of
his staff. dat time dey, e lean pon e waakin stick an
22 By faith Joseph, e woshup God.
when he died, made men- 22 Cause Joseph trus God, wen e been
tion of the departing of bout fa dead, e taak bout de time wen de
the children of Israel; and
gave commandment con- Israel people gwine come outta Egypt, an
cerning his bones. Joseph tell um wa dey oughta do wid e
23 By faith Moses, body atta e done dead.
when he was born, was 23 Cause Moses fada an modda trus
hid three months of his
parents, because they God, dey hide Moses way een dey house fa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11 777
shree mont atta e bon, cause dey see Moses saw he was a proper
child; and they were not
been a fine chile, an dey ain been scaid fa afraid of the king's
broke de law wa de king pass, wa say dey commandment.
fa kill all dey son dem. 24 By faith Moses,
24 Cause Moses trus God, atta e grow when he was come to
op, e ain leh um call um de son ob King years, refused to be
called the son of Pha-
Pharaoh daughta. 25 Moses say e betta fa raoh's daughter;
suffa long wid God people den fa mek
merry, da do bad ting wa ain gwine mek 25 Choosing rather to
suffer affliction with the
um glad fa long. 26 E mek op e mind dat ef people of God, than to
people hole um cheap an mek um suffa fa enjoy the pleasures of sin
for a season;
sake ob Christ de Messiah, dat way wot mo
fa true den ef e git all de fine ting dem een 26 Esteeming the re-
Egypt. Cause Moses pit e haat pon de proach of Christ greater
riches than the treasures
blessin wa e gwine git atta wile. 27 Cause in Egypt: for he had re-
Moses trus God, e come outta Egypt an e spect unto the recom-
ain been scaid, eben dough de king been pence of the reward.
too bex wid um. E ain neba ton back. E 27 By faith he forsook
gone on, like e able fa see God wen nobody Egypt, not fearing the
else ain able fa shim. 28 Cause Moses trus wrath of the king: for he
endured, as seeing him
God, e keep de Passoba feas an e chaage de who is invisible.
Israel people fa sprinkle de blood pon dey
28 Through faith he
door, so dat wen de Det Angel wa da kill kept the passover, and
de fusbon son come, e ain gwine kill none the sprinkling of blood,
ob de fusbon son ob de Israel people. lest he that destroyed the
firstborn should touch
29 Cause de Israel people trus God, dey them.
gone right shru de Red Sea, jes like dey da
waak pon dry groun. Bot wen Pharoah 29 By faith they passed
through the Red sea as by
aamy try fa cross oba, dey all been drown dry land: which the Egyp-
een de wata. tians assaying to do were
drowned.
30 Cause de Israel people trus God, de
wall wa been dey roun Jericho faddown 30 By faith the walls of
atta de Israel people maach seben day Jericho fell down, after
roun um. 31 Cause e trus God, de screet they were compassed
about seven days.
ooman name Rahab ain dead wen de Israel
people beena kill de Jericho people wa ain 31 By faith the harlot
do wa God tell um fa do. Rahab ain dead, Rahab perished not with
them that believed not,
cause e been glad fa hide de scranja dem when she had received
een e house wen dey come fom Israel fa the spies with peace.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
778 Hebrew 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11, 12 779
12
12
,11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
780 Hebrew 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 12 781
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
782 Hebrew 12
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 12, 13 783
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
784 Hebrew 13
8 Jesus Christ the same 8 Jedus Christ de same taday jes like e
yesterday, and to day,
and for ever. been yestiddy an e gwine be jes de same
faeba. E ain neba gwine change. 9 Mus
9 Be not carried about
with divers and strange dohn leh all kind ob scrange ting wa
doctrines. For it is a good people laan oona ton oona fom de true
thing that the heart be es-
tablished with grace; not
way. Wen God blessin da mek we haat
with meats, which have scrong an courage we, dat good fa true.
not profited them that Bot wen we da folla rule bout wa ting we
have been occupied
therein. oughta nyam, dat ain wot nottin ta we. Dat
10 We have an altar,
ain hep de people wa nyam dat way none
whereof they have no tall.
right to eat which serve 10 De Jew priest dem wa da wok een de
the tabernacle.
Jew tent, dey ain got no right fa nyam
11 For the bodies of none ob de sacrifice pon we alta. 11 De
those beasts, whose
blood is brought into the
head man ob de Jew priest dem, e da bring
sanctuary by the high de animal blood ta de alta een God House,
priest for sin, are burned fa offa um op dey fa a sacrifice fa tek way
without the camp.
people sin. Bot de animal dem wa dey kill,
12 Wherefore Jesus dey bun um all op outside way fom weh
also, that he might sanc-
tify the people with his people lib. 12 Same way so, Jedus too suffa
own blood, suffered an dead way fom weh people lib, outside
without the gate.
de city gyate, so dat e kin gii e own blood
13 Let us go forth fa tek way de people sin. 13 So den, fa true,
therefore unto him with-
out the camp, bearing his
leh we come out fom weh people dey, an
reproach. go ta Jedus. Wid um, leh we beah e shame
14 For here have we no
wa e suffa pon de cross. 14 Cause yah een
continuing city, but we dis wol we ain got no city wa gwine las.
seek one to come. We da look fa de city weh we gwine lib bye
15 By him therefore let an bye. 15 So den, shru Jedus leh we praise
us offer the sacrifice of God all de time. Wen we da praise God
praise to God continu-
ally, that is, the fruit of shru Jedus, we da offa op a sacrifice ta
our lips giving thanks to God. Dat we offrin wa we bring ta God
his name.
wen we da praise um, wa say we blongst ta
16 But to do good and Jedus. 16 Mus dohn fagit fa do good an fa
to communicate forget hep one noda, cause dem de kind ob
not: for with such sacri-
fices God is well pleased. sacrifice wa da please God.
17 Oona mus do wa oona leada dem tell
17 Obey them that
have the rule over you,
oona fa do an pit oonasef onda um. Dey da
and submit yourselves: watch oba oona, cause dey gwine haffa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 13 785
taak ta God bout how dey done. Mus do for they watch for your
souls, as they that must
wa dey tell oona fa do, so dat dey gwine be give account, that they
heppy fa do dey wok. Bot ef oona ain do may do it with joy, and
not with grief: for that is
wa dey say, dey wok gwine gim a hebby unprofitable for you.
haat, an dat ain gwine hep oona none tall.
18 Pray for us: for we
18 Pray ta God fa we. We know fa sho
trust we have a good
dat we done do all dat we know we oughta conscience, in all things
do. Cause we wahn fa do wa right een ebry willing to live honestly.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 1 787
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
788 James 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 1, 2 789
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
790 James 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 2 791
waam an nyam nuff, bot e ain gim nottin ye give them not those
things which are needful
wa e need fa e body, dem wod ain mean to the body; what doth it
nottin! 17 Well den, dat so e stan wen profit?
somebody trus God. Ef e jes taak, da say e 17 Even so faith, if it
trus God, de fait ob dat poson wa da say e hath not works, is dead,
trus God cyahn do nottin. E fait dead. being alone.
18 Bot somebody gwine say, One 18 Yea, a man may say,
poson trus God. Noda one da do good ting Thou hast faith, and I
have works: shew me thy
dem. A ansa dat one say, Show me how faith without thy works,
somebody kin trus God an stillyet e ain do and I will shew thee my
faith by my works.
nottin fa show e trus God. Bot wa A da do,
dat gwine show dat A trus God. 19 Ya 19 Thou believest that
there is one God; thou
bleebe dat dey jes one God. Ya right! Bot doest well: the devils also
eben de ebil sperit dem bleebe dat, an dat believe, and tremble.
mek um tremble cause dey scaid ob um. 20 But wilt thou know,
20 Ya fool! Ya wahn me fa show ya, ainty? O vain man, that faith
Ef ya trus God bot ya ain da do nottin dat without works is dead?
show ya trus um, ya fait ain mean nottin. 21 Was not Abraham
21 Ya memba bout we ole people leada our father justified by
works, when he had of-
name Abraham. Wa mek all ting right twix fered Isaac his son upon
Abraham an God? All ting been mek right the altar?
twix Abraham an God cause e done wa
God tell um fa do. E tek e son Isaac fa go 22 Seest thou how
sacrifice um pon de alta. 22 So den, ya see faith wrought with his
works, and by works was
dat Abraham beena trus God, an e done wa faith made perfect?
God tell um fa do too. An cause ob wa
Abraham done, e been able fa trus God mo 23 And the scripture
den all, jes like God wahn um fa do. 23 An was fulfilled which saith,
Abraham believed God,
dat happen jes like dey write een God and it was imputed unto
Book say, Abraham trus God, an cause ob him for righteousness:
dat, all ting been mek scraight twix esef an and he was called the
Friend of God.
God. An God say, Abraham me fren.
24 So den, ya see dat God mek all ting right
24 Ye see then how
twix a poson an esef wen dat poson da do that by works a man is
right. E ain jes cause de poson trus God an justified, and not by faith
only.
ain do nottin.
25 Same way so, Rahab, de screet
25 Likewise also was
ooman dat lib loose life, e been hide de not Rahab the harlot jus-
Jew messenja dem wa come fa spy, an hep tified by works, when she
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
792 James 2, 3
had received the messen- um pass noda way fa git way fom dey
gers, and had sent them
out another way?
enemy. Cause ob wa Rahab done, God say
all ting been mek right twix Rahab an esef,
26 For as the body
without the spirit is dead,
ainty?
so faith without works is 26 So den, jes like a poson body done
dead also. dead wen dey ain no sperit een um, same
way so a poson wa say e trus God bot e ain
3
,2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 3 793
reptile an ting wa lib een de sea. 8 Bot ain 8 But the tongue can
no man tame; it is an un-
nobody able fa trol e mout. We mout a ebil ruly evil, full of deadly
ting wa ain neba stop wen we da taak bad, poison.
jes like a snake wa full op wid pison wa da 9 Therewith bless we
kill. 9 One time wid we mout we kin praise God, even the Father; and
therewith curse we men,
we Lawd an Fada God, an noda time we which are made after the
kin bad mout people, wa God mek fa be similitude of God.
like esef. 10 Wid dis same mout yah we 10 Out of the same
praise God an we bad mout people. Me mouth proceedeth bless-
Christian bredren, e ain oughta be like dat. ing and cursing. My
brethren, these things
11 Oona ain gwine git fresh wata wa taste ought not so to be.
fine an bad wata wa taste ob salt outta de
11 Doth a fountain
same well, ainty? 12 Me bredren, fa true, a send forth at the same
fig tree cyahn beah no olib. A grapewine place sweet water and
bitter?
cyahn beah no fig. Same way so, fresh
wata cyahn come outta salt wata well. 12 Can the fig tree, my
brethren, bear olive ber-
ries? either a vine, figs?
De Sense wa God Gii so can no fountain both
13 Who dat mongst oona dey wa got yield salt water and
fresh.
sense an ondastan plenty ting? Leh um
waak scraight an do good. An e mus dohn 13 Who is a wise man
and endued with knowl-
be proud. E oughta do all ting wid sense. edge among you? let him
Wen e lib like dat, dat gwine show dat e shew out of a good con-
versation his works with
got sense an e da ondastan. 14 Bot ef ya got meekness of wisdom.
de big eye an ya jes da wahn all ting fa
14 But if ye have bitter
yasef, ya mus dohn brag, da say ya good envying and strife in your
an got sense. Cause ef ya do so, ya ain taak hearts, glory not, and lie
true. 15 E ain God wa gii people dis kind not against the truth.
ob sense yah. Dat dis wol kinda sense. E 15 This wisdom de-
ain got nottin fa do wid God. E come fom scendeth not from above,
but is earthly, sensual,
de Debil. 16 Cause wensoneba people got devilish.
de big eye an dey jes da wahn all ting fa
16 For where envying
deysef, oona ain gwine find no peace dey, and strife is, there is con-
an people gwine do wasoneba dey wahn fa fusion and every evil
work.
do. Dey gwine do all kind ob ebil ting.
17 Bot de one wa got de sense wa God gii, e 17 But the wisdom that
got a clean haat fom God. Dat de fus ting. is from above is first
pure, then peaceable,
De one wa got dat kind ob sense dey, e lob gentle, and easy to be
peace, an e like fa hep people, an e pay intreated, full of mercy
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
794 James 3, 4
4
4
,3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 4 795
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
796 James 4, 5
5
5
,4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 5 797
8 Be ye also patient;
een de fall an een de spring time. 8 Same
stablish your hearts: for
way so, oona mus beah op onda ebryting the coming of the Lord
an wait. Mus dohn neba gii op, cause de draweth nigh.
9 Grudge not one
time da come soon wen de Lawd gwine
against another, breth-
come back. ren, lest ye be con-
9 Me Christian bredren, mus dohn demned: behold, the
judge standeth before the
grumble bout one noda, so dat God ain door.
gwine jedge oona. De Jedge gwine come 10 Take, my brethren,
right way. E da stan een de doormout. the prophets, who have
spoken in the name of the
10 Me Christian bredren, memba de Lord, for an example of
prophet dem wa beena taak de wod ob de suffering affliction, and
of patience.
Lawd. Dey beena suffa plenty, bot dey
11 Behold, we count
beah all dey fliction. 11 We say God bless them happy which en-
um cause dey ain gii op. Oona yeh how dure. Ye have heard of
the patience of Job, and
Job beena beah a heapa suffrin, an oona have seen the end of the
know how de Lawd come bless um at las. Lord; that the Lord is
very pitiful, and of tender
Cause de Lawd full op wid mussy fa we, an mercy.
e wahn fa hep we. 12 But above all
12 Me bredren, mo den all, A wahn oona things, my brethren,
fa know, wen oona promise sompin, mus swear not, neither by
heaven, neither by the
dohn mek no wow da say, A sweah by earth, neither by any
heaben or A sweah by dis wol. Mus other oath: but let your
yea be yea; and your nay,
dohn sweah by nottin wen oona promise nay; lest ye fall into
sompin. Stead ob dat, ef oona gree ta condemnation.
sompin, oona oughta say, Yeah. An ef 13 Is any among you
oona ain gree, oona oughta say, No. Den afflicted? let him pray. Is
any merry? let him sing
God ain gwine condemn oona. psalms.
13 Ef one ob oona da suffa, leh um aks
14 Is any sick among
God fa hep um. Ef one ob oona heppy, leh you? let him call for the
um sing, leh um sing praise ta God. 14 Ef elders of the church; and
let them pray over him,
one ob oona sick, leh um aks fa de choch anointing him with oil in
elda dem. Leh um come pray oba um an the name of the Lord:
naint um wid oll een de name ob de Lawd. 15 And the prayer of
15 An ef dey trus God, dat e gwine ansa faith shall save the sick,
and the Lord shall raise
dey pray, dat sick poson gwine git well. him up; and if he have
God gwine mek um well gin. An ef dat committed sins, they
shall be forgiven him.
poson beena sin, God gwine paadon um.
16 Confess your faults
16 So den, tell one noda de sin dem wa
one to another, and pray
oona done an be saary cause ob um, an one for another, that ye
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
798 James 5
may be healed. The effec- pray fa one noda, so dat God gwine mek
tual fervent prayer of a
righteous man availeth oona well. De one wa da waak scraight
much. wid God, e pray got great powa an God
17 Elias was a man
subject to like passions as gwine ansa um fa sho. 17 Elijah been a
we are, and he prayed man like wesef. E pray wid all e haat dat
earnestly that it might
not rain: and it rained not
God ain gwine leh no rain come. An e ain
on the earth by the space rain none tall pon de groun dey fa shree
of three years and six yeah an six mont. 18 Den wen Elijah pray
months.
18 And he prayed gin, an aks God fa sen rain, de rain come
again, and the heaven down, an de plant dem staat fa grow crop
gave rain, and the earth
brought forth her fruit.
gin.
19 Brethren, if any of
19 Me bredren, ef one ob oona da
you do err from the truth, wanda way fom God true way, an den
and one convert him;
noda one ob oona bring um back, 20 oona
20 Let him know, that
he which converteth the kin know, de one wa bring one sinna back
sinner from the error of ta God way, an hep um ton fom do bad, dat
his way shall save a soul
from death, and shall
poson da sabe de sinna soul fom det, an
hide a multitude of sins. God gwine paadon plenty sin.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 PeterT
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
800 1 Peter 1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 1 801
people de Good Nyews come tell oona. De that have preached the
gospel unto you with the
Holy Sperit, wa God sen outta heaben, e da Holy Ghost sent down
mek dem people yah able fa tell people de from heaven; which
things the angels desire
Good Nyews. An dem ting yah, de angel to look into.
dem too da scretch dey neck fa see.
13 Wherefore gird up
the loins of your mind, be
People wa Trus een Christ sober, and hope to the
Mus Lib God Way end for the grace that is
to be brought unto you at
13 So den, mek op oona mind fa do the revelation of Jesus
wasoneba ya oughta do. Mus nyuse ya Christ;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
802 1 Peter 1, 2
21 Who by him do be- dem, Christ done come fa oona sake, fa all
lieve in God, that raised
him up from the dead, de wol fa see. 21 Cause ob Christ, oona trus
and gave him glory; that een God, wa done mek Christ git op fom
your faith and hope
might be in God.
mongst de dead people an lib gin, an God
gim glory. So den, dat mek oona trus God
22 Seeing ye have pu-
rified your souls in obey-
an set oona haat pon um, da know e gwine
ing the truth through the do wa e promise e gwine do.
Spirit unto unfeigned 22 Now dat oona da do wa de true wod
love of the brethren, see
that ye love one another tell oona fa do, dat mek oona stop fa do
with a pure heart bad an mek oona lib clean life. An cause ob
fervently:
dat, oona lob oona Christian bredren fa
23 Being born again, true. So den, mus lob one noda, fa true,
not of corruptible seed,
but of incorruptible, by
wid all oona haat. 23 Oona done been bon
the word of God, which gin. E ain tall like de time oona bon de fus
liveth and abideth for time. E God wod wa gii ya dis nyew life, an
ever.
e wod gwine lib faeba. 24 Cause dey write
24 For all flesh is as
een God Book say,
grass, and all the glory of
man as the flower of All people jes like grass,
grass. The grass wither- an all wa fine bout um same
eth, and the flower
thereof falleth away: like dem flowa wa da grow
pon de grass.
25 But the word of the
Lord endureth for ever.
De grass gwine widda,
And this is the word an de dry flowa gwine
which by the gospel is faddown pon de groun.
preached unto you.
25 Bot de wod ob de Lawd
gwine las faeba.
2
,1 Dis wod yah de Good Nyews bout Jedus
Christ wa dey beena tell oona.
Chapter 2
1 Wherefore laying Jedus de Stone wa da Lib an Gii Life
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 2 803
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
804 1 Peter 2
hath called you out of pick oona fa tell all de people, da praise
darkness into his marvel-
lous light: God wa call oona outta de daak an bring
oona eenta e wondaful light. 10 Fo, oona
10 Which in time past
were not a people, but are ain been no nation ob people, bot now
now the people of God: oona God people. Oona ain been know
which had not obtained
mercy, but now have ob-
God mussyful, bot now oona come fa
tained mercy. know e mussy ta oona.
11 Dearly beloved, I
beseech you as strangers Wok fa God
and pilgrims, abstain
from fleshly lusts, which
11Me deah Christian fren, oona wa da
war against the soul; lib like scranja an come-yah people een dis
12 Having your con- wol, A da beg oona, mus dohn folla ya haat
versation honest among fa sattify dem ting wa ya body wahn, cause
the Gentiles: that, dem ting da fight ginst ya soul. 12 Mus lib
whereas they speak
against you as evildoers, een susha good way mongst de people wa
they may by your good ain know God, dat wen dey say ya da do
works, which they shall
behold, glorify God in the bad, dey gwine see sho nuff dat ya da do
day of visitation. good. An dat gwine mek um praise God
13 Submit yourselves pon de day dat e gwine come.
to every ordinance of 13 Cause oona blongst ta de Lawd, pit
man for the Lord's sake: oonasef onda ebry tority wa dey oba oona
whether it be to the king,
as supreme; een dis wol. Mus do wa dey wahn oona fa
do. Dohn mek no neba mind ef dat tority
14 Or unto governors,
as unto them that are
de king wa dey oba all de oda rula dem.
sent by him for the pun- 14 Mus pit oonasef onda de gobna dem wa
ishment of evildoers, and de king sen fa punish dem people wa ain
for the praise of them
that do well. do right an fa praise dem wa da do right.
15 God wahn oona fa do good ting so dat
15 For so is the will of
foolish people wa ain know nottin, ain
God, that with well doing
ye may put to silence the gwine hab nottin fa say ginst oona. 16 Lib
ignorance of foolish men: like people wa free, bot dat ain mek oona
16 As free, and not us-
free fa kiba op no ebil. Lib like people wa
ing your liberty for a da wok fa God. 17 Gii hona ta all people.
cloke of maliciousness, Lob all oona Christian bredren. Spec an
but as the servants of
God. hona God, an gii hona ta de king.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 2, 3 805
3
own husbands; that, if
Same way so, oona marry ooman.
1 any obey not the word,
Ebry one ob oona, pit yasef onda ya they also may without
the word be won by the
husban. Den ef some ob oona husban ain conversation of the
do wa God wod say, ya kin bring um fa wives;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
806 1 Peter 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 3 807
oona a blessin. 10 Cause dey write een God 10 For he that will love
life, and see good days,
Book say, let him refrain his tongue
Ef oona wahn fa mek from evil, and his lips
that they speak no guile:
oona life sweet
an lib a good life, 11 Let him eschew
evil, and do good; let him
mus dohn taak bad, seek peace, and ensue it.
an mus dohn tell no lie.
11 Mus dohn do no bad no mo. 12 For the eyes of the
Lord are over the righ-
Mus do good. teous, and his ears are
Mus try haad all de time open unto their prayers:
fa lib peaceable wid people. but the face of the Lord is
against them that do evil.
12 Cause de Lawd God da keep watch
oba dem wa da waak scraight. 13 And who is he that
All de time e da yeh dey pray. will harm you, if ye be
followers of that which is
Bot e da ton ginst dem people good?
wa da do ebil.
13 Who gwine mek oona suffa ef oona 14 But and if ye suffer
for righteousness' sake,
all de time try fa do jes wa right? 14 Bot happy are ye: and be not
eben ef oona suffa cause oona da do wa afraid of their terror, nei-
ther be troubled;
right, oona git blessin! Mus dohn be scaid
ob wa people da do, an mus dohn warry. 15 But sanctify the
15 Bot woshup Christ een oona haat as Lord God in your hearts:
and be ready always to
Lawd. Be ready all de time fa ansa de give an answer to every
people dat aks oona hoccome oona got man that asketh you a
reason of the hope that is
hope een oona haat. Bot wen oona ansa in you with meekness
um, mus dohn try fa force um fa bleebe and fear:
pon Christ, an show spec ta um. 16 Do wa
16 Having a good con-
oona haat tell oona e right fa do. Den wen science; that, whereas
people taak bad bout de good wa oona da they speak evil of you, as
of evildoers, they may be
do wiles oona da waak wid Christ, dem ashamed that falsely ac-
people gwine be shame cause ob wa dey cuse your good conversa-
beena say. 17 Cause e mo betta fa suffa tion in Christ.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
808 1 Peter 3, 4
being put to death in the man, bot God Sperit mek Christ lib gin.
flesh, but quickened by
the Spirit: 19 An een de Sperit, Christ gone an preach
19 By which also he ta de sperit dem wa been dey een de
went and preached unto
the spirits in prison; jailhouse. 20 Dem sperit been dem wa ain
20 Which sometime do wa God wahn um fa do een Noah time,
were disobedient, when
once the longsuffering of
wen God beena beah wid um wiles Noah
God waited in the days of beena build de ark. De people wa gone
Noah, while the ark was a eenside de ark ain been a whole heap. Jes
preparing, wherein few,
that is, eight souls were eight people gone een an been sabe shru
saved by water.
21 The
de wata. 21 So den, dat wata ob de flood
like figure
whereunto even baptism stan fa bactism wa sabe oona. Dat bactism
doth also now save us ain fa wash off dort fom we body, bot dat
(not the putting away of
the filth of the flesh, but de promise dat we mek ta God, say we
the answer of a good con- gwine waak scraight wid um so dat we kin
science toward God,) by
the resurrection of Jesus
know we ain guilty een e eye. Een dat
Christ: same way God mek Jedus Christ git op fom
22 Who is gone into
heaven, and is on the
mongst de dead people an lib gin fa sabe
right hand of God; angels oona. 22 An Jedus gone eenta heaben, an e
and authorities and pow- seddown dey pon God right han side, an e
ers being made subject
unto him. da rule oba angel dem an oba dem wa got
tority an powa.
Da Lib fa God
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 4 809
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
810 1 Peter 4
whom be praise and do- Christ, wa got glory an powa fa rule faeba
minion for ever and ever.
Amen. an eba. Amen.
12 Beloved, think it
not strange concerning Da Suffa Cause Oona Blongst ta Christ
the fiery trial which is to
try you, as though some 12 Me deah fren, oona mus dohn wonda
strange thing happened wen ya hab haad suffrin wa come fa test
unto you:
ya. Mus dohn tink say dat sompin wa ain
13 But rejoice, inas- oughta happen ta ya. 13 Steada dat,
much as ye are partakers
of Christ's sufferings; rejaice, cause ya hab a paat een wa Christ
that, when his glory shall suffa, so dat wen we see Christ come back
be revealed, ye may be
glad also with exceeding
wid all e glory, ya gwine be full op wid joy.
joy. 14 Wen people hole ya cheap cause ya
14 If ye be reproached
blongst ta Christ, ya git blessin, cause dat
for the name of Christ, show dat de Sperit ob glory an ob God da
happy are ye; for the lib dey eenside ya. 15 Bot mus tek cyah dat
spirit of glory and of God
resteth upon you: on none ob oona ain kill nobody, needa tief,
their part he is evil spo- needa do no oda crimnal ting or pit e han
ken of, but on your part
he is glorified. een oda people bidness. Ef ya da suffa, mus
dohn be cause ya da do dem ting. 16 Bot ef
15 But let none of you
suffer as a murderer, or
ya suffa cause ya blongst ta Christ, dat mus
as a thief, or as an evil dohn mek ya shame. Ya oughta praise God
doer, or as a busybody in dat people call ya Christian.
other men's matters.
17 De time wen God gwine jedge de wol
16 Yet if any man suffer
da come. God gwine fus jedge e own
as a Christian, let him not
be ashamed; but let him people. An ef God staat wid we wa blongst
glorify God on this ta um, e gwine end wid haad time fa sho,
behalf.
fa dem wa ain do wa God Good Nyews tell
17 For the time is come um fa do, ainty? 18 Dey write een God
that judgment must be-
gin at the house of God:
Book say,
and if it first begin at us, Dem people wa do wa God wahn,
what shall the end be of dey git sabe,
them that obey not the
gospel of God? bot dey hab a haad time.
18 And if the righteous
So dey gwine be haad time fa sho,
scarcely be saved, where fa people wa ain hab
shall the ungodly and the nottin fa do wid God
sinner appear?
an fa de sinna dem, ainty?
19 Wherefore let them 19 So den, de people wa da suffa cause
that suffer according to
the will of God commit dat wa God wahn fa um, leh um lef deysef
the keeping of their souls een God han, an do good mo an mo. Cause
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 4, 5 811
God mek all ting, an all ting wa e promise, to him in well doing, as
unto a faithful Creator.
e gwine do.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
812 1 Peter 5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Peter Secon Letta 2 Peter
1
,5
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
814 2 Peter 1
your faith virtue; and to een de right way. Pontop ob dat gin, git fa
virtue knowledge;
6 And to knowledge know God mo an mo, an ondastan wa e
temperance; and to tem- wahn ya fa do. 6 Pontop ob dat, mus be
perance patience; and to
patience godliness;
able fa trol yasef. An pontop ob dat gin,
7 And to godliness laan fa beah op onda all ting, an pontop ob
brotherly kindness; and dat, oona life mus show dat oona God
to brotherly kindness
charity. people. 7 Now pontop ob dat, lob ya
8 For if these things be
Christian bredren an lob all people. 8 Ef
in you, and abound, they
make you that ye shall nei- dem ting dey een ya haat an ya da do um
ther be barren nor un- mo an mo, dey gwine mek ya do plenty
fruitful in the knowledge
of our Lord Jesus Christ. good wok, same time ya come fa know we
9 But he that lacketh Lawd Jedus Christ mo an mo. 9 Bot ef
these things is blind, and somebody ain got dem ting een e life, e
cannot see afar off, and
hath forgotten that he same like a bline eye man wa ain see
was purged from his old haadly nottin. An e done fagit dat God
sins.
10 Wherefore the rath- done tek way de sin dem dat e beena do an
er, brethren, give dili- fagib um.
gence to make your call-
ing and election sure: for
10 So den, me Christian bredren, try de
if ye do these things, ye bes oona kin, fa do de ting dem wa show
shall never fall:
11 For so an entrance dat God done call oona an pick oona, fa
shall be ministered unto true. Cause ef oona do dat, oona ain neba
you abundantly into the gwine fall way. 11 Den God gwine gii oona
everlasting kingdom of
our Lord and Saviour Je- haaty welcome ta weh we Lawd an Sabior
sus Christ. Jedus Christ da rule faeba.
12 Wherefore I will not
be negligent to put you 12 Oona know dem ting, an oona bleebe
always in remembrance dem true ting wa oona beena laan. Stillyet,
of these things, though ye
know them, and be estab- A ain neba gwine stop fa memba oona
lished in the present bout dem. 13 A tink e right fa me fa keep
truth.
13 Yea, I think it meet, on da memba oona bout dem ting, long as
as long as I am in this ta- A da lib. 14 A know dat fo long, A gwine
bernacle, to stir you up pass oba, cause we Lawd Jedus Christ
by putting you in remem-
rance; done show me so. 15 A gwine do all A able
14 Knowing that short-
fa do fa mek a way so dat atta A done pass
ly I must put off this my
tabernacle, even as our oba, oona gwine be able fa memba dem
Lord Jesus Christ hath ting all de time.
shewed me.
15 Moreover I will
endeavour that ye may Peter an de Oda Postle Dem
be able after my decease Taak Bout wa Dey See
to have these things al-
ways in remembrance. 16 Wen we tell oona, say we Lawd Jedus
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 1, 2 815
Christ gwine come back ta dis wol wid 16 For we have not fol-
lowed cunningly devised
great powa, we ain beena tell oona no fables, when we made
story wa schemy people jes mek op. Wid known unto you the
power and coming of our
we own eye we beena see Christ wen God Lord Jesus Christ, but
show Christ mighty powa. 17 We been dey were eyewitnesses of his
majesty.
wen God we Fada gii Christ hona an glory.
We been dey wen dat boice ob God, de 17 For he received
glory wa great mo den all, come ta Christ, from God the Father hon-
our and glory, when
an God tell Christ say, Dis me own Son, there came such a voice
wa A lob. A heppy wid um fa true! 18 We to him from the excellent
glory, This is my beloved
done yeh dat boice wa come outta heaben, Son, in whom I am well
wen we been dey wid Christ pontop God pleased.
mountain. 18 And this voice
19 Dat mek we bleebe mo den eba de which came from heaven
we heard, when we were
wod wa de prophet dem beena taak. E with him in the holy
gwine be good fa oona ef oona pay mind ta mount.
dem wod yah. Cause dey like a lamp wa da 19 We have also a
shine een a daak place, til de day Christ more sure word of proph-
come an de light ob de maanin staa come ecy; whereunto ye do
well that ye take heed, as
an shine eenside oona haat. 20 Mo den all, unto a light that shineth
ondastan dat dey ain nobody, by esef, wa in a dark place, until the
day dawn, and the day
able fa ondastan an splain dem wod wa de star arise in your hearts:
prophet dem write een God Book.
21 Cause ain neba been no true wod ob no 20 Knowing this first,
that no prophecy of the
prophet wa jes come fom wasoneba some scripture is of any private
poson tink or wahn fa taak. E been de Holy interpretation.
Sperit wa beena trol dem prophet, da tell
21 For the prophecy
um de wod dem wa God wahn um fa say. came not in old time by
the will of man: but holy
De Teacha Dem wa Ain Taak True men of God spake as they
were moved by the Holy
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
816 2 Peter 2
the Lord that bought kin stroy um. Dem teacha eben gwine ton
them, and bring upon
themselves swift destruc- dey back pon de Lawd wa done pay fa dey
tion. life wen e dead pon de cross. An dat gwine
2 And many shall fol- mek um git stroy all ob a sudden. 2 Heapa
low their pernicious
ways; by reason of whom people gwine folla dem fa lib loose life. An
the way of truth shall be wa dey da do gwine mek people taak bad
evil spoken of.
ginst de true way we folla. 3 Cause dey got
3 And through covet-
ousness shall they with de big eye, dem teacha gwine tell oona
feigned words make mer- ting wa ain true, so dat dey kin git oona
chandise of you: whose
judgment now of a long
money. Way back dey, God done condemn
time lingereth not, and um an cide fa stroy um. God ain neba
their damnation slumber- sleep, an e gwine stroy um fa sho!
eth not.
4 God ain spare de angel dem wen dey
4 For if God spared not
the angels that sinned, been sin, ainty? E chunk um way eenta
but cast them down to hell, wa daak mo den de night. God mek
hell, and delivered them
into chains of darkness, um stay dey, fa wait til de Jedgiment Day.
to be reserved unto 5 God ain spare de people wa lib way back
judgment;
5 And spared not the
dey, ainty? E sen de flood fa kiba op de wol
old world, but saved an all de people wa ain wahn fa do wa God
Noah the eighth person, a tell um. Bot God ain leh no wata kiba
preacher of righteous-
ness, bringing in the Noah, wa beena tell people fa do wa right
flood upon the world of een God eye. God sabe Noah fom de wata,
the ungodly;
long wid seben oda people. 6 An God
6 And turning the cit-
ies of Sodom and condemn de people wa lib een Sodom an
Gomorrha into ashes con- Gomorrah, ainty? E done stroy um, bun
demned them with an
overthrow, making them um all op wid fire. E done dat fa mek
an ensample unto those people wa come later on, see wa gwine
that after should live
ungodly;
happen ta dem wa ain wahn fa do wa God
tell um fa do. 7 Den too, God sabe Lot, wa
7 And delivered just
beena waak scraight wid um, ainty? An
Lot, vexed with the filthy
conversation of the Lot been opsot fa true cause ob de loose
wicked: life de wickity people beena lib all roun
8 (For that righteous bout um. 8 Dat man Lot wa waak right, e
man dwelling among beena lib mongst dem people. E been bex
them, in seeing and hear-
ing, vexed his righteous een e good haat ebry day an e suffa fa true,
soul from day to day with cause ob all de wickity ting e beena see an
their unlawful deeds;)
yeh dem people do. 9 All dis show dat fa
9 The Lord knoweth
how to deliver the godly
true, de Lawd know how fa bring people
out of temptations, and wa lib fa God outta dey fliction, wiles e da
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 2 817
lick dem wa ain fa do wa God tell um, da to reserve the unjust unto
the day of judgment to be
keep um til de Jedgiment Day come. punished:
10 Mo den all, God gwine lick dem wa lib
loose life, da folla dey haat fa do dorty ting 10 But chiefly them that
walk after the flesh in the
wid dey body, an God gwine lick dem wa lust of uncleanness, and
hate tority too. despise government. Pre-
Dem teacha wa laan people ting wa ain sumptuous are they, self-
willed, they are not afraid
true, dey ain got no shame, an dey da do to speak evil of dignities.
wasoneba dey head gim fa do. Dey ain
scaid fa sult dem wa got powa fa rule oba 11 Whereas angels,
which are greater in
people. 11 Angel dem got scrent an powa power and might, bring
mo den dem wickity teacha. Stillyet, eben not railing accusation
de angel dem ain neba sult dem teacha against them before the
Lord.
wen dey cuse um fo de Lawd. 12 Bot dem
teacha yah, dey taak bad bout ting dey ain
12 But these, as natural
know nottin bout. Dey jes like wile animal brute beasts, made to be
wa ain tink tall. Dey jes do wa dey head taken and destroyed,
speak evil of the things
gim fa do. So jes like de wile animal dem that they understand not;
git bon an come eenta de wol fa leh people and shall utterly perish in
their own corruption;
ketch um op an kill um, same way so, God
gwine stroy dem wickity people. 13 Cause
13 And shall receive the
dey beena mek people suffa, dey gwine
reward of unrighteous-
suffa too an git dey payback. Eben een de ness, as they that count it
day time, dey heppy fa do wasoneba dey pleasure to riot in the day
time. Spots they are and
feel like wid dey body. Dey da shame an blemishes, sporting them-
disgrace oona wen oona all nyam togeda, selves with their own
deceivings while they
same time dey heppy cause ob de way dey feast with you;
da ceebe oona. 14 Dey eye ain scraight.
Dey wahn fa lib loose life an sleep roun 14 Having eyes full of
wid ebry ooman dey see. Dey all de time adultery, and that cannot
wahn fa sin mo an mo. Dey da draw people cease from sin; beguiling
unstable souls: an heart
wa ain got dey own mind, fa folla um fa do they have exercised with
bad. Dey big eye da trol um so dat dey covetous practices; cursed
children:
wahn fa git all ting fa deysef. God done
condemn um an dey gwine be stroy.
15 Which have forsaken
15 Dem wickity people yah done lef de the right way, and are
way wa right, an dey done loss. Dey beena gone astray, following the
way of Balaam the son of
waak een de way wa Balaam, Beor son, Bosor, who loved the
beena waak. Balaam been hab de big eye. wages of unrighteousness;
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
818 2 Peter 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 3 819
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
820 2 Peter 3
but that all should come change dey way an stop fa sin.
to repentance. 10 Stillyet de day wen de Lawd come
10 But the day of the
Lord will come as a thief back gwine come all ob a sudden, jes like
in the night; in the which tief kin come. Wen dat day come, dey
the heavens shall pass
away with a great noise, gwine be a big nise an de heaben ain
and the elements shall gwine be dey. God gwine mek de eliment
melt with fervent heat,
the earth also and the
dem bun op an git stroy. De wol an all wa
works that are therein een um gwine bun op. 11 Dat de way all
shall be burned up. ting gwine be stroy. So den, wa kind ob
11 Seeing then that all people oona oughta be? Oona oughta
these things shall be dis-
solved, what manner of waak wid God an do dem ting e wahn, an
persons ought ye to be in dat gwine mek ebrybody know oona God
all holy conversation and
godliness,
own people. 12 Dat so oona oughta do
wiles oona da wait fa de day wen God
12 Looking for and
hasting unto the coming gwine jedge de wol. An oona oughta do all
of the day of God, where- oona kin do fa mek dat day come quick.
in the heavens being on
fire shall be dissolved, Cause dat day dey, de heaben gwine bun
and the elements shall op an be stroy, an all de eliment gwine
melt with fervent heat?
melt op, cause e so hot. 13 Bot we da look
13 Nevertheless we, fa de nyew heaben an de nyew eart wa
according to his promise,
look for new heavens and God done tell we, say we gwine git. All
a new earth, wherein people gwine do wa right een dat wol dey.
dwelleth righteousness. 14 So den, me deah fren dem, cause
14 Wherefore, be- oona da look fa dis fa come, do all oona
loved, seeing that ye look
for such things, be dili- kin, so dat oona gwine be at peace wid
gent that ye may be God an e ain gwine find no sin or nottin
found of him in peace,
without spot, and bad tall een oona life. 15 We Lawd da beah
blameless. wid all ting fa now, an oona oughta know,
15 And account that e da beah wid um fa gii people de chance
the longsuffering of our fa be sabe. We deah broda Paul too beena
Lord is salvation; even as
our beloved brother Paul
write same ting ta oona bout dis, wid de
also according to the wis- sense wa God gim. 16 Dis wa Paul say een
dom given unto him hath all de letta dem wa e write bout dat. Some
written unto you;
dem ting yah wa Paul write een e letta, dey
16 As also in all his haad fa ondastan. An people wa ain know
epistles, speaking in
them of these things; in nottin an wa ain got dey own mind, wen
which are some things dey try fa splain um, dey da twis op de
hard to be understood,
which they that are un- meanin ob dem ting dat Paul say. Same
learned and unstable way so, dey da twis op de oda ting dem een
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 3 821
God Book. Cause dey da do dat, dat gwine wrest, as they do also the
other scriptures, unto
mek um git stroy. their own destruction.
17 So den, me deah fren, oona mus tek 17 Ye therefore, be-
cyah. Mus dohn leh de bad teachin ob dem loved, seeing ye know
these things before, be-
people yah wa ain lib coddin ta God Law ware lest ye also, being
tek oona outta de way an mek oona own led away with the error
haat stop fa trus dem true ting oona been of the wicked, fall from
your own stedfastness.
know fa sho. 18 Steada dat, laan mo an mo
18 But grow in grace,
bout we life een we Lawd an Sabior Jedus and in the knowledge of
Christ. Lib so dat oona gwine see mo an our Lord and Saviour Je-
sus Christ. To him be
mo how God da bless oona. Leh we gii glory both now and for
Christ glory now an faeba mo! Amen. ever. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John John Fus Letta
1
,3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 1, 2 823
een we. 9 Bot God do de right ting all de ourselves, and the truth
is not in us.
time an e do all wa e promise. Ef we tell 9 If we confess our
um say we beena sin, e gwine paadon we sins, he is faithful and
just to forgive us our sins,
sin an tek way all de ting wa we do bad and to cleanse us from all
outta we life, da mek we life clean. 10 Ef unrighteousness.
10 If we say that we
we say we ain sin, we da say God ain da have not sinned, we
taak de trute, an e wod ain hab no place make him a liar, and his
een we life. word is not in us.
2
1 My little children,
1 Me deah chullun, A da write dis ta these things write I unto
oona so dat oona ain gwine sin. Bot ef you, that ye sin not. And
somebody sin, we got Jedus Christ wa ain if any man sin, we have
an advocate with the Fa-
hab no sin, fa taak ta de Fada fa we. 2 An ther, Jesus Christ the
Jedus de one wa done sacrifice esef so dat righteous:
2 And he is the propiti-
God kin tek way we sin. An ain jes we own ation for our sins: and not
sin dat e da tek way. E da tek way de sin ob for ours only, but also for
the sins of the whole
de whole wol. world.
3 Ef we do wa God chaage we fa do, dat 3 And hereby we do
know that we know him,
de way we kin ondastan dat we done come if we keep his command-
fa know God. 4 De one wa da say, A come ments.
4 He that saith, I know
fa know God, bot e ain do wa God tell um him, and keepeth not his
fa do, dat one dey da lie. Dey ain no trute commandments, is a liar,
een um. 5 Bot de one wa da do wa God tell and the truth is not in
him.
um fa do, dat one show dat God da full um 5 But whoso keepeth
op wid e lob. Dis de way we know fa true his word, in him verily is
the love of God per-
dat we lib een God. 6 De one wa say e da fected: hereby know we
lib een God, e oughta waak same like that we are in him.
6 He that saith he
Jedus Christ waak. abideth in him ought
himself also so to walk,
De Nyew Chaage even as he walked.
7 Brethren, I write no
7 Now den me deah bredren, dis ain no new commandment unto
nyew chaage wa A da write down fa oona. you, but an old com-
mandment which ye had
Dis de ole chaage dat oona been hab fom from the beginning. The
de fus. De ole chaage, dat de wod oona old commandment is the
word which ye have
beena yeh. 8 Stillyet, A da write oona a heard from the begin-
nyew chaage. De way ob Christ show we ning.
8 Again, a new com-
dat true. An dat true een oona too. Cause mandment I write unto
de daak da pass way an de true light done you, which thing is true
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
824 1 John 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 2 825
Dem ting wa a poson wahn een e haat bot flesh, and the lust of the
eyes, and the pride of life,
e ain spose fa hab, dem ting wa poson is not of the Father, but is
wahn wen e shim, an all dem ting een de of the world.
wol wa da mek poson git de big head, all 17 And the world
passeth away, and the
dem ain come fom de Fada. Dey come fom lust thereof: but he that
de wol. 17 De wol an all de ting dem een de doeth the will of God
abideth for ever.
wol dat people wahn so bad, all dem da
pass way. Bot de one wa da do wa God 18 Little children, it is
the last time: and as ye
wahn um fa do, e gwine keep on da lib have heard that anti-
faeba. christ shall come, even
now are there many
Enemy ob Christ antichrists; whereby we
18 Me chullun, de time ob de end done know that it is the last
time.
come close. People beena tell oona dat de
enemy ob Christ haffa come. An now a 19 They went out from
us, but they were not of
heapa enemy wa fight ginst Christ done us; for if they had been of
come. Dat mek we know, de time ob de us, they would no doubt
end done come close. 19 Dem enemy dey have continued with us:
but they went out, that
ain been we own people. Dat wa mek um they might be made man-
lef we. Cause ef dey been we own people, ifest that they were not
all of us.
dey been fa stay dey yah wid we. Bot dey
done lef we so dat all people gwine know, 20 But ye have an unc-
tion from the Holy One,
none ob um been we own people. and ye know all things.
20 Bot God done pour out e Sperit pon
21 I have not written
oona, so oona all know de trute. 21 So A unto you because ye
ain write oona cause oona ain know de know not the truth, but
trute. No, A write cause oona know de because ye know it, and
that no lie is of the truth.
trute, an oona know dey ain no lie wa kin
come fom de trute. 22 Who is a liar but he
that denieth that Jesus is
22 So den, who dat one wa da lie? E de the Christ? He is
one dat say Jedus ain de Messiah Christ. E antichrist, that denieth
the Father and the Son.
de enemy ob Christ. E ain wahn fa hab
nottin fa do wid God de Fada, needa wid 23 Whosoever denieth
the Son, the same hath
God de Son. 23 Ef somebody ain wahn fa not the Father: (but) he
hab nottin fa do wid God de Son, needaso that acknowledgeth the
e cyahn hab nottin fa do wid God de Fada. Son hath the Father also.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
826 1 John 2, 3
beginning shall remain in oona haat. Ef dem fus ting wa oona beena
you, ye also shall con-
tinue in the Son, and in yeh stay dey een oona haat, den all de time
the Father. oona gwine be one wid de Son an wid God
25 And this is the
promise that he hath
de Fada. 25 An we hab life wa ain gwine
promised us, even eternal neba end, de ting wa Christ say e gwine gii
life. we.
26 These things have I
written unto you con- 26 A write oona fa tell oona bout dem
cerning them that seduce people wa da try fa mek oona stop folla de
you.
27 But the anointing true way. 27 Bot God done pour out e
which ye have received Sperit pon oona, an now dat e dey eenside
of him abideth in you,
and ye need not that any oona haat, oona ain haffa hab nobody fa
man teach you: but as the laan oona. Cause Christ Sperit da laan
same anointing teacheth
you of all things, and is
oona all ting, an all wa e da laan oona, dat
truth, and is no lie, and true. E ain no lie. So den, oona mus be one
even as it hath taught wid Christ, da lib een um, jes like e Sperit
you, ye shall abide in
him. laan oona fa do.
28 And now, little chil- 28 Now den, me chullun, mus be one
dren, abide in him; that,
when he shall appear, we wid Christ, so dat wen e come back we kin
may have confidence, be full op wid courage an we ain gwine
and not be ashamed be-
fore him at his coming. hide een shame fom um, wen e come back.
29 If ye know that he is 29 Ef oona know dat Christ right, den oona
righteous, ye know that
every one that doeth
know fa true dat ebrybody wa da keep on
righteousness is born of da do wa right, dey God chile.
him.
De Chullun ob God
3
,2
Chapter 3
3
1 Behold, what man- 1 Look yah! We oughta study pon
ner of love the Father
hath bestowed upon us, how de Fada da bless we wid e lob! E
that we should be called da lob we sommuch dat e call we e own
the sons of God: therefore
the world knoweth us
chullun, an we e chullun fa true. People ob
not, because it knew him de wol ain been know who God da, an
not. cause ob dat, dey ain know we. 2 Me deah
2 Beloved, now are we
the sons of God, and it fren, we God chullun now. We ain know
doth not yet appear what yet wa we gwine be bye an bye. Bot we
we shall be: but we know
that, when he shall ap- know, wen Christ come back, we gwine be
pear, we shall be like like um. Cause wen e come, we gwine
him; for we shall see him
as he is. shim jes like e da. 3 Ebrybody wa da set e
3 And every man that haat like dis pon Christ, dat one gwine
hath this hope in him
purifieth himself, even as
keep da lib clean, same like Christ lib a
he is pure. clean life.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 3 827
4 Whosoever commit-
4 Ebrybody wa keep on da sin ain da do teth sin transgresseth
wa God Law say e mus do. Wen we da sin, also the law: for sin is the
we da broke God Law. 5 Oona know Christ transgression of the law.
5 And ye know that he
come fa tek way sin, an Christ ain hab no was manifested to take
sin een e life. 6 De one wa da lib een Christ away our sins; and in him
is no sin.
ain gwine keep on da sin. An de one wa da 6 Whosoever abideth
sin ain neba know Christ. E ain neba shim. in him sinneth not: who-
7 Me deah chullun, mus dohn leh soever sinneth hath not
seen him, neither known
nobody git oona fa stop folla de true way. him.
7 Little children, let no
De one wa da lib fa do de right ting, dat de man deceive you: he that
one wa right een God eye, jes like Christ doeth righteousness is
right. 8 Ebrybody wa keep on da sin righteous, even as he is
righteous.
blongst ta de Debil. Cause de Debil beena 8 He that committeth
sin is of the devil; for the
sin fom de fus. Dat wa mek God Son come. devil sinneth from the be-
E come fa stroy de wok dem ob de Debil. ginning. For this purpose
the Son of God was mani-
9 De one wa God chile ain gwine jes fested, that he might de-
keep on da sin, cause e hab God een e haat. stroy the works of the
devil.
An cause God e Fada, e ain able fa sin. 9 Whosoever is born of
10 God chullun an de Debil chullun, dey God doth not commit sin;
for his seed remaineth in
diffunt fom one noda. De one wa da sin ain him: and he cannot sin,
da do wa right, e ain God own chile. An de because he is born of
God.
one wa ain lob e broda ain God chile 10 In this the children
needa. Dat de way we know de one wa of God are manifest, and
the children of the devil:
God own chile, an de one wa blongst ta de whosoever doeth not
righteousness is not of
Debil. God, neither he that
Mus Lob One Noda fa True loveth not his brother.
11 For this is the mes-
11 Dis de message oona done yeh fom sage that ye heard from
de fus: We mus lob one noda. 12 We mus the beginning, that we
should love one another.
dohn be like Cain, wa blongst ta dat ebil 12 Not as Cain, who
one, de Debil. Cain kill e own broda. Wa was of that wicked one,
and slew his brother. And
mek Cain kill e broda? Cause e beena do wherefore slew he him?
Because his own works
dem ting wa ebil, an e broda beena do dem were evil, and his
ting wa right een God eye. brother's righteous.
13 Marvel not, my
13 So me bredren, mus dohn wonda ef brethren, if the world
de people ob de wol hate oona. 14 We hate you.
14 We know that we
know we done cross oba fom det eenta life. have passed from death
We know dat, cause we lob de bredren. unto life, because we love
the brethren. He that
Ebrybody wa ain lob e broda, dat one still loveth not his brother
dead. 15 Ebrybody wa da hate e broda, e abideth in death.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
828 1 John 3, 4
15 Whosoever hateth
like a poson wa da kill. An oona know dey
his brother is a murderer:
and ye know that no mur- ain nobody wa da kill wa got de ebalastin
derer hath eternal life life. 16 Now den, dis mek we ondastan wa
abiding in him.
16 Hereby perceive we lob mean: Christ done gii e life fa we sake.
the love of God, because Same fashion, we too oughta gii we life fa
he laid down his life for
us: and we ought to lay
sake ob we bredren. 17 Bot wen somebody
down our lives for the hab plenty ting bot e ain hab no pity pon e
brethren. broda dat e see ain got wa e need, dat rich
17 But whoso hath this
world's good, and seeth man ain got none ob God lob een e haat!
his brother have need, 18 Me chullun, we mus dohn show we lob
and shutteth up his bow-
els of compassion from jes by de way we da taak, by wa we say.
him, how dwelleth the We haffa do dem ting wa da show dat we
love of God in him?
18 My little children, lob fa true.
let us not love in word, We Kin Be Full op
neither in tongue; but in wid Courage Wen We Come Fo God
deed and in truth.
19 And hereby we So den, dis wa gwine mek we know
19
know that we are of the we blongst ta de trute an we ain gwine
truth, and shall assure
our hearts before him. warry een we haat wen we come fo God.
20 For if our heart con- 20 Ef we haat jedge we, say we ain do
demn us, God is greater
than our heart, and right, we know God great mo den we haat,
knoweth all things.
21 Beloved,
an e know all ting. 21 Me deah fren dem, ef
if our
heart condemn us not, we haat ain condemn we, we full op wid
then have we confidence courage wen we come fo God. 22 An God
toward God.
22 And whatsoever we da gii we wasoneba we aks um fa, cause
ask, we receive of him,
because we keep his com- we keep on da do wa e chaage we fa do an
mandments, and do those
things that are pleasing
de ting dem wa please um. 23 Dis wa God
in his sight. chaage we fa do: We fa bleebe pon de
23 And this is his com-
mandment, That we name ob e Son Jedus Christ. An we oughta
should believe on the lob one noda, same like Christ chaage we
name of his Son Jesus
Christ, and love one an- fa do. 24 Ebrybody wa da do wa God
other, as he gave us chaage um fa do, dat one da lib een God,
commandment.
24 And he that keepeth an God da lib dey een dat poson haat. We
his commandments dwel- know e da lib een we haat cause ob de
leth in him, and he in
him. And hereby we Holy Sperit dat e gii we.
know that he abideth in
us, by the Spirit which he
hath given us.
Mus Find Out Bout de Sperit Dem
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 4 829
prophet wa ain taak de trute beena gone spirits whether they are
of God: because many
out ebryweh. 2 Listen how oona kin know false prophets are gone
ef dey hab God Sperit. Ef somebody say out into the world.
out een de open dat Jedus Christ done 2 Hereby know ye the
Spirit of God: Every spirit
come fa be a man een dis wol, dat one hab that confesseth that Jesus
God Sperit dey eenside um. 3 Bot Christ is come in the flesh
is of God:
ebrybody wa ain taak so bout Jedus, da
3 And every spirit that
say e ain come fa be a man, dat one ain hab confesseth not that Jesus
de Sperit fom God dey eenside um. Dat Christ is come in the flesh
is not of God: and this is
one hab de sperit wa da come fom de that spirit of antichrist,
enemy ob Christ. Oona beena yeh say dis whereof ye have heard
sperit gwine come eenta de wol, an now e that it should come; and
even now already is it in
done dey een de wol. the world.
4 Bot oona, me deah fren, oona God 4 Ye are of God, little
own people, an oona done win out oba de children, and have over-
come them: because
prophet dem wa ain taak de trute. Cause greater is he that is in
God Sperit wa dey eenside oona, e hab you, than he that is in the
world.
powa mo den de sperit wa dey eenside 5 They are of the
dem people wa blongst ta de wol. 5 Dey world: therefore speak
blongst ta de wol, an de people een de wol they of the world, and the
world heareth them.
da yeh um, cause dey de wol own prophet. 6 We are of God: he
6 Bot we God own people. De one wa da that knoweth God
know God, e da yeh we. Bot de one wa ain heareth us; he that is not
of God heareth not us.
God own ain gwine yeh we. So den, dis de Hereby know we the
way we know who hab God Sperit wa spirit of truth, and the
spirit of error.
true, an who hab de sperit wa ain taak de 7 Beloved, let us love
trute. one another: for love is of
God da Lob God; and every one that
loveth is born of God, and
7 Me deah fren, leh we lob one noda, knoweth God.
cause God de one wa pit lob een people 8 He that loveth not
haat. De one wa lob, dat one God own knoweth not God; for
God is love.
chile, an e know God. 8 De one wa ain lob, 9 In this was mani-
dat one ain know God. Cause God da lob. fested the love of God to-
9 Now dis de way God show we dat e lob ward us, because that
God sent his only begot-
we: E sen e onliest Son fa come eenta de ten Son into the world,
wol, so dat e Son kin mek we hab life fa that we might live
through him.
true. 10 Wa lob da? Dis wa lob da: Ain dat
10 Herein is love, not
we lob God, bot God lob we, an e sen e Son that we loved God, but
fa come eenta de wol fa sacrifice esef fa that he loved us, and sent
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
830 1 John 4
his Son to be the propitia- pay fa we sin so dat God kin paadon dat
tion for our sins.
11 Beloved, if God so sin.
loved us, we ought also 11 Me deah fren, since dat hommuch
to love one another.
12 No man hath seen God lob we, we oughta lob one noda too.
God at any time. If we 12 Nobody ain neba see God, bot ef we lob
love one another, God
dwelleth in us, and his one noda, God da keep on da lib dey
love is perfected in us. eenside we haat. An God lob da mek we
13 Hereby know we
that we dwell in him, and
lob mo an mo, til dat lob come fa be wa e
he in us, because he hath wahn um fa be.
given us of his Spirit. 13 God gii we e own Sperit eenside we
14 And we have seen
and do testify that the Fa- haat. Dat wa mek we know fa sho dat we
ther sent the Son to be the da lib een God, an e da lib dey eenside we.
Saviour of the world.
14 We done see e Son an we tell people
15 Whosoever shall
confess that Jesus is the say, God done sen e Son fa come sabe de
Son of God, God dwelleth people ob de wol. 15 De one wa say out
in him, and he in God.
16 And
een de open Jedus, e God Son, God da lib
we have
known and believed the eenside e haat. An dat one da lib een God.
love that God hath to us. 16 So den, we know an trus een God lob fa
God is love; and he that
dwelleth in love dwelleth we.
in God, and God in him. God, e lob. An de one wa da lob, dat one
17 Herein is our love da lib een God an God da lib dey eenside
made perfect, that we
may have boldness in the um. 17 As we da lib een Christ, de lob wa
day of judgment: because we da lob een Christ gwine grow mo an mo
as he is, so are we in this
world. ta wa e oughta be. Den we ain gwine haffa
18 There is no fear in warry bout wen we gwine stanop fo God
love; but perfect love dat day wen e jedge all people. Cause we
casteth out fear: because
fear hath torment. He da lib een dis wol same like Christ lib.
that feareth is not made 18 Wen we lob, feah ain able fa lib dey.
perfect in love.
Cause ef somebody da lob fa true like e
19 We love him, be-
cause he first loved us. oughta, dat lob da shrow out all feah.
20 If a man say, I love Cause de one wa fraid, e da tink e gwine
God, and hateth his git lickin. E ain da lob like e oughta lob.
brother, he is a liar: for
19 We lob cause God fus lob we. 20 Ef
he that loveth not his
brother whom he hath somebody say e lob God bot e hate e broda,
seen, how can he love
God whom he hath not
dat one dey ain da taak true. Cause ef
seen? somebody ain lob e broda wa e beena see, e
21 And this command- ain able fa lob God wa e ain neba see. 21 So
ment have we from him,
That he who loveth God
den, de one wa lob God haffa lob e broda
love his brother also. too. Dat wa Christ chaage we fa do.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 5 831
5
1 Whosoever believeth
1De one wa bleebe dat Jedus, e de that Jesus is the Christ is
Messiah Christ, dat one God chile. An born of God: and every
one that loveth him that
de one wa lob de fada gwine lob e chile begat loveth him also
too. 2 Wen we lob God an do wa e chaage that is begotten of him.
2 By this we know that
we fa do, dat how we know we lob God we love the children of
God, when we love God,
chullun. 3 Cause we lob fa God mean dat and keep his command-
we do all wa e chaage we fa do. An wa e ments.
3 For this is the love of
chaage we fa do ain haad fa we fa beah. God, that we keep his
4 Cause de one wa God chile, e da win out commandments: and his
commandments are not
ginst de wol. Fa true, we win out ginst de grievous.
4 For whatsoever is
wol cause we bleebe pon Jedus. 5 Who dat born of God overcometh
kin win out ginst de wol? De people wa the world: and this is the
victory that overcometh
bleebe dat Jedus God Son, dey de onliest the world, even our faith.
5 Who is he that
one dem wa win out ginst de wol. overcometh the world,
but he that believeth that
Jesus is the Son of God?
De Witness Bout Jedus Christ 6 This is he that came
by water and blood, even
6 Jedus Christ, e de one wa come by Jesus Christ; not by water
wata an by blood. E ain come jes by wata. only, but by water and
blood. And it is the Spirit
E come by wata an blood, all two. God that beareth witness, be-
cause the Spirit is truth.
Sperit, e de witness. E mek we know wa 7 For there are three
true, cause de Sperit de trute. 7 Dey shree that bear record in
heaven, the Father, the
witness dey een heaben: de Fada, de wod Word, and the Holy
an de Holy Sperit. All shree dem, dey one. Ghost: and these three
are one.
8 An dey be shree witness een de wol: God 8 And there are three
that bear witness in
Sperit, de wata an de blood. All shree dem earth, the Spirit, and the
taak de same ting, da gree pon um. 9 We water, and the blood: and
these three agree in one.
wahn fa bleebe wa people say. Bot wa God 9 If we receive the wit-
say, dat way mo greata den wa people say. ness of men, the witness
of God is greater: for this
An God de witness, da say dis bout Jedus e is the witness of God
Son. 10 Ebrybody wa bleebe een Jedus which he hath testified of
his Son.
God Son, dey got dat trute dey een dey 10 He that believeth
haat. Bot ef somebody ain bleebe wa God on the Son of God hath
the witness in himself: he
say, dat one dey da say God ain taak de that believeth not God
hath made him a liar; be-
trute, cause dat one ain bleebe wa God say cause he believeth not
bout e Son. 11 De ting wa God say, e dis: the record that God gave
of his Son.
God gii we de true life wa ain gwine neba 11 And this is the re-
end. An dis life een e Son. 12 De one wa cord, that God hath given
to us eternal life, and this
hab God Son een e haat, e got dis true life. life is in his Son.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
832 1 John 5
12 He that hath the Bot de one wa ain hab God Son een e haat,
Son hath life; and he that
hath not the Son of God e ain got dat life.
hath not life.
13 These things have I
De Life wa Ain Gwine Neba End
written unto you that be-
lieve on the name of the 13 A da write dis ta oona wa bleebe pon
Son of God; that ye may
know that ye have eter-
de name ob God Son. A da write oona fa
nal life, and that ye may mek oona know, oona hab de true life wa
believe on the name of ain gwine neba end. 14 We trus God an
the Son of God.
14 And this is the con- bleebe dat wen we aks God fa sompin, e da
fidence that we have in yeh we. 15 An wen we know e da yeh we
him, that, if we ask any
thing according to his wen we aks um fa sompin, we know e da
will, he heareth us: gii we dat ting.
15 And if we know that
he hear us, whatsoever
16 Ef somebody see e broda sin, an dat
we ask, we know that we sin ain a sin wa fa true gwine mek de sinna
have the petitions that
we desired of him.
dead, e oughta pray fa dat broda, an God
16 If any man see his gwine gim life. Bot dey a sin wa gwine
brother sin a sin which is mek de sinna dead. A ain da tell oona fa
not unto death, he shall
ask, and he shall give him pray ta God bout dat. 17 Wasoneba people
life for them that sin not do wa ain right, e sin, bot dey a kind ob sin
unto death. There is a sin
unto death: I do not say wa ain haffa mek de sinna dead.
that he shall pray for it. 18 We know, no chile ob God da sin,
17 All unrighteousness
is sin: and there is a sin cause God Son da keep um safe, an de ebil
not unto death. one cyahn do um no haam.
18 We know that who-
19 We know we God own chullun, an de
soever is born of God
sinneth not; but he that is ebil one da rule oba all de wol. 20 An we
begotten of God keepeth know dat de Son ob God done come an
himself, and that wicked
one toucheth him not. mek we know de true God. We da lib een
19 And we know that
de God wa true, een e Son, Jedus Christ.
we are of God, and the
whole world lieth in Dis de true God an de life wa ain gwine
wickedness. neba end.
20 And we know that
the Son of God is come,
21 Me deah chullun, mus dohn hab
and hath given us an un- nottin fa do wid no idol.
derstanding, that we may
know him that is true,
and we are in him that is
true, even in his Son Jesus
Christ. This is the true
God, and eternal life.
21 Little children, keep
yourselves from idols.
Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John Secon Letta 1
,5 2 John
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
834 2 John
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John Letta
Numba Shree 3 John
,1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
836 3 John
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude Letta Jude
,1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
838 Jude
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude 839
done ton ginst de one wa been oba um. An Balaam for reward, and
perished in the gainsay-
jes like Korah done been stroy, dey stroy ing of Core.
too. 12 Wen oona wa bleebe geda togeda
fa nyam fa show oona lob ta one noda,
look how dey da nyam de food. Dey ain 12 These are spots in
your feasts of charity,
got no shame, an dey ain eben tink ob oda when they feast with
people. Dey ain wot nottin! Dey like cloud you, feeding themselves
wa kin git daak jes like rain wahn fa come, without fear: clouds they
are without water, car-
bot dey ain no wata dey an breeze kin ried about of winds; trees
blow de cloud way dout no rain. Same way whose fruit withereth,
without fruit, twice dead,
so, dey like tree wa ain beah no fruit, eben plucked up by the roots;
een de time wen dey spose fa beah. Dat
show dat dem tree done dead, an wen
people yank um out by de root, dey dead 13 Raging waves of the
two time oba. 13 Dem teacha da do ting sea, foaming out their
own shame; wandering
wa oughta mek um shame. Like wen de big stars, to whom is re-
wile swellin wata faddown pon de seasho, served the blackness of
darkness for ever.
de bad ting dem teacha do, stan like de
frosh ob dat big wata wa done lef dorty
gaabage pon de seasho. Dem teacha jes
14 And Enoch also, the
like a staa wa ain neba stay een one place seventh from Adam,
een de sky. God da keep a daak daak place prophesied of these, say-
ing, Behold, the Lord
fa pit dem teacha, an dey gwine stay dey cometh with ten thou-
faeba. sands of his saints,
14 Enoch done been taak way back dey
bout dem teacha wa ain taak de trute. Dat
de Enoch wa seben generation fom Adam. 15 To execute judg-
An e taak bout dem teacha say, Look yah! ment upon all, and to
convince all that are un-
De Lawd da come wid tousan, tousan ob godly among them of all
dem wa blongst ta um. 15 De Lawd da their ungodly deeds
which they have ungodly
come fa jedge all people. E gwine jedge all committed, and of all
de sinna dem wa ain do wa God wahn, say their hard speeches which
ungodly sinners have
dey guilty cause ob all de ebil ting dem spoken against him.
ginst God dey done done, an all de wickity
wod dey done taak ginst God!
16 Dem teacha yah wa ain taak de trute, 16 These are murmur-
dey ain neba sattify. Dey da grumble all de ers, complainers, walking
after their own lusts; and
time ginst oda people. Dey jes da folla dey their mouth speaketh
own haat fa do ebil, an dey da brag pon great swelling words,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
840 Jude
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude 841
glory place weh e dey. 25 Leh we praise de you faultless before the
presence of his glory with
onliest God wa sabe we cause ob wa Jedus exceeding joy,
Christ we Lawd done done. Leh we all
praise God fa e great glory. E da rule 25 To the only wise
ebryweh an e got powa an tority fa true, God our Saviour, be glory
and majesty, dominion
fom fo time been, an now, an faeba! and power, both now and
Amen. ever. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation
Revelation De Revelation
,1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 1 843
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
844 Revelation 1, 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2 845
2
,1
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
846 Revelation 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2 847
people fa do. E beena laan Balak how fa eat things sacrificed unto
idols, and to commit
trap de Israel people an mek um sin. E fornication.
been git um fa nyam meat wa people
been offa fa sacrifice fa woshup idol. An 15 So hast thou also
e been git dem fa lib loose life. 15 Oda them that hold the doc-
trine of the Nicolaitans,
people mongst oona da do dem same which thing I hate.
ting wa dem wa da folla Nicolas da do.
16 Now den, oona mus be saary fa oona
16 Repent; or else I
sin an change oona way. Ef oona ain will come unto thee
change oona way, A gwine come ta quickly, and will fight
oona soon. A gwine tek dis sode wa dey against them with the
sword of my mouth.
een me mout an fight ginst de people
dem wa da do dem bad ting.
17 Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den 17 He that hath an ear,
oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
choch dem! churches; To him that
De people wa still stan scrong atta overcometh will I give to
eat of the hidden manna,
Satan done try um, A gwine gii ebry one and will give him a white
ob um some ob dat manna wa been hide. stone, and in the stone a
Den too, A gwine gim one white stone wid new name written, which
no man knoweth saving
nyew name wa write pon um. Nobody ain he that receiveth it.
gwine know de name wa write pon de
stone cep de poson wa A gii dat name ta.
18 And unto the angel
De Message ta de Choch een Thyatira of the church in Thyatira
write; These things saith
18 Write dis message yah an sen um ta the Son of God, who hath
his eyes like unto a flame
de angel ob de choch een Thyatira: of fire, and his feet are
Dis de message yah wa God Son sen. like fine brass;
E eye dem shine like fire, an e foot
shine jes like brass wa dey been bun een
19 I know thy works,
de furnace an den shine um op. 19 A
and charity, and service,
know de ting dem wa oona da do. A and faith, and thy pa-
know oona lob people an oona ain neba tience, and thy works;
and the last to be more
stop fa bleebe pon me. A know de way than the first.
oona da wok an oona da beah op onda
all oona suffrin. An A know oona da do
mo now den oona done done. 20 Notwithstanding I
20 Stillyet, one ting oona da do wa A da have a few things against
thee, because thou suffer-
blame oona fa. Oona leh dat ooman est that woman Jezebel,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
848 Revelation 2
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2, 3 849
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
850 Revelation 3
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 3 851
oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell Spirit saith unto the
churches.
de choch dem!
14 And unto the angel
De Message ta de Choch een Laodicea of the church of the
Laodiceans write; These
14 Write dis message yah an sen um ta things saith the Amen,
de angel ob de choch een Laodicea: the faithful and true wit-
ness, the beginning of the
Dis de message yah wa de Amen sen. creation of God;
E da one wa we kin trus fa true an wa da
taak true all de time bout God. Een e 15 I know thy works,
that thou art neither cold
han all wa God mek. 15 A know all wa nor hot: I would thou
oona da do, an A know dat oona like wert cold or hot.
food wa ain cole an wa ain hot, food wa 16 So then because
ain got no taste. A wish dat oona beena thou art lukewarm, and
folla me wid all oona haat or dat oona neither cold nor hot, I
will spue thee out of my
been lef fa folla me. 16 So den, cause mouth.
oona like food wa ain cole an wa ain
hot, A gwine spit oona outta me mout! 17 Because thou say-
est, I am rich, and in-
17 Oona da taak say, A rich, an A got
creased with goods, and
plenty ting. A got ebryting wa A need. have need of nothing;
and knowest not that
Bot oona ain ondastan dat oona po an thou art wretched, and
pitiful fa true, an people saary fa oona. miserable, and poor, and
Oona ain got nottin! Oona bline an blind, and naked:
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
852 Revelation 3, 4
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 4, 5 853
an side, fo ting wa got life beena stanop. and in the midst of the
throne, and round about
Dey got eye all oba dey body, front an the throne, were four
back. 7 De fus ting wa got life look jes like beasts full of eyes before
and behind.
a lion. De secon one look jes like a ox. An
de nex one got a face wa look jes like de 7 And the first beast
was like a lion, and the
face ob a man. De las one look jes like a second beast like a calf,
eagle wa da fly. 8 All fo ob dem ting wa got and the third beast had a
face as a man, and the
life, dey got six wing, an dey been kiba all fourth beast was like a
oba wid eye, eben onda dey wing. All day flying eagle.
an all night dey da taak ta God. Dey ain 8 And the four beasts
neba stop fa tell God say, had each of them six
We Lawd God got powa mo den all. wings about him; and
they were full of eyes
E holy, holy, holy. within: and they rest not
E been dey fo de wol been mek, day and night, saying,
Holy, holy, holy, Lord
e dey now, God Almighty, which
an e gwine come back. was, and is, and is to
9 Dem fo ting yah wa got life dey da come.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
854 Revelation 5
within and on the back- write down een dat scroll, pon de front an
side, sealed with seven
seals. pon de back. An de scroll been fasten shet
2 And I saw a strong good wid seben seal ob wax. 2 An A see
angel proclaiming with a one angel wa got great powa. E da taak
loud voice, Who is wor-
thy to open the book, and loud so all kin yeh um. E aks say, Who got
to loose the seals thereof? de right fa pull dem seal an open op de
3 And no man in
scroll? 3 Bot nobody ain been dey een
heaven, nor in earth, nei-
ther under the earth, was heaben or een dis wol or ondaneet dis wol
able to open the book, wa got de right fa open de scroll an read
neither to look thereon.
4 And I wept much, be-
wa been write down pon um. 4 A staat fa
cause no man was found cry too haad cause nobody ain been dey
worthy to open and to wa got de right fa open de scroll an read
read the book, neither to
look thereon. wa been write down pon um. 5 Den one
5 And one of the elders elda dem tell me say, Mus dohn cry. Look
saith unto me, Weep not: yah! Dat one wa dey call De Lion wa come
behold, the Lion of the
tribe of Juda, the Root of fom Judah Tribe, de one wa be ob King
David, hath prevailed to David chullun chullun dem, e done win
open the book, and to
loose the seven seals
oba all. Cause ob dat, e got de right fa pull
thereof. dem seben seal an open op de scroll.
6 And I beheld, and, lo, 6 Den A see one Lamb da stanop een de
in the midst of the throne middle ob dat great shrone. De fo ting dem
and of the four beasts,
and in the midst of the el- wa got life an de elda dem da stanop roun
ders, stood a Lamb as it um. Dat Lamb look like people done been
had been slain, having
seven horns and seven kill um. An e got seben hone pon e head an
eyes, which are the seven seben eye. Dem eye God seben Sperit wa e
Spirits of God sent forth
into all the earth.
sen out all oba de wol. 7 Den A see de
7 And he came and
Lamb go tek de scroll fom de right han ob
took the book out of the de one wa da sit pon de big shrone. 8 Wen
right hand of him that sat de Lamb tek de scroll, de fo ting wa got life
upon the throne.
dem an de twenty-fo elda dem faddown fo
8 And when he had
taken the book, the four
de Lamb an woshup um. Dey all been git
beasts and four and haap fa play music een dey han, an gole
twenty elders fell down bowl dem, wa full op wid incense. An de
before the Lamb, having
every one of them harps, incense yah, dat de pray ob de people wa
and golden vials full of blongst ta God. 9 Den de fo ting dem wa
odours, which are the
prayers of saints. got life an de twenty-fo elda dem dey sing
one nyew song, say,
9 And they sung a new
song, saying, Thou art
Ya de Lamb.
worthy to take the book, Ya got de right fa tek de scroll
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 5 855
an plenty scrent.
We gim hona an glory.
We praise um! 13 And every creature
13 Den A yeh all de ting dem wa got life which is in heaven, and
een heaben, een dis wol an onda de wol, on the earth, and under
the earth, and such as are
an all ting wa een de sea. Dey all sing, say, in the sea, and all that are
Ta de one wa da seddown in them, heard I saying,
Blessing, and honour,
pon de shrone, an ta de Lamb, and glory, and power, be
Leh we praise um unto him that sitteth
upon the throne, and
an gim hona an glory, unto the Lamb for ever
an show dey powa faeba an eba! and ever.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
856 Revelation 5, 6
14 And the four beasts 14 De fo ting dem wa got life say, Amen!
said, Amen. And the four
and twenty elders fell An de twenty-fo elda dem git down pon de
down and worshipped groun an woshup de one wa sit pon de
him that liveth for ever
and ever. great shrone an de Lamb.
De Seal Dem
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 6 857
mek fo, say, Come! 8 An wen A look dey, fourth beast say, Come
and see.
A see one hoss wa got light color wa mek 8 And I looked, and be-
um look like e ready fa dead! De poson wa hold a pale horse: and his
name that sat on him was
da ride um been name Det, an one wa Death, and Hell followed
name de Grabe beena folla um. Dey got with him. And power was
given unto them over the
powa oba one quarta ob de people ob de fourth part of the earth,
wol, so dat dey kin kill um een wa, or mek to kill with sword, and
um dead cause dey ain got no food or with hunger, and with
death, and with the
cause dey got all kind ob sickness, or mek beasts of the earth.
de wile animal dem ob de wol kill um. 9 And when he had
opened the fifth seal, I
9 Wen de Lamb open de seal wa mek saw under the altar the
fibe, A see dey ondaneet de alta, de soul souls of them that were
slain for the word of God,
dem ob de people wa dey been kill een de and for the testimony
wol. Dey been kill dem cause dey beena which they held:
10 And they cried with
tell God wod. Dey beena tell people fa true a loud voice, saying, How
bout God. 10 Dey beena shout loud say, O long, O Lord, holy and
Lawd, ya oba all! Ya holy an ya true! How true, dost thou not judge
and avenge our blood on
long we fa wait fo ya gwine jedge de them that dwell on the
people dem een de wol an punish um earth?
11 And white robes
cause dey done kill we? 11 Den God gii all were given unto every
one of them; and it was
ob dem a white robe fa weah. An e tell um said unto them, that they
fa res an wait jes a leetle bit mo cause dey should rest yet for a little
season, until their
numba ain been full op yet. E been lef mo fellowservants also and
ob dey Christian bredren wa still beena their brethren, that
should be killed as they
wok fa God een de wol an wa people een were, should be fulfilled.
12 And I beheld when
de wol been gwine kill jes like dey been he had opened the sixth
kill. seal, and, lo, there was a
12 A see da Lamb open de seal wa mek great earthquake; and the
sun became black as
six. Den de groun tremble too bad. De sun sackcloth of hair, and the
git black black like sackcloss. An de moon moon became as blood;
13 And the stars of
git all red like blood. 13 De staa dem heaven fell unto the
earth, even as a fig tree
faddown outta de sky, down ta de groun casteth her untimely figs,
jes like fig dem wa ain ripe yet kin when she is shaken of a
mighty wind.
faddown wen a big wind shake de fig tree. 14 And the heaven de-
14 De sky roll back an gone way jes like a parted as a scroll when it
is rolled together; and ev-
scroll wa roll op. An all de mountain an all ery mountain and island
de islant moob outta dey place. 15 Den de were moved out of their
places.
king dem een de wol an dem oda big rula, 15 And the kings of the
an dem head man ob de sodja dem, dem earth, and the great men,
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
858 Revelation 6, 7
and the rich men, and the wa got plenty ting an got tority oba oda
chief captains, and the
mighty men, and every people, an all de oda people, ebry slabe an
bondman, and every free ebry freeman, dey all ron an go hide een
man, hid themselves in
the dens and in the rocks
dem cabe, an mongst de big stone een dem
of the mountains; mountain. 16 De people call out loud ta
16 And said to the
mountains and rocks, dem mountain an dem big stone say,
Fall on us, and hide us Please faddown pon we an hide we fom
from the face of him that
sitteth on the throne, and de eye ob de one wa da seddown pon de
from the wrath of the shrone, an fom de Lamb wa bex wid we!
Lamb:
17 For the great day of 17 Cause de great day done come wen dey
his wrath is come; and da show we dey bex wid we fa true. Ain
who shall be able to
stand? nobody gwine be able fa sabe esef.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 7 859
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
860 Revelation 7, 8
8
of half an hour.
Wen de Lamb open de seal wa mek
1
2 And I saw the seven seben, heaben been quiet bout a haf
angels which stood be- hour. 2 Den A see de seben angel dem wa
fore God; and to them
were given seven trum- stanop fo God. Somebody come gim seben
pets. trumpet.
3 And another angel 3 An noda angel come stanop close ta de
came and stood at the al- alta. E beena hole one incense pot wa dey
tar, having a golden cen-
ser; and there was given mek ob gole. An somebody come gim
unto him much incense, plenty incense. E pit um eenta de incense
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 8 861
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
862 Revelation 8, 9
9
other voices of the trum- 1 De angel wa mek fibe blow e
pet of the three angels,
which are yet to sound! trumpet. A see one staa wa done
faddown outta de sky ta de groun. An dey
,
9
8
Chapter 9
1 And the fifth angel
sounded, and I saw a star
been gim da key fa open op de way fa go
fall from heaven unto the eenta de deep hole wa ain got no bottom.
earth: and to him was
given the key of the bot- 2 De staa open op de way ta de deep hole.
tomless pit.
2 And he opened the
An plenty smoke come out fom eenside
bottomless pit; and there dey, jes like wen dey a great big fire an
arose a smoke out of the
pit, as the smoke of a smoke da come out. De sun ain shine, an
great furnace; and the de sky been daak, cause de smoke mek de
sun and the air were
darkened by reason of place daak. 3 Outta de smoke locust come
the smoke of the pit. down pon de wol. An dey gim powa fa
3 And there came out
of the smoke locusts sting people, jes like scorpion ob de wol
upon the earth: and unto
them was given power, as sting people. 4 Dey been tell dem locust
the scorpions of the earth
have power.
mus dohn do no haam ta de grass or ta de
4 And it was com- tree dem. Mus dohn haam no plant wa da
manded them that they
should not hurt the grass grow. Dey been tell um dey fa haam jes de
of the earth, neither any people dem wa ain been git God seal pon e
green thing, neither any
tree; but only those men forehead. 5 Dey ain been gii de locust dem
which have not the seal no powa fa kill dem people. De locust dem
of God in their foreheads.
5 And to them it was git powa fa jes mek um suffa bad fibe
given that they should
not kill them, but that mont. De pain wa dem poson suffa wen de
they should be tormented
five months: and their
locust dem sting um e been jes like de pain
torment was as the tor- wen a scorpion sting a poson. 6 Jurin dem
ment of a scorpion, when
he striketh a man. fibe mont dey, dem people yah gwine cry
6 And in those days out fa det fa come tek um. Bot det ain
shall men seek death, and
shall not find it; and shall
gwine come ta um.
desire to die, and death 7 De locust dem look jes like hoss wa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 9 863
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
864 Revelation 9, 10
fire, and of jacinth, and yella jes like sulfa. De hoss dem head look
brimstone: and the heads
of the horses were as the like lion head, an fire wid smoke an hot
heads of lions; and out of sulfa beena come outta dey mout. 18 Dem
their mouths issued fire
and smoke and brim-
shree bad ting yah, de fire, de smoke, an
stone. de hot sulfa, wa beena come outta dem
18 By these three was
the third part of men
hoss mout, been kill de tird ob all de
killed, by the fire, and by people. 19 Cause de powa wa dem hoss
the smoke, and by the yah beena git, been dey een dey mout an
brimstone, which issued
out of their mouths. een dey tail. De tail been jes like snake wa
19 For their power is in got head, an wid dey head dey beena hut
their mouth, and in their
tails: for their tails were people.
like unto serpents, and 20 Stillyet, de oda people dem wa dem
had heads, and with
them they do hurt.
bad ting yah ain kill, dey ain change dey
20 And the rest of the way. Dey ain ton way fom woshup de ting
men which were not dem wa dey been mek fa deysef. Dey ain
killed by these plagues
yet repented not of the stop fa woshup de ebil sperit dem an dem
works of their hands, that ting wa dey been mek outta gole, silba,
they should not worship
devils, and idols of gold, brass, stone an wood. Dem ting wa dey
and silver, and brass, and woshup ain able fa see nottin. Dey ain able
stone, and of wood:
which neither can see, fa yeh nottin an dey ain able fa waak none
nor hear, nor walk: tall. 21 Bot dem people yah ain change dey
21 Neither repented
they of their murders,
way tall. Dey ain been saary fa kill people,
nor of their sorceries, nor or fa de black magic dey beena do, needa
of their fornication, nor fa de loose life wa dey beena lib, needa fa
of their thefts.
de way dey beena tief.
10
,9
Chapter 10
De Angel an de
1 And I saw another
mighty angel come down Leetle Scroll
10
from heaven, clothed
with a cloud: and a rain-
Atta dat, A see one oda angel wa
1
bow was upon his head, got powa da come outta heaben. A
and his face was as it cloud been kiba um jes like cloes, an a
were the sun, and his feet
as pillars of fire: rainbow been roun e head. E face beena
2 And he had in his shine like de sun, an e foot dem been like
hand a little book open:
and he set his right foot fire da stanop scraight like two post. 2 E
upon the sea, and his left got one leetle scroll ob paper dey een e
foot on the earth,
3 And cried with a han, an de paper been open op fa read.
loud voice, as when a lion Den e pit e right foot pon de sea an e lef
roareth: and when he had
cried, seven thunders ut-
foot pon de dry groun. 3 E holla loud wid
tered their voices. boice wa soun jes like a lion. Wen e done
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 10 865
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
866 Revelation 11
11
,10
11
1 And there was given
me a reed like unto a rod: Atta dat, dey gii me one stick
1
and the angel stood, say- like wa dey nyuse fa tek fa medja.
ing, Rise, and measure
the temple of God, and
Den dey tell me say, Mus go medja God
the altar, and them that House an de alta dey. An mus count de
worship therein. people dem wa da woshup God dey
2 But the court which
is without the temple eenside e House. 2 Bot mus dohn medja de
leave out, and measure it open place wa dey roun God House, cause
not; for it is given unto
the Gentiles: and the holy dat place dey fa dem wa ain God own
city shall they tread un- people. An dem people gwine mash God
der foot forty and two
months. city onda dey foot fa foty-two mont. 3 A
3 And I will give power gwine sen two people wa gwine tell de
unto my two witnesses,
and they shall prophesy a
people bout me. A gwine gim powa. Dey
thousand two hundred gwine weah buryin cloes. An dey gwine
and threescore days, tell people God message fa one tousan,
clothed in sackcloth.
4 These are the two ol- two hundud sixty day.
ive trees, and the two 4 De two people dem wa gwine tell God
candlesticks standing be-
fore the God of the earth. message, dey de two olib tree an de two
5 And if any man will lamp stan dem wa da stanop fo de Lawd
hurt them, fire proceed-
eth out of their mouth, wa da rule oba all de wol. 5 Ef poson try fa
and devoureth their ene- do dem two people yah bad, fire gwine
mies: and if any man will
hurt them, he must in this
come outta dey mout an bun de poson an
manner be killed. stroy um. So den, dat how de poson wa try
6 These have power to
fa do dem two bad gwine dead. 6 Dem two
shut heaven, that it rain
not in the days of their people got powa fa hole back de rain een
prophecy: and have de sky, so dat de rain ain faddown jurin de
power over waters to
turn them to blood, and time wen dey da tell God message. An dey
to smite the earth with all got powa fa mek de wata wa come outta
plagues, as often as they
will. de groun ton eenta blood. An dey got
7 And when they shall powa fa sen wasoneba kind ob bad ting
have finished their testi-
mony, the beast that
eenta de wol, wasoneba time dey wahn fa
ascendeth out of the bot- do um.
tomless pit shall make 7 Now den, wen dey done tell de people
war against them, and
shall overcome them, dey message, de wile beast wa come op
and kill them. outta de deep hole wa ain got no bottom, e
8 And their dead bod-
ies shall lie in the street of gwine come an fight dem. E gwine win out
the great city, which spir- oba um an kill um. 8 Dey dead body gwine
itually is called Sodom
and Egypt, where also leddown een de screet een de big city weh
our Lord was crucified. de people been nail dey Lawd ta de
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 11 867
cross.Dey call dat city Sodom or Egypt, wa 9 And they of the peo-
ple and kindreds and
mean fa say dat city jes like dem. 9 All tongues and nations shall
kind ob people wa come out fom all de see their dead bodies
three days and an half,
tribe an all de nation een de wol, people and shall not suffer their
wa taak all de diffunt language, dey gwine dead bodies to be put in
graves.
tek shree an a haf day, da pass by an look
10 And they that dwell
pon de dead body ob de two people wa upon the earth shall re-
done tell God message. An jurin dat time joice over them, and
make merry, and shall
dey ain gwine leh nobody tek dem dead send gifts one to another;
body an bury um. 10 De people een de wol because these two proph-
gwine rejaice wen dem two prophet yah ets tormented them that
dwelt on the earth.
dead. Dey gwine mek merry an gii one 11 And after three days
noda gif, cause dem two prophet yah done and an half the Spirit of
beena mek um suffa tommuch. 11 Bot atta life from God entered
into them, and they stood
shree an a haf day done pass, God blow life upon their feet; and great
eenta de two prophet dem, an dey stanop. fear fell upon them which
saw them.
All de people wa see dem two, dey scaid fa
true. 12 Den de two prophet dem yeh loud 12 And they heard a
great voice from heaven
boice wa come outta heaben da tell um saying unto them, Come
say, Oona come op yah! An wiles de up hither. And they as-
cended up to heaven in a
people wa been ginst um stanop da look at cloud; and their enemies
um, de two prophet dem gone op eenta beheld them.
heaben eenside one cloud. 13 Jes den, de 13 And the same hour
was there a great earth-
groun tremble too bad. One ob ebry ten quake, and the tenth part
buildin een de city been stroy, an seben of the city fell, and in
tousan people done dead. De oda people the earthquake were
slain of men seven thou-
wa ain dead, dey scaid down, an dey sand: and the remnant
praise God, wa da rule een heaben. were affrighted, and gave
glory to the God of
14 De secon haad time wen people suffa heaven.
plenty, done pass oba. Bot look yah! De 14 The second woe is
haad time wa mek shree da come soon. past; and, behold, the
third woe cometh
quickly.
De Angel wa Mek Seben Blow E Trumpet
15 And the seventh an-
15 Den de angel wa mek seben blow e gel sounded; and there
trumpet. An A yeh plenty boice een were great voices in
heaven, saying, The king-
heaben da taak loud say, doms of this world are
We Lawd an e Messiah Christ, become the kingdoms of
our Lord, and of his
dey got de powa an dey da rule now Christ; and he shall reign
oba de wol. for ever and ever.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
868 Revelation 11
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 12 869
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
870 Revelation 12
and Satan, which de- dat ole saapent wa dey call de Debil or
ceiveth the whole world:
he was cast out into the Satan. E beena mek all de people een de
earth, and his angels wol sin. Michael an e angel dem chunk um
were cast out with him.
down eenta de wol, wid all e angel dem.
10 Den A yeh loud boice da taak een
heaben say,
De time wen God gwine
10 And I heard a loud sabe e people done come!
voice saying in heaven,
Now is come salvation, God gwine show e powa an rule now
and strength, and the an be King oba all de wol!
kingdom of our God, and
the power of his Christ: An Christ de Messiah wa God sen
for the accuser of our gwine rule wid tority!
brethren is cast down,
which accused them be-
Cause de one wa beena stanop fo
fore our God day and God day taak day an night,
night. da say we Christian broda dem
do bad,
dey done chunk dat one down
outta heaben.
11 And they overcame
11 We Christian broda dem win out
him by the blood of the
Lamb, and by the word of oba um.
their testimony; and they Dey win wid de blood ob de Lamb
loved not their lives unto
the death. an de true wod wa dey beena tell
people bout God.
An pontop dat, dey been ready fa
dead fa God ef dey haffa.
12 Therefore rejoice,
ye heavens, and ye that
12 So den, oona mus rejaice dey een
dwell in them. Woe to the heaben!
inhabiters of the earth
and of the sea! for the Oona mus be too heppy,
devil is come down unto all oona wa lib dey!
you, having great wrath,
because he knoweth that
Bot e gwine be haad time fa dem wa
he hath but a short time. lib een de wol an pon de sea!
Cause de Debil come down ta
oona!
E bex too bad, cause e know e got
jes leeleetle bit ob time lef.
13 And when the
dragon saw that he was
13 Wen de dragon see dat dey done
cast unto the earth, he chunk um down eenta de wol, e staat fa
persecuted the woman
which brought forth the ron atta de ooman wa been bon de boy
man child. chile. 14 Bot somebody gii de ooman two
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 12, 13 871
wing fom a big eagle so dat de ooman been 14 And to the woman
were given two wings of
able fa fly ta e place een de desat. An dey a great eagle, that she
might fly into the wilder-
gwine tek cyah ob de ooman dey fa shree ness, into her place,
an a haf yeah. An de dragon ain gwine be where she is nourished
for a time, and times, and
able fa do um bad. 15 So de dragon shrow half a time, from the face
plenty wata outta e mout. Jes like a riba, of the serpent.
15 And the serpent
de wata staat fa ron atta dat ooman fa cyaa cast out of his mouth wa-
ter as a flood after the
um way. 16 Bot de groun hep de ooman. E woman, that he might
open op e mout an swalla de riba ob wata cause her to be carried
away of the flood.
wa beena come outta de dragon mout. 16 And the earth help-
17 Cause ob dat, de dragon been bex bad ed the woman, and the
earth opened her mouth,
wid de ooman. So e gone fa fight e oda and swallowed up the
flood which the dragon
chullun an chullun chullun dem. Dey all cast out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was
dem wa da do wa God tell um fa do an wa wroth with the woman,
bleebe de true ting wa Jedus show um an and went to make war
with the remnant of her
folla um. Den de dragon gone stanop close ta seed, which keep the
de sea. commandments of God,
and have the testimony
of Jesus Christ.
De Two Beast
13
Chapter 13
1Den A see one beast da come op
1 And I stood upon the
outta de wata. E hab ten hone. E sand of the sea, and saw a
hab seben head. Ebry one ob dem hone beast rise up out of the
sea, having seven heads
hab crown pon um. An pon ebry one ob and ten horns, and upon
his horns ten crowns, and
dem hone, dey been sompin write down fa upon his heads the name
hole God cheap. 2 De beast wa A see look of blasphemy.
2 And the beast which
like leopard, bot e foot dem look like beah I saw was like unto a
leopard, and his feet
foot an e mout like lion mout. De dragon were as the feet of a bear,
gii dis beast yah de powa an de tority wa e and his mouth as the
mouth of a lion: and the
been hab oba all dem ting wa e beena rule. dragon gave him his
3 One ob de head dem look like e been power, and his seat, and
great authority.
wound so dat e been fa dead. Bot de cut 3 And I saw one of his
heads as it were wounded
pon e head wa been fa mek um dead, e to death; and his deadly
heal now. All de people een de wol been wound was healed: and
all the world wondered
stonish an folla de beast. 4 Dey all woshup after the beast.
4 And they wor-
de dragon cause e been gii de beast e shipped the dragon
powa. An dey woshup de beast too an say which gave power unto
the beast: and they wor-
Ain nobody like de beast, ainty? Ain shipped the beast, saying,
nobody able fa fight ginst um! Who is like unto the
beast? who is able to
5 De beast taak all kinda bad ting ginst make war with him?
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
872 Revelation 13
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 13, 14 873
Chapter 14
pontop de high hill dey call Mount
1 And I looked, and, lo,
Zion. One hundud an foty-fo tousan a Lamb stood on the
people beena stanop dey wid um. An de mount Sion, and with
him an hundred forty and
name ob de Lamb an ob e Fada been write four thousand, having his
pon dem people forehead. 2 A yeh boice Father's name written in
come outta heaben. Dat boice loud like de their foreheads.
2 And I heard a voice
big nise ob de sea an like wen de tunda da from heaven, as the voice
crack loud. Dat boice sweet like de soun ob of many waters, and as
the voice of a great thun-
de music wen people da play dey haap. der: and I heard the voice
3 De one hundud an foty-fo tousan people of harpers harping with
their harps:
dem beena stanop een front ob God shrone 3 And they sung as it
an de fo ting dem wa got life an de elda were a new song before
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
874 Revelation 14
the throne, and before dem. Dem people beena sing one nyew
the four beasts, and the
elders: and no man could song wa jes dem been able fa laan an sing.
learn that song but the Dey de people wa Christ done been pay fa
hundred and forty and
four thousand, which een de wol wid e blood. 4 Dey de man dem
were redeemed from the wa ain been mix op een ooman bidness.
earth.
4 These are they which
Dey ain sleep wid um. Dey beena folla de
were not defiled with Lamb wehsoneba e go. De Lamb been pick
women; for they are vir- dem fa come out fom mongst oda people
gins. These are they
which follow the Lamb wen e buy um wid e blood. Dey de fus one
whithersoever he goeth. dem wa e pit ta one side fa esef an fa God.
These were redeemed
from among men, being
5 Nobody ain neba yeh dem tell lie. Dey
the firstfruits unto God ain neba do no ebil ting.
and to the Lamb.
5 And in their mouth
was found no guile: for De Shree Angel Dem
they are without fault be-
fore the throne of God. Den A see one oda angel da fly high
6
6 And I saw another op, an e beena tell de people wa lib een de
angel fly in the midst of
heaven, having the ever-
wol de Good Nyews wa gwine las faeba an
lasting gospel to preach eba. E beena tell de people ob all de diffunt
unto them that dwell on nation dem, all de tribe dem, de people wa
the earth, and to every
nation, and kindred, and taak all de diffunt language dem. 7 Dat
tongue, and people, angel taak loud say, Oona mus hole God
7 Saying with a loud
high an gim glory. Cause de time done
voice, Fear God, and give
glory to him; for the hour come fa God fa jedge de people. Oona mus
of his judgment is come: woshup um. E mek heaben an de dry
and worship him that
made heaven, and earth, groun. E mek de sea an dem spring ob
and the sea, and the foun- wata wa da buss outta de groun!
tains of waters. 8 One oda angel beena folla de fus one.
8 And there followed
another angel, saying, E da taak say, Babylon, dat city wa got
Babylon is fallen, is big powa, done come ta nottin. E beena
fallen, that great city, be-
cause she made all na- mek all de nation dem ob de wol drink e
tions drink of the wine of wine. Dat wine dey e de loose life ob sin
the wrath of her forni-
cation.
wa kin mek people do wasoneba bad ting
9 And the third angel dey haat tell um fa do.
followed them, saying 9 Den one oda angel wa mek shree,
with a loud voice, If any
man worship the beast come. E beena holla loud say, All dem
and his image, and re- people wa da woshup de beast an e statue
ceive his mark in his fore-
head, or in his hand,
an wa leh dem pit e maak pon dey
10 The same shall forehead or pon dey han, 10 dey deysef
drink of the wine of the gwine drink God wine. Dat wine de lickin
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 14 875
wa God gwine gim cause e too bex wid um, wrath of God, which is
poured out without mix-
an e gwine lick um fa true. Dat lickin like ture into the cup of his in-
bitta wine wa ain mix wid wata, an dey dignation; and he shall be
tormented with fire and
haffa drink um. All dem people wa da do brimstone in the pres-
dem ting yah gwine git lick an suffa een de ence of the holy angels,
fire weh sulfa da bun. Dey gwine git lick and in the presence of the
Lamb:
een front ob God angel dem an de Lamb.
11 De fire wa mek um suffa ain neba gwine
11 And the smoke of
stop da bun. E smoke gwine go op faeba an their torment ascendeth
eba. So dem people wa da woshup de beast up for ever and ever: and
an e statue an wa leh dem pit de maak ob e they have no rest day nor
night, who worship the
name pon um, dey ain neba gwine stop da beast and his image, and
suffa. Day an night, dey gwine suffa whosoever receiveth the
mark of his name.
faeba.
12 Dis mean dat God people mus beah
op onda suffrin. Dey de people wa da do 12 Here is the patience
of the saints: here are
wa God tell um fa do an ain neba stop fa they that keep the com-
bleebe pon Jedus. mandments of God, and
13 Den A yeh a boice fom heaben say, the faith of Jesus.
De Las Jedgiment
14 Den A see noda wision. A see a white 14 And I looked, and
behold a white cloud,
cloud an A see somebody wa look jes like a and upon the cloud one
man wa come fom God seddown pon de sat like unto the Son of
man, having on his head
cloud. E beena weah a gole crown pon e a golden crown, and in
head, an een e han e beena hole a shaap his hand a sharp sickle.
sickle wa dey nyuse fa cut dey plant wen
dey done ready fa haabis. 15 Den noda 15 And another angel
angel come outta God House. E holla loud came out of the temple,
fa tell de poson wa seddown pon de cloud, crying with a loud voice
to him that sat on the
say, Tek ya sickle an cut dem ting wa cloud, Thrust in thy
done ready fa haabis. Cause de right time sickle, and reap: for the
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
876 Revelation 14, 15
time is come for thee to done come. De ting dem wa dey beena
reap; for the harvest of
the earth is ripe. plant een de wol dey done ready fa
16 And he that sat on haabis. 16 So de poson wa beena
the cloud thrust in his
sickle on the earth; and
seddown pon de cloud, e swing e sickle
the earth was reaped. pon de wol, an de sickle cut all de ting dem
17 And another angel
wa done been ready fa haabis.
came out of the temple
which is in heaven, he 17 Den A see noda angel come outta
also having a sharp God House een heaben. An e beena hole a
sickle.
18 And another angel shaap sickle too.
came out from the altar, 18 Den noda angel wa hab chaage ob de
which had power over
fire; and cried with a fire, come out fom close ta de alta. E holla
loud cry to him that had loud fa tell de angel wa hole de shaap
the sharp sickle, saying,
Thrust in thy sharp
sickle, say, Tek ya shaap sickle an cut
sickle, and gather the dem grape clusta. Geda um fom de wine
clusters of the vine of the ob de eart, cause dem grape done ripe.
earth; for her grapes are
fully ripe. 19 So de angel swing e sickle pon de eart. E
19 And the angel geda dem grape clusta ob de eart, an
thrust in his sickle into
the earth, and gathered chunk um eenta de big place weh dey
the vine of the earth, and mash out de grape fa git de juice fa mek
cast it into the great
winepress of the wrath of wine. Dat place show how God too bex, an
God. how e gwine punish dem wa been bex um.
20 And the winepress
20 Dem grape been mash out dey een dat
was trodden without the
city, and blood came out place out fom de city. An plenty blood
of the winepress, even come outta dat place an ron til e reach
unto the horse bridles,
by the space of a thou- bout two hundud mile. An dat blood been
sand and six hundred bout fibe foot deep.
furlongs.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 15 877
de sea, A see dem people wa done been mark, and over the num-
ber of his name, stand on
win out oba de beast an oba e statue an the sea of glass, having
oba de numba ob e name. An dem people the harps of God.
been hole haap wa God done gim. 3 Dey 3 And they sing the
beena sing de song wa Moses, wa da wok song of Moses the servant
of God, and the song of
fa God, been sing an de song wa de Lamb the Lamb, saying, Great
been sing. De song say, and marvellous are thy
Lawd God wa got powa works, Lord God Al-
mighty; just and true are
mo den all oda, thy ways, thou King of
ya wok dem big, saints.
an dey da stonish we. 4 Who shall not fear
Ya de King wa da rule faeba an eba. thee, O Lord, and glorify
Ya do wa right. thy name? for thou only
art holy: for all nations
Ya taak true all de time. shall come and worship
4 Lawd, ain nobody wa ain gwine before thee; for thy judg-
ments are made manifest.
gii ya hona,
Ain nobody wa ain gwine 5 And after that I
praise ya name. looked, and, behold, the
temple of the tabernacle
Ya de one true God. Dey ain no oda. of the testimony in
All people ob all nation heaven was opened:
gwine come an woshup ya,
6 And the seven angels
Cause all people done see came out of the temple,
dat ya do right fa true. having the seven plagues,
5 Wen dem people done sing, A look an clothed in pure and white
linen, and having their
A see God House een heaben wid de place breasts girded with
weh dey keep de cobnant wa God mek wid golden girdles.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
878 Revelation 15, 16
16
,15
16
saying to the seven an-
gels, Go your ways, and
Atta dat, A yeh boice eenside
1
pour out the vials of the God House da taak loud ta de
wrath of God upon the seben angel say, Oona mus go tek dem
earth.
seben bowl wa full op wid de wine wa
2 And the first went, show dat God too bex, an empty dem bowl
and poured out his vial
upon the earth; and there out pon de wol!
fell a noisome and griev- 2 De fus angel empty out e bowl pon de
ous sore upon the men
which had the mark of groun. Plenty bad sore buss out pon de
the beast, and upon them people dem wa got de maak ob de beast an
which worshipped his
image.
wa woshup e statue.
3 De secon angel empty out e bowl pon
3 And the second angel
de sea. An de sea ton ta blood jes like
poured out his vial upon
the sea; and it became as blood wa dey eenside dead body. E kill
the blood of a dead man: ebryting een de sea.
and every living soul died
in the sea.
4 Den de angel wa mek shree empty out
e bowl pon dem riba an dem wata wa buss
4 And the third angel outta de groun, an dey ton ta blood. 5 A
poured out his vial upon yeh de angel een chaage ob dem wata tell
the rivers and fountains
of waters; and they be-
God say,
came blood. Ya de one true God,
ya wa dey now an wa been
5 And I heard the angel dey fo dis wol been mek.
of the waters say, Thou Ya do right fa true een de way
art righteous, O Lord,
which art, and wast, and ya jedge dem ting yah!
shalt be, because thou 6 Dem people yah done been kill
hast judged thus.
ya people an de prophet dem
wa beena tell ya wod.
6 For they have shed
the blood of saints and
Dey been mek dey blood ron
prophets, and thou hast so now ya done gim blood
given them blood to fa drink.
drink; for they are
worthy. Dey done git jes wa dey oughta
git!
7 And I heard another 7 Den A yeh de alta da taak say,
out of the altar say, Even Fa true, Lawd God wa got powa mo
so, Lord God Almighty,
true and righteous are den all!
thy judgments. Ya da jedge right, an ya da taak
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 16 879
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
880 Revelation 16, 17
16 And he gathered
16 Den de shree ebil sperit dem geda de
them together into a
place called in the He- king dem togeda een de place dey call
brew tongue Armaged- Armageddon een Hebrew.
don.
17 And the seventh an- 17 Den de angel wa mek seben empty
gel poured out his vial out e bowl eenta de air. A loud boice taak
into the air; and there
came a great voice out of loud fom de shrone een God House een
the temple of heaven, heaben say All ting done done!
from the throne, saying, 18 Lightnin cut an loud nise staat op,
It is done.
18 And there were tunda crack an de groun tremble too bad.
voices, and thunders, and
lightnings; and there was
Since de time wen God fus mek people, de
a great earthquake, such groun ain neba tremble so bad. 19 Wen de
as was not since men groun tremble so, de big city broke op
were upon the earth, so
mighty an earthquake, eenta shree paat, an dem city ob all de
and so great.
19 And the great city
nation been stroy. God ain fagit de big city
was divided into three wa dey call Babylon. E mek de people ob
parts, and the cities of the
nations fell: and great dat city drink de bitta wine wa e mek fa
Babylon came in remem- um. Dat wine, e de lickin fa dem e bex wid
brance before God, to
give unto her the cup of cause ob all de bad ting dem dey do. 20 All
the wine of the fierceness dem islant gone way an all dem high hill
of his wrath.
20 And every island ain no mo. 21 Big hailstone rain down fom
fled away, and the moun- heaben pon de people. Ebry one ob dem
tains were not found.
21 And there fell upon been weigh bout one hundud pound. An
men a great hail out of
heaven, every stone about de people cuss God, cause dem hailstone
the weight of a talent: rain down pon um an mek um suffa too
and men blasphemed
God because of the bad.
plague of the hail; for the
plague thereof was ex-
ceeding great. De Ooman An de Beast
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 17 881
3 So he carried me
angel cyaa me ta a desat. A see one ooman away in the spirit into the
dey da seddown pon a bright red beast wa wilderness: and I saw a
got seben head an ten hone. An all oba e woman sit upon a scarlet
coloured beast, full of
body heapa bad name dem wa hole God names of blasphemy,
cheap, been write down. 4 De ooman been having seven heads and
ten horns.
weah purple an bright red cloes, an e been 4 And the woman was
dress op fine wid a heapa gole, an stone wa arrayed in purple and
scarlet colour, and
da shine, an pearl bead. E been hole a gole decked with gold and
cup een e han, wa full op wid dorty ting wa precious stones and
pearls, having a golden
e loose life bring. 5 A name wa got secret cup in her hand full of
meanin been write pon e forehead, wa abominations and filthi-
say, ness of her fornication:
5 And upon her fore-
Babylon wa got big powa, head was a name writ-
modda wa bon de people dem ten, MYSTERY, BABYLON
THE GREAT, THE MOTHER
wa lib loose lifean wa da do dem dorty OF HARLOTS AND ABOMI-
ting een da wol NATIONS OF THE EARTH.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
882 Revelation 17
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 17, 18 883
got powa oba dem wa da rule een de wol. great city, which reign-
eth over the kings of the
earth.
God Stroy Babylon
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
884 Revelation 18
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 18 885
Cause de Lawd God got powa fa fire: for strong is the Lord
God who judgeth her.
true an e da jedge um.
9 Dem king ob dis wol wa done been lib 9 And the kings of the
earth, who have commit-
loose life an got a heapa ting wid um, dey ted fornication and lived
gwine see de smoke wa come fom de fire deliciously with her,
wa bun op dat city. An den dey gwine shall bewail her, and la-
ment for her, when they
weep an wail cause ob um. 10 Dem king shall see the smoke of her
gwine be scaid good fashion, wen dey see burning,
how de people ob dat city da suffa. Dey 10 Standing afar off for
gwine stan faaway fom um, da cry out say, the fear of her torment,
saying, Alas, alas, that
Woe! Woe! E a haad time fa true fo great city Babylon, that
dat city, Babylon. mighty city! for in one
hour is thy judgment
E done been git big powa come.
bot now e done been stroy!
11 And the merchants
Een jes one hour God done punish
of the earth shall weep
dat city! and mourn over her; for
11 Dem wa da trade een de wol gwine no man buyeth their mer-
chandise any more:
weep an cry an dey haat gwine be hebby
cause de city been stroy, an ain nobody 12 The merchandise of
gold, and silver, and pre-
dey fa buy dem ting wa dey wahn fa sell. cious stones, and of
12 Ain nobody fa buy all dem ting wa dey pearls, and fine linen,
and purple, and silk, and
got fa sell, like gole an silba, dem fine scarlet, and all thyine
stone wa da shine, an pearl bead, dem fine wood, and all manner
closs, purple an bright red, linen an silk, vessels of ivory, and all
manner vessels of most
an dem citron wood wa got fine scent, all precious wood, and of
kind ob ting wa dey mek outta ivory, an brass, and iron, and
marble,
spensiz wood an dem ting wa dey mek
outta brass an iron an marble. 13 Ain 13 And cinnamon, and
odours, and ointments,
nobody fa buy all dem ting wa da smell and frankincense, and
sweet like cinnamon an spice, incense, wine, and oil, and fine
flour, and wheat, and
myrrh an frankincense, dem wine an olib beasts, and sheep, and
oll, an dem fine flour an wheat, dem cow horses, and chariots, and
an sheep, dem hoss an carriage, an dem slaves, and souls of men.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
886 Revelation 18
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 18 887
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
888 Revelation 18, 19
Hallelujah!
19
Chapter 19 1 Wen dat angel wa got heapa
powa been done, A yeh sompin
1 And after these
things I heard a great like loud shout ob a heapa dem wa een
voice of much people in heaben say,
heaven, saying, Alleluia;
Salvation, and glory, and
Hallelujah!
honour, and power, unto Leh we praise God wa done sabe we!
the Lord our God: E got glory an powa mo den all!
2 E da taak true all de time,
an e da jedge scraight!
2 For true and righ-
E done jedge dat loose ooman,
teous are his judgments:
for he hath judged the dat wid e loose life e done been
great whore, which did mek de people ob de wol sin
corrupt the earth with
her fornication, and hath too bad an God done lick um,
avenged the blood of his cause e been kill dem wa do e
servants at her hand.
wok.
3 Den A yeh dem een heaben shout gin
say,
3 And again they said,
Alleluia. And her smoke Hallelujah! Leh we praise God!
rose up for ever and ever. De smoke wa da come outta de fire
wa da bun Babylon gwine go
op faeba an eba.
4 And the four and 4 Den de twenty-fo elda an dem fo ting
twenty elders and the
four beasts fell down and
wa got life, dey git down fo God, wa
worshipped God that sat seddown pon de shrone, an dey woshup
on the throne, saying, um say,
Amen; Alleluia.
Amen, Hallelujah!
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 19 889
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
890 Revelation 19
and he had a name writ- crown been dey pon e head. One name
ten, that no man knew,
but he himself. been write pon um, bot e de onliest one wa
13 And he was clothed know wa dat name da. 13 Dey done beena
with a vesture dipped in
blood: and his name is
pit de cloes wa e weah eenta blood. E
called The Word of God. name De wod ob God. 14 Heaben aamy
14 And the armies
which were in heaven fol-
dem beena folla um. Dey beena ride white
lowed him upon white hoss an dey beena weah clean clean fine
horses, clothed in fine linen, clean an white. 15 E beena hole one
linen, white and clean.
15 And out of his sode een e mout, wa e gwine tek fa fight
mouth goeth a sharp dem nation wid, an e gwine win out oba
sword, that with it he
should smite the nations: um. E gwine tek a iron staff fa rule dem
and he shall rule them wid. An e gwine mash out de wine een de
with a rod of iron: and he
treadeth the winepress of
winepress, wa gwine show dat God, wa
the fierceness and wrath got all powa, e bex fa true. 16 One name
of Almighty God. been write pon e cloes an pon e leg, dat
16 And he hath on his
vesture and on his thigh a say, King wa da rule oba all dem king, an
name written, KING OF Lawd oba all dem lawd.
KINGS, AND LORD OF
LORDS. 17 Den A see one angel stanop weh de
17 And I saw an angel sun dey, da holla loud ta all dem bod wa
standing in the sun; and
he cried with a loud da fly op high, an e tell um say, Oona
voice, saying to all the come geda togeda fa nyam de big suppa
fowls that fly in the midst
of heaven, Come and
wa God done mek! 18 Oona come so dat
gather yourselves to- oona kin nyam dem king, dem captain, an
gether unto the supper of dem big man, dem body. oona come nyam
the great God;
18 That ye may eat the dem hoss dem body, an dem wa da ride
flesh of kings, and the dem too. Come nyam all people dem body.
flesh of captains, and the
flesh of mighty men, and Nyam dem slabe an dem freeman, all dem
the flesh of horses, and of wa de mos small ta dem wa big mo den all,
them that sit on them,
and the flesh of all men, dem body.
both free and bond, both 19 Den A see de beast an dem king ob de
small and great.
19 And I saw the beast, wol wid dem aamy. Dey beena geda
and the kings of the togeda fa mek waa ginst de one wa beena
earth, and their armies, ride de hoss an ginst e aamy. 20 Bot dey
gathered together to
make war against him ketch de beast an dat man wa say e God
that sat on the horse, and prophet, bot e ain. E de one wa done beena
against his army.
20 And the beast was do dem miracle een front ob de beast. Wid
taken, and with him the dem miracle dat man beena ceebe dem
false prophet that
wrought miracles before
people wa been git de maak ob de beast an
him, with which he de- wa beena woshup e statue. De beast an dat
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 19, 20 891
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
892 Revelation 20
finished. This is the first de fus time dat God mek people wa done
resurrection.
6 Blessed and holy is
been dead git life back. 6 Dey bless fa true,
he that hath part in the all dem people wa fus git life back. Fa true
first resurrection: on such dey blongst ta God. De secon det ain gwine
the second death hath no
power, but they shall be do nottin ta um. Dey gwine be priest dem
priests of God and of ob God an ob Messiah Christ. An dey
Christ, and shall reign
with him a thousand
gwine rule wid Christ fa one tousan yeah.
years.
7 And when the thou- Satan Git Lick
sand years are expired,
Satan shall be loosed out Wen de one tousan yeah done pass,
7
of his prison, dey gwine set Satan free fom weh e done
8 And shall go out to been tie op. 8 Den Satan gwine go out fa
deceive the nations ceebe de nation dem een de fo cona ob de
which are in the four
quarters of the earth, Gog wol. Dem nation dey been name Gog an
and Magog, to gather Magog. Satan gwine geda um togeda fa
them together to battle:
the number of whom is as mek waa. Dey gwine be a whole heap ob
the sand of the sea. um, like de numba ob dem grain ob sand
9 And they went up on pon de seasho. 9 Dem aamy wa come fa
the breadth of the earth, fight, dey come fa maach all oba de wol,
and compassed the camp
of the saints about, and an stanop all roun de place weh God
the beloved city: and fire people beena meet togeda. Dat de city wa
came down from God out
of heaven, and devoured God lob. Bot fire come down outta heaben
them. an bun dem aamy all op. 10 Den de Debil
10 And the devil that wa beena ceebe people, been chunk eenta
deceived them was cast de lake wa full op wid fire da bun wid
into the lake of fire and sulfa. Dat de same place weh dey been
brimstone, where the
beast and the false chunk de beast an de man wa say e God
prophet are, and shall be prophet bot e ain taak true. Dey een dat
tormented day and night
for ever and ever. fire dey gwine suffa day an night, faeba an
eba.
11 And I saw a great
white throne, and him
that sat on it, from whose
De Las Jedgiment
face the earth and the 11 Den A see one big white shrone an de
heaven fled away; and
there was found no place one wa seddown pon um. De sky an de wol
for them. jes gone way fom fo dat one pon de
12 And I saw the dead, shrone, an ain nobody shim no mo. 12 An
small and great, stand be- A see de people dem wa done been dead,
fore God; and the books
were opened: and an- dem big man an dem leetle man, dey all da
other book was opened, stanop fo de shrone. Somebody open some
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 20, 21 893
book op. Den e open one oda book, weh de which is the book of life:
and the dead were judged
people dem wa got life faeba an eba stanop out of those things which
wid God, dem name been write down. All were written in the
books, according to their
wa de people dem wa been dead been do works.
fo dey dead, dat been write down een dem 13 And the sea gave up
the dead which were in
fus book. An God been jedge dem coddin it; and death and hell de-
ta dem book. 13 All de people dem wa livered up the dead
done been dead een de sea come op. Det which were in them: and
they were judged every
an de grabe gii op all de people dey been man according to their
hab. An ebrybody been jedge coddin ta wa works.
14 And death and hell
e been do fo e dead. 14 Den det an de grabe were cast into the lake of
been chunk eenta de lake ob fire. (Dis lake fire. This is the second
death.
ob fire, dat de secon det.) 15 De poson wa 15 And whosoever was
ain got e name write down een de book not found written in the
book of life was cast into
weh dey write de people dem wa got life the lake of fire.
faeba an eba, dey chunk dat poson eenta
de lake ob fire. Chapter 21
1 And I saw a new
De Nyew Heaben an de Nyew Wol heaven and a new earth:
21
for the first heaven and
1 Atta dat, A see one nyew heaben the first earth were
an one nyew wol. De heaben an de passed away; and there
was no more sea.
wol wa been dey fus done been gone way. 2 And I John saw the
An de sea ain been dey no mo. 2 Den A see holy city, new Jerusalem,
coming down from God
God City, de nyew Jerusalem, da come out of heaven, prepared
down outta heaben fom God. De city been as a bride adorned for her
all ready, like a bride git all ready an dress husband.
3 And I heard a great
op fine fa go ta e husban. 3 A yeh a loud voice out of heaven say-
boice wa come fom de shrone say, Look ing, Behold, the taberna-
cle of God is with men,
yah! Fom now on, God da mek e home wid and he will dwell with
e people! E gwine lib wid um an dey gwine them, and they shall be
his people, and God him-
be e people. God esef gwine be dey wid um self shall be with them,
all de time, an e gwine be dey God. 4 E and be their God.
4 And God shall wipe
gwine wipe ebry teah outta dey eye. Dey away all tears from
ain neba gwine cry no mo. Dey ain neba their eyes; and there shall
gwine dead no mo, an ain nobody neba be no more death, nei-
ther sorrow, nor crying,
gwine git hebby haat. Dey ain neba gwine neither shall there be any
suffa no pain. Cause dem ole ting wa been more pain: for the former
things are passed away.
dey fus done pass way. 5 And he that sat upon
5 Den de one wa seddown pon de the throne said, Behold, I
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
894 Revelation 21
make all things new. And shrone say, Look yah! Now A mek all ting
he said unto me, Write:
for these words are true nyew! Den e say, Write dem wod yah
and faithful. down, cause de true an people kin trus
6 And he said unto me, um. 6 E taak gin say, All ting done done.
It is done. I am Alpha and
Omega, the beginning A de Alpha an de Omega. A de one wa
and the end. I will give staat all ting, an A de one wa gwine end all
unto him that is athirst of
the fountain of the water
ting. A gwine gii wata ta all dem wa tosty.
of life freely. A gwine gim free wata fa drink fom de
7 He that overcometh place weh de wata wa da gii life da ron.
shall inherit all things; 7 Dem wa still stan scrong atta Satan done
and I will be his God, and
he shall be my son. try um dey gwine git dem ting yah. An
8 But the fearful, and pontop dat, A gwine be dey Fada an dey
unbelieving, and the
abominable, and murder-
gwine be me chullun. 8 Bot fa dem people
ers, and whoremongers, wa all time scaid fa stan fa God, dem wa
and sorcerers, and idola- ain bleebe pon Christ no mo, dem wa do
ters, and all liars, shall
have their part in the lake dem dorty sin, dem wa da kill, dem wa lib
which burneth with fire loose life, dem wa da do black magic, dem
and brimstone: which is
the second death. wa da woshup dem ting wa dey mek fa
9 And there came unto deysef, an all dem wa da tell lie. All dem
me one of the seven an- people wa da do dem ting yah, dey place
gels which had the seven
vials full of the seven last gwine be een de lake wa full op wid fire fa
plagues, and talked with bun wid sulfa. Dat de secon det.
me, saying, Come hither,
I will shew thee the
bride, the Lamb's wife. God Nyew Jerusalem
10 And he carried me 9 One ob de seben angel dem wa been
away in the spirit to a
great and high mountain, bring de seben bowl full op wid dem seben
and shewed me that great bad ting wa mek people suffa, e tell me
city, the holy Jerusalem,
descending out of heaven
say, Come, an A gwine show ya de Bride,
from God, de Lamb Wife. 10 Den de Holy Sperit
11 Having the glory of come pon me an de angel cyaa me op a big
God: and her light was high mountain. Wen we git dey, e show
like unto a stone most
precious, even like a jas- me God City, Jerusalem, da come down
per stone, clear as crystal; outta heaben fom God. 11 De city beena
12 And had a wall shine like a fine stone, like a jaspa stone,
great and high, and had an e beena shine cleah jes like crystal
twelve gates, and at the
gates twelve angels, and glass. 12 One high wall been dey roun dat
names written thereon, city, an de wall hab tweb gyate. Tweb
which are the names of
the twelve tribes of the angel beena gyaad de tweb gyate. An de
children of Israel: name ob de tweb tribe dem ob Israel been
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 21 895
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
896 Revelation 21, 22
of the city was pure gold, dem been ob pure gole, wa da shine cleah,
as it were transparent
glass. jes like glass.
22 A ain been see no House ob God fa
22 And I saw no tem-
ple therein: for the Lord woshup een dey een de city. Cause de
God Almighty and the Lawd God, wa got powa mo den all, an de
Lamb are the temple of it.
Lamb, dey been dey all oba de city an all
23 And the city had no de people beena woshup um all oba dey.
need of the sun, neither 23 De city ain need no sun fa shine dey. An
of the moon, to shine in
it: for the glory of God e ain need no moon. Cause de glory light
did lighten it, and the wa come out fom God an fom de Lamb da
Lamb is the light thereof.
light de city. 24 De people ob de nation
24 And the nations of dem ob de wol gwine lib een dat light wa
them which are saved
shall walk in the light of da shine fom de city. An de king dem ob de
it: and the kings of the wol gwine cyaa de heapa ting dey got
earth do bring their glory
and honour into it.
eenta de city. 25 De gyate dem ob de city,
de gwine stay open all day long. Dey ain
25 And the gates of it
shall not be shut at all by
neba gwine be shet none tall, cause dey
day: for there shall be no ain neba gwine be no night dey. 26 Dey
night there. gwine cyaa all dey purty ting, all de fine
26 And they shall bring tredja dem ob de people ob de nation dem,
the glory and honour of fa bring um eenta de city dey. 27 Bot ain
the nations into it.
nottin bad neba gwine go eenta de city. An
27 And there shall in nobody wa da do dem dorty ting wa mek
no wise enter into it any
thing that defileth, nei-
people too shame ain neba gwine go dey.
ther whatsoever worketh Same way so, dem people wa ain tell de
abomination, or maketh a trute, dey ain neba gwine een um. Dem
lie: but they which are
written in the Lamb's people wa gwine go eenside de city, dey de
book of life. people wa name done been write down
een de Lamb book ob life.
22
,21
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 22 897
riba, one pon each side ob um. Tweb time bare twelve manner of
fruits, and yielded her
a yeah dat tree dey da beah, one time ebry fruit every month: and
mont. An de leaf dem da heal de people ob the leaves of the tree were
for the healing of the
de nation dem ob de wol. 3 An nottin or nations.
nobody wa God say ain right gwine be dey 3 And there shall be no
een dat city. more curse: but the
throne of God and of the
De shrone ob God an ob de Lamb gwine Lamb shall be in it; and
be dey, an e saabant dem gwine woshup his servants shall serve
him:
um dey. 4 Dey gwine see God face, an e 4 And they shall see
name gwine be dey pon dey forehead. his face; and his name
5 Dey ain gwine neba be no night dey gin. shall be in their fore-
heads.
People ain gwine need no lamp dey. Dey 5 And there shall be no
ain gwine need no light fom de sun atta night there; and they
dat, cause de Lawd God gwine be dey need no candle, neither
light of the sun; for the
light. An de people gwine rule like king Lord God giveth them
faeba an eba. light: and they shall reign
for ever and ever.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
898 Revelation 22
of the prophecy of this wa God tell ya, ta yasef! Mus leh people
book: for the time is at
hand. know um, cause de time wen dem ting yah
gwine happen ain faaway. 11 Leh de poson
11 He that is unjust, let wa da do bad keep on da do bad. Leh de
him be unjust still: and
he which is filthy, let him poson wa da do dem dorty ting keep on da
be filthy still: and he that do um. An leh de poson wa da do right
is righteous, let him be
righteous still: and he
keep on da do right, an leh de poson wa da
that is holy, let him be waak all de time wid God keep on da waak
holy still. wid God.
12 Jedus say, Listen op! A da come
12 And, behold, I come
quickly; and my reward is soon! A da come fa gii ebry poson de
with me, to give every payback wa e wok fa. 13 A de Alpha an de
man according as his
work shall be.
Omega, de fus an de las. A de one wa staat
all ting, an A de one wa gwine end all
13 I am Alpha and
ting.
Omega, the beginning 14 Dey bless fa true, dem people wa da
and the end, the first and wash dey cloes een de blood ob de Lamb fa
the last.
mek um clean. Cause dey gwine git de
right fa go shru de gyate dem eenta dat
14 Blessed are they
that do his command- city dey. Dey gwine git de right fa nyam
ments, that they may fom de tree wa da gii life. 15 Bot de dog
have right to the tree of
life, and may enter in
dem outside de city. Dem people wa da do
through the gates into black magic, dem wa da lib loose life, dem
the city. wa da kill, dem wa da woshup dem ting
wa dey mek fa deysef, an all dem wa da
15 For without are
lob fa tell lie an keep on fa lie, all dem
dogs, and sorcerers, and
whoremongers, and mur- people yah ain gwine set foot eenside dat
derers, and idolaters, and city dey.
whosoever loveth and
maketh a lie.
16 A Jedus an A done sen me angel fa
go an tell oona dem ting yah so dat oona
16 I Jesus have sent gwine tell um ta de Christian dem een dem
mine angel to testify unto choch. An de one wa ob King David
you these things in the chullun chullun dem. A de maanin staa wa
churches. I am the root
and the offspring of Da- da shine bright.
vid, and the bright and 17 De Holy Sperit, an de Bride say,
morning star.
Come!
Leh all dem wa yeh dem wod ya say,
17 And the Spirit and
the bride say, Come. And
Come!
let him that heareth say, Leh all dem wa tosty come. All dem wa
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 22 899
wahn fa drink dat wata wa da gii life, leh Come. And let him that is
athirst come. And whoso-
um come an drink free. ever will, let him take the
water of life freely.
De Las Wod Dem een Dis Book 18 For I testify unto ev-
ery man that heareth the
18 Fa true, A da waan all oona wa yeh words of the prophecy of
this book, If any man
dem wod yah wa God hab people write shall add unto these
een dis book. De poson wa add sompin mo things, God shall add
ta dem wod yah, God gwine mek dem bad unto him the plagues that
are written in this book:
ting wa dey write bout een dis book 19 And if any man
happen ta dat poson fa punish um. 19 An shall take away from the
words of the book of this
de poson wa tek sompin way fom dem wod prophecy, God shall take
yah wa God hab people write een dis book, away his part out of the
book of life, and out of
God ain gwine leh dat poson git e paat ob the holy city, and from
wa de tree wa da gii life beah, an God ain the things which are
gwine leh dat poson come eenside God written in this book.
20 He which testifieth
City, wa dey write bout een dis book. these things saith, Surely
20 De one wa da show dat dem ting yah I come quickly. Amen.
Even so, come, Lord
true, e da say, Fa true, A da come soon. Jesus.
Amen. Come Lawd Jedus! 21 The grace of our
21 Leh de Lawd Jedus bless God people. Lord Jesus Christ be with
you all.
Amen. Amen.
New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society